CX-5 - Body and Accessories

CX-5 - 2013
Workshop Manual - Body and Accessories

2013 - CX-5
On-Board Diagnostics
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]

FOREWORD [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
DTC B10C6:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
DTC B10D1:23 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
DTC B11C4:23 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
DTC B11FD:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
DTC B1210:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [START STOP UNIT]

FOREWORD [START STOP UNIT]
DTC INSPECTION [START STOP UNIT]
CLEARING DTC [START STOP UNIT]
DTC TABLE [START STOP UNIT]
DTC B108B:23 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC B108C:23 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC B10AC:13 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC B10C9:1F [START STOP UNIT]
DTC B10E7:11 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC B112A:11 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC B13D3:16 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC B13D3:4A [START STOP UNIT]
DTC B1C53:13 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC C0040:23 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC C0051:2F [START STOP UNIT]
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

CX-5 - 2013

DTC P0560:16 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC P081C:23 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC P081D:29 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC P081D:2F [START STOP UNIT]
DTC U0001:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0121:00/U0121:87/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0146:00/U0151:00/U0155:00 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC U0028:87 [START STOP UNIT]
DTC U201F:11 [START STOP UNIT]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [START STOP UNIT]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [START STOP UNIT]
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]

DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT: 11, DTC: B10D9:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]

FOREWORD [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
DTC INSPECTION [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
CLEARING DTC [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
DTC TABLE [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
DTC B1041:14 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
DTC B10A3:86 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]

CX-5 - 2013

DTC C0051:86 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
DTC U0001:88/U0100:00/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0155:00 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
DTC U0320:09 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
HEADLIGHT LEVELING ACTUATOR OPERATION CHECK MODE [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
FOREWORD [AUDIO]
DTC INSPECTION [AUDIO]
SUPPLIER IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURE [AUDIO]
CLEARING DTC [AUDIO]
DTC TABLE [AUDIO]
DTC: 28:Er01 [AUDIO]
DTC: B1188:64, 10:Er07 [AUDIO]
DTC: B1A89:13, 11:Er03 [AUDIO]
DTC: B1D19:71, 10:ER02 [AUDIO]
DTC: B1D19:79, 10:Er01 [AUDIO]
DTC: U3000:04, 09:Er22 [AUDIO]
DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]
DTC: U3003:16, 09:Er20 [AUDIO]
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [AUDIO]
FOREWORD [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]

DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
DTC TABLE [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
DTC: B116A:12, 26:Er82 [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
DTC: B116A:13 [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
DTC: U0197:00 [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

FOREWORD [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
CLEARING DTC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC
U0001:88/U0010:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0114:00/U0121:00/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0142:00/U0151:00/U0182:00/U0214:00/U0233:00
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC U0300:00 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

CX-5 - 2013

PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]

FOREWORD [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
DTC INSPECTION [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
CLEARING DTC [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
DTC TABLE [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
DTC B118C:11 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
DTC B118D:11 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
DTC U0001:88/U0100:00/U0131:00/U0155:00/U0214:00/U0232:00/U0233:00 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
DTC U0401:68 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
DTC U3000:4A [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]

FOREWORD [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC INSPECTION [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC TABLE [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B1008:02 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B1048:7B [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B1095:72/B1095:73 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B109A:12 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B10A6:64 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B10AD:86 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B10AF:12 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B134D:02 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B13CF:19 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B13D0:11 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B13FE:12 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B141E:12 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC B1C79:97 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]

CX-5 - 2013

DTC C1126:11 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC U0001:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0121:00/U0155:00/U0214:00/U0515:00 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
DTC U0164:68 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]

FOREWORD [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
DTC INSPECTION [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
CLEARING DTC [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
DTC TABLE [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
DTC B1079:13 [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
DTC B108F:16 [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
DTC B109E:87 [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
DTC B11DA:16 [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
DTC B11E9:11 [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
DTC B11EA:11 [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
DTC B126A:11 [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
DTC U0010:88/U0155:00 [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
DTC U2100:00 [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]
Symptom Troubleshooting
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]

FOREWORD [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING QUESTIONNAIRE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.5 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS MOVING UP IN

CX-5 - 2013
AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]

No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
FOREWORD [SECURITY AND LOCKS]

SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
DOOR LOCK DOES NOT OPERATE [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
LOCK/UNLOCK OPERATION NOT POSSIBLE USING REMOTE TRANSMITTER [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
ANSWER-BACK BUZZER DOES NOT SOUND [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
FOREWORD [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]

THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
AFS OFF INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES CONTINUOUSLY [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) OPERATES EVEN THOUGH THE AFS OFF SWITCH IS TURNED ON [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
SYSTEM (AFS)]
THE HEADLIGHT AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE IN RESPONSE TO VEHICLE POSTURE [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
SYSTEM (AFS)]
FOREWORD [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]

TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO PANEL SWITCH CONFIRMATION [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: STEERING SWITCH CONFIRMATION [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
AF NOISE OR POP NOISE AT ALL SOURCES (RADIO, CD) [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
AUDIO POWER IS NOT AVAILABLE OR SWITCHED ON OR OFF AUTOMATICALLY [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO SOUND FROM SOME SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
SOUND BREAK-UP OR POOR SOUND QUALITY [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
VOLUME INCREASES/DECREASES WHILE DRIVING THE VEHICLE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
ALC FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
AudioPilot2 FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO AUDIO SYSTEM ILLUMINATION [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
SOUND JUMPS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
DISPLAY DOES NOT CHANGE TO THE REAR MOUNT CAMERA IMAGE. [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
FOREWORD [CD PLAYER]

TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [CD PLAYER]
CD PLAYER DOES NOT LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE CD IMMEDIATELY [CD PLAYER]
CD PLAYER DOES NOT EJECT THE CD [CD PLAYER]
CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD PLAYER]
SOUND JUMPS [CD PLAYER]
CD PLAYER SCRATCHES ON THE CD [CD PLAYER]
CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE MP3/WMA-FORMATTED FILE [CD PLAYER]
MP3/WMA-FORMATTED FILE FOLDER SELECTION IS INOPERATIVE/TRACK SEARCH IS INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER]
CD PLAYER DOES NOT INDICATE THE MP3/WMA TITLE TEXT [CD PLAYER]
CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE AUDIO DATA (CDDA) [CD PLAYER]
TRACK CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER]
REFERENCE [CD PLAYER]
FOREWORD [RADIO]
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [RADIO]
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: RECEPTION CONDITION SYMPTOM (EXAMPLE) [RADIO]
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: ANTENNA SYSTEM SYMPTOM (EXAMPLE) [RADIO]
CONFIRMATION STEP 3: ANTENNA SYSTEM SIMPLE INSPECTION [RADIO]
NO RADIO RECEPTION (AM/FM)/NO OR LOW VOLUME [RADIO]

CX-5 - 2013
NO RADIO RECEPTION (SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO) [RADIO]

NOISE FROM RADIO (AM ONLY) [RADIO]
NOISE FROM RADIO (FM ONLY) [RADIO]
CANNOT TUNE (SEEK DOES NOT STOP) [RADIO]
CANNOT PRESET (PRESET FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE) [RADIO]
RECEPTION FREQUENCY OF RADIO SLIPS [RADIO]
REFERENCE [RADIO]
FOREWORD [CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM]

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM]
CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM DOES NOT START OPERATION [CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM]
CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATION [CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM]
VEHICLE POSITION DEVIATES FROM THE ROUTE MAP [CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM]
NO VOICE NAVIGATION [CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM]
DISPLAY SCREEN DOES NOT CHANGE TO THE NIGHT MODE [CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM]

TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE SYSTEM DOES NOT RECEIVE/TRANSMIT CALLS, DOES NOT CONNECT [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE
TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
CALLER'S VOICE VOLUME TOO LOW, OR NOISE INTERRUPTS CALL [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
ADDRESSEE'S VOICE VOLUME TOO LOW, OR NOISE INTERRUPTS CALL [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
FUEL GAUGE READING IS NOT CORRECT [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
LOW ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES OR
FLASHES CONTINUOUSLY [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) WIRING DIAGRAM [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM OFF INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WHEN THE IGNITION IS SWITCHED TO ON [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM OFF INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WHILE BSM SYSTEM IS OFF [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM OFF INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES CONTINUOUSLY [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES WHILE NOT UNDER LIGHT-ILLUMINATION CONDITIONS [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WHILE UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-ILLUMINATION CONDITIONS [BLIND SPOT
MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES WHILE NOT UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-FLASHING CONDITIONS (NO COMBINATION SWITCH
OPERATION (TURN SIGNAL SWITCH)) [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT FLASH WHILE UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-FLASHING CONDITIONS (WITH COMBINATION SWITCH
OPERATION (TURN SIGNAL SWITCH)) [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
THE BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT FLASH OR ILLUMINATE CONTINUOUSLY, BUT A TURN SIGNAL IS ON [BLIND SPOT MONITORING
(BSM)]
BSM WARNING ALARM DOES NOT SOUND WHILE BSM INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
Body Panels
BODY PANELS LOCATION INDEX

FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT
HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HOOD DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
HOOD ADJUSTMENT
FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ENERGY-ABSORBING FORM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BUMPER STIFFENER LOWER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAL PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
BUMPER SLIDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAL BOARD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SET PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

CX-5 - 2013
REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

REAR BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SHROUD PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SHROUD UPPER MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
COWL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Doors And Liftgate
DOOR AND LIFTGATE LOCATION INDEX

FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIFTGATE HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL
DOOR ADJUSTMENT
LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT
Glass/Windows/Mirrors
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS LOCATION INDEX

FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DOOR QUARTER GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WINDSHIELD REMOVAL
WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION
REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL
REAR WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION
QUARTER WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL
QUARTER WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION
FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION
POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER OUTER MIRROR INSPECTION
OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL
OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSTALLATION
OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSPECTION
OUTER MIRROR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH INSPECTION
FILAMENT INSPECTION
FILAMENT REPAIR
AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR INSPECTION
REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
MIRROR BASE REMOVAL
MIRROR BASE INSTALLATION
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
Seats
SEATS LOCATION INDEX

FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SEAT CUSHION FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

CX-5 - 2013
FRONT SEAT ADJUSTER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SEAT RAIL GUIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SEAT RAIL COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SEAT BACK FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SEAT BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT TILT MOTOR INSPECTION
LIFT MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIFT MOTOR INSPECTION
SLIDE MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SLIDE MOTOR INSPECTION
RECLINER MOTOR INSPECTION
LUMBER SUPPORT MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LUMBER SUPPORT MOTOR INSPECTION
POWER SEAT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER SEAT SWITCH INSPECTION
SEAT WARMER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT WARMER CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT WARMER CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
SEAT WARMER UNIT INSPECTION
REAR SEAT BACK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SEAT CENTER ARMREST REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REMOTE HANDLE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Security And Locks
SECURITY AND LOCKS LOCATION INDEX

FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR LOCK SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION
HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HOOD RELEASE CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HOOD LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION
DOOR LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
DOOR LOCK SYSTEM OPERATION RECORD
LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
LIFTGATE LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH INSPECTION
START STOP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
START STOP UNIT INSPECTION
START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION)
START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA)
LF CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LF CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
SECURITY AND LOCKS PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE
REQUEST SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REQUEST SWITCH INSPECTION

CX-5 - 2013
KEYLESS ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

KEYLESS BEEPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
KEYLESS BEEPER INSPECTION
KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION
REMOTE TRANSMITTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
REMOTE TRANSMITTER ID CODE REGISTRATION
CLEARING REMOTE TRANSMITTER
REMOTE TRANSMITTER BATTERY VOLTAGE INSPECTION
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
THEFT-DETERRENT HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
THEFT-DETERRENT HORN INSPECTION
THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM OPERATION RECORD
Sunroof
SUNROOF LOCATION INDEX

DEFLECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
GLASS PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
GLASS PANEL ADJUSTMENT
SUNROOF UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SUNROOF UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
FRONT DRAIN HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DRAIN HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SUNROOF MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SUNROOF MOTOR INSPECTION
SUNROOF SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SUNROOF SWITCH INSPECTION
SUNROOF SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
Exterior Trim
EXTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX

COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ROOF MOLDING REMOVAL
ROOF MOLDING INSTALLATION
MUDGUARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ROOF CARRIER BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SPOILER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT UNDER COVER No.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CENTER UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FLOOR UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIDE GARNISH INSTALLATION
SIDE GARNISH REMOVAL
LIFTGATE GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SASH MOLDING REMOVAL
FRONT SASH MOLDING INSTALLATION
REAR SASH MOLDING REMOVAL
REAR SASH MOLDING INSTALLATION
Interior Trim
INTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX

DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SPEAKER GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK COVERING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIFTGATE RECESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DASHBOARD DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

CX-5 - 2013
CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
VENTILATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
KNEE BOLSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SHIFT PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR CONSOLE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIFTGATE SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FLOOR INSULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FLOOR COVERING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Lighting Systems
LIGHTING SYSTEMS LOCATION INDEX

DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SERVICE WARNINGS
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
HEADLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HEADLIGHT AIMING
DRL (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT) BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
IGNITER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SYSTEM INSPECTION
ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) OFF SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) OFF SWITCH INSPECTION
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INSPECTION
PARKING/FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT FOG LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING
SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIDE TURN LIGHT INSPECTION
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR TURN LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BRAKE/TAILLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BACK-UP LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIFTGATE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TAILLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

CX-5 - 2013
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AUTO LEVELING SENSOR INSPECTION
HEADLIGHT AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM INITIALIZATION
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION
LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION
FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH INSPECTION
AUTO LIGHT SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIGHTING SYSTEM PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE
MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
MAP LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
MAP LIGHT INSPECTION
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT INSPECTION
VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION INSPECTION
Wiper/Washer System
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION
WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WASHER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WASHER MOTOR INSPECTION
WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT
WASHER FLUID-LEVEL SENSOR INSPECTION
WASHER FLUID-LEVEL SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT
REAR WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION
REAR WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT
REAR WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION
RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
RAIN SENSOR INITIALIZATION SETTING
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE
Entertainment
ENTERTAINMENT LOCATION INDEX

AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AUDIO UNIT PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE
CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AUDIO AMPLIFIER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION
REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION
FRONT CENTER SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT CENTER SPEAKER INSPECTION
TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TWEETER INSPECTION
D-PILLAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
D-PILLAR SPEAKER INSPECTION
AudioPilot2 MICROPHONE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA INSPECTION

CX-5 - 2013
GLASS ANTENNA INSPECTION

SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ANTENNA FEEDER LOCATION
CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 INSPECTION
GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
STEERING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
STEERING SWITCH INSPECTION
MICROPHONE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Bluetooth UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AUXILIARY JACK/USB PORT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AUXILIARY JACK/USB PORT INSPECTION
REAR MOUNT CAMERA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR MOUNT CAMERA INSPECTION
Power Systems
POWER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK MIDDLE COVER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
FRONT WIRING HARNESS PROTECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FUSE SERVICE CAUTIONS
MAIN FUSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
PUSH BUTTON START REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
PUSH BUTTON START INSPECTION
FORCED IGNITION ON
RELAY LOCATION
RELAY INSPECTION
FRONT ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT ACCESSORY SOCKET INSPECTION
CENTER ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CENTER ACCESSORY SOCKET INSPECTION
REAR ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR ACCESSORY SOCKET INSPECTION
Instrumentation/Driver Info.
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO. LOCATION INDEX

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OPERATION RECORD
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO. PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY SWITCHING PROCEDURE
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [2WD]
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AWD]
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION [2WD]
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION [AWD]
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION
HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HORN INSPECTION
BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION
BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) RADAR TEST
BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) OFF SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) OFF SWITCH INSPECTION
BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) INDICATOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) INDICATOR LIGHT INSPECTION
CLOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CLOCK INSPECTION

CX-5 - 2013
CLOCK INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE
Control System
CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) INSPECTION
REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) INSPECTION
FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION)
FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA)
REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION)
REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA)
CONTROL SYSTEM PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE
Technical Data
BODY AND ACCESSORIES TECHNICAL DATA
Maintenance/Service Tools
BODY AND ACCESSORIES SST

Next >
2013 - CX-5 - Body and Accessories
Next >
Back to Top
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id0902p8025600.html[1/7/13 2:49:50 PM]

2012 Mazda North American Operations, U.S.A.

< Previous Next >
If there is any vehicle malfunction complaint lodged by a customer, perform malfunction diagnosis according to the
troubleshooting procedure.
Troubleshooting Procedure

*1

CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) MALFUNCTION DIAGNOSIS FLOW
Action for non-repeatable malfunction
If the malfunction does not recur, verify the malfunction cause by performing the following actions:
Based on the repair order form, attempt to drive the vehicle or perform tests to replicate the
malfunction, record the data at that time, and detect the malfunction cause.
Shake the wiring harness or connector of the electrical component which is suspected to be the cause
of the malfunction, and inspect for malfunction or occurrence of any DTCs.
Inspect the female terminals on the connector of the electric component which is suspected to be the
cause of the malfunction for poor connection.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CMDTC Self Test
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the
M-MDS.
a. Select Self Test.
b. Select All CMDTCs.
3. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the screen.
If any DTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the

corresponding DTC inspection.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the start stop unit. (See CLEARING DTC
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
ODDTC Self Test
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select SSU.

[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CMDTC Memory Clearing Procedure
M-MDS.
4. Press the clear button on the DTC screen to clear the DTC.
5. Switch the ignition to off.
6. Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and wait for 5 s or more.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
8. Verify that no DTCs are displayed.
ODDTC Memory Clearing Procedure
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select SSU.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
: Applicable: Not applicable
KEY Self
Fail-safe Drive Memory
DTC No. warning Description test Page
function cycle function
light (red) type*1
Keyless antenna (See DTC B10C6:1F

B10C6:1F On (exterior, rear) circuit C, D [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
malfunction SYSTEM] .)
(See DTC B10C7:1F

Keyless antenna (interior,
B10C7:1F On C, D [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
rear) circuit malfunction
SYSTEM] .)
(See DTC B10C9:1F

B10C9:1F On C, D [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
front) circuit malfunction
SYSTEM] .)
(See DTC B10D1:23

Request switch (LF)
B10D1:23 On C [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
circuit malfunction
SYSTEM] .)
(See DTC B10D3:23

Request switch (RF)
B10D3:23 On C [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
circuit malfunction
SYSTEM] .)
(See DTC B11C4:23

Request switch (liftgate)
B11C4:23 On C [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
circuit malfunction
SYSTEM] .)
Keyless antenna (See DTC B11FD:1F

B11FD:1F On (exterior, LF) circuit C, D [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
Keyless antenna (See DTC B1210:1F

B1210:1F On (exterior, RF) circuit C, D [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
(See DTC B13C3:04

LF control unit internal
malfunction
SYSTEM] .)

(See DTC B13C3:09

LF control unit
malfunction
SYSTEM] .)
LF control unit power (See DTC B13C3:16

B13C3:16 On supply voltage decrease C [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
input SYSTEM] .)
(See DTC B13C3:29

Communication error with
LF control unit
SYSTEM] .)
*1
C: CMDTC self test, D: ODDTC self test
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects an open circuit in the keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
condition or a short to ground with the ignition switched off.
Fail-safe Inhibits the door lock/unlock control using the advanced keyless entry system.
Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) connector or terminal malfunction
LF control unit connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminals:
Between LF control unit terminal AA and keyless antenna

(exterior, rear) terminal B
Between LF control unit terminal AB and keyless antenna

(exterior, rear) terminal A
Possible cause Open circuit in wiring harness between the following terminals:
Between LF control unit terminal AA and keyless antenna

(exterior, rear) terminal B
Between LF control unit terminal AB and keyless antenna

(exterior, rear) terminal A
LF control unit malfunction
Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) malfunction
Start stop unit malfunction

Diagnostic Procedure
Step Inspection Action
INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, REAR)

1 CONNECTOR CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Switch the ignition to off.

No Repair or replace the connector, then go
Disconnect the negative battery cable. to Step 7.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE

DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G
2.0].)
Disconnect the keyless antenna (exterior, rear)

connector.
Inspect the connector engagement and

connection condition and inspect the terminals
for damage, deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection.
Is the connector normal?
INSPECT LF CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR CONDITION

2 Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the LF control unit connector.
Inspect the connector engagement and No Repair or replace the connector, then go
connection condition and inspect the terminals to Step 7.
disconnection.

INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, REAR) CIRCUIT

3 FOR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which
is shorted to ground, then go to Step 7.
Verify that the LF control unit and keyless
antenna (exterior, rear) connectors are
disconnected. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between the following

terminals (vehicle wiring harness side) and body
ground.
Keyless antenna (exterior,

rear) terminal B
Keyless antenna (exterior,

rear) terminal A
Is there continuity?
INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, REAR) CIRCUIT

4 FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.

antenna (exterior, rear) connectors are No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
disconnected. has an open circuit, then go to Step 7.
Inspect the wiring harness between the

following terminals (vehicle wiring harness side)
for continuity.
Between LF control unit

terminal AA and keyless
antenna (exterior, rear)
terminal B

terminal AB and keyless
antenna (exterior, rear)
terminal A
INSPECT LF CONTROL UNIT

Inspect the LF control unit.
(See LF CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION .) No Replace the LF control unit, then go to

Step 7.
Is the LF control unit normal?
(See LF CONTROL UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
PERFORM DTC INSPECTION AND VERIFY IF

6 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS KEYLESS ANTENNA Yes Replace the keyless antenna (exterior,
(EXTERIOR, REAR) rear), then go to the next step.
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. (See KEYLESS ANTENNA

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery
cable.
No Go to Step 8.
2.0].)
Clear DTCs for the advanced keyless entry

system using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY

SYSTEM] .)
Perform the advanced keyless entry system DTC

inspection using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
Is DTC B10C6:1F displayed?
VERIFY THAT REPAIRS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED

7 Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors.
If the malfunction recurs,
Reconnect the disconnected negative battery replace the start stop
cable. unit, then go to the next
step.
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G (See START STOP UNIT
2.0].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

system using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.

SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
VERIFY IF OTHER DTCs DISPLAYED

8 Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according
Are any other DTCs displayed? to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
(See DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Keyless antenna (interior, rear) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects an open circuit in the keyless antenna (interior, rear)
Keyless antenna (interior, rear) connector or terminal malfunction
Between LF control unit terminal Z and keyless antenna (interior,

rear) terminal B
Between LF control unit terminal X and keyless antenna (interior,

rear) terminal A
Between LF control unit terminal Z and keyless antenna (interior,

rear) terminal B
Between LF control unit terminal X and keyless antenna (interior,

rear) terminal A
Keyless antenna (interior, rear) malfunction

INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, REAR)



2.0].)
Disconnect the keyless antenna (interior, rear)

connector.

disconnection.

disconnection.

INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, REAR) CIRCUIT

antenna (interior, rear) connectors are

ground.
Keyless antenna (interior, rear)

terminal B
Keyless antenna (interior, rear)

terminal A
INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, REAR) CIRCUIT


antenna (interior, rear) connectors are No Repair or replace the wiring harness which

for continuity.

terminal Z and keyless antenna
(interior, rear) terminal B

terminal X and keyless antenna
(interior, rear) terminal A


Step 7.

6 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS KEYLESS ANTENNA Yes Replace the keyless antenna (interior,
(INTERIOR, REAR) rear), then go to the next step.

cable.
No Go to Step 8.
2.0].)



SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)

step.


SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Keyless antenna (interior, front) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects an open circuit in the keyless antenna (interior, front)
Keyless antenna (interior, front) connector or terminal malfunction
Between LF control unit terminal O and keyless antenna (interior,

front) terminal B
Between LF control unit terminal Q and keyless antenna (interior,

front) terminal A
Between LF control unit terminal O and keyless antenna (interior,

front) terminal B
Between LF control unit terminal Q and keyless antenna (interior,

front) terminal A
Keyless antenna (interior, front) malfunction

INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, FRONT)



2.0].)
Disconnect the keyless antenna (interior, front)

connector.

disconnection.

disconnection.

INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, FRONT) CIRCUIT

antenna (interior, front) connectors are

ground.

front) terminal B

front) terminal A
INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, FRONT) CIRCUIT


antenna (interior, front) connectors are No Repair or replace the wiring harness which

for continuity.

terminal O and keyless antenna
(interior, front) terminal B

terminal Q and keyless antenna
(interior, front) terminal A


Step 7.

(INTERIOR, FRONT) front), then go to the next step.

cable.
No Go to Step 8.
2.0].)



SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)

step.


SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Request switch (LF) circuit malfunction
location
With the ignition switched ON (engine on), the start stop unit detects that the vehicle
Detection
speed is 5 km/h {3 mph} or more for a continuous 2 min or more and the request
condition
switch (LF) is on 7 times or more until the vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h {3 mph}.
Fail-safe
Front outer handle (LH) connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between LF control unit terminal G and front outer
Possible handle (LH) terminal D
cause
Request switch (LF) malfunction

INSPECT FRONT OUTER HANDLE (LH) CONNECTOR

1 CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.


DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the front outer handle (LH) connector.
Inspect the connector engagement and connection

condition and inspect the terminals for damage,
deformation, corrosion, or disconnection.

Inspect the connector engagement and connection No Repair or replace the connector, then go
condition and inspect the terminals for damage, to Step 6.
INSPECT REQUEST SWITCH (LF) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

3 GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Verify that the LF control unit and front outer
handle (LH) connectors are disconnected.

No Go to the next step.

Inspect for continuity between front outer handle
(LH) terminal D (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.
INSPECT REQUEST SWITCH (LF)

Inspect the request switch (LF).
(See REQUEST SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the front outer handle (LH), then
go to Step 6.
Is the request switch (LF) normal?
(See FRONT OUTER HANDLE

(See LF CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION .) No Replace the LF control unit, then go to the
next step.

step.
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) (See START STOP UNIT
Clear DTCs for the advanced keyless entry system
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM] .)
Drive the vehicle at 5 km/h {3 mph} or more

for 2 min or more.

(See DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY

SYSTEM] .)
Is DTC B10D1:23 displayed?


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Request switch (RF) circuit malfunction
location
Detection
speed is 5 km/h {3 mph} or more for a continuous 2 min or more and the request
condition
switch (RF) is on 7 times or more until the vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h {3 mph}.
Fail-safe
Front outer handle (RH) connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between LF control unit terminal E and front outer handle
Possible (RH) terminal D
cause
Request switch (RF) malfunction

INSPECT FRONT OUTER HANDLE (RH) CONNECTOR



Disconnect the front outer handle (RH) connector.


INSPECT REQUEST SWITCH (RF) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

handle (RH) connectors are disconnected.


Inspect for continuity between front outer handle
(RH) terminal D (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.
INSPECT REQUEST SWITCH (RF)

Inspect the request switch (RF).
(See REQUEST SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the front outer handle (RH), then
go to Step 6.
Is the request switch (RH) normal?
(See FRONT OUTER HANDLE

next step.

step.
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM] .)

for 2 min or more.


SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Request switch (liftgate) circuit malfunction
location
Detection speed is 5 km/h {3 mph} or more for a continuous 2 min or more and the request
condition switch (liftgate) is on 7 times or more until the vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h {3
mph}.
Fail-safe
Request switch (liftgate) connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between LF control unit terminal I and request switch
Possible (liftgate) terminal A
cause
Request switch (liftgate) malfunction

INSPECT REQUEST SWITCH (LIFTGATE) CONNECTOR



Disconnect the request switch (liftgate) connector.


INSPECT REQUEST SWITCH (LIFTGATE) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

3 TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Verify that the LF control unit and request switch
(liftgate) connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between request switch
(liftgate) terminal A (vehicle wiring harness side)
and body ground.
INSPECT REQUEST SWITCH (LIFTGATE)

Inspect the request switch (liftgate).
(See REQUEST SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the request switch (liftgate), then
go to Step 6.
Is the request switch (liftgate) normal?
(See REQUEST SWITCH

next step.



step.
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM] .)

for 2 min or more.


SYSTEM] .)
Is DTC B11C4:23 displayed?


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Keyless antenna (exterior, LF) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects an open circuit in the keyless antenna (exterior, LF) or
condition a short to ground with the ignition switched off.
Fail-safe Inhibits the door lock/unlock using the advanced keyless entry system.
Front outer handle (LH) connector or terminal malfunction
Between LF control unit terminal S and front outer handle (LH)

terminal B
Between LF control unit terminal U and front outer handle (LH)

terminal E
Between LF control unit terminal S and front outer handle (LH)

terminal B
Between LF control unit terminal U and front outer handle (LH)

terminal E
Keyless antenna (exterior, LF) malfunction

INSPECT FRONT OUTER HANDLE (LH) CONNECTOR



2.0].)
Disconnect the front outer handle (LH)

connector.

disconnection.

disconnection.

INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, LF) CIRCUIT FOR

3 SHORT TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which
handle (LH) connectors are disconnected.
ground.
Front outer handle (LH)

terminal B
Front outer handle (LH)

terminal E
INSPECT FRONT OUTER HANDLE (LH) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

4 CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.

handle (LH) connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
has an open circuit, then go to Step 7.
for continuity.

terminal S and front outer
handle (LH) terminal B

terminal U and front outer
handle (LH) terminal E


Step 7.

6 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS KEYLESS ANTENNA Yes Replace the front outer handle (LH), then
(EXTERIOR, LF) go to the next step.
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. (See FRONT OUTER HANDLE

cable.
No Go to Step 8.
2.0].)

CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY

(See
SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
Is DTC B11FD:1F displayed?

step.


SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
Is DTC B11FD:1F displayed?


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Keyless antenna (exterior, RF) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects an open circuit in the keyless antenna (exterior, RF) or
condition a short to ground with the ignition switched off.
Front outer handle (RH) connector or terminal malfunction
Between LF control unit terminal W and front outer handle (RH)

terminal B
Between LF control unit terminal Y and front outer handle (RH)

terminal E
Between LF control unit terminal W and front outer handle (RH)

terminal B
Between LF control unit terminal Y and front outer handle (RH)

terminal E
Keyless antenna (exterior, RF) malfunction

INSPECT FRONT OUTER HANDLE (RH) CONNECTOR



2.0].)
Disconnect the front outer handle (RH)

connector.

disconnection.

disconnection.

INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, RF) CIRCUIT FOR

handle (RH) connectors are disconnected.
ground.
Front outer handle (RH)

terminal B
Front outer handle (RH)

terminal E
INSPECT FRONT OUTER HANDLE (RH) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


handle (RH) connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
for continuity.

terminal W and front outer
handle (RH) terminal B

terminal Y and front outer
handle (RH) terminal E


Step 7.

6 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS KEYLESS ANTENNA Yes Replace the front outer handle (RH), then
(EXTERIOR, RF) go to the next step.
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. (See FRONT OUTER HANDLE

cable.
No Go to Step 8.
2.0].)

CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY

(See
SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
Is DTC B1210:1F displayed?

step.


SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
Is DTC B1210:1F displayed?


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
LF control unit internal malfunction
location
Detection condition LF control unit internal malfunction detected
Inhibits the door lock/unlock control using the advanced keyless

Fail-safe
entry system.
LF control unit internal malfunction

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram

next step.

2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS START STOP UNIT Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to the
next step.
Clear DTCs for the advanced keyless
entry system using the M-MDS. (See START STOP UNIT
(See CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
Perform the advanced keyless entry
system DTC inspection using the M-
MDS.

(See DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED



ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction LF control unit malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects that the LF State signal of the LF control unit is low for 5 s or
more.
Detection
With the communication between the start stop unit and LF control unit being performed
condition
normally, there is no response from the LF control unit even though there is a signal
transmission request from the start stop unit to the LF control unit, and the LF state signal
becomes low.
Start stop unit connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 2H and LF control unit
Possible terminal K
cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 2H and LF control unit terminal
K


Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Repair or replace the connector, then go
to Step 6.

INSPECT START STOP UNIT CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the start stop unit connector.
INSPECT LF CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

3 Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Verify that the start stop unit and LF control unit is shorted to ground, then go to Step 6.
connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between LF control unit terminal No Go to the next step.
K (vehicle wiring harness side) and body ground.
INSPECT LF CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the start stop unit and LF control unit
No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between start has an open circuit, then go to Step 6.
stop unit terminal 2H (vehicle wiring harness side) and
LF control unit terminal K (vehicle wiring harness side).

next step.

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. replace the start stop
unit, then go to the next
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE step.


(See START STOP UNIT
Clear DTCs for the advanced keyless entry system REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY No Go to the next step.

SYSTEM] .)
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and wait for 5

s or more.


SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction LF control unit power supply voltage decrease input
location
With the ignition switched ON (engine off), start stop unit power supply circuit
Detection (+B1) voltage of 8.5 V or more or less than 16.5 V and LF control unit
condition power supply circuit voltage of 5 V or more or less than 8.5 V are detected
for 5 s or more.
LF control unit power supply circuit malfunction
Short to ground in the wiring harness between ROOM 15 A

fuse and LF control unit terminal A
Possible
ROOM 15 A fuse malfunction
cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive
terminal and LF control unit terminal A

INSPECT LF CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR



DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the LF control unit

connector.

connection condition and inspect the
terminals for damage, deformation,
corrosion, or disconnection.
INSPECT LF CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY

Verify that the LF control unit

connector is disconnected. No Inspect the ROOM 15 A fuse.
If a fuse is burnt out:

Connect the negative battery cable.

Repair or
replace
the
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
wiring
Measure the voltage at LF control unit harness
terminal A (vehicle wiring harness which is
side). shorted
to
Is the voltage B+? ground.
Replace
the fuse.
If a fuse is damaged:
Replace
the fuse.
If the fuse is normal:
Repair or
replace
the
wiring
harness
which
has an
open
circuit.
Go to Step 4.

next step.

Reconnect all the disconnected
connectors. If the malfunction recurs,
replace the start stop
Reconnect the disconnected negative unit, then go to the next
battery cable. step.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See START STOP UNIT

DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Clear DTCs for the advanced keyless No Go to the next step.

entry system using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED

Switch the ignition ON (engine off) and

wait for 5 s or more.
Perform the advanced keyless entry

system DTC inspection using the M-
MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED



ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Communication error with LF control unit
location
The start stop unit detects communication error with LF control unit 10 times in a
Detection condition
series.
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 2F and LF
control unit terminal M
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 2F and LF control
unit terminal M


to Step 6.


INSPECT LF CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Verify that the start stop unit and LF control unit is shorted to ground, then go to Step 6.
Inspect for continuity between LF control unit terminal No Go to the next step.
M (vehicle wiring harness side) and body ground.
INSPECT LF CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the start stop unit and LF control unit
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between start has an open circuit, then go to Step 6.
stop unit terminal 2F (vehicle wiring harness side) and
LF control unit terminal M (vehicle wiring harness
side).

next step.

Clear DTCs for the advanced keyless entry system REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY No Go to the next step.

SYSTEM] .)


SYSTEM] .)


ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC2.
M-MDS.
Select DataLogger.
Select Modules.
Select SSU.
3. Select the applicable PID from the PID table.
4. Verify the PID data according to the directions on the screen.
NOTE:
The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value of input/output
signals in the module. Therefore, if the monitored value of the output parts is not within
the specification, it is necessary to inspect the monitored value of input parts
corresponding to the applicable output part control. In addition, because the system does
not display an output part malfunction as an abnormality in the monitored value, it is
necessary to inspect the output parts individually.
When detecting DTCs, PIDs related to a malfunctioning system may not display even if the
module is normal. Therefore, if a PID is not displayed, it is necessary to verify the DTC,
perform malfunction diagnosis of the DTC that was detected, and do repairs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
PID Unit/Operation Data contents Inspection item(s)
Off: Request switch (liftgate) is off.

LG/T_LK_SW Off/On Request switch (liftgate)
On: Request switch (liftgate) is on.
Off: Request switch (LF) is off.

RQ_SW_LF Off/On Request switch (LF)
On: Request switch (LF) is on.
Off: Request switch (RF) is off.

RQ_SW_RF Off/On Request switch (RF)
On: Request switch (RF) is on.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
a. Select DataLogger.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select SSU.
3. Select the simulation items from the PID table.
4. Perform the active command modes function, inspect the operations for each parts.
If the operation of output parts cannot be verified after the active command
mode inspection is performed, this could indicate the possibility of an open or
short circuit, sticking, or operation malfunction in the output parts.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Simulation item Unit/Operation Data contents Output part name
Off: Keyless beeper does not sound.

BZR_OUT Off/On Keyless beeper
On: Keyless beeper sounds.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >




< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


*1
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CMDTC Self Test
M-MDS.

[START STOP UNIT] .)
ODDTC Self Test
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select SSU.

Snap shot data
The data for all DTCs currently detected is stored.

Snap shot data table
Corresponding
Snap shot data
Unit Data contents data monitor
item
items
AAT C F Ambient temperature
Accelerator Pedal
APP_STATUS Accelerator pedal position status
Off/Under20%/Over20%/FAIL
Config Complete/Not Configured/Config

CFG_STATUS Configuration status
Error
Under 0 degrees C/0-Under 80 degrees

ECT_STATUS Engine coolant temperature status
C/Over 80 degrees C/FAIL
Instrument cluster power supply

IC_VPWR V
voltage
Elapsed time since ignition switched

IG-ON_TIMER hh:mm:ss
ON (engine off or on)
Key Out/Key Recently Out/
Key Approved (Position 0)/
Post Accessory (Position 0)/
Accessory (Position 1)/ Push button start power position

PWR_MODE_KEY
switching status
Post Ignition (Position 1)/
ignition On (Position 2)/
Running - Starting In Progress (Position

2)/Crank (Position 3)
Engine
RPM_STATUS Engine speed status
Stop/Under1500rpm/Over1500rpm/FAIL
P/N/
D/
SHIFT_STATUS Selector lever position status
R/
FAIL
Accumulated total traveled distance

TOTAL_DIST Km miles
since vehicle completion

Accumulated total elapsed time

NOTE:
When the ROOM

TOTAL_TIME hh:mm:ss fuse is removed,
or the ignition is
switched off
(LOCK), the time
is not included in
the elapsed time.
Order of remote transmitters

TRNS_NUM_L Initial/No.1/No.2/No.3/No.4/No.5/No.6
Programmed to vehicle
Start stop unit power supply

VPWR V
malfunction
Start stop unit power supply

VPWR_B1 V
malfunction
Stop/
0-10km/h/
VSPD_STATUS Vehicle speed status
Over10km/h/
FAIL
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [START STOP UNIT] .)
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select SSU.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [START STOP UNIT] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
KEY Push
warning button Fail- Self
Drive Memory
DTC No. indicator indicator Description safe test Page
cycle function
light light function type*1
(red) (amber)
Push button
start switch
B108B:23 Flash C (See DTC B108B:23 [START STOP UNIT] .)
No.1 circuit
malfunction
Push button
start switch
B108B:24 Flash C (See DTC B108B:24 [START STOP UNIT] .)
No.1 circuit
malfunction
Push button
start switch
B108C:23 Flash C (See DTC B108C:23 [START STOP UNIT] .)
No.2 circuit
malfunction
Push button
start switch
B108C:24 Flash C (See DTC B108C:24 [START STOP UNIT] .)
No.2 circuit
malfunction
Cruise control
B10AC:13*2 switch circuit C (See DTC B10AC:13 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Cruise control
B10AC:23*2 switch circuit C (See DTC B10AC:23 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Keyless
antenna
B10C6:1F *3 On (exterior, rear) C, D (See DTC B10C6:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
circuit
malfunction
Keyless

antenna
B10C7:1F *3 On (interior, rear) C, D (See DTC B10C7:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
circuit
malfunction
Keyless
antenna
(interior,
On center) circuit C, D (See DTC B10C9:1F [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
(with keyless
entry system)
B10C9:1F
Keyless
antenna
(interior, front)
circuit
On C, D (See DTC B10C9:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
malfunction
(with advanced
keyless entry
system)
Request switch
B10D1:23 *3 On (LF) circuit C (See DTC B10D1:23 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
malfunction
Request switch
B10D3:23 *3 On (RF) circuit C (See DTC B10D3:23 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
malfunction
Communication
error with coil
B10D9:87 Flash antenna (built C (See SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT: 11, DTC: B10D9:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
into push
button start)
Communication
error with PCM
B10DA:51 C (See SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
(data send
failure)
Communication
error with PCM
B10DA:62 C (See SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:62/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
(data mis-
matched)
IG1 relay
B10E7:11 Flash circuit C (See DTC B10E7:11 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
IG1 relay
malfunction

IG1 relay
malfunction
IG1 relay
malfunction
IG2 relay
B112A:11 Flash circuit C (See DTC B112A:11 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
IG2 relay
B112A:12 Flash circuit C (See DTC B112A:12 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Request switch
B11C4:23 *3 On (liftgate) circuit C (See DTC B11C4:23 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
malfunction
Keyless
antenna
B11FD:1F *3 On C, D (See DTC B11FD:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
(exterior, LF)
malfunction
Keyless
antenna
B1210:1F *3 On (outside C, D (See DTC B1210:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
vehicle, RF)
malfunction
Turn switch
B124C:56 circuit C (See DTC B124C:56 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
LF control unit
B13C3:04 *3 On internal C (See DTC B13C3:04 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
malfunction
LF control unit
B13C3:09 *3 On C (See DTC B13C3:09 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
malfunction
LF control unit
power supply
B13C3:16 *3 On C (See DTC B13C3:16 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
voltage (+B1)
low input
Communication
B13C3:29 *3*4 On error with LF C (See DTC B13C3:29 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
control unit

Key ID number
B13D3:05 C (See SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT: 13, DTC: B13D3:05/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
program error
Low remote
B13D3:16 On transmitter C (See DTC B13D3:16 [START STOP UNIT] .)
battery voltage
Transmitter
B13D3:4A On assembly C (See DTC B13D3:4A [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Key code not

B13D3:51 Flash C (See SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT: 15, DTC: B13D3:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
programmed
Communication
error with
B13D3:94 C (See SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT: 13, DTC: B13D3:94/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
remote
transmitter
Key
B13D3:97 programming C (See DTC B13D3:97 [START STOP UNIT] .)
not completed
Insufficient key
code
B13D4:00 On C (See SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT: 21, DTC: B13D4:00/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
programming
number
Windshield
wiper switch
B1C53:13 C (See DTC B1C53:13 [START STOP UNIT] .)
circuit
malfunction
Brake switch
(No.1 signal)
C0040:23 *5 Flash C (See DTC C0040:23 [START STOP UNIT] .)
circuit
malfunction
Brake switch
(No.1 signal)
C0040:24 *5 Flash C (See DTC C0040:24 [START STOP UNIT] .)
circuit
malfunction
Steering angle
C0051:2F*4 sensor signal C (See DTC C0051:2F [START STOP UNIT] .)
error
Steering angle
sensor
C0051:95 *4 C (See DTC C0051:95 [START STOP UNIT] .)
assembly
malfunction

Steering angle
sensor A signal
circuit
malfunction
Steering angle
C0052:2F*4 sensor A signal C (See DTC C0052:2F [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Steering angle
sensor B signal
circuit
malfunction
Steering angle
C0053:2F*4 sensor B signal C (See DTC C0053:2F [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Open circuit in
C2003:13 C (See DTC C2003:13 [START STOP UNIT] .)
steering switch
Starter relay
P0615:11 Flash circuit C (See DTC P0615:11 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Starter relay
malfunction
Starter relay
malfunction
Starter relay
malfunction
Starter relay
P0616:23 circuit C (See DTC P0616:23 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Starter relay
P0616:24 circuit C (See DTC P0616:24 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Starter relay
P0616:29 signal C (See DTC P0616:29 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
NOT P position
P081C:23 *5 Flash switch circuit C (See DTC P081C:23 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction

NOT P position
P081C:24 *5 Flash switch circuit C (See DTC P081C:24 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Neutral switch
P081D:29 *6 Flash error signal C (See DTC P081D:29 [START STOP UNIT] .)
received
Neutral switch
P081D:2F *6 Flash signal C (See DTC P081D:2F [START STOP UNIT] .)
mismatch
CPP switch
P0830:23 *6 Flash circuit C (See DTC P0830:23 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
TCM circuit
P0850:23 *5 Flash C (See DTC P0850:23 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
TCM circuit
malfunction
Shift-lock
P0930:71 *5 solenoid circuit C (See DTC P0930:71 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Starter
interlock
switch circuit
malfunction
Starter
interlock
switch circuit
or CPP switch
circuit
malfunction
Start stop unit

power supply
P1794:16 Flash C (See DTC P1794:16 [START STOP UNIT] .)
voltage (+B2)
low input
Unit
(See DTC
communication
U0001:88 On Flash C U0001:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0121:00/U0121:87/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0146:00/U0151:00/U0155:00
error (HS-
CAN)
Communication
error with rear
U0028:87 On body control C (See DTC U0028:87 [START STOP UNIT] .)

module
(RBCM)
(See DTC
Communication
U0100:00 On Flash C U0001:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0121:00/U0121:87/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0146:00/U0151:00/U0155:00
error with PCM
Communication
U0100:87 error with PCM C (See SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
(no response)
Communication
U0101:00 *5 Flash C
error with TCM
Communication
U0121:00 On Flash error with DSC C
HU/CM
Communication
U0121:87 On Flash error with DSC C
HU/CM
Communication
U0131:00 error with EPS C
control module
Communication (See DTC

error with front U0001:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0121:00/U0121:87/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0146:00/U0151:00/U0155:00
U0140:00 C [START STOP UNIT] .)
body control
module (FBCM)
Communication
error with
U0146:00 On Flash C
instrument
cluster
Communication
U0151:00 On Flash error with SAS C
control module
Communication
error with
U0155:00 On Flash C
instrument
cluster
Error signal
received from
U0447:86 On Flash C (See DTC U0447:86 [START STOP UNIT] .)
instrument
cluster
Keyless
U201F:11 On receiver circuit C (See DTC U201F:11 [START STOP UNIT] .)

malfunction
Keyless
U201F:12 On receiver circuit C (See DTC U201F:12 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Start stop unit

U2100:00 On configuration C (See DTC U2100:00 [START STOP UNIT] .)
not completed
Configuration
data not
U2300:00 received from C (See DTC U2300:00 [START STOP UNIT] .)
instrument
cluster
Start stop unit

U3000:01 *4 internal C (See DTC U3000:01 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
Start stop unit

malfunction
Start stop unit

malfunction
Start stop unit

power supply
U3003:16 On C (See DTC U3003:16 [START STOP UNIT] .)
voltage (+B1)
low input
ACC relay
U3004:11 Flash circuit C (See DTC U3004:11 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
ACC relay
U3004:12 Flash circuit C (See DTC U3004:12 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
ACC relay
U3004:16 circuit C (See DTC U3004:16 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
ACC relay
U3004:17 circuit C (See DTC U3004:17 [START STOP UNIT] .)
malfunction
*1

*2
With cruise control system

*3
With advanced keyless entry system
*4
With steering angle sensor
*5
ATX
*6
MTX
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Push button start switch 1 circuit malfunction
location
Detection condition Start stop unit detects push button start switch 1 ON stuck for 120 s or more.
Fail-safe Perform the control with push button start switch 1 turned off.
Push button start connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1H and push
Possible cause
button start terminal C
Push button start switch 1 malfunction

INSPECT PUSH BUTTON START CONNECTOR CONDITION

to Step 5.
Disconnect the push button start connector.


INSPECT PUSH BUTTON START SWITCH 1 CIRCUIT FOR


Verify that the push button start and start stop unit
Inspect for continuity between push button start
terminal C (vehicle wiring harness) and body
ground.
INSPECT PUSH BUTTON START SWITCH 1

Inspect push button start switch 1.
(See PUSH BUTTON START INSPECTION .) No Replace the push button start, then go to
the next step.
Is push button start switch 1 normal?
(See PUSH BUTTON START

Clear DTC for the start stop unit using the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See CLEARING DTC [START STOP UNIT] .)

Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and wait
for 120 s or more.
Perform the DTC inspection for the start stop unit

using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [START STOP UNIT] .)
Is DTC B108B:23 displayed?

(See DTC TABLE [START STOP UNIT] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Push button start switch 1 circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects that push button start switch 1 is kept in an off condition
condition 5 times or more even though push button start switch 2 is on.
Fail-safe
Open circuit in wiring harness between push button start terminal G and body ground

Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1H and push button
start terminal C


to Step 6.

INSPECT PUSH BUTTON START SWITCH 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

Verify that the push button start connector is

disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
terminal G (vehicle wiring harness side) and body
ground.



connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between
start stop unit terminal 1H (vehicle wiring harness
side) and push button start terminal C (vehicle
wiring harness side).

the next step.


Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and press
the push button start 5 times or more.

using the M-MDS.
Is DTC B108B:24 displayed?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Push button start switch 2 circuit malfunction
location
Start stop unit detects push button start switch 2 ON stuck for 120 s or
Detection condition
more.
Fail-safe Perform the control with push button start switch 2 turned off.
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 2J and push
Possible cause
button start terminal I


to Step 5.


INSPECT PUSH BUTTON START SWITCH 2 CIRCUIT FOR


terminal I (vehicle wiring harness) and body
ground.

the next step.


for 120 s or more.

using the M-MDS.
Is DTC B108C:23 displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Push button start switch 2 circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects that push button start switch 2 is kept in an off condition
condition 5 times or more even though push button start switch 1 is on.
Fail-safe
Open circuit in wiring harness between push button start terminal E and body ground

Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 2J and push button
start terminal I


to Step 6.


Verify that the push button start connector is

terminal E (vehicle wiring harness side) and body
ground.



start stop unit terminal 2J (vehicle wiring harness
side) and push button start terminal I (vehicle

the next step.


Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and press
the push button start 5 times or more.

using the M-MDS.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Cruise control switch circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detected an open circuit in the cruise control switch circuit for 5 s or
condition more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Instrument cluster configuration error
Clock spring connector or terminal malfunction
Clock spring malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between the following terminals:

Possible cause
Start stop unit terminal 1Y and clock spring (start stop unit side) terminal J
Start stop unit terminal 1Z and clock spring (start stop unit side) terminal
N
Cruise control switch malfunction

PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION (USING AS-

1 BUILT DATA) Yes Using the M-MDS, re-perform the instrument
cluster configuration using the As-Built data, then
Using the M-MDS, perform the instrument cluster go to the next step.
configuration with the As-Built data.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION (USING (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
AS-BUILT DATA) .)
Clear DTC for the start stop unit using the M-MDS. No Go to Step 8.

using the M-MDS.
Is DTC B10AC:13 displayed?
INSPECT CLOCK SPRING CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step
7.


Disconnect the clock spring connector.

INSPECT CLOCK SPRING

Inspect the clock spring.
(See CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION [TWO-STEP No Replace the clock spring, then go to Step 7.
DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
(See CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION [STANDARD [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
Is the clock spring normal? [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)

Inspect the connector engagement and connection No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step
condition and inspect the terminals for damage, 7.
INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

Verify that the start stop unit and clock spring

connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which has an
open circuit, then go to Step 7.
Inspect the wiring harness between the following
terminals (vehicle wiring harness side) for continuity.
Start stop unit terminal 1Y and clock

spring (start stop unit side) terminal
J
Start stop unit terminal 1Z and clock

spring (start stop unit side) terminal
N
INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

Inspect the cruise control switch.
(See CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION No Replace the cruise control switch, then go to the
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) next step.
Is the cruise control switch normal? (See STEERING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

If the malfunction recurs, replace
Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. the start stop unit, then go to
the next step.
Clear DTC for the start stop unit using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [START STOP UNIT] .) No Go to the next step.
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and wait for

5 s or more.

using the M-MDS.

8 Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according to the
Are any other DTCs displayed? applicable DTC troubleshooting.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Cruise control switch circuit malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects any cruise control switch stuck on for 2 min or more with the
Detection condition
ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible cause
Short to power supply in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1Z and clock
spring terminal N (start stop unit side)
Cruise control switch malfunction

PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION (USING AS-

1 BUILT DATA) Yes Using the M-MDS, re-perform the instrument
Using the M-MDS, perform the instrument cluster go to the next step.
configuration with the As-Built data.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION (USING (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
AS-BUILT DATA) .)
Clear DTC for the start stop unit using the M-MDS. No Go to Step 8.

using the M-MDS.

7.




(See CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION [TWO-STEP No Replace the clock spring, then go to Step 7.
(See CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION [STANDARD [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
Is the clock spring normal? [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)

INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

5 POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the PCM and clock spring connectors are

disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which is
shorted to power supply, then go to Step 7.

Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on).
Measure the voltage at clock spring (start stop unit

side) (vehicle wiring harness side) terminal N.
Is the voltage 0 V?
INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

Inspect the cruise control switch.
(See CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION No Replace the cruise control switch, then go to the
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) next step.
Is the cruise control switch normal? (See STEERING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. the start stop unit, then go to
the next step.

2 min or more.


using the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Keyless antenna (interior, center) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects an open circuit in the keyless antenna (interior,
condition center) or a short to ground with the ignition switched off.
Fail-safe
Keyless antenna (interior, center) connector or terminal malfunction
Start stop unit terminal 2I and keyless antenna (interior,

center) terminal B
Start stop unit terminal 2K and keyless antenna (interior,

center) terminal A
Possible cause
Start stop unit terminal 2I and keyless antenna (interior,

center) terminal B
Start stop unit terminal 2K and keyless antenna (interior,

center) terminal A
Keyless antenna (interior, center) malfunction

INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, CENTER)



2.0].)
Disconnect the keyless antenna (interior,

center) connector.


connection condition and inspect the to Step 6.


3 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Verify that the start stop unit and keyless
antenna (interior, center) connectors are

terminals (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.

center) terminal B

center) terminal A

4 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the start stop unit and keyless

antenna (interior, center) connectors are No Repair or replace the wiring harness which

following terminals (vehicle wiring harness
side) for continuity.
Start stop unit terminal 2I

and keyless antenna
(interior, center) terminal
B
Start stop unit terminal 2K

and keyless antenna
(interior, center) terminal
A

(INTERIOR, CENTER) center), then go to the next step.

Reconnect the disconnected negative
battery cable.
No Go to Step 7.
2.0].)
Clear DTC for the start stop unit using the

M-MDS.
Perform the DTC inspection for the start

stop unit using the M-MDS.

Reconnect the disconnected negative replace the start stop
battery cable. unit, then go to the next
step.
Clear DTC for the start stop unit using the

M-MDS. No Go to the next step.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction IG1 relay circuit malfunction
location
Detection The ignition is switched ON (engine off or on) and the starter stop unit detects voltage from IG1 relay
condition output monitor as less than 2.5 V for 0.5 s or more while the engine is not being cranked.
Fail-safe
IG1 relay malfunction

Possible cause
Short to ground in wiring harness between IG1 relay terminal E and start stop unit terminal 2S
INSPECT IG1 RELAY FOR MALFUNCTION


Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the IG1 relay, then go to Step 4.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Remove the IG1 relay.
Inspect the IG1 relay.
(See RELAY INSPECTION .)
Is the IG1 relay normal?

Inspect the connector engagement and connection condition and No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step
inspect the terminals for damage, deformation, corrosion, or 4.
disconnection.
INSPECT IG1 RELAY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

3 Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which has a
Verify that the IG1 relay is removed. short to ground, then go to the next step.
Verify that the start stop unit connector is disconnected.

Inspect for continuity between IG1 relay terminal E (vehicle wiring
harness side) and body ground.

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. replace the start stop unit, then
go to the next step.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) (See START STOP UNIT
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and wait for 0.5 s or
more.
Perform the DTC inspection for the start stop unit using the M-
MDS.
Is the DTC B10E7:11 displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
IG1 relay circuit malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects IG1 relay output monitor voltage of 2.5 V or more for 0.5 s or more
Detection condition
with the ignition switched off or ACC.
Fail-safe

Possible cause Short to power supply in wiring harness between IG1 relay terminal E and start stop unit terminal
2S



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

disconnection.
INSPECT IG1 RELAY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY

Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. short to the power supply, then go to the next
step.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION No Go to the next step.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Measure the voltage at start stop unit terminal 2S (vehicle

Is the voltage 2.5 V or more?

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. the start stop unit, then go to the
next step.
Switch the ignition to off and wait for 0.5 s or more.
MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
location
Detection The ignition is switched ON (engine off or on) and the starter stop unit detects voltage from IG1 monitor
condition as less than 2.5 V for 1 s or more while the engine is not being cranked.
Fail-safe
IG1 relay power supply circuit malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between MAIN 200 A fuse and IG1 relay terminal D
MAIN 200 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and IG1 relay terminal
Possible cause D
Start stop unit connector malfunction
C/U IG1 15 A fuse malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between IG1 relay terminal C and start stop unit terminal 1B
Open circuit in wiring harness between IG1 relay terminal C and start stop unit terminal 1B



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT IG1 RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT
2 TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.

No Inspect the MAIN 200 A fuse.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Repair or
replace the
Measure the voltage at IG1 relay terminal D (vehicle wiring harness wiring
side). harness
which is
Is the voltage B+? shorted to
ground.
Replace the
fuse.
Replace the

fuse.
Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness
which has
an open
circuit.
Go to Step 7.

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to
Step 7.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Inspect the connector engagement and connection condition and

inspect the terminals for damage, deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection.
INSPECT C/U IG1 15 A FUSE

4 Yes If the fuse is blown:
Remove the C/U IG1 15 A fuse.
Repair or replace the wiring
Inspect the C/U IG1 15 A fuse. harness for a possible short
to ground.
Is the C/U IG1 15 A fuse normal?
Replace the fuse.
If the fuse is deteriorated:
Replace the fuse.
Go to Step 7.
No Reinstall the C/U IG1 15 A fuse, then go to

the next step.

5 Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which is
Verify that the start stop unit disconnected. shorted to ground, then go to Step 7.
Inspect for continuity start stop unit terminal 1B (vehicle wiring

harness side) and body ground. No Go to the next step.
INSPECT IG1 RELAY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

IG1 relay is removed.
Verify that the start stop unit connector is disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
has an open circuit, then go to the next step.
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between IG1 relay terminal
C (vehicle wiring harness side) and start stop unit terminal 1B
(vehicle wiring harness side).

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. replace the start stop unit,
then go to the next step.

Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and wait for 1 s or more.
Perform the DTC inspection for the start stop unit using the M-MDS.

8 Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according to
Are any other DTCs displayed? the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects IG1 monitor voltage of 2.5 V or more for 1 s or more with the
Detection condition
ignition switched off or ACC.
Fail-safe

Possible cause Short to power supply in wiring harness between IG1 relay terminal C and start stop unit terminal
1B



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

disconnection.
INSPECT START STOP UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (IG1) FOR SHORT
3 TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which has a
short to the power supply, then go to the next
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. step.
Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Measure the voltage at start stop unit terminal 1B (vehicle


next step.
Switch the ignition to off and wait for 1 s or more.
MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
location
Detection With the ignition switched ON (engine off or on), the start stop unit detects IG2 relay
condition circuit voltage of 2.5 V or less for 0.5 s or more.
Fail-safe
Front body control module (FBCM) connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 2D and front body
Possible cause
control module (FBCM) terminal 2U
Front body control module (FBCM) malfunction

INSPECT FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) CONNECTOR



Disconnect the front body control module (FBCM)

connector.



Verify that the start stop unit and front body control is shorted to ground, then go to Step 5.
module (FBCM) connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between front body control No Go to the next step.
module (FBCM) terminal 2U (vehicle wiring harness
side) and body ground.
PERFORM DTC INSPECTION AND VERIFY IF IG2 RELAY IS

4 MALFUNCTIONING PART Yes Replace the front body control module
(FBCM), then go to the next step.
(See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE
Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. (FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) No Go to Step 6.

0.5 s or more.

using the M-MDS.
Is DTC B112A:11 displayed?




0.5 s or more.

using the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
With the ignition switched off or to ACC, the start stop unit detects IG2 relay circuit
Detection condition
voltage of 2.5 V or more for 0.5 s or more.
Fail-safe
Short to power supply in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 2D and front
Possible cause
body control module (FBCM) terminal 2U





connector.


INSPECT IG2 RELAY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY

Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. is shorted to power supply, then go to
Step 5.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE No Go to the next step.

Measure the voltage at front body control module

(FBCM) terminal 2U (vehicle wiring harness side).
PERFORM DTC INSPECTION AND VERIFY IF IG2 RELAY IS

4 MALFUNCTIONING PART Yes Replace the front body control module
(See CLEARING DTC [START STOP UNIT] .) (FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Switch the ignition to off or to ACC, and wait for 0.5 s

or more. No Go to Step 6.

using the M-MDS.



Switch the ignition to off or to ACC, and wait for 0.5 s
or more.

using the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Turn switch circuit malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects that turn switches LH and RH are turned
Detection condition
on simultaneously for 5 s or more.
Fail-safe
Start stop unit configuration error
The installations of the light switch and the wiper and washer switch
Possible cause are reversed.
Turn switch malfunction
System wiring

diagram
PERFORM START STOP UNIT

1 CONFIGURATION (AS-BUILT DATA USE) Yes Using the M-MDS, re-perform the start stop unit
configuration using the As-Built data, then go to
Perform the start stop unit the next step.
configuration using the M-MDS.
(See START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION (USING
(See START STOP UNIT AS-BUILT DATA) .)
CONFIGURATION (USING AS-
BUILT DATA) .)
No Go to Step 5.
Clear start stop unit DTCs using
the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [START STOP

UNIT] .)
Operate the turn switch to RH

position and wait for 5 s or

more.
Operate the turn switch to LH

more.
Perform the DTC inspection for

the start stop unit using the M-
MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [START

STOP UNIT] .)
VERIFY IF INSTALLATIONS OF LIGHT

2 SWITCH AND WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
ARE REVERSED
No Install the light switch and the wiper and washer
Verify the installation condition
switch properly, then go to Step 4.
of the light switch and the wiper
and washer switch.
Are the light switch and the

wiper and washer switch
installed correctly?
INSPECT TURN SWITCH

Inspect the turn switch.
(See LIGHT SWITCH No Replace the turn switch, then go to the next
INSPECTION .) step.
Is the turn switch normal? (See LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
VERIFY THAT REPAIRS HAVE BEEN

4 COMPLETED Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
Clear start stop unit DTCs using If the malfunction recurs,

the M-MDS. replace the start stop unit, then
UNIT] .) (See START STOP UNIT
Operate the turn switch to RH
more. No Go to the next step.
Operate the turn switch to LH

more.
Perform the start stop unit DTC


STOP UNIT] .)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Low remote transmitter battery voltage
location
Detection Start stop unit detects low remote transmitter battery voltage in any
condition of the programmed transmitters 3 times continuously.
Fail-safe
Soiling around remote transmitter battery, or foreign matter adhering
Remote transmitter battery is dead

Possible cause
Specific remote transmitter is malfunctioning
System wiring

diagram
INSPECT AREA AROUND REMOTE

1 TRANSMITTER BATTERY Yes Remove dirt or foreign matter, then go to
Step 4.
Inspect the area around the remote
transmitter battery.
Is the area around the transmitter
battery soiled or is there foreign
mattering adhering?
VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS DEAD

2 REMOTE TRANSMITTER BATTERY Yes Go to the next step.
Replace the remote transmitter

battery. No Go to Step 5.
(See REMOTE TRANSMITTER

DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)

Clear DTC for the start stop unit

using the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)
Perform the DTC inspection for the

start stop unit using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [START STOP

UNIT] .)
VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS SPECIFIC

3 REMOTE TRANSMITTER Yes Replace the remote transmitter which
indicates the DTC, then go to the next step.
NOTE:
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
Perform the following procedure for PROGRAMMING .)
all of the programmed remote
transmitters.
using the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)


UNIT] .)
Can a remote transmitter which

indicates DTC B13D3:16 be
specified?

using the M-MDS. If the malfunction recurs,
replace the start stop unit,
(See CLEARING DTC [START STOP then go to the next step.
UNIT] .)
Perform the DTC inspection for the REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See DTC INSPECTION [START STOP No Go to the next step.

UNIT] .)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Remote transmitter assembly malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects a remote transmitter different from the
Detection condition
one equipped to the vehicle.
Fail-safe
Mistaken remote transmitter registration

Possible cause
Remote transmitter malfunction
System wiring

diagram
VERIFY THAT THE VEHICLE AND REMOTE

1 TRANSMITTER COMBINATION IS CORRECT Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the vehicle and

remote transmitter No Re-register using correct remote transmitters, then
combination is correct go to the Step 3.

Is the combination of remote
PROGRAMMING .)
transmitters correct?

2 CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT Yes Using the M-MDS, re-perform the start stop unit
DATA) configuration using the As-Built data, then go to
the next step.
Using the M-MDS, perform the
start stop unit configuration (See START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION (USING AS-
with the As-Built data. BUILT DATA) .)
(See START STOP UNIT If the malfunction recurs, replace

CONFIGURATION (USING AS- the remote transmitter, then go to

BUILT DATA) .) the next step.
Clear DTC for the start stop (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-

unit using the M-MDS. RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING .)
(See CLEARING DTC [START

No Go to Step 4.
STOP UNIT] .)
Perform the DTC inspection

for the start stop unit using
the M-MDS.

STOP UNIT] .)
Is DTC B13D3:4A displayed?

Clear DTC for the start stop If the malfunction recurs, replace
unit using the M-MDS. the start stop unit, then go to the
next step.
STOP UNIT] .) (See START STOP UNIT
the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.

STOP UNIT] .)
Is DTC B13D3:4A displayed?

Are any other DTCs applicable DTC troubleshooting.
displayed?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Remote transmitter registration work not completed
location
The start stop unit detects that the registration of a remote

Detection condition
transmitter has not been completed.
Fail-safe
DTCs are stored in the immobilizer system.

Possible cause
Remote transmitter registration not completed correctly.
System wiring

diagram
VERIFY IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM DTCs

Perform the DTC inspection applicable DTC troubleshooting.
for the EPS control module
using the M-MDS. (See DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
(See DTC INSPECTION

[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
Is the DTC displayed?

2 CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT Yes Using the M-MDS, re-perform the start stop unit
DATA) configuration using the As-Built data, then go to
the next step.
start stop unit configuration (See START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION (USING AS-
with the As-Built data. BUILT DATA) .)


No Go to Step 5.
BUILT DATA) .)
Clear DTC for the start stop

unit using the M-MDS.

STOP UNIT] .)

the M-MDS.

STOP UNIT] .)
REGISTER REMOTE TRANSMITTER

Register the remote
transmitter.
No Go to Step 5.
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING .)

unit using the M-MDS.

STOP UNIT] .)

the M-MDS.

STOP UNIT] .)

4 COMPLETED Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to the next
step.
unit using the M-MDS. (See START STOP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

STOP UNIT] .)

the M-MDS.

STOP UNIT] .)


displayed?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Windshield wiper switch circuit malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects an open circuit, short to ground, or short to
Detection
power supply in the windshield wiper switch circuit for 5 s or more with the
condition
Fail-safe
The installations of the light switch and the wiper and washer switch are
Possible reversed.
cause
Windshield wiper switch malfunction
System
wiring
diagram

1 CONFIGURATION (AS-BUILT DATA USE) Yes Using the M-MDS, re-perform the start stop unit
configuration using the As-Built data, then go to
Perform the start stop unit the next step.
BUILT DATA) .)
No Go to Step 5.
the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)

Switch the INT volume switch to

each step at 5 s intervals.

MDS.

STOP UNIT] .)
VERIFY IF INSTALLATIONS OF LIGHT

2 SWITCH AND WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
ARE REVERSED
No Install the light switch and the wiper and washer
Verify the installation condition
switch properly, then go to Step 4.
of the light switch and the wiper
and washer switch.
Are the light switch and the

wiper and washer switch
INSPECT WINDHIELD WIPER SWITCH

Inspect the windshield wiper
switch.
No Replace the windshield wiper switch, then go to
(See WINDSHIELD WIPER AND the next step.
WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION .)
(See WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
Is the windshield wiper switch REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
normal?

4 COMPLETED Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to the next
step.
the M-MDS. (See START STOP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

UNIT] .)
Switch the INT volume switch to

each step at 5 s intervals.
Perform the start stop unit DTC


STOP UNIT] .)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Brake switch (No.1 signal) circuit malfunction
location
With the ignition switched ON (engine off or on), the start stop unit detects that the brake switch No.1
Detection
signal is in the off condition for 3 s or more continuously for a continuous 5 times even though brake
condition
switch No.2 signal changes.
Fail-safe Determined by brake switch No.2 with the brake pedal depressed.
Brake switch connector or terminal malfunction
Brake switch (No.1 signal) malfunction
Brake switch (No.1 signal) power supply circuit malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between STOP 10 A fuse and brake switch terminal A
STOP 10 A fuse malfunction

Possible
cause Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and brake switch
terminal A
Short to ground in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and start stop unit terminal 1C
Open circuit in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and start stop unit terminal 1C

INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR CONDITION

to Step 7.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the brake switch connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH (NO.1 SIGNAL)

Inspect the brake switch (No.1 signal).
(See BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the brake switch, then go to Step
7.
Is the brake switch (No.1 signal) normal?
(See BRAKE PEDAL
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH (NO.1 SIGNAL) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR

3 OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the brake switch connector is disconnected.

No Inspect the STOP 10 A fuse.
Repair or
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
replace
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on). the
wiring
Measure the voltage at brake switch terminal A (vehicle wiring harness
harness side). which is
shorted
Is the voltage B+? to
ground.
Replace
the burnt
out fuse.
Replace
the
damaged
fuse.
Repair or
replace
the
wiring
harness
which
has an
open
circuit.
Go to Step 7.

Switch the ignition to off. No Repair or replace the connector, then go

to Step 7.
Disconnect the negative battery cable.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

disconnection.
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH (NO.1 SIGNAL) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Verify that the brake switch and start stop unit connectors are is shorted to ground, then go to Step 7.
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between brake switch terminal D (vehicle No Go to the next step.
wiring harness side) and body ground.
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH (NO.1 SIGNAL) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the brake switch and start stop unit connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect the wiring harness for an open circuit between brake switch has an open circuit, then go to the next
terminal D (vehicle wiring harness side) and start stop unit step.
terminal 1C (vehicle wiring harness side).

(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION step.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

With the ignition switched ON (engine off or on), perform the work
of depressing the brake pedal for 3 s or more and then releasing
it for 5 or more times.
MDS.
Is DTC C0040:23 displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Brake switch (No.1 signal) circuit malfunction
location
With the ignition switched ON (engine off or on), the start stop unit detects that the brake switch No.1
Detection
signal is in the on condition for 3 s or more continuously for a continuous 5 times even though brake
condition
switch No.2 signal changes.
Fail-safe Perform the brake switch (No.1 signal) control based on the CAN signal.
Brake switch connector or terminal malfunction
Brake switch (No.1 signal) malfunction

Possible
cause
Short to power supply in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and start stop unit terminal 1C
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR CONDITION

Step 5.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

Disconnect the brake switch connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH (NO.1 SIGNAL)

Inspect the brake switch (No.1 signal).
(See BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the brake switch, then go to Step 5.
Is the brake switch (No.1 signal) normal? (See BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Inspect the connector engagement and connection condition and No Repair or replace the connector, then go to
inspect the terminals for damage, deformation, corrosion, or Step 5.
disconnection.
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH (NO.1 SIGNAL) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER

4 SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the brake switch and start stop unit connectors are
has a short to the power supply, then go to
Connect the negative battery cable. the next step.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Measure the voltages at brake switch terminal D (vehicle wiring

harness side) when the ignition is switched off and ON (engine
off or on).
Is the voltage 0 V?

With the ignition switched ON (engine off or on), perform the

work of depressing the brake pedal for 3 s or more and then
releasing it for 5 or more times.
MDS.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Steering angle sensor assembly malfunction
location
The start stop unit receives the following signals with the ignition
switched ON (engine off or on).
Steering angle sensor assembly malfunction from

EPS control module for 1 s or more
Detection condition
Improper assembly of steering angle sensor at
360
Steering wheel angle of 720 or more for 0.048 s

or more
Fail-safe
DTCs are stored in the EPS control module
Possible cause Improper assembly of steering angle sensor
System wiring

diagram
VERIFY EPS CONTROL MODULE DTCs

Perform the DTC inspection for the the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
EPS control module using the M-
MDS. (See ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (EPS) ON-
BOARD DIAGNOSIS .)
(See ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
(EPS) ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS .)
VERIFY STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

2 INSTALLATION CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Verify the steering angle sensor

installation condition. No Install the steering angle sensor correctly,
(See CLOCK SPRING
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [STANDARD
[STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
(See CLOCK SPRING
[TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP
Is the steering angle sensor


using the M-MDS. If the malfunction recurs,
(See CLEARING DTC [START STOP then go to the next step.
UNIT] .)
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
on) and wait for 1 s or more.
Perform the DTC inspection for the No Go to the next step.


UNIT] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Steering angle sensor signal error
location
Detection The start stop unit detects steering angle sensor signal error for 5 s or
Fail-safe
Possible cause Start stop unit malfunction
System wiring

diagram

next step.
Clear DTC for the start stop unit using
the M-MDS. (See START STOP UNIT
UNIT] .)

UNIT] .)
Is DTC C0051:2F displayed?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Steering angle sensor A signal circuit malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects an open circuit in the steering angle sensor A signal
Detection condition
circuit or a short to ground.
Fail-safe
Steering angle sensor connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1U and
steering angle sensor terminal A
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1U and steering
angle sensor terminal A
Steering angle sensor malfunction

INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CONNECTOR CONDITION

to Step 6.
Disconnect the steering angle sensor connector.


INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

Verify that the steering angle sensor and start stop
unit connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between steering angle sensor
terminal A (vehicle wiring harness side) and body
ground.
INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


unit connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Inspect the wiring harness for an open circuit
between start stop unit terminal 1U (vehicle wiring
harness side) and steering angle sensor terminal A
INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

Inspect the steering angle sensor.
(See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INSPECTION .) No Replace the steering angle sensor, then go
to the next step.
Is the steering angle sensor normal?
(See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR




using the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Steering angle sensor A signal malfunction
location
The start stop unit detected sudden change in steering angle sensor A
Detection signal.
condition
The start stop unit detected that steering angle sensor A signal is
stuck with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram

Inspect the steering angle
sensor.
No Replace the steering angle sensor, then go to the
(See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR next step.
INSPECTION .)
Is the steering angle sensor REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
normal?

next step.


STOP UNIT] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Steering angle sensor B signal circuit malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects an open circuit or a short to ground in steering angle
Detection condition
sensor B signal circuit.
Fail-safe
Steering angle sensor connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1W and
steering angle sensor terminal C
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1W and steering
angle sensor terminal C

INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CONNECTOR CONDITION

to Step 6.
Disconnect the steering angle sensor connector.


INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

unit connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between steering angle sensor
terminal C (vehicle wiring harness side) and body
ground.
INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


unit connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Inspect the wiring harness for an open circuit
between start stop unit terminal 1W (vehicle wiring
harness side) and steering angle sensor terminal C

Inspect the steering angle sensor.
(See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INSPECTION .) No Replace the steering angle sensor, then go
to the next step.
Is the steering angle sensor normal?




using the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Steering angle sensor B signal malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects sudden change in steering angle sensor B
Detection signal.
condition
The start stop unit detects that steering angle sensor B signal is stuck
with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram

Inspect the steering angle
sensor.
No Replace the steering angle sensor, then go to the
(See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR next step.
INSPECTION .)
Is the steering angle sensor REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
normal?

next step.


STOP UNIT] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Open circuit in steering switch
location
The start stop unit detects an open circuit in the steering switch circuit for 5 s or more
Detection condition
Fail-safe
Possible cause Start stop unit terminal 1AA and clock spring (start stop unit side)
terminal K
Start stop unit terminal 1AB and clock spring (start stop unit side)
terminal C
Steering switch malfunction


Step 6.


(See CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT No Replace the clock spring, then go to Step
CONTROL SYSTEM] .) 6.
(See CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT (See CLOCK SPRING

CONTROL SYSTEM] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP
Is the clock spring normal?
(See CLOCK SPRING
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [STANDARD


Inspect the connector engagement and connection No Repair or replace the connector, then go to
condition and inspect the terminals for damage, Step 6.
INSPECT STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the clock spring and start stop unit connectors
are disconnected.
Inspect the wiring harness between the following has an open circuit, then go to Step 6.
Start stop unit terminal 1AA and clock

spring (start stop unit side) terminal K
Start stop unit terminal 1AB and clock

spring (start stop unit side) terminal C
INSPECT STEERING SWITCH

Inspect the steering switch.
(See STEERING SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the steering switch, then go to the
next step.
Is the steering switch normal?
(See STEERING SWITCH

Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and wait for 5 s

or more.
Perform the DTC inspection for the start stop unit using
the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Start stop unit power supply voltage (+B3) low input
location
Detection Start stop unit power supply circuit (+B3) voltage of less than 8.5 V
condition is detected for 5 s or more.
Fail-safe
Battery malfunction
Start stop unit power supply circuit (+B3) malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between CABIN.+B

50 A fuse and start stop unit terminal 2X
Possible cause
CABIN.+B 50 A fuse malfunction
SRS2/ESCL 15 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery

positive terminal and start stop unit terminal 2X

INSPECT BATTERY
Inspect the battery.
(See BATTERY INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G No Recharge or replace the battery, then go

2.0].) to Step 4.
Is the battery normal? (See BATTERY RECHARGING [SKYACTIV-G

2.0].)
(See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT START STOP UNIT CONNECTOR



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the start stop unit

connector.



INSPECT START STOP UNIT POWER SUPPLY

3 CIRCUIT (+B3) Yes Go to the next step.

connectors. No Inspect the CABIN.+B 50 A and
SRS2/ESCL 15 A fuses.
Repair or
replace
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
the
Display PID VPWR_B3 using the M- wiring
MDS. harness
which is
(See PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION shorted
[START STOP UNIT] .) to
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Replace
the burnt
out fuse.
Replace
the
damaged
fuse.
Repair or
replace
the
wiring
harness
which
has an
open
circuit.
Go to the next step.


[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

Clear DTC for the start stop unit using No Go to the next step.
the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or



UNIT] .)
Is DTC P0560:16 displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Starter relay circuit malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects starter relay monitor circuit voltage of less than 2.2 V for 1 s or more
Detection condition
with the ignition switched off.
Fail-safe
DTCs are stored in the PCM
Starter relay malfunction
PCM connector malfunction
Possible cause Short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminals:
Starter relay terminal EStart stop unit terminal 1D
PCM terminal 2AZStart stop unit terminal 1D
Starter relay terminal AStart stop unit terminal 2V

VERIFY PCM DTCs

Perform the DTC inspection for the PCM using the M-MDS. applicable DTC troubleshooting.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [SKYACTIV-G
2.0].)
INSPECT STARTER RELAY FOR MALFUNCTION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the starter relay, then go to Step 6.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Remove the starter relay.
Inspect the starter relay.
Is the starter relay normal?

disconnection.
INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the PCM connector.
disconnection.
INSPECT STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Verify that the starter relay is removed. short to ground, then go to the next step.
Verify that the start stop unit and PCM connectors are
Inspect for continuity the wiring harness between the following

terminals (vehicle wiring harness side) and body ground.
Starter relay terminal E
Starter relay terminal A

MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects starter relay circuit voltage of specification or more for 1 s or more
Detection condition
Inhibits switching the ignition ON.

Fail-safe
Inhibits the engine start.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between the following terminals:
Possible cause Starter relay terminal AStart stop unit terminal 2V
Starter relay terminal EStart stop unit terminal 1D
PCM connector malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between PCM terminal 2AZ and start stop unit terminal 1D

VERIFY PCM DTCs

Perform the DTC inspection for the PCM using the M-MDS. applicable DTC troubleshooting.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [SKYACTIV-G
2.0].)


[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

disconnection.
INSPECT STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY

Verify that the starter relay is removed.
Verify that the start stop unit connector is disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which has a
short to the power supply, then go to Step 7.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Measure the voltage at the following terminals (vehicle wiring

harness side).
Starter relay terminal A
Starter relay terminal E
Is the voltage 0 V?

(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) 7.

disconnection.

Verify that the start stop unit and PCM connectors are
Inspect for continuity between start stop unit terminal 1D (vehicle



MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects an open circuit in the starter relay circuit for 1 s or more with the
Detection condition
ignition switched off.
Fail-safe
Disconnect the starter stop unit with the battery cables connected.
Starter relay terminal A and start stop unit terminal 2V
Starter relay terminal E and start stop unit terminal 1D



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

disconnection.
INSPECT STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the starter relay is removed.
Verify that the start stop unit connector is disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which has
an open circuit, then go to the next step.
Inspect the wiring harness between the following terminals
(vehicle wiring harness side) for continuity.
Starter relay terminal A and start stop unit

terminal 2V
Starter relay terminal E and start stop unit

terminal 1D

MDS.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects starter relay circuit voltage that is less than the specification for 1 s or
Detection condition
more during cranking.
Fail-safe

Possible cause
Short to ground in wiring harness between starter relay terminal A and start stop unit terminal 2V



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

disconnection.


Inspect for continuity between starter relay terminal A (vehicle

Wait until 1 s or more have elapsed during cranking.
MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Circuit malfunction on downstream side of starter relay
location
The start stop unit detects a short to ground in the starter relay
Detection
downstream circuit continuously for 0.5 s or more for a continuous 5
condition
times.
Fail-safe
DTCs are stored in the PCM.
PCM connector or terminal malfunction

Possible cause
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1D
and PCM terminal 2AZ
PCM malfunction

VERIFY PCM DTCs

Perform the DTC inspection for the to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
PCM using the M-MDS.

(See DTC TABLE [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

to Step 6.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)



connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go
to Step 6.
INSPECT DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF STARTER RELAY

Verify that the PCM and LF control unit
Inspect for continuity between PCM
terminal 2AZ (vehicle wiring harness

5 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS PCM Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next
step.
connectors. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
battery cable.
No Go to Step 7.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)
With the programmed remote

transmitter in the vehicle, switch the
ignition ON (engine off).
Depress the clutch pedal and release

it. (MTX)
Operate the selector lever to positions

from other than P or N and hold for 1
s or more, and perform this
procedure 5 or more times. (ATX)


UNIT] .)


[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)

on).

it. (MTX)



UNIT] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Circuit malfunction on downstream side of starter relay
location
The start stop unit detects an open circuit in the starter relay
Detection
downstream circuit continuously for 0.5 s or more for a continuous 5
condition
times.
Fail-safe

Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1D and
PCM terminal 2AZ
PCM malfunction

VERIFY PCM DTCs



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

to Step 6.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)



to Step 6.
INSPECT DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF STARTER RELAY

Verify that the PCM and start stop unit

Inspect the wiring harness for
continuity between start stop unit
terminal 1D (vehicle wiring harness
side) and PCM terminal 2AZ (vehicle

5 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS PCM Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next
step.
connectors. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
battery cable.
No Go to Step 7.


[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)
With the programmed remote

transmitter in the vehicle, switch the
ignition ON (engine off).

it. (MTX)



UNIT] .)


[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)

on).

it. (MTX)




UNIT] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Starter relay signal malfunction
location
If the following CAN signals are unmatched for 0.5 s or more

continuously, and this condition is detected for a continuous 5 or more
times.
Transaxle range sensor (ATX) or starter interlock switch

Detection (MTX) condition
condition
Starter relay downstream circuit condition
PCM control result
CAN signal condition output from PCM
Fail-safe
PCM stores DTCs

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram
VERIFY PCM DTCs

1 Yes Repair the malfunctioning part
Perform the DTC inspection for the PCM using the according to the applicable DTC
M-MDS. troubleshooting.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [SKYACTIV-G (See DTC TABLE [SKYACTIV-G

2.0].) 2.0].)


2 Yes Replace the start stop unit,

MALFUNCTIONING PART IS START STOP UNIT

Clear DTC for the start stop unit using the M-
MDS. (See START STOP UNIT
With the programmed remote transmitter in the No Go to the next step.

vehicle, switch the ignition ON (engine off).
Depress the clutch pedal and release it. (MTX)
Operate the selector lever to positions from other

than P or N and hold for 1 s or more, and
perform this procedure 5 or more times. (ATX)

using the M-MDS.

Are any other DTCs displayed? according to the applicable DTC
troubleshooting.
(See DTC TABLE [START STOP

UNIT] .)
No DTC troubleshooting
completed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction NOT P position switch circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects NOT P position switch is stuck on for 5 s or more for a
condition continuous 5 times with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe Perform the NOT P position switch control in a position other than P.
Selector lever component connector or terminal malfunction
NOT P position switch malfunction

Possible cause
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1J and selector lever
component terminal B

INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT CONNECTOR CONDITION

to Step 5.
Disconnect the selector lever component connector.

INSPECT NOT P POSITION SWITCH

Inspect the NOT P position switch.
(See NOT P POSITION SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the selector lever component,
then go to Step 5.
Is the NOT P position switch normal?
(See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT
MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

INSPECT NOT P POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

has a short to ground, then go to the next
Verify that the start stop unit and selector lever step.
component connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between selector lever No Go to the next step.

component terminal B (vehicle wiring harness) and
body ground.


Switch the ignition ON (engine off).
Perform the following work 5 or more times.

from other than P and hold for 5 s or
more.
Operate the selector lever to position

P and hold for 5 s or more.

from other than P.
the M-MDS.
Is DTC P081C:23 displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction NOT P position switch circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects NOT P position switch is stuck off for 5 s or more for a
condition continuous 5 times with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe Perform the NOT P position switch control in a position other than P.
Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal I and body
ground
NOT P position switch malfunction

Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1J and selector lever
component terminal B


to Step 6.

INSPECT NOT P POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

Verify that the selector lever component connector is

Inspect for continuity between selector lever
component terminal I (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.
INSPECT NOT P POSITION SWITCH

Inspect the NOT P position switch.
(See NOT P POSITION SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the selector lever component,
then go to Step 6.
Is the NOT P position switch normal?

INSPECT NOT P POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the start stop unit and selector lever
component connectors are disconnected.
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between start has an open circuit, then go to the next
stop unit terminal 1J (vehicle wiring harness side) and step.
selector lever component terminal B (vehicle wiring
harness side).


step.

Perform the following work 5 or more times.

from other than P and hold for 5 s or
more.
Operate the selector lever to position

P and hold for 5 s or more.

from other than P.
the M-MDS.
Is DTC P081C:24 displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Neutral switch error signal received
location
Detection The start stop unit receives neutral switch signal error signal from the
condition PCM for 1 min or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe Perform the control with neutral switch signal turned off.
Neutral switch malfunction

Possible cause
PCM malfunction
System wiring

diagram
VERIFY PCM DTCs

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH

Inspect the neutral switch.
(See NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION No Replace the neutral switch, then go to Step 4.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
(See NEUTRAL SWITCH
Is the neutral switch normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [C66M-R].)

VERIFY PCM DTCs

(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [SKYACTIV-
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST G 2.0].)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Is the DTC displayed? No Go to the next step.

4 Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to the
Clear DTC for the start stop unit next step.
using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [START STOP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
UNIT] .)
Switch the ignition ON (engine off No Go to the next step.

or on) and wait for 1 min or
more.


UNIT] .)
Is DTC P081D:29 displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Neutral switch signal mismatch
location
With the ignition switched ON (engine off or on), the start unit detects that
Detection the vehicle speed changes from 0 km/h {0 mph} to 10 km/h {6.2 mph}
condition for a continuous 5 or more times even though the neutral signal from the
PCM is being received.
Fail-safe Perform the control with neutral switch signal turned off.
Possible Neutral switch malfunction

cause
PCM malfunction
System
wiring
diagram
VERIFY PCM DTCs

Perform the DTC inspection for the PCM to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
using the M-MDS.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH

Inspect the neutral switch.
(See NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION No Replace the neutral switch, then go to

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) Step 4.
Is the neutral switch normal? (See NEUTRAL SWITCH

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [C66M-R].)
VERIFY PCM DTCs

using the M-MDS.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

4 Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to
Clear DTC for the start stop unit using the next step.
the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [START STOP UNIT] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Perform the following work 5 or more

times. No Go to the next step.
Drive the vehicle.
Vehicle speed changes

from 0 km/h {0 mph}
to 10 km/h {6.2
mph}.


UNIT] .)
Is DTC P081D:2F displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
CPP switch circuit malfunction
location
Detection condition Start stop unit detects clutch switch is stuck on for 10 s or more.
Change to the back-up mode.

Fail-safe
Perform the control with CPP switch turned off.
CPP switch connector or terminal malfunction
CPP switch malfunction
Possible cause Short to ground in the wiring harness between PCM terminal 2J CPP switch terminal
A
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 2E and CPP
switch terminal A

VERIFY PCM DTCs

Perform the DTC inspection for the PCM control module the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
using the M-MDS.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

INSPECT CPP SWITCH CONNECTOR CONDITION

Step 8.
Disconnect the CPP switch connector.

INSPECT CPP SWITCH

Inspect the CPP switch.
(See CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION No Replace the CPP switch, then go to the Step
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) 8.
Is the CPP switch normal? (See CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH


INSPECT CPP SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Verify that the PCM and CPP switch connectors are is shorted to ground, then go to Step 8.
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between CPP switch terminal A No Go to the next step.
(vehicle wiring harness side) and body ground.

INSPECT CPP SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Verify that the start stop unit and CPP switch connectors has a short to ground, then go to the next
are disconnected. step.
Inspect for continuity between CPP switch terminal A

(vehicle wiring harness side) and body ground. No Go to the next step.




min or more.
the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction TCM circuit malfunction
location
With the ignition switched ON (engine off or on), it is detected that the transaxle range
Detection
sensor CAN signal is P or N position for 1 s or more continuously for a continuous 5 or
condition
more times even though the TCM CAN signal is other than P and N position.
Perform control of the internal signal for control of the transaxle range sensor as position
Fail-safe
other than P, N positions.
TCM connector or terminal malfunction
Possible Short to power supply in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1F and TCM
cause terminal J
Transaxle range sensor malfunction

INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Repair or replace the connector, then
go to Step 5.
Disconnect the TCM connector.


Inspect the connector engagement and connection No Repair or replace the connector, then
condition and inspect the terminals for damage, go to Step 5.

INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY

Connect the negative battery cable. No Repair or replace the wiring harness
which is shorted to power supply, then
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE go to Step 5.
Operate the selector lever to positions P or N.
Measure the voltage at start stop unit terminal 1F

Is the voltage 1.0 V or less?
PERFORM DTC INSPECTION AND VERIFY IF MALFUNCTIONING

4 PART IS TRANSAXLE RANGE SENSOR Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next
step.
(See CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See CLEARING DTC [START STOP UNIT] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FW6A-EL,
FW6AX-EL] .)
Perform the following work five or more times. No Go to Step 6.

P or N and wait for 1 s or more.

R or D and wait for 1 s or more.

P or N.
the M-MDS.

Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. the next step.
Connect the negative battery cable. (See START STOP UNIT

Perform the following work five or more times.

P or N and wait for 1 s or more.

R or D and wait for 1 s or more.

P or N.

the M-MDS.

troubleshooting.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction TCM circuit malfunction
location
With the ignition switched ON (engine off or on), it is detected that the transaxle range
Detection
sensor CAN signal is other than P and N position for 1 s or more continuously for a
condition
continuous 5 or more times even though the TCM CAN signal is in P or N position.
Perform control of the internal signal for control of the transaxle range sensor as position
Fail-safe
other than P, N positions.
TCM connector or terminal malfunction
Possible Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1F and TCM terminal J
cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1F and TCM terminal J
Transaxle range sensor malfunction

INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Repair or replace the connector,

then go to Step 6.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect the connector engagement and connection condition

and inspect the terminals for damage, deformation,

Inspect the connector engagement and connection condition No Repair or replace the connector,
and inspect the terminals for damage, deformation, then go to Step 6.

INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

3 Yes Repair or replace the wiring
Verify that the start stop unit and TCM connectors are harness which is shorted to
disconnected. ground, then go to Step 6.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal J (vehicle

wiring harness side) and body ground. No Go to the next step.
INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the start stop unit and TCM connectors are
disconnected.
No Repair or replace the wiring
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between start stop harness which has an open circuit,
unit terminal 1F (vehicle wiring harness side) and TCM then go to Step 6.
terminal J (vehicle wiring harness side).
PERFORM DTC INSPECTION AND VERIFY IF MALFUNCTIONING PART

5 IS TRANSAXLE RANGE SENSOR Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the
next step.
(See CONTROL VALVE BODY
Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FW6A-EL,
FW6AX-EL] .)
No Go to Step 7.
Operate the selector lever to positions to

other than P and N and wiat for 1 s or
more.
Operate the selector lever to positions to P

or N and wiat for 1 s or more.

other than P and N.
Perform the DTC inspection for the start stop unit using the
M-MDS.

6 Yes Replace the start stop unit, then
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. go to the next step.
Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. (See START STOP UNIT


other than P and N and wiat for 1 s or
more.
Operate the selector lever to positions to P

or N and wiat for 1 s or more.

other than P and N.
M-MDS.

troubleshooting.
(See DTC TABLE [START STOP

UNIT] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Shift-lock solenoid circuit malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects shift-lock solenoid is stuck on for 30 s or more with the
Detection condition
Fail-safe Inhibits the shift lock control.
Shift-lock solenoid power supply circuit malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between ENGINE.IG1 7.5 A fuse and

selector lever component terminal A
ENGINE.IG1 7.5 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between IG1 relay and selector lever
component terminal A
Possible cause
Short to ground in the wiring harness between selector lever component terminal H and
start stop unit terminal 2G
Open circuit in the wiring harness between selector lever component terminal H and
start stop unit terminal 2G
Shift-lock solenoid malfunction


to Step 7.

INSPECT SHIFT-LOCK SOLENOID POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR

2 OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the selector lever component connector is

disconnected. No Inspect the ENGINE.IG1 7.5 A fuse.
Connect the negative battery cable. If a fuse is burnt out:
Repair or
replace
the
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on). wiring
harness
Measure the voltage at selector lever component terminal which is
A (vehicle wiring harness side). shorted
to
Replace
the burnt

out fuse.
Replace
the
damaged
fuse.
Repair or
replace
the
wiring
harness
which
has an
open
circuit.
Go to Step 7.

to Step 7.

INSPECT SHIFT-LOCK SOLENOID CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Verify that the selector lever component and start stop unit is shorted to ground, then go to Step 7.
Inspect for continuity between selector lever component No Go to the next step.
terminal H (vehicle wiring harness) and body ground.
INSPECT SHIFT-LOCK SOLENOID CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the selector lever component and start stop unit
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between selector has an open circuit, then go to Step 7.
lever component terminal H (vehicle wiring harness side)
and start stop unit terminal 2G (vehicle wiring harness
side).
INSPECT SHIFT-LOCK SOLENOID

Inspect the shift-lock solenoid.
(See SHIFT-LOCK SYSTEM INSPECTION .) No Replace the selector lever component,

Is the shift-lock solenoid normal?



min or more.
M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Starter interlock switch circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects an open circuit in the starter interlock switch circuit for 1 s or
condition more for a continuous 5 times with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe Change to the back-up mode.
Starter interlock switch connector or terminal malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between starter interlock switch terminal B and body
ground
Starter interlock switch malfunction

Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1F and starter interlock
switch terminal A

STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR INSPECTION

to Step 6.
Disconnect the starter interlock switch connector.

INSPECT STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR

2 OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the start stop unit and starter interlock

switch connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Inspect for continuity between starter interlock switch
terminal B (vehicle wiring harness side) and body
ground.
INSPECT STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH

Inspect the starter interlock switch.
(See STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH INSPECTION No Replace the starter interlock switch, then
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) go to Step 6.
Is the starter interlock switch normal? (See STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH


INSPECT STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


switch connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
has an open circuit, then go to the next
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between start step.
stop unit terminal 1F (vehicle wiring harness side) and
starter interlock switch terminal A (vehicle wiring
harness side).




Perform the work of depressing the clutch pedal for 1 s

or more and releasing it for 1 s or more for 5 or
more times.

using the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Starter interlock switch circuit or CPP switch circuit malfunction
location
Detection The start stop unit detects that the start interlock switch circuit is stuck on for 0.2 s
condition or more, or the CPP switch circuit is stuck off for 0.25 s or more.
Fail-safe Change to the back-up mode.
Starter interlock switch connector or terminal malfunction
Starter interlock switch malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1F and starter
interlock switch terminal A
Possible cause CPP switch connector or terminal malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between CPP switch terminal B and body ground
CPP switch malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 2E and CPP switch
terminal A

STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR INSPECTION

to Step 9.
Disconnect the starter interlock switch connector.


INSPECT STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH

Inspect the starter interlock switch.
(See STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH INSPECTION No Replace the starter interlock switch, then
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) go to Step 9.
Is the starter interlock switch normal? (See STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH


INSPECT STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

switch connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between starter interlock
switch terminal A (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.
INSPECT CPP SWITCH CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the CPP switch connector.
INSPECT CPP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the CPP switch connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between CPP switch terminal B No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
(vehicle wiring harness side) and body ground. has an open circuit, then go to Step 9.
INSPECT CPP SWITCH

Inspect the CPP switch.
(See CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP) SWITCH No Replace the CPP switch, then go to the
INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) Step 9.
Is the CPP switch normal? (See CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

INSPECT CPP SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the start stop unit and CPP switch
Inspect the wiring harness for an open circuit has an open circuit, then go to the next
between start stop unit terminal 2E (vehicle wiring step.

harness side) and CPP switch terminal A (vehicle



Perform the work of depressing and releasing the

clutch pedal 3 times.

using the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
location
Detection Start stop unit power supply circuit (+B2) voltage of less than 6.5 V
condition is detected for 5 s or more.
Fail-safe
Battery malfunction
Generator malfunction

Possible cause
Short to ground in wiring harness between AT 15 A
fuse and start stop unit terminal 2W
AT 15 A fuse malfunction

positive terminal and start stop unit terminal 2W

VERIFY PCM DTCs

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT BATTERY
(See BATTERY INSPECTION [SKYACTIV- No Recharge or replace the battery, then go

G 2.0].) to Step 6.

2.0].)

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
Inspect the generator.
(See GENERATOR INSPECTION No Replace the generator, then go to Step 6.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

(See GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Is the generator normal? [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

connector.



connectors. No Inspect the AT 15 A fuse.

Repair or
replace
the
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
wiring
Display PID VPWR_B2 using the M- harness
MDS. which is
shorted
(See PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION to
[START STOP UNIT] .) ground.
Is the voltage B+? Replace

the fuse.
Replace
the fuse.
Repair or
replace
the
wiring
harness
which
has an
open
circuit.



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)



UNIT] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
DTC
U0001:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0121:00/U0121:87/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0146:00/U0151:00/U0155:00
[START STOP UNIT]
U0001:88
Module communication error (HS-CAN)
U0100:00
Communication error with PCM
U0101:00
Communication error with TCM
U0121:00
Communication error with DSC HU/CM
U0121:87
System Communication error with DSC HU/CM

malfunction
location U0131:00
Communication error with EPS control module
U0140:00
Communication error with front body control module (FBCM)
U0146:00
Communication error with instrument cluster
U0151:00
SAS control module communication error
U0155:00
U0001:88
The start stop unit detects CAN bus communication line (HS-CAN)
malfunction 10 times continuously.
U0100:00
The start stop unit could not receive CAN signal from the PCM for
1 s or more.
U0101:00

The start stop unit could not receive CAN signal from the TCM for
1 s or more.
U0121:00
The start stop unit could not receive CAN signal from the DSC
HU/CM for 1 s or more.
U0121:87
The start stop unit could not receive CAN signal from the DSC
HU/CM for 10 s or more.
Detection
condition U0131:00
The start stop unit could not receive CAN signal from the EPS
control module for 1.2 s or more.
U0140:00
The start stop unit could not receive CAN signal from the front
body control module (FBCM) for 5 s or more.
U0146:00
The start stop unit cannot receive gateway signals from the
instrument cluster for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON
(engine off or on).
U0151:00
The start stop unit could not receive CAN signal from the SAS
control module for 1 s or more.
U0155:00
The start stop unit could not receive CAN signal from the
instrument cluster for 5 s or more.
U0001:88
Sets to default signal.
U0100:00
U0101:00
U0121:00
U0121:87

Fail-safe
U0131:00
U0140:00
U0146:00

U0151:00
U0155:00
Malfunction in CAN bus communication line
Malfunction in CAN line between the PCM and start stop unit
Malfunction in CAN line between the TCM and start stop unit
Malfunction in CAN line between the DSC HU/CM and start stop unit
Possible cause
Malfunction in CAN line between the EPS control module and start stop unit
Malfunction in CAN line between the front body control module (FBCM) and start
stop unit
Malfunction in CAN line between the SAS control module and start stop unit
Malfunction in CAN line between the instrument cluster and start stop unit
System wiring

diagram
Perform the malfunction diagnosis according to the troubleshooting procedure for the multiplex
communication system. (See FOREWORD.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Communication error with rear body control module (RBCM)
location
Start stop unit detects communication error with rear body control module (RBCM) 10 times
Detection condition
continuously.
Fail-safe
Rear body control module (RBCM) connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1Q and rear body control
module (RBCM) terminal 3B
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1Q and rear body control
module (RBCM) terminal 3B
Rear body control module (RBCM) malfunction
INSPECT REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) CONNECTOR CONDITION


to Step 6.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the rear body control module (RBCM) connector.

disconnection.

Inspect the connector engagement and connection condition and No Repair or replace the connector, then go
inspect the terminals for damage, deformation, corrosion, or to Step 6.
disconnection.
INSPECT REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

Verify that the rear body control module (RBCM) connector and
start stop unit connector are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between rear body control module (RBCM)
terminal 3B (vehicle wiring harness side) and body ground.
INSPECT REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

start stop unit connector are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Inspect the wiring harness for an open circuit between start stop
unit terminal 1Q (vehicle wiring harness side) and rear body
control module (RBCM) terminal 3B (vehicle wiring harness side).
INSPECT REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)

Inspect the rear body control module (RBCM).
(See REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) INSPECTION .) No Replace the rear body control module
(RBCM), then go to the next step.
Is the rear body control module (RBCM) normal?
(See REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)

(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION step.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

MDS.

Is DTC U0028:87 displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Error signal received from instrument cluster
location
Detection The start stop unit receives error signals from the instrument cluster for
condition 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
DTCs are stored in the instrument cluster.
Possible cause Instrument cluster malfunction
System wiring

diagram
VERIFY INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTCs

instrument cluster using the M-MDS.
(See DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
(See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)

2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Replace the instrument cluster, then go
to the next step.
Clear DTC for the instrument cluster
using the M-MDS. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(See CLEARING DTC [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
No Go to Step 4.
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on)

and wait for 5 s or more.

(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING

DIAGRAM [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
Is the DTC U0447:86 displayed?

3 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS START STOP UNIT Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to
the next step.
UNIT] .)


UNIT] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Keyless receiver circuit malfunction
location
Start stop unit detects keyless receiver circuit voltage of less than
Detection condition
3.4 V for 0.5 s or more.
Fail-safe
Keyless receiver connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal

Possible cause
2Q and keyless receiver terminal A
Keyless receiver malfunction

INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER CONNECTOR



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the keyless receiver

connector




to Step 5.
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

Verify that the keyless receiver and
start stop unit connectors are
Inspect for continuity between keyless

receiver terminal A (vehicle wiring
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER

Inspect the keyless receiver.
(See KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION .) No Replace the keyless receiver, then go to

the next step.
Is the keyless receiver normal?
(See KEYLESS RECEIVER


[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)

on) and wait for 0.5 s or more.


UNIT] .)
Is DTC U201F:11 displayed?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Keyless receiver circuit malfunction
location
Start stop unit detects keyless receiver circuit voltage of 6.2 V or

Detection condition
more for 0.5 s or more.
Fail-safe
Keyless receiver connector or terminal malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between start stop unit

Possible cause
terminal 2Q and keyless receiver terminal A

INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER CONNECTOR



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the keyless receiver

connector




to Step 5.
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

3 TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
Reconnect the start stop unit

connector. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
is shorted to power supply, then go to
Verify that the keyless receiver Step 5.
connector is disconnected.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

on).
Measure the voltage at the following

terminals (vehicle wiring harness side).
Keyless receiver
terminal A
Start stop unit

terminal 2Q
Is the voltage 0 V?
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER

Inspect the keyless receiver.
(See KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION .) No Replace the keyless receiver, then go to

the next step.
Is the keyless receiver normal?
(See KEYLESS RECEIVER


[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
the M-MDS.


UNIT] .)

on) and wait for 0.5 s or more.


UNIT] .)
Is DTC U201F:12 displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Start stop unit configuration not completed
location
Detection
Start stop unit configuration not completed.
condition
Inhibits switching to cranking status directly after the ignition is switched off
or to ACC.
Fail-safe Switches the engine start condition (ATX/MTX) setting automatically by
receiving the CAN communication after the ignition is switched on (engine off).
If it cannot be received, set as ATX and start the engine.
Possible Start stop unit configuration error

cause
System
wiring
diagram
PERFORM START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION

1 Yes Perform the start stop unit configuration again,
Perform the start stop unit then go to the next step.
CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT
DATA) .)
No Go to Step 3.
using the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)


UNIT] .)

2 COMPLETED Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to the
next step.
using the M-MDS. (See START STOP UNIT
UNIT] .)

UNIT] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Configuration data not received from instrument cluster
location
Detection The start stop unit cannot receive configuration data from the instrument
condition cluster for 1 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe Secures the correct data received right before the malfunction.
System wiring

diagram

CLUSTER].)

to the next step.
CLUSTER].)
No Go to Step 4.


(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING

DIAGRAM [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)

Clear DTC for the start stop unit using the next step.
the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [START STOP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
UNIT] .)
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) No Go to the next step.



UNIT] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction locationStart stop unit internal malfunction
Detection condition Malfunction inside start stop unit detected.
Fail-safe
Possible cause Start stop unit internal malfunction
System wiring diagram

next step.
UNIT] .)

UNIT] .)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
If this DTC is detected, the system will enter the fail-safe function to ensure safety. If a specified period of time has elapsed
or the vehicle has been driven for a specified period of time or more while in fail-safe mode, the ignition will remain stuck in
off and the engine cannot be started. Therefore, perform the malfunction diagnosis while the engine can be started. In
addition, after performing the malfunction diagnosis, verify that this DTC is not detected. If the DTC is not detected, the
system returns to normal from the fail-safe function.
NOTE:
If the vehicle is in the following condition while in fail-safe mode, the KEY warning indicator light (red) illuminates and the
push button start indicator light (amber) flashes.
Switch the ignition to ACC or ON (engine off or on).
Depress the brake pedal (ATX) / clutch pedal (MTX).
In addition to the normal engine starting operation while cranking the engine in fail-safe mode, it is necessary to press the
push button start.
System
malfunction Start stop unit internal malfunction
location
Detection
Malfunction inside start stop unit detected.
condition
The system will enter the fail-safe function to ensure safety. If a specified period of time has elapsed or the
Fail-safe vehicle has been driven for a specified period of time or more while in fail-safe mode, the ignition will remain
stuck in off and the engine cannot be started.

Possible
Start stop unit internal malfunction
cause
System
wiring
diagram

1 PART IS START STOP UNIT Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to the next step.
Clear DTC for the start stop unit using the M-MDS. (See START STOP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

the M-MDS.

2 Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according to the applicable
Are any other DTCs displayed? DTC troubleshooting.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction locationStart stop unit internal malfunction
Detection condition Malfunction inside start stop unit detected.
Fail-safe
Possible cause Start stop unit internal malfunction

next step.
UNIT] .)

UNIT] .)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
location
Detection Start stop unit power supply circuit (+B1) voltage of 5V or more,
condition less than 8.5 V is detected for 5 s or more.
Inhibits the door lock/unlock control using the advanced keyless entry
Fail-safe
system. (With advanced keyless entry system).
Battery malfunction

Possible cause
Short to ground in the wiring harness between ROOM
15 A fuse and start stop unit terminal 1A

positive terminal and start stop unit terminal 1A

VERIFY PCM DTCs

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT BATTERY

G 2.0].) to Step 6.

2.0].)

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT GENERATOR

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)





[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

connector.



connectors. No Inspect the ROOM 15 A fuse.

Repair or
replace
the
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
wiring
Display PID VPWR_B1 using the M- harness
MDS. which is
shorted
[START STOP UNIT] .) ground.

the fuse.
Replace
the fuse.
Repair or
replace
the
wiring
harness
which
has an
open
circuit.



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
the M-MDS.

UNIT] .)



UNIT] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction ACC relay circuit malfunction
location
Detection With the ignition switched to ACC or ON (engine off or on), the start stop unit detects ACC relay output
condition monitor voltage of less than specification for 0.05 s or more.
Fail-safe
ACC relay malfunction

Possible cause
Short to ground in wiring harness between ACC relay terminal E and start stop unit terminal 2C
INSPECT ACC RELAY FOR MALFUNCTION


Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the ACC relay, then go to Step 4.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Remove the ACC relay.
Inspect the ACC relay.
Is the ACC relay normal?

disconnection.
INSPECT ACC RELAY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Verify that the ACC relay is removed. shorted to ground, then go to Step 4.

Inspect for continuity between ACC relay terminal E (vehicle

Switch the ignition to ACC or ON (engine off or on) and wait for
0.05 s or more.
MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
ACC relay circuit malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects ACC relay output monitor voltage of 2.5 V or more for 0.5 s or more
Detection condition
Fail-safe

Possible cause Short to power supply in wiring harness between ACC relay terminal E and start stop unit terminal
2C



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

disconnection.
INSPECT ACC RELAY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY

Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. short to the power supply, then go to the next
step.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION No Go to the next step.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Measure the voltage at start stop unit terminal 2C (vehicle


next step.
Switch the ignition to off and wait for 0.5 s or more.
MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
With the ignition switched to ACC or ON (engine off or on), the start stop unit detects ACC monitor
Detection condition
voltage of less than 2.5 V for 1 s or more.
Fail-safe
ACC relay power supply circuit malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between IG2 30 A fuse and ACC relay terminal C
IG2 30 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and ACC relay
Possible cause terminal C
MIRROR 7.5 A fuse malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between ACC relay terminal D and start stop unit terminal 1E
Open circuit in wiring harness between ACC relay terminal D and start stop unit terminal 1E



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT ACC RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT
2 TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.

No Inspect the IG2 30 A fuse.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Switch the ignition to ACC or ON (engine off or on). Repair or

replace the
Measure the voltage at ACC relay terminal D (vehicle wiring harness wiring
side). harness
which is
Is the voltage B+? shorted to
ground.
Replace the
fuse.
Replace the

fuse.
Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness
which has
an open
circuit.
Go to Step 7.

Step 7.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

disconnection.
INSPECT MIRROR 7.5A FUSE

4 Yes If the fuse is blown:
Remove the MIRROR 7.5A fuse.
Inspect the MIRROR 7.5A fuse. harness for a possible short
to ground.
Is the MIRROR 7.5A fuse normal?
Replace the fuse.
If the fuse is deteriorated:
Replace the fuse.
Go to Step 7.
No Reinstall the MIRROR 7.5A fuse, then go to

the next step.
INSPECT ACC RELAY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Verify that the start stop unit disconnected. shorted to ground, then go to Step 7.
Inspect for continuity start stop unit terminal 1E (vehicle wiring

harness side) and body ground. No Go to the next step.
INSPECT ACC RELAY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

IG1 relay is removed.
Verify that the start stop unit connector is disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
has an open circuit, then go to the next step.
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between ACC relay terminal
D (vehicle wiring harness side) and start stop unit terminal 1E


Switch the ignition to ACC or ON (engine off or on) and wait for 1 s
or more.
Perform the DTC inspection for the start stop unit using the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
The start stop unit detects ACC monitor voltage of 2.5 V or more for 5 s or more with the
Detection condition
ignition switched off.
Fail-safe

Possible cause Short to power supply in wiring harness between ACC relay terminal D and start stop unit
terminal 1E



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

disconnection.
INSPECT START STOP UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (ACC) FOR SHORT
3 TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which has a
short to the power supply, then go to the next
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. step.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Measure the voltage at start stop unit terminal 1E (vehicle


next step.
MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC2.
M-MDS.
Select DataLogger.
Select Modules.
Select SSU.
NOTE:
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Off: Brake switched

is off.
BRAKE_SW1*1 Off/On Brake switch
On: Brake switch is
on.
Off: Starter interlock

switch is off.
CLUT_CUT_SW *2 Off/On Starter interlock switch
On: Starter interlock
switch is on.
Off: CPP switch is

off.
CLUTCH_SW *2 Off/On CPP switch
On: CPP switch is
on.
Off: Remote
transmitter is not
communicated.
COMM_ST_TSP Off/On Start stop unit
On: Remote
transmitter is
communicated.
Not_Pressed: Each
switch of cruise
control switch is not
pressed.
On: Cruise ON
switch is pressed.
Off: Cruise OFF

switch is pressed.
Cancel: CANCEL
Not_Pressed/On/Off/Cancel/Resume/Fault/Set switch is pressed.
CRU_CON_SW *3 Cruise control switch
(+)/Set (-)
Resume: RESUME
switch is pressed.
Fault: Cruise control

switch has a
malfunction.
Set (+): SET (+)

switch is pressed .
Set (-): SET (-)

switch is pressed.

Not_Unlock: Steering
lock unlock switch is
ES_UL_SW Not_Unlock/Unlock off. Start stop unit
Unlock: Steering lock
unlock switch is on.
Not_Unlock: Memory
value of steering lock
unlock switch is not
unlocked.
ES_UL_SW_M Not_Unlock/Unlock Start stop unit
Unlock: Memory
unlock switch is
unlocked.
Not_Unlock: Steering
lock unlock/lock
switch is off.
ES_ULL_SW Off/On Start stop unit
Unlock: Steering lock
unlock/lock switch is
on.
Not_Unlock: Memory
not unlocked.
ES_ULL_SW_M Off/On Start stop unit
Unlock: Memory
unlocked.
Off: Fog light switch

is not in F.FOG
Off/On position. Front fog light switch
F_FOG_SW
On: Fog light switch
is in F.FOG position.
Off: Light switch is

not in HI position.
H/L_SW_HI Off/On Light switch
On: Light switch is in
HI position.

not in LO position.
H/L_SW_LOW Off/On Light switch
LO position.

not in OFF position.
H/L_SW_OFF Off/On Light switch
OFF position.

not in passing

H/L_SW_PASS Off/On position. Light switch

passing position.

not in TNS position.
H/L_SW_TNS Off/On Light switch
On: Light switch in
TNS position.
Off: Hazard warning

switch is off.
HAZARD_SW Off/On Hazard warning switch
On: Hazard warning
switch is on.
OFF: Ignition is
switched off.
ACC: Ignition is
switched to ACC.
IG_POSITION OFF/ACC/ON/CRANK Ignition switch
ON: Ignition is
switched ON (engine
off or on).
CRANK: During
engine cranking
Off: Steering switch

UP/DOWN/INFO
switch is not
pressed.
SW1_On: UP switch
is pressed.
SW2_On: DOWN
switch is pressed.
INFO_SW Off/SW1_On/SW2_On/SW3_On/Unknown/Invalid SW3_On: INFO Steering switch

switch is pressed.
Unknown: Steering
switch
UP/DOWN/INFO
switch signal is not
determined.
Invalid: Steering
switch malfunction is
received.
Off: Selector lever is

not in P and N
INHIBIT_SW *1 Off/On positions. Transaxle range sensor
On: Selector lever is
in P or N position.
Off: Request switch

(liftgate) is off. Request switch
LG/T_LK_SW *4 Off/On
(liftgate)
On: Request switch
(liftgate) is on.

Off: Liftgate opener

switch is off.
LG/T_UNL_SW Off/On Liftgate opener switch
On: Liftgate opener
switch is on.
Off: Front door lock-

link switch (driver's
side) is in unlock. Front door lock-link
LL_SW_D_LK Off/On
switch (driver's door)
On: Front door lock-
link switch (driver's
side) is in lock.
Displays the number of the remote

NUM_TRNSMIT transmitters programmed to the start Start stop unit
stop unit.
Off: NOT P position

switch is off.
P_RANGE_SW *1 Off/On NOT P position switch
On: NOT P position
switch is on.
Off: ACC relay drive

is off.
RELAY_ACC Off/On ACC relay
On: ACC relay drive
is on.
Off: IG1 relay drive

is off.
RELAY_IG1 Off/On IG1 relay
On: IG1 relay drive
is on.
Off: IG2 relay drive

is off. Front body control
RELAY_IG2 Off/On
module (FBCM)
On: IG2 relay drive
is on.
Initial: Signal from

remote transmitter is
not received.
Transmitter: Signal
is received using
RF_RECEP_ST Initial/Transmitter/RF_Response remote transmitter Keyless receiver
button.
RF_Response: Signal
is received by
remote transmitter
radio wave.
Off: Request switch

(LF) is off.
RQ_SW_LF*4 Off/On Request switch (LF)
On: Request switch
(LF) is on.
Off: Request switch

(RF) is off.
RQ_SW_RF*4 Off/On Request switch (RF)
On: Request switch
(RF) is on.
Off: Security
indicator light is
turned off.
SECURITY_I Off/On Instrument cluster
On: Security
indicator light is
illuminated.
Off (Lock): Shift-lock

is operated. Selector lever
SFT_LK_SOL*1 Off (Lock)/On (Unlock)
component
On (Unlock): Shift-
lock is released.
Off: Push button

start switch 1 is off.
SSB_1 Off/On Push button start
On: Push button
start switch 1 is on.
Off: Push button

start switch 2 is off.
SSB_2 Off/On Push button start
On: Push button
start switch 2 is on.
Off: Push button

start indicator light
(amber) is turned
off.
SSB_AMBER Off/On Push button start
On: Push button
(amber) is
illuminated.
Off: Push button

(green) is turned off.
SSB_GREEN Off/On Push button start
On: Push button
(green) is
illuminated.
Off:
START/STOP/ENGINE
indicator light is
turned off.
SSB_ILLMI Off/On Push button start
On:
START/STOP/ENGINE
indicator light is
illuminated.
Voltage at start stop unit terminal 2V

START_RLY_1 V Starter relay
is displayed.

Voltage at start stop unit terminal 1D

START_RLY_2 V Starter relay
is displayed.
Steering angle sensor A signal aiming

STR_A_ANG_A (deg) Steering angle sensor
angle is displayed.
Steering angle sensor B signal aiming

STR_A_ANG_B (deg) Steering angle sensor
angle is displayed.
Steering wheel absolute steering

STR_AB_ANG (deg) Steering angle sensor
angle is displayed.
Without: Steering
angle sensor is not
STR_ANG_S Without/With equipped. Steering angle sensor
With: Steering angle
sensor is equipped.
Voltage at the steering angle sensor

STR_ANG_S_A V Steering angle sensor
A signal is displayed.
Voltage at the steering angle sensor

STR_ANG_S_B V Steering angle sensor
B signal is displayed.
Steering angle sensor power supply

STR_ANG_S_V V Steering angle sensor
voltage is displayed.
Off: Turn switch is in

position other than
TURN_SW_L Off/On LH. Turn Switch
On: Turn switch is in
LH position.
Off: Turn switch is in

position other than
TURN_SW_R Off/On RH. Turn Switch
On: Turn switch is in
RH position.
Start
stop
unit
Voltage at start stop unit terminal 1E
VPWR_ACC V
(ACC power supply) is displayed. ACC
relay
Battery
Start
Voltage at start stop unit terminal 1A stop
VPWR_B1 V unit
(+B1 power supply) is displayed.
Battery
Start
Voltage at start stop unit terminal 2W stop
VPWR_B2 V unit

Battery
Start
Voltage at start stop unit terminal 2X stop
VPWR_B3 V unit
Battery
Start
stop
unit
Voltage at start stop unit terminal 1B
VPWR_IG1 V
(IG1 power supply) is displayed. IG1
relay
Battery
Off: Windshield
washer switch is in
OFF position. Windshield washer
WASHER_F Off/On
switch
On: Windshield
washer switch is in
ON position.
Off: Rear washer

switch is not in ON
position.
WASHER_R Off/On Rear washer switch
On: Rear washer
switch is in ON
position.
Off: Windshield
wiper switch is not in
INT and AUTO
positions.
WIP_F_INT Off/On Windshield wiper switch
On: Windshield
wiper switch is in
INT or AUTO
position.
Off: Windshield
wiper switch is not in
LO position.
WIP_F_LOW Off/On Windshield wiper switch
On: Windshield
wiper switch is in LO
position.
Low: Windshield
wiper switch INT
encoder A value is
low. Windshield wiper and
WIP_INT_E_A Low/High
washer switch
High: Windshield
wiper switch INT
encoder A value is
high.
Low: Windshield
wiper switch INT
encoder B value is


WIP_INT_E_B Low/High
washer switch
High: Windshield
wiper switch INT
encoder B value is
high.
Low: Windshield
wiper switch INT
encoder C value is
WIP_INT_E_C Low/High
washer switch
High: Windshield
wiper switch INT
encoder C value is
high.
Off: Rear wiper

switch is not in INT
position.
WIP_R_INT Off/On Rear wiper switch
On: Rear wiper
switch is in INT
position.
Off: Rear wiper

switch is not in ON
position.
WIP_R_ON Off/On Rear wiper switch
On: Rear wiper
switch is in ON
position.
*1
ATX
*2
MTX
*3
With cruise control system

*4
With advanced keyless entry system
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Due to the possibility that the engine cannot be started because signal transmission between the remote transmitter and
the vehicle is obstructed, do not allow the following items to contact the remote transmitter.
Any metallic object
Spare keys or other keys for immobilizer system
Device such as a mobile phone which generates radio waves.
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id0902e4028400.html[1/7/13 2:58:36 PM]

*1


*2
DTC Inspection Note
Action for Non-repeatable Malfunction
DTC Inspection Note
When there is a malfunction in the immobilizer system, DTCs are recorded in the start stop unit and PCM.
The DTCs stored in the start stop unit can be verified using the flashing pattern of the security indicator light and M-
MDS.
If immobilizer system DTCs are not recorded even if the engine cannot be started, perform symptom troubleshooting.
(See NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Verifying DTCs using security indicator light
NOTE:
If multiple DTCs are detected, only those having the lowest numbers of those detected will be indicated
by the security light.
A DTC is displayed ten times by switching the ignition ON (engine off or on) once.
1. Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on).
2. Wait for approx. 1 min until the security indicator light displays a DTC.
NOTE:
If the following DTCs are detected when the ignition is switched ON (engine off or on), the
DTC is displayed after the security indicator light is flashed or illuminated for approx. 1
min.
If DTCs in the nines and tens are detected, the security indicator light
flashes for approx. 1 min.
If a DTC 22 or 23 is detected, the security indicator light illuminates for

approx. 1 min.
DTC 21 is displayed when the ignition is switched ON (engine off or on) and the security
indicator light illumination turns off after approx. 1 min.
3. Read DTCs by the number of times the security indicator light flashes as shown in the figure.
Example: DTC 13
4. Repair the malfunctioning part according to the applicable DTC troubleshooting based on the DTC which
was verified by the number of times the security indicator light flashed. (See DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)

Detecting DTC using the M-MDS
CMDTC self test
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
If any DTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC
inspection.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the start stop unit. (See CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
DTC
KEY Push
warning button Fail- Self
M-MDS display *1 indicator indicator Description safe
Drive test Memory
Page
cycle function
Security indicator light flash pattern light light function type*2
Start stop (red) (amber)
PCM
unit
(See SECURITY
INDICATOR LIGHT:
Start stop unit 09, DTC:
U3000:96 P1260:00 09 On Flash C
malfunction U3000:96/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)
(See SECURITY
Coil antenna INDICATOR LIGHT:
(built into push 11, DTC:
B10D9:87 P1260:00 11 Flash C
button start) B10D9:87/P1260:00
error [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)
(See SECURITY
Remote INDICATOR LIGHT:
transmitter 13, DTC:
B13D3:05 P1260:00 13 C
programming B13D3:05/P1260:00
error [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)
(See SECURITY
Communication INDICATOR LIGHT:
error with 13, DTC:
B13D3:94 P1260:00 13 C
remote B13D3:94/P1260:00
transmitter [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)
(See SECURITY
Unregistered INDICATOR LIGHT:
remote 15, DTC:
B13D3:51 P1260:00 15 Flash C
transmitter is B13D3:51/P1260:00
detected [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)
(See SECURITY
Communication
INDICATOR LIGHT:
error with PCM
16, DTC:
U0100:87 P1260:00 16 (no response C
U0100:87/P1260:00
or data mis-
[IMMOBILIZER
matched)
SYSTEM] .)
(See SECURITY
Insufficient
INDICATOR LIGHT:
remote
21, DTC:
B13D4:00 P1260:00 21 On transmitter C
B13D4:00/P1260:00
programming
[IMMOBILIZER
number

SYSTEM] .)
(See SECURITY
error with PCM 22, DTC:
B10DA:51P1260:00 22 C
(data received B10DA:51/P1260:00
failure) [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)
(See SECURITY
error with PCM 23, DTC:
B10DA:62P1260:00 23 C
(code mis- B10DA:62/P1260:00
matched) [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)
*1
The letters at the beginning of each DTC are only displayed when using the M-MDS, and refer to the following: B=
Body system, P= Powertrain system, U= Network communication system.
*2
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Coil antenna (built into push button start) error
location
Detection The starter stop unit detected a malfunction in the coil antenna, and remote
condition transmitter communication is not possible.
Fail-safe
Start stop unit terminal 1AC and push button start terminal A
Start stop unit terminal 1AE and push button start terminal B
Possible cause
Start stop unit terminal 1AC and push button start terminal A
Start stop unit terminal 1AE and push button start terminal B
Coil antenna malfunction


to Step 6.


INSPECT COIL ANTENNA CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Verify that the push button start and start stop unit is shorted to ground, then go to Step 6.
Inspect for continuity between the following No Go to the next step.


ground.
Push button start terminal A
Push button start terminal B
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Inspect the wiring harness between the following has an open circuit, then go to Step 6.
terminals (vehicle wiring harness side) for
continuity.
Start stop unit terminal 1AC and

push button start terminal A
Start stop unit terminal 1AE and

push button start terminal B

5 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS COIL ANTENNA Yes Replace the push button start, then go to
the next step.
Remove the ROOM 15 A fuse. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

No Go to Step 7.
Clear DTC for the immobilizer system using the M-

MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
Perform the DTC inspection for the immobilizer

(See DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
Security indicator light: 11, DTC

B10D9:87/P1260:00 displayed?

Remove the ROOM 15 A fuse. replace the start stop
Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. step.
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Clear DTC for the immobilizer system using the M-

MDS. No Go to the next step.
Perform the DTC inspection for the immobilizer

(See DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)



(See DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Communication error with remote transmitter
location
Detection The starter stop unit could not detect remote transmitter communication or
condition communication error was detected.
Fail-safe
When the ignition is switched ON (engine off or on), it is detected that the
remote transmitter is outside of the vehicle.
NOTE:
Possible
If any of the following items are touching or near the remote transmitter,
cause
signal communication between the remote transmitter and the vehicle is
negatively affected, resulting in the engine not starting.
Spare keys
Keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system
Any metallic object
Any electronic device, or any credit or other card with

magnetic strips
Radio wave outputting device nearby
System
wiring
diagram

INSPECT PUSH BUTTON START CONNECTOR



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the push button start

connector.



to Step 4.
VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS REMOTE

3 TRANSMITTER Yes Replace the remote transmitter, then go to
the next step.
connectors. (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING .)
battery cable.
No Go to Step 5.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Re-program key ID number of the

remote transmitter.
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED

PARTS PROGRAMMING .)
Clear DTC for the immobilizer system

using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM] .)


immobilizer system using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM] .)



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Clear DTC for the immobilizer system No Go to the next step.

using the M-MDS.

SYSTEM] .)


SYSTEM] .)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Remote transmitter program error
location
Detection
The start stop unit detects a remote transmitter program error.
condition
Fail-safe
Remote transmitter program error
NOTE:
If any of the following items are touching or near the remote transmitter,
Possible signal communication between the remote transmitter and the vehicle is
cause negatively affected, resulting in the engine not starting.
Spare keys
Keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system
Any metallic object
Any electronic device, or any credit or other card with

magnetic strips
Radio wave outputting device nearby
System
wiring
diagram

INSPECT PUSH BUTTON START CONNECTOR



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the push button start

connector.



to Step 4.
VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS REMOTE

3 TRANSMITTER Yes Replace the remote transmitter, then go to
the next step.
connectors. (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING .)
battery cable.
No Go to Step 5.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Re-program key ID number of the

remote transmitter.
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED

PARTS PROGRAMMING .)

using the M-MDS.

SYSTEM] .)



SYSTEM] .)



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Clear DTC for the immobilizer system No Go to the next step.

using the M-MDS.

SYSTEM] .)


SYSTEM] .)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Unregistered remote transmitter is detected
location
The start stop unit detects that the remote transmitter has not been
Detection condition
programmed.
Fail-safe
The remote transmitter is not programmed after

Possible cause replacing the start stop unit.
Unprogrammed remote transmitter was used.
System wiring

diagram
VERIFY IF THE REMOTE TRANSMITTER

1 BROUGHT INTO THE VEHICLE IS FOR THAT Yes Have the correct transmitter for the vehicle
VEHICLE ready inside the vehicle and go to Step 3.
Does the remote transmitter belong

to another vehicle?
REGISTER REMOTE TRANSMITTER

2 Yes Replace the malfunctioning remote
Perform the following work for each transmitter, then go to the next step.
of the programmed remote
transmitters. (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING .)
Clear DTC for the
immobilizer system
using the M-MDS. No Go to Step 4.
(See CLEARING DTC

[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)
Perform the DTC

inspection for the
immobilizer system
using the M-MDS.
(See DTC
INSPECTION
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)


Clear DTC for the immobilizer
system using the M-MDS. If the malfunction recurs,
(See CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER then go to the next step.
SYSTEM] .)
Perform the DTC inspection for the REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
immobilizer system using the M-
MDS.
SYSTEM] .)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Communication error with PCM (no response or data mis-match)
location
Detection The starter stop unit detects a communication error (no response or
condition immobilizer system cancel not possible) with the PCM.
Fail-safe
The immobilizer system-related parts have not been programmed when

replacing the PCM or start stop unit.
Possible cause
PCM malfunction
System wiring

diagram
Perform immobilizer system-related part programming.

Perform start stop unit replacement and
programming due to simultaneous
replacement of start stop unit/PCM. No Go to Step 4.

PROGRAMMING .)
Clear DTC for the immobilizer system using

the M-MDS.


SYSTEM] .)


U0100:87/P1260:00 displayed?

2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS START STOP UNIT Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go
to the next step.
Perform the DTC inspection for the No Go to Step 4.


SYSTEM] .)
Security indicator: 16, DTC

U0100:87/P1260:00 displayed?

3 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS PCM Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the
next step.
the M-MDS. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)


SYSTEM] .)
Security indicator: 16, DTC

U0100:87/P1260:00 displayed?

troubleshooting.
(See DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Insufficient remote transmitter programming number
location
Detection The start stop unit detects that the number of programmed remote
condition transmitters is less than 2.
Fail-safe
Insufficient number of remote transmitters programmed

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram
VERIFY NUMBER OF PROGRAMMED REMOTE

1 TRANSMITTER Yes Perform additional remote transmitter
programming, then go to the next step.
Display PID NUM_TRNSMIT using
the M-MDS. (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING .)
(See PID/DATA MONITOR
INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM] .)
Is the number of programmed

remote transmitters less than 2?

Clear DTC for the immobilizer next step.
(See CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
SYSTEM] .)

immobilizer system using the M-

MDS.

SYSTEM] .)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Communication error with PCM (data received failure)
location
Detection The start stop unit detects a communication error (data received
condition failure) with PCM.
Fail-safe
The immobilizer system-related part programming has not been

performed when replacing the PCM or start stop unit.
Possible cause
PCM malfunction
System wiring

diagram


PROGRAMMING .)

the M-MDS.


SYSTEM] .)


B10DA:51/P1260:00 displayed?

2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS START STOP UNIT Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go
to the next step.
Perform the DTC inspection for the No Go to Step 4.


SYSTEM] .)


next step.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)


SYSTEM] .)


troubleshooting.

SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Communication error with PCM (code mis-matched)
location
Detection The start stop unit detects a communication error (code mis-matched)
condition with PCM.
Fail-safe
The immobilizer system-related part programming has not been

Possible cause performed when replacing the PCM or start stop unit.
PCM malfunction
System wiring

diagram


PROGRAMMING .)

the M-MDS.


SYSTEM] .)


next step.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)


SYSTEM] .)


troubleshooting.

SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction locationStart stop unit malfunction
Detection condition Start stop unit malfunction detected.
Fail-safe

next step.
using the M-MDS. (See START STOP UNIT
SYSTEM] .)

SYSTEM] .)

U3000:96/P1260:00 displayed?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
a. Select Data Logger.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select SSU.
NOTE:
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
: Not applicable
Inspection
PID Unit/Operation Data contents
item(s)
Displays the number of the remote transmitters programmed Start stop

NUM_TRNSMIT
to the start stop unit. unit
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id09021n960000.html[1/7/13 2:59:53 PM]

< Previous Next >

*1

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CMDTC Self Test
M-MDS.

4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the AFS control module. (See CLEARING
DTC [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
ODDTC Self Test
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select AFS.

4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the AFS control module. (See CLEARING
DTC [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
Snapshot data
Snapshot data table: Not applicable

Corresponding
Snap shot data
Unit Unit Data contents data monitor
item
items
Accelerator Pedal

Error


IC_VPWR V
voltage


PWR_MODE_KEY
switching status

Engine
P/N/
D/
R/
FAIL

TOTAL_DIST Km miles

NOTE:
When the ROOM

TOTAL_TIME hh:mm:ss fuse is removed,
or the ignition is
switched off
(LOCK), the time
is not included in
the elapsed time.
AFS control module power supply

VPWR V VPWR_IG
malfunction
Stop/
0-10km/h/
VSPD_STATUS Vehicle speed status VSPD
Over10km/h/
FAIL
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select AFS.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The AFS control module flashes the AFS OFF indicator light as follows if there is a malfunction in the system.
AFS OFF Fail- Self

Drive Memory
DTC No. indicator Description safe test Page
cycle function
light function type*1
Flash
Headlight leveling actuator circuit (See DTC B1041:14 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
B1041:14 (Pattern D
malfunction SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
1)
Flash
Headlight auto leveling system (See DTC B1041:54 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
B1041:54 (Pattern D
initialization error SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
2)
Flash
Auto leveling sensor circuit (See DTC B1044:01 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
B1044:01 (Pattern D
1)
Flash
Communication error with swivel (See DTC B10A3:86 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
B10A3:86 (Pattern D
actuator (LH) SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
1)
Flash
B10A3:87 (Pattern D
actuator (LH) SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
1)
Flash
B10A4:86 (Pattern D
actuator (RH) SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
1)

Flash
B10A4:87 (Pattern D
actuator (RH) SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
1)
Flash Error steering angle signal

(See DTC C0051:86 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
C0051:86 (Pattern received from EPS control C, D
SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
1) module
Flash
Unit communication error (HS-
U0001:88 (Pattern C, D
CAN)
1)
Flash
U0100:00 (Pattern Communication error with PCM C, D
1)
Flash (See DTC

Communication error with EPS
U0131:00 (Pattern C, D U0001:88/U0100:00/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0155:00
control module
1) [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
Flash
Communication error with front
body control module (FBCM)
1)
Flash
instrument cluster
1)
Flash
(See DTC U0320:09 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
U0320:09 (Pattern EPS control module malfunction C, D
SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
1)
Flash
Error signal received from EPS (See DTC U0420:68 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
control module SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
1)
Error signal received from

instrument cluster
C, D
AFS OFF switch
error signal

instrument cluster
C, D
Ignition switch
error signal

instrument cluster
U0423:68 Flash Selector lever
SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
(Pattern position (R C, D
1) position)
(ATX)/Reverse
(MTX) signal
error

instrument cluster
Selector lever
position (R C, D

position)
(ATX)/Reverse
(MTX) signal not
determined
Flash
U2005:86 (Pattern Error signal received from PCM C, D
SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
1)
Flash
Error configuration data received (See DTC U2300:54 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
from instrument cluster SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
1)
Instrument cluster configuration (See DTC U2300:55 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING

U2300:55 C, D
not implemented SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
Flash
Configuration data unmatched (See DTC U2300:56 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
with instrument cluster SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
1)
Flash
AFS control module internal (See DTC U3000:42 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
1)
AFS control module internal

malfunction
C, D
RAM/ROM
malfunction

malfunction (See DTC U3000:49 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
U3000:49 C, D
SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
AFS function
malfunction

malfunction
C, D
CAN hardware
malfunction
AFS control module low power (See DTC U3003:16 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
U3003:16 C, D
supply voltage input SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
AFS control module high power (See DTC U3003:17 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
U3003:17 C, D
supply voltage input SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
*1
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Headlight leveling actuator circuit malfunction
location
Detection Headlight leveling actuator circuit voltage of 3.2 V or less is detected for 5 s or more with the
condition ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
The swivel actuator is moved to the center.

Fail-safe
The headlight leveling actuator is stopped at the position when the malfunction is determined.
Front combination light (LH) connector or terminal malfunction
Front combination light (RH) connector or terminal malfunction
AFS control module connector or terminal malfunction
AFS control module terminal P and front combination light (LH) terminal I
AFS control module terminal O and front combination light (LH) terminal F
AFS control module terminal P and front combination light (RH) terminal I
Possible cause AFS control module terminal O and front combination light (RH) terminal F
AFS control module terminal P and front combination light (LH) terminal I
AFS control module terminal O and front combination light (LH) terminal F
AFS control module terminal P and front combination light (RH) terminal I
AFS control module terminal O and front combination light (RH) terminal F
Headlight leveling actuator malfunction
AFS control module malfunction

INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (LH) CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 7.

Disconnect the front combination light (LH) connector.

INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (RH) CONNECTOR CONDITION


Disconnect the front combination light (RH) connector.
Inspect the connector engagement and connection condition No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 7.
INSPECT AFS CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the AFS control module connector.
Inspect the connector engagement and connection condition No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 7.
INSPECT HEADLIGHT LEVELING ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

4 GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which is
shorted to ground, then go to Step 7.
Verify that the following connectors are disconnected.
Front combination light (LH) No Go to the next step.
Front combination light (RH)
AFS control module
Inspect for continuity between the following terminals

Front combination light (LH) terminal I
Front combination light (LH) terminal F
Front combination light (RH) terminal I
Front combination light (RH) terminal F
INSPECT HEADLIGHT LEVELING ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

Verify that the following connectors are disconnected.

No Repair or replace the wiring harness which has an
Front combination light (LH) open circuit, then go to Step 7.
AFS control module
Inspect the wiring harness between the following terminals

(vehicle wiring harness side) for continuity.
AFS control module terminal P and front

combination light (LH) terminal I
AFS control module terminal O and front

combination light (LH) terminal F
AFS control module terminal P and front

combination light (RH) terminal I
AFS control module terminal O and front

combination light (RH) terminal F
INSPECT HEADLIGHT LEVELING ACTUATOR OPERATION

Perform the headlight leveling actuator operation check
mode.
No Replace the front combination light, then go to the
(See HEADLIGHT LEVELING ACTUATOR OPERATION CHECK next step.
MODE [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
(See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT
Does the headlight leveling actuator operate normally? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)


Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. the AFS control module, then go
to the next step.
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) (See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
SYSTEM (AFS) CONTROL MODULE
Clear the AFS control module DTCs using the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See CLEARING DTC [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM

(AFS)] .) No Go to the next step.
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and wait for 5 s or

more.
Perform the DTC inspection for the AFS control module

using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM

(AFS)] .)
Is DTC B1041:14 displayed?

(See DTC TABLE [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING

SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Headlight auto leveling system initialization error
location
Detection Ignition is switched ON (engine off or on) and headlight auto leveling
condition system initialization is not performed.

Fail-safe The headlight leveling actuator is stopped at the position when the
malfunction is determined.
Headlight auto leveling system initialization error

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram
PERFORM HEADLIGHT AUTO LEVELING

1 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION Yes Perform the headlight auto leveling system
initialization again, then go to the next step.
Perform headlight auto leveling
system initialization. (See HEADLIGHT AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM
INITIALIZATION .)
(See HEADLIGHT AUTO LEVELING
SYSTEM INITIALIZATION .)
No Go to Step 3.
Clear the AFS control module
DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [ADAPTIVE

FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM
(AFS)] .)

the AFS control module using the
M-MDS.

(See DTC INSPECTION [ADAPTIVE

(AFS)] .)

2 COMPLETED Yes Replace the AFS control module, then go to the
next step.
DTCs using the M-MDS. (See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)
CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(AFS)] .)

M-MDS.

(AFS)] .)


SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Auto leveling sensor circuit malfunction
location
Auto leveling sensor circuit voltage of 0.25 V or less or 4.75 V or more is

Detection
detected by AFS control module for 10 s or more with the ignition switched
condition
ON (engine off or on).

Fail-safe
The headlight leveling actuator is stopped at the position when the
Auto leveling sensor connector or terminal malfunction
AFS control module terminal I and auto leveling sensor

terminal C
AFS control module terminal K and auto leveling sensor

terminal B
AFS control module terminal C and auto leveling sensor

terminal A

terminal C
Possible
cause AFS control module terminal K and auto leveling sensor
terminal B

terminal A

terminal C
AFS control module terminal K and auto leveling sensor

terminal B

terminal A
Auto leveling sensor malfunction
INSPECT AUTO LEVELING SENSOR CONNECTOR



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the auto leveling sensor

connector.


INSPECT AFS CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR

Disconnect the AFS control module

to Step 7.
INSPECT AUTO LEVELING SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR

Verify that the auto leveling sensor
and AFS control module connectors are
Inspect for continuity between the

following terminals (vehicle wiring
Auto leveling sensor

terminal C

terminal B

terminal A

4 SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.

and AFS control module connectors are No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
disconnected. is shorted to power supply, then go to
Step 7.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

on).


terminal C

terminal B


terminal A
Is the voltage 0 V?


and AFS control module connectors are No Repair or replace the wiring harness which

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

harness side) for continuity.
AFS control module

terminal I and auto
leveling sensor
terminal C
AFS control module

terminal K and auto
leveling sensor
terminal B
AFS control module

terminal C and auto
leveling sensor
terminal A
INSPECT AUTO LEVELING SENSOR

Inspect the auto leveling sensor.
(See AUTO LEVELING SENSOR No Replace the auto leveling sensor, then go
INSPECTION .) to the next step.
Is the auto leveling sensor normal? (See AUTO LEVELING SENSOR


replace the AFS control
Reconnect the disconnected negative module, then go to the
battery cable. next step.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See ADAPTIVE FRONT

DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) CONTROL MODULE

Clear the AFS control module DTCs
using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [ADAPTIVE FRONT
LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .)

Perform the DTC inspection for the AFS

control module using the M-MDS.

FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .)

(See DTC TABLE [ADAPTIVE FRONT

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Communication error with swivel actuator (LH)
location
The AFS control module received error signals from the swivel actuator
(LH) three times continuously with the ignition switched ON (engine off or
Detection on).
condition
The AFS control module could not receive the signal from the swivel
actuator (LH) for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or
on).
The swivel actuator (LH) is stopped at the position when the malfunction is
determined.
The swivel actuator (RH) is moved to the center.

Fail-safe
Control of the headlight auto leveling system is continued with the
headlight leveling actuator positioned 0.6 from where the malfunction is
determined.
Front combination light (LH) poor connection

Possible
Swivel actuator (LH) malfunction
cause
System
wiring
diagram
VERIFY IGNITER INSTALLATION CONDITION

Verify the installation condition of
the igniter.
No Install the igniter correctly, then go to Step 3.
(See IGNITER
(See IGNITER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Is the igniter installed correctly?

2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS SWIVEL Yes Replace the front combination light (LH), then
ACTUATOR (LH) go to the next step.
Clear the AFS control module (See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT

DTCs using the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

No Go to Step 4.
Switch the ignition ON (engine

off or on) and wait for 5 s or
more.

M-MDS.

Is DTC B10A3:86 displayed?

Clear the AFS control module If the malfunction recurs,

DTCs using the M-MDS. replace the AFS control module,
FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .) (See ADAPTIVE FRONT
LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)
Switch the ignition ON (engine CONTROL MODULE
off or on) and wait for 5 s or REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
more.
Perform the DTC inspection for No Go to the next step.

M-MDS.



SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Communication error with swivel actuator (LH)
location
The AFS control module detected communication error with the swivel
Detection
actuator (LH) for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or
condition
on).
The swivel actuator (LH) is stopped at the position when the malfunction is
determined.
The swivel actuator (LH) is moved to the center, or the swivel actuators
Fail-safe (LH) and (RH) are moved to the center.

determined.
AFS control module terminal D and front combination light

(LH) terminal K
AFS control module terminal F and front combination light

(LH) terminal J

Possible
(LH) terminal K
cause
(LH) terminal J

(LH) terminal K

(LH) terminal J

Swivel actuator (LH) malfunction
INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (LH)



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the front combination light

(LH) connector.




to Step 7.
INSPECT SWIVEL ACTUATOR (LH) CIRCUIT FOR

Verify that the front combination light
(LH) and AFS control module
connectors are disconnected. No Go to the next step.

Front combination
light (LH) terminal K
Front combination
light (LH) terminal J


(LH) and AFS control module No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
connectors are disconnected. is shorted to power supply, then go to
Step 7.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

on).

Front combination
light (LH) terminal K
Front combination
light (LH) terminal J
Is the voltage 0 V?

5 OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which


(LH) and AFS control module

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

AFS control module

terminal D and front
combination light (LH)
terminal K
AFS control module

terminal F and front
combination light (LH)
terminal J
Is the voltage 0 V?

6 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS SWIVEL ACTUATOR Yes Replace the front combination light (LH),
(LH) then go to the next step.
Reconnect all the disconnected (See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT

connectors. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

battery cable. No Go to Step 8.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

using the M-MDS.







using the M-MDS.





< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Communication error with swivel actuator (RH)
location
The AFS control module received error signal from the swivel actuator (RH)
Detection three times continuously with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
condition
The AFS control module could not receive signal from the swivel actuator
(RH) for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
The swivel actuator (RH) is stopped at the position when the malfunction is
determined.
The swivel actuator (LH) is moved to the center.

Fail-safe
determined.
Front combination light (RH) poor connection

Possible
Swivel actuator (RH) malfunction
cause
System
wiring
diagram
VERIFY IGNITER INSTALLATION CONDITION

Verify the installation condition of
the igniter.
No Install the igniter correctly, then go to Step 3.
(See IGNITER
Is the igniter installed correctly?


2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS SWIVEL Yes Replace the front combination light (RH), then
ACTUATOR (RH) go to the next step.
Clear the AFS control module (See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT


No Go to Step 4.

more.

M-MDS.


Clear the AFS control module If the malfunction recurs,

DTCs using the M-MDS. replace the AFS control module,
FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .) (See ADAPTIVE FRONT
LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)
Switch the ignition ON (engine CONTROL MODULE
off or on) and wait for 5 s or REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
more.
Perform the DTC inspection for No Go to the next step.

M-MDS.



SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Communication error with swivel actuator (RH)
location
The AFS control module detected communication error with the swivel
Detection
actuator (RH) for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or
condition
on).
The swivel actuator (RH) is stopped at the position when the malfunction is
determined.
The swivel actuator (LH) is moved to the center, or the swivel actuators
Fail-safe (LH) and (RH) are moved to the center.

determined.

(RH) terminal K

(RH) terminal J

Possible
(RH) terminal K
cause
(RH) terminal J

(RH) terminal K

(RH) terminal J

Swivel actuator (RH) malfunction
INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (RH)



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the front combination light

(RH) connector.




to Step 7.
INSPECT SWIVEL ACTUATOR (RH) CIRCUIT FOR

(RH) and AFS control module

Front combination
light (RH) terminal K
Front combination
light (RH) terminal J


(RH) and AFS control module No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Step 7.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

on).

Front combination
light (RH) terminal K
Front combination
light (RH) terminal J
Is the voltage 0 V?



(RH) and AFS control module No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
connectors are disconnected. has an open circuit, then go to Step 7.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

AFS control module

terminal D and front
combination light (RH)
terminal K
AFS control module

terminal F and front
combination light (RH)
terminal J

6 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS SWIVEL ACTUATOR Yes Replace the front combination light (RH),
(RH) then go to the next step.
Reconnect all the disconnected (See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT

connectors. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

battery cable. No Go to Step 8.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

using the M-MDS.








using the M-MDS.





< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Error steering angle signal received from EPS control module
location
Either a condition in which the steering angle sensor has a malfunction and the
Detection EPS control module has not performed steering angle neutral position auto
condition learning, or a condition in which the EPS control module has a malfunction is
detected for 5 s or more.

Fail-safe
Control of the headlight auto leveling system is continued.
DTCs are stored in the start stop unit.
Possible DTCs are stored in the EPS control module.

cause
EPS control module malfunction
System
wiring
diagram
VERIFY START STOP UNIT DTCs

UNIT] .)



BOARD DIAGNOSIS .)

3 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS EPS CONTROL Yes Replace the EPS control module, then go to
MODULE the next step.
Clear the AFS control module DTCs (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
using the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

No Go to Step 5.


AFS control module using the M-
MDS.


4 Yes Replace the AFS control module, then go to
Clear the AFS control module DTCs the next step.
using the M-MDS.
(See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM
(See CLEARING DTC [ADAPTIVE (AFS) CONTROL MODULE
FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

on) and wait for 5 s or more. No Go to the next step.

MDS.



SYSTEM (AFS)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
DTC U0001:88/U0100:00/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0155:00 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM

(AFS)]
U0001:88
Unit communication error (HS-CAN)
U0100:00

System U0131:00
malfunction
location Communication error with EPS control module
U0140:00
U0155:00
U0001:88
The AFS control module detected CAN bus

communication line (HS-CAN) malfunction ten times
continuously.
U0100:00
The AFS control module could not receive CAN signal

from the PCM for 5 s or more.
U0131:00
Detection
condition The AFS control module could not receive CAN signal
from the EPS control module for 5 s or more.
U0140:00

from the front body control module (FBCM) for 5 s or
more.
U0155:00

from the instrument cluster for 5 s or more.

U0001:88
The headlight leveling actuator is stopped at the position

when the malfunction is determined.
U0100:00

U0131:00

Fail-safe
Control of the headlight auto leveling system is
continued.
U0140:00

U0155:00
Control of the headlight auto leveling system is

continued.
Malfunction in CAN communication line between PCM and AFS
Malfunction in CAN communication line between EPS control module and

AFS control module
Possible cause
Malfunction in CAN communication line between front body control
module (FBCM) and AFS control module
Malfunction in CAN communication line between instrument cluster and

AFS control module
System wiring

diagram
Perform the malfunction diagnosis according to the troubleshooting procedure for the
multiplex communication system. (See FOREWORD.)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction EPS control module malfunction
location
Detection The AFS control module received CAN error signal from the EPS control
condition module for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).

Fail-safe
DTCs are stored in the EPS control module.

Possible
cause
System
wiring
diagram

BOARD DIAGNOSIS .)



No Go to Step 4.


MDS.


using the M-MDS.


MDS.



SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Error signal received from EPS control module
location
Detection The AFS control module received error signal from the EPS control module
condition for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).

Fail-safe

Possible
cause
System wiring

diagram

BOARD DIAGNOSIS .)



No Go to Step 4.


MDS.


using the M-MDS.


MDS.



SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Error signal received from instrument cluster
AFS OFF switch error signal

System
Ignition switch error signal
malfunction
location Selector lever position (R position) (ATX)/Reverse (MTX) signal error
Selector lever position (R position) (ATX)/Reverse (MTX) signal not

determined
The AFS control module received AFS OFF switch error signal
for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or
on).
The AFS control module received ignition switch error signal

for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or
Detection on).
condition
Selector lever position (R position) (ATX)/Reverse (MTX) signal error
The AFS control module received selector lever position (R

position) (ATX)/Reverse (MTX) signal error for 5 s or more

determined
The AFS control module detected undetermined selector

lever position (R position) (ATX)/Reverse (MTX) signal.
Control of the swivel actuator is continued with the AFS OFF

switch fixed in the condition when the malfunction is
detected.
Control of the AFS is continued with the ignition switched ON

(engine on).

Fail-safe
Selector lever position (R position) (ATX)/Reverse (MTX) signal error

determined
Control of the swivel actuator is continued with the transaxle

range sensor (ATX)/back-up light switch (MTX) fixed in the
condition when the malfunction is determined.

Possible
Instrument cluster malfunction
cause
System
wiring
diagram

CLUSTER].)

2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS INSTRUMENT Yes Replace the instrument cluster, then go to
CLUSTER the next step.
Clear the AFS control module DTCs (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER


No Go to Step 4.



MDS.


using the M-MDS.


MDS.



SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Error signal received from PCM
location
Detection The AFS control module received vehicle speed signal error from the PCM

Possible cause PCM malfunction
System wiring

diagram
VERIFY PCM DTCs

Perform the DTC inspection for applicable DTC troubleshooting.
the PCM using the M-MDS.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS PCM Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
Clear the AFS control module (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G

DTCs using the M-MDS. 2.0].)

No Go to Step 4.


(AFS)] .)

more.

M-MDS.

(AFS)] .)

3 COMPLETED Yes Replace the AFS control module, then go to the
next step.
DTCs using the M-MDS. (See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)
CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(AFS)] .)

more.

M-MDS.

(AFS)] .)


SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Error configuration data received from instrument cluster
location
The AFS control module received error configuration data from the
Detection
instrument cluster for 30 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine
condition
off or on).
Control of the AFS is continued.

Fail-safe
Instrument cluster configuration not implemented

Possible
Instrument cluster internal memory malfunction
cause
Instrument cluster configuration data error
System
wiring
diagram

instrument cluster using the M-
MDS. (See DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)

CLUSTER].)
RESET INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION

2 DATA Yes Replace the AFS control module, then go to

the next step.
instrument cluster configuration (See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM
with the As-Built data. (AFS) CONTROL MODULE
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DATA) .)

using the M-MDS.

CLUSTER].)


MDS.

CLUSTER].)


SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Instrument cluster configuration not implemented
location
Detection The AFS control module received a signal which indicates the instrument
condition cluster configuration is not performed.

NOTE:
To correctly write the configuration data sent from the instrument cluster to
Possible the AFS control module, 30 s or more have to be elapsed since the ignition
cause is switched ON (engine off or on).
Instrument cluster configuration is not completed.
System
wiring
diagram
RESET CONFIGURATION DATA FROM

1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TO AFS CONTROL Yes Replace the AFS control module, then go to
Clear the AFS control module DTCs (See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)
using the M-MDS. CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Switch the ignition ON (engine off

or on) and wait for 30 s or more.


MDS.



SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Configuration data unmatched with instrument cluster
location
Configuration data of the AFS control module and instrument

Detection condition
cluster are not matched.
Control of the AFS is continued.

Fail-safe
Instrument cluster configuration not implemented
Possible cause Instrument cluster internal memory malfunction
Instrument cluster configuration data error
System wiring

diagram


CLUSTER].)
RESET INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION

2 DATA Yes Replace the AFS control module, then go to
the next step.

instrument cluster configuration

with the As-Built data. (AFS) CONTROL MODULE
DATA) .)

using the M-MDS.


MDS.



SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
AFS control module internal malfunction
location
Detection condition Malfunction in the AFS control module internal EEPROM is detected.

Possible cause AFS control module internal malfunction
System wiring

diagram

1 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS AFS CONTROL Yes Replace the AFS control module, then go to
Clear the AFS control module DTCs (See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM
using the M-MDS. (AFS) CONTROL MODULE
MDS.




SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
AFS control module internal malfunction
System RAM/ROM malfunction

malfunction
location AFS function malfunction
CAN hardware malfunction
RAM/ROM malfunction
The AFS control module detected a malfunction in the

internal RAM/ROM.
AFS function malfunction

Detection
condition The AFS control module detected AFS function
malfunction three times.
The AFS control module detected CAN hardware

malfunction three times.
RAM/ROM malfunction
The headlight leveling actuator is stopped at the

position when the malfunction is determined.
AFS function malfunction

Fail-safe
Not applicable
The headlight leveling actuator is stopped at the

position when the malfunction is determined.
Possible cause AFS control module internal malfunction
System wiring

diagram


1 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS AFS CONTROL Yes Replace the AFS control module, then go to
Clear the AFS control module DTCs (See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM
using the M-MDS. (AFS) CONTROL MODULE
MDS.



SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction AFS control module low power supply voltage input
location
Detection AFS control module power supply circuit voltage of 9 V or less is detected
The swivel actuator is stopped at the position when the malfunction is

determined.
Fail-safe
Battery malfunction
AFS control module power supply circuit malfunction

Possible
cause Short to ground in wiring harness between METER1 10 A
fuse and AFS control module terminal N
METER1 10 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between IG1 relay and AFS

control module terminal N

VERIFY PCM DTCs

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT BATTERY

G 2.0].) to Step 6.

2.0].)

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT GENERATOR

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)





[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

connector.

VERIFY AFS CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY

5 VOLTAGE Yes Go to the next step.

No Inspect the METER1 10 A fuse.
connectors.
Repair or
replace
the
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
wiring
Display PID VPWR_IG using the M- harness
MDS. which is
shorted
[ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM ground.
(AFS)] .)
Replace
Is the voltage B+? the fuse.
Replace
the fuse.
Repair or
replace
the
wiring
harness
which
has an
open
circuit.



using the M-MDS.





< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction AFS control module high power supply voltage input
location
Detection AFS control module power supply circuit voltage of 18.1 V or more is
condition detected for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
The swivel actuator is stopped at the position when the malfunction is

determined.
Fail-safe
Possible Battery malfunction

cause
System
wiring
diagram
VERIFY PCM DTCs

for the PCM using the M-
MDS. (See DTC TABLE [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

INSPECT BATTERY

(See BATTERY INSPECTION No Replace the battery, then go to Step 4.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
(See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G
Is the battery normal? 2.0].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
(See GENERATOR No Replace the generator, then go to the next step.

INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G
2.0].)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Is the generator normal?

Clear the AFS control If the malfunction recurs, replace

module DTCs using the M- the AFS control module, then go to
MDS. the next step.
(See CLEARING DTC (See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING

[ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) CONTROL MODULE
SYSTEM (AFS)] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Switch the ignition ON

(engine off or on) and wait No Go to the next step.
for 5 s or more.

for the AFS control module
using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION

[ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
SYSTEM (AFS)] .)

displayed?
(See DTC TABLE [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM
(AFS)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select AFS.
NOTE:
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
: Not applicable
AFS OFF
Off: AFS is not
switch
operated.
AFS_ST Off/On AFS
On: AFS is
control
operated.
module
OFF: Light switch

at OFF position
DRL: Light switch

at AUTO position
and auto light
sensor sends
turn-off signal
H/L_CS OFF/DRL/TNS/H/L_LOW/H/L_HI TNS: Light switch Light switch

at TNS position
H/L_LOW: Light
switch at LO
position
H/L_HI: Light
switch at HI
position
Voltage at auto leveling sensor is

R_HGT_S V Auto leveling sensor
displayed.
Voltage at headlight auto leveling

R_HGT_S_INI V Auto leveling sensor
system initial setting is displayed.
ATX:
Off: Selector lever

position signal (R
position) is not
received.
On: Selector lever

position signal (R
position) is
received.
Unknown:
Selector lever
ATX:
position signal (R
position) is not Transaxle
determined. range
sensor
Fault: Selector
(TCM)
R_LMP_CS Off/On/Unknown/Fault lever position
signal (R position) MTX:
error is received.
Back-up
MTX: light
switch
Off: Reverse
signal is not
received.
On: Reverse
signal is received.
Unknown: Reverse
signal is not
determined.
Fault: Reverse
signal error is
received.
STR_AB_ANG (deg) Steering angle is displayed. Steering angle sensor
AFS
control
AFS control module power supply module
VPWR_IG V
IG1 relay
Battery
VSPD KPH, MPH Vehicle speed is displayed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
HEADLIGHT LEVELING ACTUATOR OPERATION CHECK MODE [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING

SYSTEM (AFS)]
3. Verify that AFS OFF indicator light is illuminated for 3 s and then turned off.
4. Turn on the headlights.
5. After vehicle identification, select in the following order from the M-MDS initial screen.
a. "Electrical"
b. "ExteriorLighting"
c. "Headlamp"
d. "Auto Leveling Sensor"
e. "Auto Leveling Actuator Test"
6. Verify that the headlight optical axis lowers from the current position and returns the original
position after 2 s.
If the headlight leveling actuator does not operate normally, replace the front
combination light. (See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

FOREWORD [AUDIO]
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [AUDIO]
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id0902f6441800.html[1/7/13 3:02:24 PM]

FOREWORD [AUDIO]

FOREWORD [AUDIO]
*1
Verify that a DTC has been recorded in the memory. (See DTC INSPECTION [AUDIO].)
of the malfunction, and inspect for occurrence of any malfunction or DTCs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
If the battery is disconnected or the audio unit power supply is cut, input all of the
displayed DTCs to the Audio Repair Order Form because the DTCs will be cleared. (When
using the M-MDS)
NOTE:
For the DTC inspection of the audio unit (with color LCD), there is a method using the M-
MDS and one that does not (on-board diagnostic test mode). Because the DTCs differ if
using or not using the M-MDS, perform the DTC inspection using the M-MDS method and
the method not using it.
Audio unit (with color LCD)
When using the M-MDS
CMDTC self test
2. After vehicle identification, select the following from the M-MDS initialization screen.
1. Self-test
2. All CMDTCs
If a DTC is displayed, repair the malfunctioning part according to the

applicable DTC troubleshooting. (See DTC TABLE [AUDIO].)
ODDTC self test
1. Self-test
2. Module
3. ACU

applicable DTC troubleshooting. (See DTC TABLE [AUDIO].)
Not using M-MDS (on-board diagnostic test mode)
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON (engine off).
2. Verify that the audio is turned off. If the audio is turned on, press the POWER/VOLUME switch
to turn it off.
3. Press the POWER/VOLUME switch and SETUP switch simultaneously to launch the on-board
diagnostic test mode.
4. Verify that the launched on-board diagnostic test mode is displayed on the screen.
5. Select AVC ERROR RECORD.

6. If several DTCs are in the memory, they can be displayed using the UP switch/DOWN switch.
7. Switch the ignition off (LOCK) to complete the on-board diagnostic test mode.
Audio unit (without color LCD)
to turn it off.
3. Press the FM/AM switch and CD switch simultaneously for 3 s or more while pressing the
POWER/VOLUME switch to launch the on-board diagnostic test mode.

4. If several DTCs are in the memory, they can be displayed using the SEEK/TRACK switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The unit supplier can vary. When asking the supplier (service center) for repair or
replacement, identify the supplier and fill in the Audio Repair Order Form using the
following procedures.
Verification procedure using label or inscribed lettering
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE

2. Remove the decoration panel. (See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the audio unit. (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify the supplier name by referring to the label attached to the unit.

Verification procedure using on-board diagnostic assist function
2. Verify that the audio is turned on. If the audio is turned off, press the POWER/VOLUME switch
to turn it on.
3. Press the POWER/VOLUME switch and SEEK switch (up) simultaneously to launch the
diagnostic assist function.
4. Verify that the launched diagnostic assist function is displayed on the screen.

5. Input diagnostic assist code "06".
6. Select "ENTER switch".
7. Identify the supplier code by referring to the display.
Supplier code Supplier name
M-01 SANYO Automedia
M-02 Panasonic

M-03 Clarion
M-04 Pioneer
M-05 VISTEON
8. Press the POWER/VOLUME switch and return to the diagnostic assist screen.
9. Press the POWER/VOLUME switch and end the diagnostic assist function.
2. Verify that the audio is turned on. If the audio is turned off, press the POWER/VOLUME switch
to turn it on.
3. Press PRESET switch 5 for 3 s or more while simultaneously pressing the POWER/VOLUME
switch to launch the supplier verification mode.
4. Identify the supplier code by referring to the audio display.

Supplier code Supplier name
M-01 SANYO Automedia
M-02 Panasonic
M-03 Clarion
M-04 Pioneer
M-05 VISTEON
5. Switch the ignition off (LOCK) to complete the manufacturer code verification mode.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
If the memory is cleared, past malfunctions may no longer be displayed, therefore before
clearing DTCs, record all DTCs displayed in the DTC inspection on the Audio Repair Order
Form.
Self-test
Module
ACU
5. Switch the ignition off (LOCK).
6. Switch the ignition ON (engine off) and wait for 5 s or more.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [AUDIO].)
2. Launch the on-board diagnostic test mode. (See DTC INSPECTION [AUDIO].)
3. Select the DTC and press the CLEAR switch to clear the DTC.

2. Launch the on-board diagnostic test mode and display the DTCs. (See DTC INSPECTION
[AUDIO].)
3. Press the TUNE/AUDIO CONT switch for 3 s or more while simultaneously pressing the
POWER/VOLUME switch to clear the DTCs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

DTC TABLE [AUDIO]
< Previous Next >
DTC TABLE [AUDIO]
NOTE:
There are two types of procedures for the audio unit (with color LCD) inspection; one
using the M-MDS and the other which does not (on-board diagnostic test mode). Because
the DTCs differ if using or not using the M-MDS, perform the DTC inspection using the M-
MDS method and the method not using it. (See DTC INSPECTION [AUDIO].)
iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. in the United States and other countries.

Applicable

Not applicable
DTC
Security Self-
Fail- Drive Memory
Method On-board indicator Description test Reference
safe cycle function
using M- diagnostic light type*1
MDS test mode
(See DTC: B116A:13

[Bluetooth SYSTEM
Open circuit in microphone
B116A:13 *2 D (HANDS-FREE
circuit
TELEPHONE (HF/TEL)
SYSTEM)].)
(See DTC: B1188:64,

B1188:64 10:Er07 Audio unit internal malfunction C
10:Er07 [AUDIO].)
Communication error between

(See DTC: B1A89:13,
B1A89:13 11:Er03 SIRIUS satellite radio unit and C
11:Er03 [AUDIO].)
SIRIUS satellite radio antenna
(See DTC: B1D19:71,

B1D19:71 10:Er02 Audio unit internal malfunction C
10:ER02 [AUDIO].)
(See DTC: B1D19:79,


DTC TABLE [AUDIO]
10:Er01 [AUDIO].)
(See DTC: B1D19:96,

10:Er10 [AUDIO].)
CAN system communication

U0010:88 16:Er12 C
error
Instrument cluster
U0155:00 *2 C, D (See FOREWORD.)
communication error
Communication error to
U0193:00 11:Er01 D
SIRIUS satellite radio unit
(See DTC: U0197:00

[Bluetooth SYSTEM
U0197:00 *2 D (HANDS-FREE
audio unit
TELEPHONE (HF/TEL)
SYSTEM)].)
(See DTC: U3000:04,

U3000:04 09:Er22 Audio unit internal malfunction C
09:Er22 [AUDIO].)
(See DTC: U3000:09,

U3000:09 09:Er21 Audio unit internal malfunction C
09:Er21 [AUDIO].)
Voltage decrease input from (See DTC: U3003:16,

U3003:16 09:Er20 C
battery 09:Er20 [AUDIO].)
Poor connection with auxiliary (See DTC: 28:Er01

28:Er01
jack/USB port, or read error [AUDIO].)
Audio unit internal

(See DTC: 29:Er01
29:Er01 malfunction, or iPod
[AUDIO].)
malfunction
*2 DTCs not stored
*1

*2
It is not displayed in the audio display because the on-board diagnostic test mode is not
available.

DTC TABLE [AUDIO]

Applicable

Not applicable
Security
Fail- Drive Self-test Memory
DTC indicator Description Reference
safe cycle type*1 function
light
Voltage decrease input from (See DTC: U3003:16,

09:Er20 C
battery 09:Er20 [AUDIO].)
(See DTC: U3000:09,

09:Er21 Audio unit internal malfunction C
09:Er21 [AUDIO].)
(See DTC: U3000:04,

09:Er22 [AUDIO].)
(See DTC: B1D19:79,

10:Er01 [AUDIO].)
(See DTC: B1D19:71,

10:ER02 [AUDIO].)
(See DTC: B1188:64,

10:Er07 [AUDIO].)
(See DTC: B1D19:96,

10:Er10 [AUDIO].)
Poor connection with auxiliary (See DTC: 28:Er01

28:Er01
jack/USB port, or read error [AUDIO].)
Audio unit internal malfunction, (See DTC: 29:Er01

29:Er01
or iPod malfunction [AUDIO].)
No Err DTCs not stored
*1
C: CMDTC self test
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
Description Poor connection with auxiliary jack/USB port, or read error
When USB device/iPod connected, connection error detected
Detection When USB device/iPod connected, audio unit internal malfunction

condition detected
When USB device connected, read error detected
Fail-safe function
USB device/iPod malfunction
Incompatible USB device (format) used
Audio unit connector or terminal malfunction
Auxiliary jack/USB port connector or terminal malfunction
Audio unit terminal 4A and auxiliary jack/USB port

terminal UD
Audio unit terminal 4B and auxiliary jack/USB port

terminal UC
Audio unit terminal 4C and auxiliary jack/USB port

terminal UA
Possible cause Audio unit terminal 4D and auxiliary jack/USB port

terminal UB

terminal UD


terminal UC

terminal UA
Audio unit terminal 4D and auxiliary jack/USB port

terminal UB
Auxiliary jack/USB port malfunction
Audio unit malfunction
1 INSPECT USB DEVICE/iPod Yes Go to the next step.
Connect the USB device/iPod to a same-model

vehicle (model/unit). No System is normal. (USB
device/iPod malfunction or
Is the USB device/iPod connection detected/unit incompatible USB device.)
plays back.
Go to Step 7.

2 INSPECT AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR Yes Repair or replace the

CONDITION connector, then go to Step 7.
Switch the ignition off (LOCK).


Disconnect the audio unit connector.

Is there any malfunctioning part?
3 INSPECT AUXILIARY JACK/USB PORT Yes Repair or replace the

CONNECTOR CONDITION connector, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the auxiliary jack/USB port connector.

4 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.

CIRCUIT BETWEEN AUDIO UNIT AND
AUXILIARY JACK/USB PORT
Verify that the connectors for the audio unit and harness, then go to Step 7.
the auxiliary jack/USB port are not disconnected.

terminals (vehicle wiring harness).
Audio unit terminal 4A and

auxiliary jack/USB port terminal
UD
Audio unit terminal 4B and

UC
Audio unit terminal 4C and

UA
Audio unit terminal 4D and

UB
5 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring
GROUND BETWEEN AUDIO UNIT AND harness, then go to Step 7.

Inspect for continuity between the following wiring No Go to the next step.
harness terminals (vehicle wiring harness side)
and body ground.
Auxiliary jack/USB port terminal

UD

UC

UA

UB
6 INSPECT AUXILIARY JACK/USB PORT Yes Replace the auxiliary jack/USB

port, then go to Step 7.
Inspect the auxiliary jack/USB port.
(See AUXILIARY JACK/USB
(See AUXILIARY JACK/USB PORT INSPECTION .) PORT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

7 VERIFY THAT REPAIRS HAVE BEEN Yes Return to Step 1 and inspect
COMPLETED for other possible causes.
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. If the malfunction recurs,

replace the audio unit, then go
Connect the negative battery cable. to the next step.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See DTC TABLE [AUDIO].)
Clear the audio unit DTCs. No Go to the next step.
(See CLEARING DTC [AUDIO].)
Perform the audio unit DTC inspection.
(See DTC INSPECTION [AUDIO].)
Is the same DTC displayed?
8 VERIFY IF OTHER DTCs DISPLAYED Yes Repair the malfunctioning part

according to the applicable DTC
Are any other DTCs displayed? troubleshooting.
(See DTC TABLE [AUDIO].)

Description Poor connection with auxiliary jack/USB port, or read error
When USB device/iPod connected, connection error detected
Detection When USB device/iPod connected, audio unit internal malfunction

condition detected
When USB device connected, read error detected
Fail-safe function

terminal UD

terminal UC

terminal UA

terminal UB

terminal UD

terminal UC

terminal UA

terminal UB

Connect the USB device/iPod to another vehicle

(model/unit). No System is normal. (USB
plays back.
Go to Step 7.











the auxiliary jack/USB port are disconnected.


UD

UC

UA

UB

and body ground.

UD

UC

UA

UB

(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See AUDIO UNIT
Clear the audio unit DTCs.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
Description Audio unit internal malfunction, or iPod malfunction
Detection
When iPod is connected, audio unit read error is detected
condition
Fail-safe function

terminal UD

terminal UC

terminal UA

terminal UB

terminal UD

terminal UC


terminal UA

terminal UB
Connect the USB device/iPod to a same-model

vehicle (model/unit). No System is normal. (USB
plays back.
Go to Step 7.








the auxiliary jack/USB port are not disconnected.


UD

UC

UA

UB


and body ground.

UD

UC

UA

UB



(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See DTC TABLE [AUDIO].)
Clear the audio unit DTCs. No Go to the next step.


Description Audio unit internal malfunction, or iPod malfunction
Detection
When iPod is connected, audio unit read error is detected
condition
Fail-safe function

terminal UD

terminal UC

terminal UA

terminal UB

terminal UD

terminal UC

terminal UA

terminal UB

Connect the USB device/iPod to another vehicle

(model/unit). No System is normal. (USB
plays back.
Go to Step 7.











the auxiliary jack/USB port are disconnected.


UD

UC

UA

UB

and body ground.

UD

UC

UA

UB

(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See AUDIO UNIT


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

DTC: B1188:64, 10:Er07 [AUDIO]
< Previous Next >
DTC: B1188:64, 10:Er07 [AUDIO]
Description Audio unit internal malfunction
Detection condition Audio unit detects CD read error
Fail-safe function
CD insertion direction mistaken
CD scratching or soiling
Possible cause
Incompatible CD used
1 INSPECT FOR MISTAKEN CD INSERTION Yes Go to Step 3.

DIRECTION
Verify the CD insertion direction. No Insert the CD with the printed label
pointed up, then go to the next step.
Is the CD inserted with the printed label
pointed up?
2 PERFORM DTC INSPECTION AND Yes Go to the next step.

VERIFY IF CD IS MALFUNCTIONING
PART
No Go to Step 6.

DTC: B1188:64, 10:Er07 [AUDIO]
3 CD INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.
Verify on another vehicle of the same model

(model/unit) using the CD in which the No Replace the CD then, go to the next
malfunction occurred. step.
Does the CD play? NOTE:
Refer to the
following for a
playable CD.
(See REFERENCE [CD

PLAYER].)
4 PERFORM DTC INSPECTION AND Yes Replace the audio unit.

VERIFY IF MALFUNCTIONING PART IS
AUDIO UNIT (See AUDIO UNIT
(See CLEARING DTC [AUDIO].) No Go to the next step.
Play the CD for 12 s or more.
5 VERIFY THAT REPAIRS HAVE BEEN Yes Replace the audio unit, then go to
COMPLETED the next step.
Clear the audio unit DTCs. (See AUDIO UNIT

Perform the audio unit DTC inspection. No Go to the next step.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

DTC: B1188:64, 10:Er07 [AUDIO]

< Previous Next >
Communication error between SIRIUS satellite radio unit and SIRIUS satellite radio
Description
antenna
Detection Open circuit between SIRIUS satellite radio unit and center roof antenna (SIRIUS satellite
condition radio antenna) detected for continuous 5 s
Fail-safe

function
Connector or terminal malfunction
Antenna feeder No.1 malfunction

Possible cause
Center roof antenna (SIRIUS satellite radio antenna) malfunction
SIRIUS satellite radio unit malfunction
System wiring

diagram
INSPECT CENTER ROOF ANTENNA CONNECTOR

1 CONDITION Yes Repair or replace the connector or
terminals, then go to Step 6.
Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Go to the next step.

2.0].)
Disconnect the center roof antenna connector.

disconnection.

INSPECT ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 CONNECTOR

Disconnect the antenna feeder No.1 connector.
Inspect the connector engagement and No Go to the next step.

disconnection.
INSPECT SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO UNIT CONNECTOR

Disconnect the SIRIUS satellite radio
connector.
disconnection.
INSPECT ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1

4 Yes Replace the antenna feeder No.1,
Inspect the antenna feeder No.1. then go to Step 6.
(See ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 INSPECTION .) (See ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1

INSPECT CENTER ROOF ANTENNA (SIRIUS SATELLITE

5 RADIO ANTENNA) Yes Replace the center roof antenna
(SIRIUS satellite radio antenna),
Inspect the center roof antenna (SIRIUS then go to the next step.
satellite radio antenna).
(See CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
(See CENTER ROOF ANTENNA INSPECTION .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)


6 Yes Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. unit, then go to the next step.
Connect the negative battery cable. (See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO

UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2.0].) No Go to the next step.


troubleshooting.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Detection condition Audio unit detects CD drive servo malfunction
Fail-safe function
Possible cause

DIRECTION
pointed up?

PART
No Go to Step 6.


(model/unit) using the CD in which the No Replace the CD, then go to the next
Refer to the
following for a
playable CD.
(See REFERENCE [CD

PLAYER].)



< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
Detection condition Audio unit detects CD drive mechanism malfunction
Fail-safe function
Possible cause

DIRECTION
pointed up?

PART
No Go to Step 6.


Refer to the
following for a
playable CD.
(See REFERENCE [CD

PLAYER].)



< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
Detection condition Audio unit detects audio control circuit and CD drive communication error
Fail-safe function
Possible cause

DIRECTION
pointed up?

PART
No Go to Step 6.


Refer to the
following for a
playable CD.
(See REFERENCE [CD

PLAYER].)



< Previous Next >

Back to Top


DTC: U3000:04, 09:Er22 [AUDIO]
< Previous Next >
DTC: U3000:04, 09:Er22 [AUDIO]
Detection condition Audio unit internal ECU (Tuner peripheral circuit) is faulted.
Fail-safe function
Possible cause Audio unit malfunction
CONFIRM AUDIO UNIT DTC

1 Yes Replace the audio unit, then go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the
audio unit memory. (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See CLEARING DTC

[AUDIO].)
Perform the audio unit

DTC inspection.
(See DTC INSPECTION

[AUDIO].)
Is the same DTC

displayed?

displayed?

DTC: U3000:04, 09:Er22 [AUDIO]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]
< Previous Next >
DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]
Without Bose
Audio unit (circuit around power amplifier) malfunction detected

Detection
condition Audio unit protection function operates due to short to ground in speaker wiring
harness and speaker lead wire
Fail-safe
Output to speakers stops
function
Speaker connector or terminal malfunction
Audio unit terminal 1A and front door speaker (LH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1C and front door speaker (LH) terminal B
Audio unit terminal 1D and front door speaker (RH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1F and front door speaker (RH) terminal B
Audio unit terminal 1S and rear door speaker (LH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1U and rear door speaker (LH) terminal B
Audio unit terminal 1V and rear door speaker (RH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1X and rear door speaker (RH) terminal B

Possible cause
Audio unit terminal 1A and front door speaker (LH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1C and front door speaker (LH) terminal B
Audio unit terminal 1D and front door speaker (RH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1F and front door speaker (RH) terminal B
Audio unit terminal 1S and rear door speaker (LH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1U and rear door speaker (LH) terminal B

DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]
Audio unit terminal 1V and rear door speaker (RH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1X and rear door speaker (RH) terminal B
Speaker malfunction
1 INSPECT AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR Yes Repair or replace the connector, then go to
CONDITION Step 6.


DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-
G 2.0].)

DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]

2 INSPECT SPEAKER CONNECTOR Yes Repair or replace the connector, then go to

CONDITION Step 6.
Disconnect the speaker connector.

3 INSPECT SPEAKER CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.

OPEN CIRCUIT
Audio unit connector and speaker No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go
connector are disconnected. to Step 6.

harness).
Audio unit terminal 1A

and front door speaker
(LH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1C

(LH) terminal B
Audio unit terminal 1D

(RH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1F

(RH) terminal B
Audio unit terminal 1S

and rear door speaker
(LH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1U

(LH) terminal B
Audio unit terminal 1V

(RH) terminal C
Audio unit terminal 1X

(RH) terminal B

DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]
4 INSPECT SPEAKER CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go
SHORT TO GROUND to Step 6.

following wiring harness terminals (vehicle No Go to the next step.
Speaker terminal C
Speaker terminal B
5 INSPECT SPEAKERS Yes Replace the speaker, then go to Step 6.
Inspect the speakers. (See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER

(See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION .)
(See REAR DOOR SPEAKER
(See REAR DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

6 VERIFY THAT REPAIRS HAVE BEEN Yes Return to Step 1 and inspect for other possible
COMPLETED causes. If the malfunction recurs, replace the
audio unit, then go to the next step.
connectors. (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

G 2.0].)
7 VERIFY IF OTHER DTCs DISPLAYED Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according to
the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
Are any other DTCs displayed?
With Bose

DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]
Audio unit (circuit around power amplifier) malfunction detected

Detection
condition Audio unit protection function operates due to short to ground in speaker wiring
harness and speaker lead wire
Fail-safe
Output to speakers stops
function
Speaker connector or terminal malfunction
Audio unit terminal 1A and audio amplifier terminal 1F
Audio unit terminal 1C and audio amplifier terminal 1E
Audio unit terminal 1D and audio amplifier terminal 1G
Audio unit terminal 1F and audio amplifier terminal 1H
Audio unit terminal 1S and audio amplifier terminal 1J
Audio unit terminal 1U and audio amplifier terminal 1I
Audio unit terminal 1V and audio amplifier terminal 1K
Audio unit terminal 1X and audio amplifier terminal 1L

Possible cause
Audio unit terminal 1A and audio amplifier terminal 1F
Audio unit terminal 1C and audio amplifier terminal 1E
Audio unit terminal 1D and audio amplifier terminal 1G
Audio unit terminal 1F and audio amplifier terminal 1H
Audio unit terminal 1S and audio amplifier terminal 1J
Audio unit terminal 1U and audio amplifier terminal 1I
Audio unit terminal 1V and audio amplifier terminal 1K
Audio unit terminal 1X and audio amplifier terminal 1L
Speaker malfunction

DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]
1 INSPECT AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR Yes Repair or replace the connector, then go to
CONDITION Step 5.


G 2.0].)


DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]
2 INSPECT AUDIO AMPLIFIER Yes Repair or replace the connector, then go to

CONNECTOR CONDITION Step 5.
Disconnect the audio amplifier connector.

3 INSPECT AUDIO AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.

FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Audio unit connector and audio amplifier No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go
connector are disconnected. to Step 5.

harness).
Audio unit terminal 1A

and audio amplifier
terminal 1F
Audio unit terminal 1C

and audio amplifier
terminal 1E
Audio unit terminal 1D

and audio amplifier
terminal 1G
Audio unit terminal 1F

and audio amplifier
terminal 1H
Audio unit terminal 1S

and audio amplifier
terminal 1J
Audio unit terminal 1U

and audio amplifier
terminal 1I
Audio unit terminal 1V

and audio amplifier
terminal 1K
Audio unit terminal 1X

and audio amplifier
terminal 1L
4 INSPECT AUDIO AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go
FOR SHORT TO GROUND to Step 5.

DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]

following wiring harness terminals (vehicle No Go to the next step.
Audio amplifier terminal

1F

1E

1G

1H

1J

1I

1K

1L
5 VERIFY THAT REPAIRS HAVE BEEN Yes Return to Step 1 and inspect for other possible
COMPLETED causes. If the malfunction recurs, replace the
audio unit, then go to the next step.

G 2.0].)
6 VERIFY IF OTHER DTCs DISPLAYED Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according to
the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
< Previous Next >

DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]
Back to Top

DTC: U3003:16, 09:Er20 [AUDIO]
< Previous Next >
DTC: U3003:16, 09:Er20 [AUDIO]
Description Voltage decrease input from battery
Detection With the ignition switched to ACC or ON, the audio unit detects voltage from the battery of
condition 10 V or less for 30 s or more.
Fail-safe

function
Battery malfunction
Audio unit power supply circuit malfunction
Short to ground in the wiring harness between audio unit

terminal 1B and battery (+) terminal.
Short to ground in wiring harness between audio unit

terminal 1R and ACC RELAY
Possible
AUDIO1 15 A fuse malfunction
cause
AUDIO2 15 A fuse malfunction
CABIN. +B 50 A fuse malfunction
MAIN 200 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between audio unit terminal

1B and battery (+) terminal
Open circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and

terminal 1R

DTC: U3003:16, 09:Er20 [AUDIO]
VERIFY PCM DTCs

Perform the DTC inspection for the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
(See FOREWORD [SKYACTIV-G
2.0].)
INSPECT BATTERY
2 Yes Recharge or replace the battery, then go to
Inspect the battery. Step 8.
(See BATTERY INSPECTION (See BATTERY RECHARGING [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Is there any malfunctioning part? [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

DTC: U3003:16, 09:Er20 [AUDIO]
INSPECT GENERATOR
3 Yes Replace the generator, then go to Step 8.
(See GENERATOR INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Is there any malfunctioning part? No Go to the next step.
4 INSPECT AUDIO UNIT Yes Repair or replace the connector, then go to

CONNECTOR CONDITION Step 8.

Disconnect the negative battery
cable.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the audio unit

connector.
Inspect the connector engagement

and connection condition and
inspect the terminals for damage,
deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection.
5 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to Step 8.

CIRCUIT OF AUDIO UNIT FOR
MALFUNCTION
No Terminal 1B voltage is not B+
Verify that the following audio unit
connectors are disconnected. Go to Step 7.
Terminal 1R voltage is not B+

Connect the negative battery
cable. Go to the
next step.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Switch the ignition to ACC (engine

off).
Measure the voltage at the

harness side).
Audio unit
terminal 1B
Audio unit
terminal 1R
Is the voltage B+?

DTC: U3003:16, 09:Er20 [AUDIO]
6 INSPECT AUDIO UNIT POWER Yes If a fuse is burnt out:

SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO Repair or
GROUND replace the
wiring harness
Switch the ignition off (LOCK). which is
shorted to
Disconnect the negative battery ground.
cable.
Replace the
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE malfunctioning
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION fuse.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Inspect the AUDIO2 15 A fuse.
Replace the
Is there any malfunctioning part? malfunctioning
fuse.
No Repair or replace the wiring harness which is

7 INSPECT AUDIO UNIT POWER Yes If a fuse is burnt out:

SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO Repair or
GROUND replace the
wiring harness
Switch the ignition off (LOCK). which is
shorted to
Disconnect the negative battery ground.
cable.
Replace the
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE malfunctioning
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION fuse.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Inspect the CABIN. +B 50 A fuse,
AUDIO1 15A fuse and MAIN 200 A Replace the
fuse. malfunctioning
fuse.
No Repair or replace the wiring harness which has

a short to ground, then go to the next step.
8 VERIFY THAT REPAIRS HAVE Yes Return to Step 1 and inspect for other possible
BEEN COMPLETED causes.
Switch the ignition off (LOCK). If the malfunction recurs, replace the audio
unit, then go to the next step.
Connect the negative battery

cable. No Go to the next step.

DTC: U3003:16, 09:Er20 [AUDIO]
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Perform the audio unit DTC

inspection.
9 VERIFY IF OTHER DTCs Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according to the
DISPLAYED applicable DTC troubleshooting.
Verify if other DTCs are displayed. (See DTC TABLE [AUDIO].)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Activation procedure
2. Press the POWER/VOLUME switch to turn the audio on.
5. Input each diagnostic assist code using the diagnostic assist screen. (See Diagnostic assist

code list.)
Diagnostic assist screen
No. Name Content/function
1 Diagnostic assist code display screen Displays the diagnostic assist code.
2 Diagnostic assist code input switch Inputs the diagnostic assist code.
3 DEL switch Clears the diagnostic assist code.
4 Diagnostic content display screen Displays the diagnostic content.
5 Diagnostic results display screen Displays the diagnostic results.
6 ENTER switch Transfers to the diagnostic assist function.
Diagnostic assist code list
Diagnostic assist code Content/function
01 Diagnostic assist code "01" display inspection
02 Diagnostic assist code "02" switch inspection
03 Diagnostic assist code "03"speaker inspection

04 Diagnostic assist code "04"radio reception condition inspection
05 Diagnostic assist code "05" antenna control output condition inspection
06 Diagnostic assist code "06" manufacturer verification
07 Diagnostic assist code "07"audio amplifier specification verification
09 Diagnostic assist code "09" radio SEEK inspection
11 Diagnostic assist code "11" CD diagnostic inspection
14 Diagnostic assist code "14" dial inspection verification
15 Diagnostic assist code "15" vehicle NAVI signal verification
16 Diagnostic assist code "16" exterior device connection information clearing
Diagnostic assist code "01" display inspection
1. Launch the diagnostic assist function. (See Activation procedure .)
2. Input the diagnostic assist code "01"using the diagnostic input screen.
3. Select "ENTER".
4. Inspect according to the following table:
Inspection Display Action
Verify that the Display

launched functions Display is normal.
display normally.
inspection
mode is RedGreenBlueWhite
displayed on If the display does not
BlackColor barGray bar Display display/operate normally,
the screen.
does not replace the audio unit.
Verify the function
display. normally. (See AUDIO UNIT

Diagnostic assist code "02" switch inspection
3. Select "ENTER".
Verify that the launched switch inspection Yes The switch is normal.
mode is displayed on the screen.
Check
Operate all of the switches (press). Replace the audio unit.
SW
No (See AUDIO UNIT
Does the buzzer sound?
Diagnostic assist code "03"speaker inspection
3. Select "ENTER".
Verify that the launched The speakers and the wiring harness
speaker inspection mode is Yes between the audio unit/audio amplifier
displayed on the screen. and speakers are normal.
Does each speaker output

sound in the following If no sound is
order?: produced from all of
the speakers.
Without
Bose (See NO SOUND FROM
ALL SPEAKERS [ENTIRE
1. Front door AUDIO SYSTEM] .)
speaker
(LH) and If no sound is
tweeter produced from some of
(LH) the speakers.
(See NO SOUND FROM

2. Front door
speaker SOME SPEAKERS
(RH) and [ENTIRE AUDIO
tweeter SYSTEM] .)
(RH)
3. Rear door
speaker
(RH)
4. Rear door
speaker
(LH)
With
Bose Check
Speaker
1. Front door
speaker No
(LH) and
tweeter
(LH)/front
center
speaker
(LH)
2. Front door
speaker
(RH) and
tweeter
(RH)/front
center
speaker
(RH)
3. Rear door
speaker
(RH) and
D-pillar
speaker
(RH)
4. Rear door
speaker
(LH) and
D-pillar
speaker
(LH)
Diagnostic assist code "04"radio reception condition inspection

3. Select "ENTER".
CAUTION:
Even if the system is normal, radio reception may be difficult depending on where the
system is inspected (indoors/outdoors, or conditions at the location). Before inspecting the
system, verify that radio reception is adequate.
When performing the inspection, select the best area for receiving radio frequencies.
Verify that the launched radio reception LEVEL-10 Glass antenna, center roof antenna, antenna feeder
condition inspection mode is displayed 879 and audio unit are normal.
on the screen. LEVEL-5
879
LEVEL-4
879
Change frequencies and re-perform the inspection.
LEVEL-3
879
Inspect the glass antenna, center roof antenna, and

antenna feeder.
(See GLASS ANTENNA INSPECTION .)
(See CENTER ROOF ANTENNA INSPECTION .)
(See ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 INSPECTION .)
If the glass antenna, center roof

antenna, or antenna feeder is not
normal, replace the malfunctioning
part.
LEVEL-2
879 (See FILAMENT REPAIR.)
LEVEL-0
879 (See CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
(See ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1





antenna, and antenna feeder are
normal, replace the audio unit.
(See AUDIO UNIT

Diagnostic assist code "05" antenna control output condition inspection
3. Select "ENTER".
CAUTION:
Even if the system is normal, radio reception may be difficult depending on where the
system is inspected (indoors/outdoors, or conditions at the location). Before inspecting the
system, verify that radio reception is adequate.
When performing the inspection, select the best area for receiving radio frequencies.
Good
sound System is normal.
quality
Inspect the glass antenna, center roof antenna,

and antenna feeder.

antenna, or antenna feeder is

not normal, replace the

ANT-
malfunctioning part.
ON
Verify that the launched antenna control Bad
(See FILAMENT REPAIR.)
output condition inspection mode is sound
displayed on the screen. quality (See CENTER ROOF ANTENNA




antenna, and antenna feeder are
normal, replace the audio unit.
(See AUDIO UNIT

ANT- Replace the audio unit.

OFF (See
AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Diagnostic assist code "06" manufacturer verification
1. Refer to the manufacturer verification procedure. (See SUPPLIER IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURE

[AUDIO].)
Diagnostic assist code "07"audio amplifier specification verification
3. Select "ENTER".
Verify that the launched Yes System is normal.

audio amplifier Without
specification inspection Bose
mode is displayed on

the screen. N
Replace the audio unit.
Verify the audio With
No (See AUDIO UNIT
amplifier specifications. Bose
Are the audio amplifier L
specifications correct?
Diagnostic assist code "09" radio SEEK inspection
1. Tune in the radio.
4. Select "ENTER".
Verify that the launched radio SEEK Yes System is normal.

inspection mode is displayed on the
screen.
Verify ANY-CONT ON is displayed and
select OK. --ch (See AUDIO UNIT
Verify MOV SIG AREA is displayed RECEIVED No
and select OK.
Now SEEKING is displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
Diagnostic assist code "11" CD diagnostic inspection
1. Verify that a CD is not inserted.

4. Select "ENTER".
Verify that the launched CD OK/DISC

Yes System is normal.
diagnostic inspection mode is DEFECT
displayed on the screen.
Verify INSERT NEW DISC is Replace the audio unit.

displayed and insert a disc.
(See AUDIO UNIT
NOW CHECKING USER DISC MALFUNCTION No REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
DEFECT is displayed.
Verify the inspection results.
Diagnostic assist code "14" dial inspection verification
3. Select "ENTER".
Verify that the dial inspection Yes System is normal.

VOL ENC
screen is displayed.

Rotate the dial switch. Replace the audio unit.
TUNE ENC
Does the switch rotation direction (See AUDIO UNIT
No REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
correspond to the direction
COMMANDER
displayed in the diagnostic assist
ENC
screen?
Diagnostic assist code "15" vehicle NAVI signal verification

3. Select "ENTER".
4. Verify that the vehicle NAVI signal verification screen is displayed.
5. Verify the vehicle NAVI signal status displayed in the display.
Name Content/function
TNS Displays the TNS signal status.
REV Displays the reverse signal status.
PKB Displays the parking brake signal status.
SPEED Vehicle speed is displayed.
ST-SW Displays the steering switch connection status.
COMMANDER

MIC Verifies the microphone connection status.
NAVI (USB) Verifies the NAVI (USB) connection status.
NAVI GPS ANTVerifies the GPS antenna connection status.
Diagnostic assist code "16" exterior device connection information clearing
NOTE:
Car navigation unit, Bluetooth unit, SIRIUS satellite radio unit connection information,and
rear mount camera connection information, which are detected when the ignition is
switched to ACC or ON the first time after connecting the negative battery cable, are
recorded. The exterior device connection information clearing is a function which clears this
connection information.
3. Select "ENTER".
4. Verify that the exterior device connection information clearing screen is displayed.
5. Perform the exterior device connection information clearing according to the screen display.
Display inspection
3. Press the SEEK switch (up) for 0.2 s or more while simultaneously pressing the
POWER/VOLUME switch to launch the display inspection mode.

Verify that the Yes Display is normal.

launched
display
inspection Replace the audio unit.
mode is (See AUDIO UNIT
displayed on REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the screen.
Are the
No
characters
displayed
normally in
the display (no
truncation or
faintness)?
5. Switch the ignition off (LOCK) to complete the LCD display inspection mode.
Button Inspection
3. Press PRESET switch 3 for 0.2 s or more while simultaneously pressing the POWER/VOLUME
switch to launch the switch inspection mode.

Verify that the launched Yes The switch is normal.

switch inspection mode is
displayed on the screen.
Verify the switch.

Operate all of the switches
(press). No (See CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO
PANEL SWITCH CONFIRMATION [ENTIRE
Does the buzzer sound? AUDIO SYSTEM] .)
5. Switch the audio power supply off or switch the ignition off (LOCK) to complete the switch
inspection mode.
Speaker Inspection
3. Press the AUTO-M switch for 0.2 s or more while simultaneously pressing the
POWER/VOLUME switch to launch the speaker inspection mode.
NOTE:
The AUTO-M function operates when the AUTO-M switch is pressed, however,
press and hold it until the speaker inspection mode launches.

Verify that the launched The speakers and the wiring harness
speaker inspection mode is Yes between the audio unit and speakers
displayed on the screen. are normal.
Does each speaker output

sound in the following order?: If no sound is
produced from all of
1. Front door the speakers.
speaker (LH)
and tweeter (See NO SOUND
(LH) FROM ALL SPEAKERS

[ENTIRE AUDIO
2. Front door SYSTEM] .)
speaker (RH) No
and tweeter If no sound is
(RH) produced from some
of the speakers.
3. Rear door
speaker (RH) (See NO SOUND
FROM SOME
4. Rear door SPEAKERS [ENTIRE
speaker (LH) AUDIO SYSTEM] .)
5. Switch the audio power supply off or switch the ignition off (LOCK) to complete the speaker
inspection mode.
Radio Reception Condition Inspection
4. Press PRESET switch 2 for 0.2 s or more while simultaneously pressing the POWER/VOLUME

switch to launch the radio reception condition inspection mode.
CAUTION:
Even if the system is normal, radio reception may be difficult depending on

where the system is inspected (indoors/outdoors, or conditions at the location).
Before inspecting the system, verify that radio reception is adequate.
When performing the inspection, select the best area for receiving radio
frequencies.
Verify that the launched LEV 10 Glass antenna, center roof antenna, antenna feeder and
radio reception condition LEV audio unit are normal.
inspection mode is displayed 5
on the screen.
LEV 4 Change frequencies and re-perform the inspection.
LEV
3
Inspect the glass antenna, center roof

antenna, and antenna feeder.
If the glass antenna,

center roof antenna, or
antenna feeder is not

normal, replace the

LEV 2 (See CENTER ROOF

LEV ANTENNA
0 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See ANTENNA FEEDER

NO.1
(See ANTENNA FEEDER

NO.2
(See ANTENNA FEEDER

NO.3

center roof antenna, and
antenna feeder are
normal, replace the audio
unit.
(See AUDIO UNIT

6. Switch the audio power supply off or switch the ignition off (LOCK) to complete the radio
reception condition inspection mode.
Antenna control inspection
4. Press the FM/AM switch for 0.2 s or more while simultaneously pressing the POWER/VOLUME
switch to launch the antenna control inspection mode.

Verify that the Good

launched antenna sound System is normal.
control inspection quality
mode is displayed
on the screen.
Inspect the glass antenna, center roof
antenna, and antenna feeder.

normal, replace the

ANTON
Bad (See CENTER ROOF
sound ANTENNA
quality REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See ANTENNA FEEDER

NO.1
(See ANTENNA FEEDER

NO.2
ANTENNA FEEDER

(See
NO.3

antenna feeder are
unit.
(See AUDIO UNIT


ANTOFF
(See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Switch the audio power supply off or switch the ignition off (LOCK) to complete the antenna
control inspection mode.
Dial inspection verification
3. Simultaneously press the AUTO-M switch and PRESET switch 1 for 3 s or more to launch the
dial inspection mode.
NOTE:
The AUTO-M function operates when the AUTO-M switch is pressed, however,
press and hold it until the dial inspection mode launches.

Verify that the launched dial inspection Yes System is normal.

mode is displayed on the screen.
Rotate the dial switch.

Does the switch rotation direction No (See AUDIO UNIT
correspond to the direction displayed in REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
audio display?
5. Switch the audio power supply off or switch the ignition off (LOCK) to complete the dial
inspection mode.
Audio amplifier specification verification.
2. Press the SEEK switch (down) for 3 s or more while simultaneously pressing the
POWER/VOLUME switch to launch the audio amplifier specification inspection mode.
Verify that the launched Without System is normal.

audio amplifier Bose
specification inspection
mode is displayed on the N
screen. (Normal)
Verify the audio amplifier With
specifications. Bose (See AUDIO UNIT
Are the audio amplifier L (Line
specifications correct? out)
4. Switch the ignition off (LOCK) to complete the audio amplifier specification inspection mode.

AUTO-M inspection mode
switch to launch the AUTO-M inspection mode.
Verify that the Yes System is normal.

launched AUTO-M
inspection mode is
displayed on the Inspect the glass antenna, center roof
screen. antenna, and antenna feeder.

Perform the AUTO-M
inspection according (See CENTER ROOF ANTENNA INSPECTION .)
to the screen
instructions. (See ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 INSPECTION .)
Is the inspection (See ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2 INSPECTION .)
result normal?

normal, replace the

--ch
(See CENTER ROOF
RECEIVED No ANTENNA

(See ANTENNA FEEDER

NO.1
(See ANTENNA FEEDER

NO.2
(See ANTENNA FEEDER

NO.3

antenna feeder are
unit.
(See AUDIO UNIT

5. Switch the audio power supply off or switch the ignition off (LOCK) to complete the AUTO-M
inspection mode.
CD diagnostic inspection
switch to launch the CD diagnostic inspection mode.
Verify that the launched CD diagnostic CD

System is normal.
inspection mode is displayed on the DEFECTIVE
screen.

After LOAD NEWDISC is displayed, Replace the audio unit.

insert the CD. MALFUNCTION (See AUDIO UNIT
Is the inspection result normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Press the POWER/VOLUME switch to complete the CD diagnostic inspection mode.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id0902g8441800.html[1/7/13 3:04:00 PM]


*1
Verify that a DTC has been recorded in the memory. (See DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)].)
of the malfunction, and inspect for occurrence of any malfunction or DTCs.
cause of the poor connection malfunction.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
For the DTC inspection, there is a method using the M-MDS and one that does not use it
(on-board diagnostic test mode).
Because the DTCs differ if using or not using the M-MDS, perform the DTC inspection
using the M-MDS method and the method not using it.
The DTCs are cleared if the ignition is switched off or the battery cable is disconnected.
When performing the DTC inspection, input all of the displayed DTCs in the Audio Repair
Order Form.
If the malfunction persists even if the engine is switched off or the battery cable is
disconnected, the DTCs are displayed again.
ODDTC self test
1. Self-test
2. Module
3. ACU

applicable DTC troubleshooting. (See DTC TABLE [Bluetooth SYSTEM
to turn it off.
3. Press the POWER/VOLUME switch and SETUP switch simultaneously to launch the on-board
diagnostic test mode.

4. Verify that the launched on-board diagnostic test mode is displayed on the screen.
5. Select HF ERROR RECORD.
6. Verify the displayed DTCs.

7. If DTCs are displayed, press the Detail switch and verify the DTC details.
8. Complete the on-board diagnostic test mode by pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch to
return to the on-board diagnostic mode screen and pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch again,
or by switching the ignition off (LOCK).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

Not applicable
DTC
Security Self-
Fail- Drive Memory
Method On-board indicator Description test Reference
safe cycle function
using M- diagnostic light type*1
MDS test mode
Open circuit in (See DTC: B116A:12, 26:Er82

B116A:12 26:Er82 microphone D [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE
circuit TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)].)
Open circuit in (See DTC: B116A:13 [Bluetooth

B116A:13 *2 microphone D SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE
circuit (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)].)
Bluetooth unit (See DTC: B116A:44, 26:Er86

B116A:44 26:Er86 internal D [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE
malfunction TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)].)
CAN system
26:Er81 communication (See FOREWORD.)
error
Communication (See DTC: U0197:00 [Bluetooth

U0197:00 *2 error with D SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE
audio unit (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)].)
DTCs not
*2
stored
*1
D: ODDTC self test

*2
It is not displayed in the audio display because the on-board diagnostic test mode is not
available.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Description Open circuit in microphone circuit
Detection
Short to power supply detected in microphone input circuit
condition
Fail-safe

function
Open circuit in wiring harness between Bluetooth unit terminal A and

Possible cause microphone terminal A
Microphone malfunction
Bluetooth unit malfunction
INSPECT MICROPHONE CONNECTOR STATUS

1 Yes Repair or replace the connector, then

Switch the ignition off (LOCK). go to Step 4.

2.0].)
Disconnect the microphone connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT BLUETOOTH UNIT CONDITION

Disconnect the Bluetooth unit connector. go to Step 4.

connection condition and inspect the terminals No Go to the next step.
disconnection.
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY IN MICROPHONE

3 INPUT CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness
which has a short to the power supply,
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. then go to the next step.

2.0].)
Measure the voltage of Bluetooth unit terminal

A (vehicle wiring harness side).
Is the voltage B+?

4 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS MICROPHONE OR BLUETOOTH Yes Replace the microphone, then go to the
UNIT next step.
Perform an inspection of the Bluetooth unit (See MICROPHONE

DTCs. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM

No Go to Step 6.

5 Yes Replace the Bluetooth unit, then go to
Perform an inspection of the Bluetooth unit the next step.
DTCs.
(See Bluetooth UNIT
(See DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Is the same DTC displayed? No Go to the next step.

troubleshooting.
(See DTC TABLE [Bluetooth SYSTEM

(HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL)
SYSTEM)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Description Open circuit in microphone circuit
Detection
Microphone non-connection signal constantly detected
condition
Fail-safe

function
Open circuit in wiring harness between Bluetooth unit terminal B and

microphone terminal B
Possible cause Short to ground in wiring harness between Bluetooth unit terminal A and
microphone terminal A

INSPECT MICROPHONE CONNECTOR STATUS

Switch the ignition off (LOCK). go to Step 5.

Disconnect the microphone connector.

INSPECT BLUETOOTH UNIT CONDITION

Disconnect the Bluetooth unit connector. go to Step 5.

condition and inspect the terminals for damage, No Go to the next step.
INSPECT MICROPHONE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT



Bluetooth unit terminal B and microphone terminal
B (vehicle wiring harness side). No Repair or replace the wiring harness
which has an open circuit, then go to
Is there continuity? Step 5.
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO GROUND IN MICROPHONE INPUT

4 CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness
which has a short to ground, then go
Inspect for continuity between Bluetooth unit to the next step.
terminal A (vehicle wiring harness side) and body
ground.

5 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS MICROPHONE OR BLUETOOTH Yes Replace the microphone, then go to
UNIT the next step.
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. (See MICROPHONE

(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE No Go to Step 7.

Perform an inspection of the Bluetooth unit DTCs.
(See DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-

FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)].)

6 Yes Replace the Bluetooth unit, then go
Perform an inspection of the Bluetooth unit DTCs. to the next step.
(See DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS- (See Bluetooth UNIT

FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)


troubleshooting.

SYSTEM)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Description Bluetooth unit internal malfunction
Detection condition Bluetooth unit internal malfunction detected
Fail-safe function
Possible cause Bluetooth unit malfunction
PERFORM INSPECTION OF BLUETOOTH UNIT DTCs

1 Yes Replace the Bluetooth unit, then go to the
Perform an inspection of the Bluetooth next step.
unit DTCs.
(See Bluetooth UNIT
(See DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE
(HF/TEL) SYSTEM)].)


SYSTEM)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Description Communication error with audio unit
Detection
CAN signal is not sent from Bluetooth unit
condition
Fail-safe function
Short in wiring harness between Bluetooth unit and audio unit, short to power supply, short or open
circuit to ground
Possible cause
INSPECT FOR SHORT BETWEEN CAN CIRCUITS

Remove the glove compartment.
(See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) No Go to Step 4.
Measure the voltage between the following terminals:
Between Bluetooth unit terminal S and

body ground
Between Bluetooth unit terminal T and

body ground
Are the measured voltage values between the 2 terminals

the same?
DETERMINE IF SHORT OCCURRING BETWEEN LINES IS IN AUDIO

2 UNIT Yes Go to the next step.


No Replace the audio unit because there is a short
Disconnect the negative battery cable. between circuits in the audio unit.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

After replacement, go to Step 13.
Remove the audio unit.

Audio unit connector (vehicle wiring

harness) terminal 2I and body ground

harness) terminal 2J and body ground

the same?
DETERMINE IF SHORT OCCURRING BETWEEN LINES IS IN

3 BLUETOOTH UNIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness between the audio
unit and the Bluetooth unit because the wiring harness
Switch the ignition off (LOCK). is shorted between circuits, then go to Step 13.

No Replace the Bluetooth unit because there is a short
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE between circuits in the Bluetooth unit.
(See Bluetooth UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the Bluetooth unit.
Disconnect the Bluetooth unit connector.




the same?
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY IN CAN CIRCUIT

Between Bluetooth unit terminal S and No Go to Step 7.

body ground

body ground
Can B+ voltage be measured?
NOTE:
If a short to power supply other than the

B+ power supply has occurred, a constant

voltage other than B+ can be measured.
DETERMINE IF SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY IS OCCURRING IN AUDIO

5 UNIT Yes Go to the next step.

No Replace the audio unit because there is a short to the
Disconnect the negative battery cable. power supply in the audio unit.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)




NOTE:

DETERMINE IF SHORT TO POWER IS OCCURRING IN BLUETOOTH

6 UNIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness between the audio
Switch the ignition off (LOCK). is shorted to the power supply, then go to Step 13.

No Replace the Bluetooth unit because there is a short to
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE the power supply in the Bluetooth unit.



NOTE:

INSPECT FOR SHORT TO GROUND IN CAN CIRCUIT


Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Go to Step 10.

Inspect for continuity between the following terminals:
Between Bluetooth unit terminal S and

body ground

body ground
DETERMINE IF SHORT TO GROUND IS OCCURRING IN AUDIO UNIT

(See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) No Replace the audio unit because there is a short to
ground inside the unit.

DETERMINE IF SHORT TO GROUND IS OCCURRING IN BLUETOOTH

9 UNIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness between the audio
Remove the Bluetooth unit. is shorted to ground, then go to Step 13.

No Replace the Bluetooth unit because there is a short to
Disconnect the Bluetooth unit connector. ground inside the unit.
Inspect for continuity between the following terminals: (See Bluetooth UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Audio unit connector (vehicle wiring After replacement, go to Step 13.


INSPECT CAN CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

(See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) No Go to Step 13.
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity

between Bluetooth unit connector (vehicle
wiring harness side) terminal S and audio
unit connector (vehicle wiring harness
side) terminal 2I.

between Bluetooth unit connector (vehicle
wiring harness side) terminal T and audio
unit connector (vehicle wiring harness
side) terminal 2J.

INSPECT AUDIO UNIT RESISTANCE

Inspect the resistance between the audio unit terminal 2I
and terminal 2J (part side).
No Replace the audio unit.
Is the resistance 118130 ?
INSPECT BLUETOOTH UNIT RESISTANCE

Inspect the resistance between Bluetooth unit terminals S
and T (part side).
No Replace the Bluetooth unit.
Is the resistance 118130 ?
After replacement, go to the next step.

13 Yes Return to Step 1 and inspect for other possible causes.
Connect all the connectors. If the malfunction recurs, replace the Bluetooth unit,
Perform an inspection of the Bluetooth unit DTCs.
(See DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE
TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)].)

(See DTC TABLE [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE

TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL)

SYSTEM)]
5. Input each diagnostic assist code using the diagnostic assist code input screen. (See
Diagnostic assist code table.)
Diagnostic assist code input screen

No. Name Content/function
1 Diagnostic assist code display screen Displays the diagnostic assist code.
2 Diagnostic assist code input switch Inputs the diagnostic assist code.
3 DEL switch Clears the diagnostic assist code.
4 Diagnostic content display screen Displays the diagnostic content.
5 Diagnostic results display screen Displays the diagnostic results.
6 ENTER switch Transfers to the diagnostic assist function.
Diagnostic assist code table
Diagnostic assist code Content/function
37 Diagnostic assist code "37" HF unit connection information
38 Diagnostic assist code "38" HF unit software version
Diagnostic assist code "37" HF unit connection information

2. Input the diagnostic assist code "37"using the diagnostic assist code input screen.
3. Select "ENTER".
Launch the connection CONNECTThe Bluetooth unit connection status is normal.

information mode.
Verify the connection Verify the Bluetooth unit connection status. (See Bluetooth
CON ERR
status. UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Press the POWER/VOLUME switch and return to the diagnostic assist code input screen.
5. Press the POWER/VOLUME switch and cancel the diagnostic assist mode.
Diagnostic assist code "38" HF unit software version
2. Input the diagnostic assist code "38"using the diagnostic assist code input screen.
3. Select "ENTER".
Launch the software version mode.

Display the software version
Verify the version.
4. Press the POWER/VOLUME switch and return to the diagnostic assist code input screen.
5. Press the POWER/VOLUME switch and end the diagnostic assist mode.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

*1

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CMDTC Self Test
M-MDS.

corresponding DTC inspection after recording the snapshot data.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the instrument cluster. (See CLEARING
DTC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
ODDTC Self Test
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select IC.

corresponding DTC inspection after recording the snapshot data.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the instrument cluster. (See CLEARING
DTC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
Snapshot data
Snapshot data table: Not applicable

Corresponding
Snapshot data
item
items
Accelerator Pedal

Error


IC_VPWR V
voltage


PWR_MODE_KEY
switching status

Engine
P/N/
D/
R/
FAIL

TOTAL_DIST Km miles

NOTE:
When the ROOM

TOTAL_TIME hh:mm:ss fuse is removed, TOTAL_TIME
or the ignition is
switched off
(LOCK), the time
is not included in
the elapsed time.

VPWR V VPWR
voltage
Stop/
0-10km/h/
VSPD_STATUS Vehicle speed status
Over10km/h/
FAIL
VSS KPH, MPH Vehicle speed
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select IC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Fail- Self
Warning/indicator Drive Memory
DTC No. Description safe test Page
light cycle *1 function
function type
Unit communication
U0001:88 C, D
error (HS-CAN)
Unit communication
U0010:88 C, D
error (MS-CAN)
Communication error
U0100:00 C, D
with PCM
Communication error
U0101:00 *2 C, D
with TCM
AWD control module

U0114:00 *3 C, D
communication error
Communication error
U0121:00 C, D
with DSC HU/CM
Communication error
U0131:00 with EPS control C, D
module
(See DTC
U0001:88/U0010:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0114:00/U0121:00/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0142:00/U0151:00/U0182:00/U0214:00/U0233:00
Communication error
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
with front body
U0140:00 C, D
control module
(FBCM)
Communication error
U0142:00 with rear body control C, D
module (RBCM)
Communication error
U0151:00 with SAS control C, D
module
Communication error
U0182:00 *4 with AFS control C, D
module
Communication error
U0214:00 C, D
with start stop unit
Communication error
U0233:00 *5 with BSM control C, D
module (RH)

Instrument cluster
U0300:00 C, D (See DTC U0300:00 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
configuration error
Error signal received

from PCM

U0402:68 *2 from C, D (See DTC U0402:68 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
transmission/transaxle

from front body
control module
(FBCM)

from start stop unit

from PCM
Cluster switch circuit

malfunction
Instrument cluster
configuration error
Instrument cluster
configuration error
Instrument cluster
configuration error
Instrument cluster
configuration error
Instrument cluster
configuration error
Malfunction inside
instrument cluster
Low power supply

U3003:16 voltage input to C, D (See DTC U3003:16 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
instrument cluster
*1

*2
ATX
*3
AWD
*4
With AFS
*5
With BSM
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


DTC U0001:88/U0010:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0114:00/U0121:00/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0142:00/U0151:00/U0182:00/U0214:00/U0233:00 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
< Previous Next >
DTC
U0001:88/U0010:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0114:00/U0121:00/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0142:00/U0151:00/U0182:00/U0214:00/U0233:00
U0001:88
U0010:88
Unit communication error (MS-CAN)
U0100:00
U0101:00
U0114:00
AWD control module communication error
U0121:00
Communication error with DSC HU/CM
System malfunction U0131:00

location Communication error with EPS control module
U0140:00
U0142:00
Communication error with rear body control module (RBCM)
U0151:00
Communication error with SAS control module
U0182:00
Communication error with AFS control module
U0214:00
Communication error with start stop unit
U0233:00
Communication error with BSM control module (RH)
U0001:88
The instrument cluster detects a CAN bus communication line (HS-CAN) malfunction.
U0010:88
The instrument cluster detects a CAN bus communication line (MS-CAN) malfunction.
U0100:00
The instrument cluster cannot receive CAN signal from the PCM.
U0101:00
The instrument cluster cannot receive CAN signal from the TCM for 1 s or more.
U0114:00
The instrument cluster cannot receive CAN signal from the AWD control module for 1 s or
more.
U0121:00

DTC U0001:88/U0010:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0114:00/U0121:00/U0131:00/U0140:00/U0142:00/U0151:00/U0182:00/U0214:00/U0233:00 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
The instrument cluster cannot receive CAN signal from the DSC HU/CM for 1 s or more.
U0131:00
The instrument cluster could not receive CAN signal from the EPS control module for 1 s or
more.
Detection condition
U0140:00
The instrument cluster cannot receive CAN signal from the front body control module (FBCM)
for 5 s or more.
U0142:00
The instrument cluster cannot receive CAN signal from the rear body control module (RBCM)
for 5 s or more.
U0151:00
The instrument cluster cannot receive CAN signal from the SAS control module for 2 s or
more.
U0182:00
The instrument cluster cannot receive CAN signal from the AFS control module for 5 s or
more.
U0214:00
The instrument cluster could not receive CAN signal from the start stop unit.
U0233:00
The instrument cluster cannot receive CAN signal from the BSM control module (RH) for 1.5 s
or more.
Fail-safe
Malfunction in CAN line between the PCM and instrument cluster
Malfunction in CAN line between the TCM and instrument cluster
Malfunction in CAN communication line between AFS control module and instrument cluster
Malfunction in CAN line between the DSC HU/CM and instrument cluster
Malfunction in CAN line between the EPS control module and instrument cluster
Possible cause
Malfunction in CAN line between the front body control module (FBCM) and instrument cluster
Malfunction in CAN line between the rear body control module (RBCM) and instrument cluster
Malfunction in CAN line between the SAS control module and instrument cluster
Malfunction in CAN line between the AFS control module and instrument cluster
Malfunction in CAN line between the start stop unit and instrument cluster
Malfunction in CAN line between the BSM control module (RH) and instrument cluster
System wiring

diagram
Perform the malfunction diagnosis according to the troubleshooting procedure for the multiplex communication system. (See FOREWORD.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
Instrument cluster configuration error (incorrect value write)

Detection condition
detected.
Fail-safe

Possible cause
PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1 CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA) Yes Using the M-MDS, re-perform the instrument
Using the M-MDS, perform the go to the next step.
instrument cluster
configuration with the As-Built (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION
data. (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)

No Go to Step 3.
BUILT DATA) .)
Clear DTC for the instrument

cluster using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC


for the instrument cluster
using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION



2 COMPLETED Yes Replace the instrument cluster, then go to the next
step.
cluster using the M-MDS. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(See CLEARING DTC
using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
location
The instrument cluster receives error signals from the PCM for the
Detection condition
Fail-safe

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram


CLUSTER].)
VERIFY PCM DTCs

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

3 Yes Replace the instrument cluster, then go to

Clear DTC for the instrument cluster the next step.
using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [INSTRUMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
CLUSTER].)


MDS.

CLUSTER].)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Error signal received from transmission/transaxle
location
The instrument cluster received error signals from the

Detection
transmission/transaxle for 1 s or more with the ignition switched ON
condition
(engine off or on).
Fail-safe
The transaxle could not send a normal signal temporarily. (DTCs are
stored in the TCM.)
Possible cause
TCM malfunction
System wiring

diagram
VERIFY DTCs FOR TCM

Verify DTCs for the TCM using the M- to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
MDS.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM TABLE [FW6A-EL, FW6AX-EL] .)
DTC INSPECTION [FW6A-EL, FW6AX-EL] .)
DRIVE VEHICLE THEN VERIFY DTCs FOR TCM

2 AGAIN Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according
to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
Drive the vehicle at a vehicle speed of

30 km/h {19 mph} or more for 100 (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC
s or more. TABLE [FW6A-EL, FW6AX-EL] .)
Verify DTCs for the TCM using the M-

MDS. No Go to the next step.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM

DTC INSPECTION [FW6A-EL, FW6AX-EL] .)

3 Yes Replace the instrument cluster, then go
Clear DTC for the instrument cluster to the next step.
using the M-MDS.
CLUSTER].)
Switch the ignition ON and wait for 20 s No Go to the next step.

or more.


CLUSTER].)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Error signal received from front body control module (FBCM)
location
The instrument cluster receives error signals from the front body control
Detection
module (FBCM) for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off
condition
or on).
Fail-safe
DTCs are stored in the front body control module (FBCM).

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram

CLUSTER].)
VERIFY FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)

2 DTCs Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according
to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
Perform the DTC inspection for the front
body control module (FBCM) using the (See DTC TABLE [FRONT BODY CONTROL
M-MDS. MODULE (FBCM)] .)
(See DTC INSPECTION [FRONT BODY

CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)


3 Yes Replace the instrument cluster, then go
Clear DTC for the instrument cluster to the next step.
using the M-MDS.
CLUSTER].)
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or No Go to the next step.



CLUSTER].)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Error signal received from start stop unit
location
Detection The instrument cluster receives error signals from the start stop unit
condition for the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram


CLUSTER].)

UNIT] .)


using the M-MDS.
CLUSTER].)


MDS.

CLUSTER].)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
location
Detection The instrument cluster receives vehicle speed signal error from the PCM
Fail-safe

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram


CLUSTER].)
VERIFY PCM DTCs

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)


using the M-MDS.
CLUSTER].)


MDS.

CLUSTER].)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Cluster switch circuit malfunction
location
Detection The instrument cluster detects an open circuit in the cluster switch circuit for 5 s or
Fail-safe
Cluster switch connector or terminal malfunction
Instrument cluster connector or terminal malfunction
Possible cause Instrument cluster terminal V and cluster switch terminal B
Instrument cluster terminal T and cluster switch terminal C
Cluster switch malfunction

*1
With BSM
*2
With AFS
INSPECT CLUSTER SWITCH CONNECTOR CONDITION

to Step 5.
Disconnect the cluster switch connector.


INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the instrument cluster connector.
INSPECT CLUSTER SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the cluster switch and instrument
cluster connectors are disconnected.
No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
Inspect the wiring harness between the following go to Step 5.
continuity.
Instrument cluster terminal V and

cluster switch terminal B
Instrument cluster terminal T and

cluster switch terminal C
INSPECT CLUSTER SWITCH

Inspect the cluster switch.
(See TCS OFF SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the cluster switch, then go to the
next step.
(See TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM SET
SWITCH INSPECTION .) (See SWITCH PANEL
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) OFF SWITCH
INSPECTION .)
(See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) OFF

SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Is the cluster switch normal?

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. replace the instrument
cluster, then go to the
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE next step.
(See INSTRUMENT
Clear DTC for the instrument cluster using the M- CLUSTER
MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See CLEARING DTC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)

for 5 s or more.
Perform the DTC inspection for the instrument

(See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
Instrument cluster configuration error detected as follows:
No configuration of instrument cluster

Detection condition
Instrument cluster configuration has not been
correctly performed.
Fail-safe

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram

instrument cluster

No Go to Step 3.
BUILT DATA) .)

(See CLEARING DTC



using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION


step.
(See CLEARING DTC
using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction locationInstrument cluster configuration error
Detection condition Instrument cluster configuration error (data error) detected.
Fail-safe

Possible cause

instrument cluster
configuration using the As- (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION
Built data. (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)

No Go to Step 3.
BUILT DATA) .)

(See CLEARING DTC


the instrument cluster using
the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION

Is the DTC U2300:41

displayed?

step.
(See CLEARING DTC
the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION

Is the DTC U2300:41

displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
Instrument cluster configuration error (no configuration)

Detection condition
detected.
Fail-safe

Possible cause

instrument cluster

No Go to Step 3.
BUILT DATA) .)

(See CLEARING DTC


the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION


Is the DTC U2300:51

displayed?

step.
(See CLEARING DTC
the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION

Is the DTC U2300:51

displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
Instrument cluster configuration error (incorrect value write)

Detection condition
detected.
Fail-safe

Possible cause

instrument cluster

No Go to Step 3.
BUILT DATA) .)

(See CLEARING DTC


using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION


Is the DTC U2300:56

displayed?

step.
(See CLEARING DTC
using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION

Is the DTC U2300:56

displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
Instrument cluster configuration error (data size error)

Detection condition
detected.
Fail-safe

Possible cause

instrument cluster

No Go to Step 3.
BUILT DATA) .)

(See CLEARING DTC


the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION


Is the DTC U2300:57

displayed?

step.
(See CLEARING DTC
the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION

Is the DTC U2300:57

displayed?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction locationMalfunction inside instrument cluster
Detection condition Malfunction inside instrument cluster detected.
Fail-safe

to the next step.
CLUSTER].)

CLUSTER].)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Low power supply voltage input to instrument cluster
location
Detection Instrument cluster power supply circuit voltage of 10 V or less is detected

condition with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Battery malfunction
Instrument cluster connector or terminal malfunction
Instrument cluster power supply circuit malfunction

Possible cause
Short to ground in wiring harness between METER1 10 A
fuse and instrument cluster terminal S
METER1 10 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between IG1 relay and

instrument cluster terminal S

VERIFY PCM DTCs

using the M-MDS.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT BATTERY
(See BATTERY INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G No Recharge or replace the battery, then go

2.0].) to Step 6.

2.0].)

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
(See GENERATOR INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G No Replace the generator, then go to Step 6.

2.0].)

INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONNECTOR



2.0].)
Disconnect the instrument cluster

connector.

VERIFY INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POWER SUPPLY


No Inspect the METER1 10 A fuse.
Repair or
replace
2.0].)
the
Display PID VPWR using the M-MDS. wiring
harness
(See PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION which is
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].) shorted
to
Is the VPWR monitor value B+? ground.
Replace
the fuse.
Replace
the fuse.
Repair or
replace
the
wiring
harness
which
has an
open
circuit.


Reconnect the disconnected negative replace the instrument
battery cable. cluster, then go to the
next step.
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G (See INSTRUMENT
2.0].) CLUSTER
Clear DTC for the instrument cluster using
the M-MDS.
CLUSTER].)


CLUSTER].)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select IC.
NOTE:
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Off: AFS OFF

switch is off.
AFS_OFF_SW *1 Off/On AFS OFF switch
On: AFS off
switch is on.
AFS OFF
Off: AFS not switch
AFS_ST *1 Off/On operated
AFS
On: AFS operated control
module
Off: M range
switch is off.
On: M range
switch is on.
AT_MAN_M_SW*2 Off/On/Reserved/Unknown M position switch
Unknown: M
range switch
signal is not
determined.
Off: Down switch

switch is off.
On: Down switch

AT_S_DWN_SW*2 Off/On/Reserved/Unknown is on. Down switch
Unknown: Down
switch is not
determined.
Off: Up switch is
off.
On: Up switch is
AT_S_UP_SW*2 Off/On/Reserved/Unknown on. Up switch
Unknown: Up

switch is not
determined.
Off: Off: BSM OFF

switch is off.
BSM/RVM_SW*3 Off/On BSM OFF switch
On: BSM OFF
switch is on.
Off: TCS OFF

switch is off.
DSC_OFF_SW Off/On TCS OFF switch
On: TCS OFF
switch is on.
Fuel gauge (instrument

FUEL_GAUGE L Fuel gauge is displayed.
cluster)
Fuel gauge
sender
unit
Fuel gauge sender unit resistance
FUEL_SEN_M ohm
is displayed. Rear body
control
module
(RBCM)
Fuel gauge
sender
unit (sub)
Displays the fuel gauge sender
FUEL_SEN_S *4 ohm Rear body
unit (sub) resistance value.
control
module
(RBCM)
Instrument
Off (Day): TNS cluster
switch is off.
I_ILLUMI_M Off (Day)/On (Night) Front body
On (Night): TNS control
switch is on. module
(FBCM)
O.K.: Cluster
switch is normal.
MULTI_SW_ST O.K./FAULT Cluster switch
FAULT: Cluster
switch is
malfunctioning.
Displays the rolling count of the Odometer (instrument

ODO_CNT km, ft, mi
odometer. cluster)

Off: Parking brake

not applied
P_BRAKE_SW Off/On Parking brake switch
On: Parking brake
applied
ATX:
ATX:
Transaxle
Off: Selector lever
range
is in R position.
sensor
On: Selector lever (TCM)
is in R position.
R_GEAR_SW Off/On TCM
MTX:
MTX:
Off: Back-up light
Back-up
switch is off.
light
On: Back-up light switch
switch is on.
PCM
ATX:
Transaxle
range
sensor
Off: Back-up light (TCM)
is turned off.
TCM
On: Back-up light
is turned on. Instrument
R_LMP Off/On/Unknown/Fault cluster
Unknown: Back-
up light signal is MTX:
not determined.
Back-up
Fault: Back-up light
light malfunction switch
PCM
Instrument
cluster
Vehicle speed is displayed. (100 % Speedometer (instrument

SPEEDOMTR %
= 300 km/h {186 mph}) cluster)
Displays the engine speed. (100 % Tachometer (instrument

TACHOMTR %
= 10,000 rpm) cluster)
Cumulative elapsed time since

TOTAL_TIME hh:mm:ss Instrument cluster
vehicle completion is displayed.
Off: Tire pressure

monitoring
system set switch
is off. Tire pressure monitoring
TPMS_CAL_SW Off/On
system set switch
On: Tire pressure
monitoring
system set switch
is on.
Instrument
cluster
VPWR V Displays the power supply voltage.
IG1 relay
Battery
*1
With AFS
*2
ATX
*3
With BSM
*4
AWD
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select IC.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Simulation
Unit/Operation Data contents Output part name
item
On: Warning alarm sounds. Warning alarm (instrument

ALARM On/Off
cluster)
Off: Warning alarm does not sound.
Off: Turns off the LCD.

LCD_SEG Off/On LCD (instrument cluster)
On: Fully displays LCD.
Off: Moves speedometer needle to

the bottom-most position.
60 Km/h: Moves speedometer

Off/60
needle to approx. 5862 km/h Speedometer (instrument
SPEEDOMTR Km/h/120
{3639 mph}. cluster)
Km/h
120 Km/h: Moves speedometer
needle to 117123 km/h {72.8
76.4 mph}.
Off: Moves tachometer needle to

the bottom-most position.
Off/3000
3000 RPM: Moves tachometer Tachometer (instrument
TACHOMTR RPM/6000
needle to approx. 3,050 rpm. cluster)
RPM
6000 RPM: Moves tachometer
needle to approx. 6,100 rpm.
Off: Turns off all warning lights,

indicator lights. Warning lights, indicator
WL+IL Off/On
lights (instrument cluster)
On: Illuminates all warning lights,
indicator lights.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id0902i3960000.html[1/7/13 3:06:49 PM]


< Previous Next >

*1

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CMDTC Self Test
M-MDS.

4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the BSM control module (LH) or (RH).
(See CLEARING DTC [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
ODDTC Self Test
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select BSML or BSMR.

4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the BSM control module (LH) or (RH).
(See CLEARING DTC [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
BSM Control Module (LH)
BSM Self
Fail-
OFF Drive test Memory
DTC No. Description safe Page
indicator cycle function
function type*1
light
BSM indicator
light (LH)
B118C:11 Flash C, D (See DTC B118C:11 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
circuit
malfunction
BSM indicator
light (LH)
B118C:15 Flash C, D (See DTC B118C:15 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
circuit
malfunction
Module
communication
U0001:88 Flash C
error (HS-
CAN)
Communication
U0100:00 Flash C
error with PCM
Communication
U0131:00 Flash error with EPS C
control module
(See DTC
Communication U0001:88/U0100:00/U0131:00/U0155:00/U0214:00/U0232:00/U0233:00
error with [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
U0155:00 Flash C
instrument
cluster
Communication
U0214:00 Flash error with start C
stop unit
Communication
error with BSM
U0233:00 Flash C
control module
(RH)
Error signal
U0401:68 Flash received from C (See DTC U0401:68 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
PCM
Error signal
received from

U0420:68 Flash C (See DTC U0420:68 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)

EPS control
module
Error signal
received from
instrument
cluster
Error signal
start stop unit
Error signal
received from
BSM control
module (RH)
Electrical
malfunction
U3000:01 Flash C, D (See DTC U3000:01 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
inside BSM
control module
BSM control
module
internal
malfunction
BSM control
module (LH)
U3000:4A C (See DTC U3000:4A [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
assembly
malfunction
Radar
U3000:97 performance C (See DTC U3000:97 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
malfunction
BSM control
module low
power supply
voltage input
(less than 9
V)
BSM control
module high
power supply
voltage input
(16 V or
more)
*1
BSM Control Module (RH)
BSM
Fail- Self
OFF Drive test Memory
DTC No. Description safe Page

indicator cycle function

function type*1
light
BSM indicator
light (RH)
B118D:11 Flash C, D (See DTC B118D:11 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
circuit
malfunction
BSM indicator
light (RH)
B118D:15 Flash C, D (See DTC B118D:15 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
circuit
malfunction
Module
communication
U0001:88 Flash C
error (HS-
CAN)
Communication
U0100:00 Flash C
error with PCM
Communication
U0131:00 Flash error with EPS C
control module
(See DTC
Communication U0001:88/U0100:00/U0131:00/U0155:00/U0214:00/U0232:00/U0233:00
error with [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
U0155:00 Flash C
instrument
cluster
Communication
U0214:00 Flash error with start C
stop unit
Communication
error with BSM
U0232:00 Flash C
control module
(LH)
Error signal
PCM
Error signal
received from
EPS control
module
Error signal
received from
instrument
cluster
Error signal
start stop unit
Error signal
received from
BSM control
module (LH)

Electrical
malfunction
inside BSM
control module
BSM control
module
internal
malfunction
BSM control
module (RH)
U3000:4A C (See DTC U3000:4A [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
assembly
malfunction
Radar
U3000:97 performance C (See DTC U3000:97 [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
malfunction
BSM control
module low
power supply
voltage input
(less than 9
V)
BSM control
module high
power supply
voltage input
(16 V or
more)
*1
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction BSM indicator light (LH) circuit malfunction
location
While the BSM indicator light (LH) is operated, the BSM control module (LH)
monitors the BSM indicator light (LH) load voltage. Increase in the monitored
Detection
BSM indicator light (LH) load voltage is the specified value or more, and the
condition
BSM control module (LH) determined that there is a short to ground in the
BSM indicator light (LH) circuit.
Fail-safe BSM is stopped.
Malfunction in power outer mirror (LH) connector or terminal
Malfunction in BSM control module (LH) connector or terminal
Short to ground in wiring harness between BSM control module (LH) terminal
Possible D and power outer mirror (LH) terminal D
cause
Power outer mirror (LH) malfunction
BSM indicator light (LH) malfunction
BSM control module (LH) malfunction

INSPECT POWER OUTER MIRROR (LH)



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the power outer mirror (LH)

connector.

INSPECT BSM CONTROL MODULE (LH)

Disconnect the BSM control module


(LH) connector.
to Step 6.
INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (LH) CIRCUIT

Verify that the BSM control module
(LH) and power outer mirror (LH)
Inspect for continuity between power

outer mirror (LH) terminal D (vehicle

Inspect the power outer mirror (LH).
(See POWER OUTER MIRROR No Replace the power outer mirror (LH), then
INSPECTION .) go to Step 6.
Is the power outer mirror (LH) normal? (See POWER OUTER MIRROR
INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (LH)

Inspect the BSM indicator light (LH).
(See OUTER MIRROR GLASS No Replace the outer mirror glass (LH), then
INSPECTION .) go to the next step.
Is the BSM indicator light (LH) normal? (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .)
(See OUTER MIRROR GLASS

INSTALLATION .)

replace the BSM control
Reconnect the disconnected negative module (LH), then go to
battery cable. the next step.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See BLIND SPOT

DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION MONITORING (BSM)
Clear the BSM control module (LH)
(See CLEARING DTC [BLIND SPOT
MONITORING (BSM)] .)


BSM control module (LH) using the M-
MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [BLIND SPOT


(See DTC TABLE [BLIND SPOT MONITORING

(BSM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction BSM indicator light (LH) circuit malfunction
location
While the BSM indicator light (LH) is operated, the BSM control module (LH)
monitors the BSM indicator light (LH) load voltage. Decrease in the BSM
Detection
indicator light (LH) load voltage is the specified value or less, and the BSM
condition
control module (LH) determined that there is a short to power supply or an
open circuit in the BSM indicator light (LH) circuit.
Open circuit in wiring harness between power outer mirror (LH) terminal G and
body ground
Short to power supply in wiring harness between BSM control module (LH)
Possible terminal D and power outer mirror (LH) terminal D
cause
Power outer mirror (LH) malfunction
BSM indicator light (LH) malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between BSM control module (LH) terminal D
and power outer mirror (LH) terminal D




[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the power outer mirror (LH)

connector.

INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (LH) GROUND

Verify that the power outer mirror (LH)


outer mirror (LH) terminal G (vehicle


(LH) connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go
to Step 8.
INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (LH) SIGNAL

4 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.

(LH) and power outer mirror (LH) No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Step 8.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

on).
Measure the voltage at power outer

mirror (LH) terminal D (vehicle wiring
harness side).
Is the voltage 0 V?

Inspect the power outer mirror (LH).
(See POWER OUTER MIRROR No Replace the power outer mirror (LH), then
Is the power outer mirror (LH) normal? (See POWER OUTER MIRROR
INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (LH)

Inspect the BSM indicator light (LH).
(See OUTER MIRROR GLASS No Replace the outer mirror glass (LH), then
Is the BSM indicator light (LH) normal? (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .)


INSTALLATION .)
INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (LH) SIGNAL


(LH) and power outer mirror (LH) No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
connectors are disconnected. has an open circuit, then go to the next
step.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Inspect for continuity between BSM

control module (LH) terminal D
(vehicle wiring harness side) and
power outer mirror (LH) terminal D

Reconnect the disconnected negative module (LH), then go to

Clear the BSM control module (LH)

BSM control module (LH) using the M-
MDS.



(BSM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction BSM indicator light (RH) circuit malfunction
location
While the BSM indicator light (RH) is operated, the BSM control module (RH)
monitors the BSM indicator light (RH) load voltage. Increase in the monitored
Detection
BSM indicator light (RH) load voltage is the specified value or more, and the
condition
BSM control module (RH) determined that there is a short to ground in the
BSM indicator light (RH) circuit.
Malfunction in power outer mirror (RH) connector or terminal
Malfunction in BSM control module (RH) connector or terminal
Short to ground in wiring harness between BSM control module (RH) terminal
Possible D and power outer mirror (RH) terminal D
cause
Power outer mirror (RH) malfunction
BSM indicator light (RH) malfunction
BSM control module (RH) malfunction

INSPECT POWER OUTER MIRROR (RH)



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the power outer mirror

(RH) connector.

INSPECT BSM CONTROL MODULE (RH)



(RH) connector.
to Step 6.
INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (RH) CIRCUIT

(RH) and power outer mirror (RH)

outer mirror (RH) terminal D (vehicle

Inspect the power outer mirror (RH).
(See POWER OUTER MIRROR No Replace the power outer mirror (RH), then
Is the power outer mirror (RH) (See POWER OUTER MIRROR

normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (RH)

Inspect the BSM indicator light (RH).
(See OUTER MIRROR GLASS No Replace the outer mirror glass (RH), then
Is the BSM indicator light (RH) normal? (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .)

INSTALLATION .)

Reconnect the disconnected negative module (RH), then go to

Clear the BSM control module (RH)


BSM control module (RH) using the M-
MDS.

Is DTC B118D:11 displayed?


(BSM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction BSM indicator light (RH) circuit malfunction
location
While the BSM indicator light (RH) is operated, the BSM control module (RH)
monitors the BSM indicator light (RH) load voltage. Decrease in the BSM
Detection
indicator light (RH) load voltage is the specified value or less, and the BSM
condition
control module (RH) determined that there is a short to power supply or an
open circuit in the BSM indicator light (RH) circuit.
Open circuit in wiring harness between power outer mirror (RH) terminal G and
body ground
Short to power supply in wiring harness between BSM control module (RH)
Possible terminal D and power outer mirror (RH) terminal D
cause
Power outer mirror (RH) malfunction
BSM indicator light (RH) malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between BSM control module (RH) terminal D
and power outer mirror (RH) terminal D




[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the power outer mirror

(RH) connector.

INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (RH) GROUND

Verify that the power outer mirror (RH)


outer mirror (RH) terminal G (vehicle


(RH) connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go
to Step 8.
INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (RH) SIGNAL


(RH) and power outer mirror (RH) No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Step 8.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

on).
Measure the voltage at power outer

mirror (RH) terminal D (vehicle wiring
harness side).
Is the voltage 0 V?

Inspect the power outer mirror (RH).
(See POWER OUTER MIRROR No Replace the power outer mirror (RH), then
Is the power outer mirror (RH) (See POWER OUTER MIRROR

INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (RH)

Inspect the BSM indicator light (RH).
(See OUTER MIRROR GLASS No Replace the outer mirror glass (RH), then
Is the BSM indicator light (RH) normal? (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .)


INSTALLATION .)
INSPECT BSM INDICATOR LIGHT (RH) SIGNAL


(RH) and power outer mirror (RH) No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
connectors are disconnected. has an open circuit, then go to the next
step.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Inspect for continuity between BSM

control module (RH) (vehicle wiring
harness side) terminal D and power
outer mirror (RH) terminal D (vehicle

Reconnect the disconnected negative module (RH), then go to

Clear the BSM control module (RH)

BSM control module (RH) using the M-
MDS.



(BSM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
DTC U0001:88/U0100:00/U0131:00/U0155:00/U0214:00/U0232:00/U0233:00 [BLIND SPOT

MONITORING (BSM)]
U0001:88
U0100:00
U0131:00
Communication error with EPS control module

System U0155:00
malfunction
location Communication error with instrument cluster
U0214:00
U0232:00
Communication error with BSM control module (LH)
U0233:00
Communication error with BSM control module (RH)
U0001:88
The BSM control module detected a CAN bus

communication line (HS-CAN) malfunction.
U0100:00
The BSM control module could not receive a CAN

signal from the PCM.
U0131:00

signal from the EPS control module.
U0155:00
Detection
condition The BSM control module could not receive a CAN
signal from the instrument cluster.

U0214:00

signal from the start stop unit.
U0232:00
The BSM control module (RH) could not receive a CAN

signal from the BSM control module (LH).
U0233:00
The BSM control module (LH) could not receive a CAN

signal from the BSM control module (RH).
U0001:88
BSM is stopped.
U0100:00
BSM is stopped.
U0131:00
BSM is stopped.
U0155:00
Fail-safe
BSM is stopped.
U0214:00
BSM is stopped.
U0232:00
BSM is stopped.
U0233:00
BSM is stopped.
Malfunction in CAN communication line between PCM and BSM control

module
Malfunction in CAN communication line between EPS control module

and BSM control module
Possible cause Malfunction in CAN communication line between instrument cluster and
BSM control module
Malfunction in CAN communication line between start stop unit and

BSM control module
Malfunction in CAN communication line between BSM control module

(RH) and BSM control module (LH)

System wiring

diagram
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Error signal received from PCM
location
The BSM control module received an error signal from the

Detection condition
PCM.
Possible cause PCM malfunction
BSM control module malfunction
VERIFY PCM DTCs

PERFORM DTC INSPECTION AND VERIFY

2 IF MALFUNCTIONING PART IS PCM Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
Clear BSM control module (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G

DTCs using the M-MDS. 2.0].)
(See CLEARING DTC [BLIND

No Go to Step 4.
SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)

the BSM control module using
the M-MDS.

(See DTC INSPECTION [BLIND


Clear BSM control module If the malfunction recurs, replace

DTCs using the M-MDS. the BSM control module, then go
to the next step.
SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .) (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING
(BSM) CONTROL MODULE
Perform the DTC inspection for REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the M-MDS.

(See DTC TABLE [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Error signal received from EPS control module
location
The BSM control module received an error signal from the EPS
Detection condition
control module.
Possible cause EPS control module malfunction
System wiring

diagram

BOARD DIAGNOSIS .)

2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS EPS CONTROL Yes Replace the EPS control module, then go to the
MODULE next step.
Clear BSM control module DTCs (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN

No Go to Step 4.


BSM control module using the M-
MDS.


Clear BSM control module DTCs If the malfunction recurs,

using the M-MDS. replace the BSM control
module, then go to the next
(See CLEARING DTC [BLIND SPOT step.
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING
Perform the DTC inspection for the (BSM) CONTROL MODULE
BSM control module using the M- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [BLIND SPOT No Go to the next step.



(BSM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Error signal received from instrument cluster
location
The BSM control module received an error signal from the

Detection condition
instrument cluster.
System wiring

diagram

(See DTC INSPECTION


2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS INSTRUMENT Yes Replace the instrument cluster, then go to the
CLUSTER next step.
Clear BSM control module DTCs (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER


No Go to Step 4.


BSM control module using the M-
MDS.



Perform the DTC inspection for the (BSM) CONTROL MODULE
BSM control module using the M- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [BLIND No Go to the next step.



(BSM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Error signal received from start stop unit
location
The BSM control module received an error signal from the start
Detection condition
stop unit.
System wiring

diagram

MDS. (See DTC TABLE [START STOP UNIT] .)

STOP UNIT] .)

2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS START STOP Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to the next
UNIT step.
Clear BSM control module DTCs (See START STOP UNIT


No Go to Step 4.


the M-MDS.



Perform the DTC inspection for (BSM) CONTROL MODULE
the BSM control module using REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [BLIND No Go to the next step.



(BSM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Error signal received from BSM control module (LH)
location
The BSM control module (RH) received an error signal from the BSM
Detection condition
control module (LH).

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram

1 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS BSM CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the BSM control module (LH),
Clear the BSM control module (RH) DTCs (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)
using the M-MDS. CONTROL MODULE
No Go to Step 3.
Perform the DTC inspection for the BSM
control module (RH) using the M-MDS.


2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS BSM CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the BSM control module (RH),
Clear the BSM control module (RH) DTCs (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)


control module (RH) using the M-MDS.


(See DTC TABLE [BLIND SPOT

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Error signal received from BSM control module (RH)
location
The BSM control module (LH) received an error signal from the BSM
Detection condition
control module (RH).

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram

1 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS BSM CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the BSM control module (RH),
Clear the BSM control module (LH) DTCs (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)
No Go to Step 3.
control module (LH) using the M-MDS.


2 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS BSM CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the BSM control module (LH),
Clear the BSM control module (LH) DTCs (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)


control module (LH) using the M-MDS.


(See DTC TABLE [BLIND SPOT

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Electrical malfunction inside BSM control module
location
An electrical malfunction inside BSM control module is

Detection condition
detected.
Possible cause BSM control module malfunction

1 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS BSM CONTROL Yes Replace the BSM control module, then go
MODULE to the next step.
Clear BSM control module DTCs using (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)
the M-MDS. CONTROL MODULE



(BSM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
BSM control module internal malfunction
location
The BSM control module detected a malfunction inside the voltage

Detection condition
control oscillator.
Possible cause BSM control module malfunction
System wiring

diagram

1 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS BSM CONTROL Yes Replace the BSM control module, then go
MODULE to the next step.
Clear BSM control module DTCs using (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)
the M-MDS. CONTROL MODULE



(BSM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction BSM control module assembly malfunction
location
Detection The left and right BSM control modules are installed in reverse, or an open
condition circuit is detected in the BSM control module circuit.
Fail-safe
The BSM control modules (LH) and (RH) are installed in reverse.
BSM control module (LH) terminal A and body ground

Possible cause
BSM control module (LH) terminal E and body ground
Open circuit in wiring harness between BSM control module (RH) terminal A
and body ground

VERIFY IF LEFT AND RIGHT BSM CONTROL MODULES

1 ARE INSTALLED IN REVERSE Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the left and right indication

No Install the BSM control modules in their
labels are attached to the BSM control
proper positions, then go to Step 6.
modules.
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)

CONTROL MODULE
Are the left and right BSM control modules

INSPECT BSM CONTROL MODULE (LH) CONNECTOR



G 2.0].)
Disconnect the BSM control module (LH)

connector.

INSPECT BSM CONTROL MODULE (LH) CIRCUIT FOR

Verify that the BSM control module (LH)

connector is disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
side) and body ground for continuity.
BSM control module (LH)

terminal A

terminal E
INSPECT BSM CONTROL MODULE (RH) CONNECTOR

Disconnect the BSM control module (RH)

to Step 6.
INSPECT BSM CONTROL MODULE (RH) CIRCUIT FOR

Verify that the BSM control module (RH)

connector is disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Inspect for continuity between BSM step.
control module (RH) terminal A (vehicle


DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV- MONITORING (BSM)
G 2.0].) CONTROL MODULE

Clear BSM control module DTCs using the
M-MDS.


Is DTC U3000:4A displayed?


(BSM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Radar performance malfunction
location
BSM control module internal radar sensor sensitivity is decreased.

Detection condition
BSM control module internal radar sensor axis is deviated.
Fail-safe
Rear bumper malfunction (Dirt or foreign material (reflective

object) is adhered.)
BSM control module malfunction (Dirt or foreign material (reflective

Possible cause object) is adhered.)
Concavity and convexity on the surface of the repaired rear bumper
System wiring

diagram
INSPECT REAR BUMPER SURFACE

Visually inspect the rear
bumper surface for the
following: No Remove dirt or foreign material (reflective object),
then go to Step 4.
Dirt
Adhered
foreign
material
(reflective
object)
Is the rear bumper normal?

INSPECT AREA AROUND BSM CONTROL

2 MODULE Yes Go to the next step.
Visually inspect the area

around the BSM control No Remove dirt or foreign material (reflective object),
module for the following: then go to Step 4.
Dirt
Adhered
foreign
material
(reflective
object)
Is the area around the BSM

control module normal?
VERIFY REAR BUMPER REPAIR HISTORY

Verify if the rear bumper had
been repaired or repainted
before. No Replace the rear bumper, then go to the next step.
(See REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Is the paint Mazda genuine?


to the next step.
Perform the DTC inspection for REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction BSM control module low power supply voltage input (less than 9 V)
location
Detection BSM control module power supply voltage of less than 9 V is detected
condition for 10 s or more.
Battery malfunction
Possible cause BSM control module power supply circuit malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between C/U IG1 15

A fuse and BSM control module terminal B
Open circuit in wiring harness between IG1 relay and

BSM control module terminal B

VERIFY PCM DTCs

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

INSPECT BATTERY

G 2.0].) to Step 7.

2.0].)

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT GENERATOR

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

(LH) connector.



to Step 7.
VERIFY BSM CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY


No Inspect the C/U IG1 15 A fuse.
connectors.


Repair or
replace
the
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
wiring
Display PID VPWR_IG1 using the M- harness
MDS. which is
shorted
[BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .) ground.

the fuse.
Replace
the fuse.
Repair or
replace
the
wiring
harness
which
has an
open
circuit.


Clear BSM control module DTCs using
the M-MDS.


BSM control module using the M-MDS.




(BSM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
BSM control module high power supply voltage input (16 V or more)
location
BSM control module power supply voltage of 16 V or more is

Detection condition
detected for 10 s or more.
Battery malfunction
Possible cause
System wiring

diagram
VERIFY PCM DTCs

INSPECT BATTERY

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
(See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-
Is the battery normal? G 2.0].)
INSPECT GENERATOR


(See GENERATOR INSPECTION No Replace the generator, then go to the next step.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)


to the next step.
Switch the ignition ON (engine REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
more.
the M-MDS.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
NOTE:
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
: Not applicable
PID name Unit/Status Data contents Inspection item(s)
On: BSM is operated.

BSM_ST On/Off BSM control module (LH)
Off: BSM is not operated.
Number of DTCs stored in the BSM control

DTC_CNT BSM control module (LH)
module (LH) is displayed.
ATX:
Not_R: Selector lever is in

position other than R. ATX:
R: Selector lever is in R Transaxle range

position. sensor (TCM)
SHIFT_R Not_R/R
MTX: MTX:
Not_R: Shift lever is in position Back-up light

other than reverse. switch
R: Shift lever is in reverse

position.
SWA_POS (deg) Steering angle is displayed. Steering angle sensor
On: Turn switch is in LH

position.
TURN_SW_L On/Off Turn Switch
Off: Turn switch is in position
other than LH.
On: Turn switch is in RH

position.
TURN_SW_R On/Off Turn Switch
other than RH.

BSM control
module (LH)
BSM control module (LH) power supply voltage is
VPWR_IG1 V
displayed. IG1 relay
Battery
Off: BSM indicator light (LH) is

not illuminated.
WRN_IND_L Off/On BSM indicator light (LH)
On: BSM indicator light (LH) is
illuminated.
: Not applicable
PID name Unit/Status Data contents Inspection item(s)
On: BSM OFF indicator light is

BSM OFF switch
illuminated.
BSM_OFF_IL On/Off Instrument
Off: BSM OFF indicator light is
cluster
not illuminated.
On: BSM is operated.

BSM_ST On/Off BSM control module (RH)
Off: BSM is not operated.
BSM control
On: BSM buzzer is operated. module
Buzzer On/Off
Off: BSM buzzer is not operated. Instrument
cluster
Number of DTCs stored in the BSM control

DTC_CNT BSM control module (RH)
module (RH) is displayed.
ATX:
Not_R: Selector lever is in

position other than R. ATX:
R: Selector lever is in R Transaxle range

position. sensor (TCM)
SHIFT_R Not_R/R
MTX: MTX:

Not_R: Shift lever is in position Back-up light

other than reverse. switch
R: Shift lever is in reverse

position.
SWA_POS (deg) Steering angle is displayed. Steering angle sensor
On: Turn switch is in LH

position.
TURN_SW_L On/Off Turn Switch
other than LH.
On: Turn switch is in RH

position.
TURN_SW_R On/Off Turn Switch
other than RH.
BSM control
module (RH)
BSM control module (RH) power supply voltage is
VPWR_IG1 V
displayed. IG1 relay
Battery
Off: BSM indicator light (RH) is

not illuminated.
WRN_IND_R Off/On BSM indicator light (RH)
On: BSM indicator light (RH) is
illuminated.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Command
name
OFF: Does not input vehicle speed.

BSM control module
VSPD OFF/ON ON: Inputs vehicle speed of 34 km/h (LH)
{21 mph}.
Off: Turns off BSM indicator light (LH).

BSM indicator light
WRN_IND_L Off/On
On: Illuminates BSM indicator light (LH)
(LH).
Command
name
On: Illuminates BSM OFF

indicator light. BSM OFF indicator light
BSM_OFF_IL On/Off
(Instrument cluster)
On: Turns off BSM OFF
indicator light.
On: Operates BSM warning

alarm. BSM warning alarm
Buzzer On/Off
(Instrument cluster)
Off: Stops BSM warning alarm.
OFF: Does not input vehicle

speed.
VSPD OFF/ON BSM control module (RH)

ON: Inputs vehicle speed of 34

km/h {21 mph}.
Off: Turns off BSM indicator

light (RH).
WRN_IND_R Off/On BSM indicator light (RH)
On: Illuminates BSM indicator
light (RH).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >




< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


*1
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CMDTC Self Test
M-MDS.

4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the front body control module (FBCM).
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
ODDTC Self Test
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select F_BCM.

4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the front body control module (FBCM).
Snapshot data
Snapshot data table

Corresponding
Snapshot data
item
items
AAT C F Ambient temperature -
Accelerator Pedal
APP_STATUS Accelerator pedal position status -

CFG_STATUS Configuration status -
Error
Under 0 degrees C/
ECT_STATUS 0-Under 80 degrees C/ Engine coolant temperature status -
Over 80 degrees C/FAIL

IC_VPWR V -
voltage

IG-ON_TIMER hh:mm:ss -
Accessory (Position 1)/

Push button start power position
PWR_MODE_KEY -
Post Ignition (Position 1)/ switching status
Running (Position 2)/

Engine
RPM_STATUS Engine speed status -
SHIFT_STATUS P/N/D/R/FAIL Selector lever position status -

TOTAL_DIST Km miles -


NOTE:
When the ROOM

TOTAL_TIME hh:mm:ss fuse is removed, -
or the ignition is
switched off
(LOCK), the time
is not included in
the elapsed time.
Front body control module (FBCM)

VPWR V VPWR_IG
power supply malfunction
Stop/
0-10km/h/
Over10km/h/
FAIL
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select F_BCM.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Fail- Self
light cycle *1 function
function type
Windshield
wiper control
B1008:02 C, D (See DTC B1008:02 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
signal
mismatch
Windshield
wiper (LO)
switch signal
mismatch
Brake fluid
level sensor
B1048:7B C, D (See DTC B1048:7B [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
circuit
malfunction
LIN
B1088:88 communication C, D (See DTC B1088:88 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
error
DRL relay
B1092:11 *2 circuit C, D (See DTC B1092:11 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Autostop
B1095:72 switch circuit C, D
malfunction
(See DTC B1095:72/B1095:73 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)
Autostop
B1095:73 switch circuit C, D
malfunction
Headlight HI
B109A:12 relay circuit C, D (See DTC B109A:12 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Headlight HI
B109A:14 relay circuit C, D (See DTC B109A:14 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Light switch
B10A6:64 error signal C, D (See DTC B10A6:64 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
received
Headlight LO
B10A8:12 *2 relay circuit C, D (See DTC B10A8:12 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Error signal
received from
B10AD:86*3 auto-light C, D (See DTC B10AD:86 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
sensor/rain

sensor
Blower relay
B10AF:12 circuit C, D (See DTC B10AF:12 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Front body
control module
(FBCM) power
supply voltage
(+IG1 power
supply) input
circuit
malfunction
IG2 power
supply control
circuit
malfunction
Illumination
B1314:11 output circuit C, D (See DTC B1314:11 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Headlight
B134D:02 control signal C, D (See DTC B134D:02 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
error
Headlight LO
B13AF:62 signal C, D (See DTC B13AF:62 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
mismatch
IG2 power
supply output
B13CF:19 C, D (See DTC B13CF:19 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
circuit
malfunction
TNS circuit
B13D0:11 C, D (See DTC B13D0:11 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Front fog light

B13D2:12 *4 relay circuit C, D (See DTC B13D2:12 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Headlight LO
relay (RH)
B13FE:12 *5 C, D (See DTC B13FE:12 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
circuit
malfunction
Headlight LO
relay (RH)
B13FE:14 *5 C, D (See DTC B13FE:14 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
circuit
malfunction
Headlight LO
relay (LH)
B141E:12 *5 C, D (See DTC B141E:12 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
circuit
malfunction
Washer motor
B1C79:97 switch circuit C, D (See DTC B1C79:97 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Rear window
defroster
B1C84:12 C, D (See DTC B1C84:12 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
circuit
malfunction

Rear window
defroster
B1C84:14 C, D (See DTC B1C84:14 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
circuit
malfunction
Turn light (LH)

B1D06:11 circuit C, D (See DTC B1D06:11 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Turn light (LH)

malfunction
Turn light (RH)

malfunction
Turn light (RH)

malfunction
Parking light
C1126:11 (LH/RH) circuit C, D (See DTC C1126:11 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Parking light
C1126:13 (LH/RH) circuit C, D (See DTC C1126:13 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
malfunction
Module
communication
U0001:88 C, D
error (HS-
CAN)
Communication
U0100:00 C, D
error with PCM

U0101:00 *6 C, D
error with TCM U0001:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0121:00/U0155:00/U0214:00/U0515:00
[FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Communication
U0121:00 error with DSC C, D
HU/CM
Communication
error with
U0155:00 C, D
instrument
cluster
Communication
error between
U0164:68 *7 C, D (See DTC U0164:68 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
climate control
unit

U0214:00 error with start C, D U0001:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0121:00/U0155:00/U0214:00/U0515:00
stop unit [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Communication
error with
U0231:68 *3 auto-light C, D (See DTC U0231:68 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
sensor/rain
sensor
Error light
switch signal

U0338:09 C, D (See DTC U0338:09 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)

received from
start stop unit
Error signal
U0401:68 received from C, D (See DTC U0401:68 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
PCM
SAS control
(See DTC
module
U0515:00 C, D U0001:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0121:00/U0155:00/U0214:00/U0515:00
communication
[FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
error
Error vehicle
speed signal
U2005:68 C, D (See DTC U2005:68 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
received from
PCM
Front body
control module
U2100:00 (FBCM) C, D (See DTC U2100:00 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
configuration
error
Front body
control module
configuration
error
Front body
control module
internal
malfunction
Front body
control module
configuration
error
Front body
control module
(FBCM) power
U3003:16 supply voltage C, D (See DTC U3003:16 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
(+B power
supply) low
input
Front body
control module
(FBCM) power
U3003:17 supply voltage C, D (See DTC U3003:17 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
(+B power
supply) high
input
Front body
control module
U3006:62 (FBCM) power C, D (See DTC U3006:62 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
supply voltage
mismatch
*1

*2
With headlights (halogen type)

*3
With auto-light sensor
*4
With front fog lights

*5
With headlights (discharge type)
*6
ATX
*7
With manual A/C
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Windshield wiper control signal mismatch
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) receives error signals from the
condition start stop unit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram

1 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS START STOP UNIT Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to
the next step.
Clear DTC for the front body control
module (FBCM) using the M-MDS. (See START STOP UNIT
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY
No Go to Step 3.
on).
Perform the DTC inspection for the front

body control module (FBCM) using the
M-MDS.


2 Yes Replace the front body control module

Clear the front body control module (FBCM), then go to the next step.
(FBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY (FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

on).
Perform the front body control module

(FBCM) DTC inspection using the M-
MDS.


(See DTC TABLE [FRONT BODY CONTROL

MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Windshield wiper (LO) switch signal mismatch
location
The front body control module (FBCM) and start stop unit signals are
Detection
compared and it is detected that the signals do not match for 5 s or more
condition
Fail-safe
Wiper switch malfunction
Short circuit to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit and front
Possible body control module (FBCM)
cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit and front body control
module (FBCM)
Short to power supply in wiring harness between start stop unit and front

INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS START

1 STOP UNIT OR FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to Step 3.
(FBCM)
Display start stop unit PID No Go to the next step.

WIP_F_LOW using the M-MDS.

INSPECTION [START STOP UNIT] .)
Verify the PID while operating the

wiper switch.

Is the PID WIP_F_LOW displayed

normally?
INSPECT WIPER SWITCH

2 Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to Step
Inspect the wiper switch. 7.
(See WINDSHIELD WIPER AND (See START STOP UNIT

WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is the wiper switch normal?

No Replace the wiper and washer switch, then go
to Step 7.

INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS FRONT

3 BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) OR WIRING Yes Go to the next step.
HARNESS
No Perform the CAN malfunction
Display the front body control
diagnosis flow and inspect
module (FBCM) PID WIP_F using
the CAN for a malfunction.
the M-MDS.
(See CONTROLLER AREA
NETWORK (CAN)
INSPECTION [FRONT BODY CONTROL
MALFUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
FLOW .)
wiper switch. If there is no malfunction in
the CAN, replace the front
Is the PID WIP_F displayed body control module (FBCM),
normally? then go to Step 7.
(See FRONT BODY CONTROL

MODULE (FBCM)
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN

4 WIPER SWITCH AND FRONT BODY CONTROL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go
MODULE (FBCM) to Step 7.
Switch the wiper switch off.

Inspect for continuity between front
terminal 2Y and body ground.
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN WIPER

5 SWITCH AND FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go
(FBCM) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT to Step 7.
Disconnect the front body control

module (FBCM) connector. No Go to the next step.

connector.


terminal 2Y and start stop unit
terminal 1V.
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY

6 BETWEEN WIPER SWITCH AND FRONT BODY Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)
Verify that the start stop unit and No Repair or replace the wiring harness and go
front body control module (FBCM) to the next step.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

or on).
Measure the voltage at front body

control module (FBCM) terminal 2Y
Is the voltage 0 V?

Clear the front body control module (FBCM), then go to the next step.
(See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Perform the front body control

module (FBCM) DTC inspection
using the M-MDS.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Brake fluid level sensor circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detected that the brake fluid level is less
condition than MIN with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Insufficient brake fluid level
Brake fluid level sensor connector or terminal malfunction

Possible cause
Short to ground in wiring harness between brake fluid level sensor terminal B and
front body control module (FBCM) terminal 2Q
Brake fluid level sensor malfunction

VERIFY FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) DTCs

1 AGAIN Yes Go to the next step.
Clear DTC for the front body control module

(FBCM) using the M-MDS. No Go to Step 8.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY CONTROL

MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Perform the DTC inspection for the front body

control module (FBCM) using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [FRONT BODY CONTROL

MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Is DTC B1048:7B displayed?
INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

Inspect the brake fluid level.
(See BRAKE FLUID INSPECTION .) No Add genuine brake fluid, then go to Step 7.
Is the brake fluid level normal?
INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR CONNECTOR


No Repair or replace the connector, then go to
Disconnect the negative battery cable. Step 7.

2.0].)
Disconnect the brake fluid level sensor

connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)

Disconnect the front body control module

(FBCM) connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to
Step 7.
disconnection.

INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT

5 FOR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
go to Step 7.
Verify that the brake fluid level sensor and
front body control module (FBCM) connectors
are disconnected. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between front body

control module (FBCM) terminal 2Q (vehicle
wiring harness) and body ground.
INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR

Inspect the brake fluid level sensor.
(See BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR INSPECTION .) No Replace the brake fluid level sensor, then go
to the next step.
Is the brake fluid level sensor normal?
(See MASTER CYLINDER

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery replace the front body
cable. control module (FBCM),
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G (See FRONT BODY CONTROL
2.0].) MODULE (FBCM)
Clear DTC for the front body control module
(FBCM) using the M-MDS.
MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Is DTC B1048:7B displayed?


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
LIN communication error
location
LIN bus communication line malfunction detected for 1 s or

Detection condition
more
Fail-safe
Malfunction in LIN bus communication line

Possible cause
VERIFY FRONT BODY

1 CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) Yes A malfunction in LIN bus communication line can be considered.
DTCs AGAIN
Repair or replace the wiring harness between
Clear front body the climate control unit and front body control
control module module (FBCM), then go to the next step.
(FBCM) DTCs (With manual A/C)
using the M-MDS.
Repair or replace the wiring harness between
(See CLEARING the auto-light sensor/rain sensor and front
DTC [FRONT BODY body control module (FBCM), then go to the
CONTROL MODULE next step. (With Auto Light System)
(FBCM)] .)
No Go to Step 3.
Switch the
ignition ON
(engine off or on)
and wait for 1 s
or more.
Perform the front

body control
module (FBCM)

DTC inspection
using the M-MDS.
(See DTC
INSPECTION
[FRONT BODY
CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)
Is DTC B1088:88
displayed?
VERIFY THAT REPAIRS HAVE

2 BEEN COMPLETED Yes Replace the front body control module (FBCM), then go to the
next step.
Clear front body
control module (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)
(FBCM) DTCs REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING No Go to the next step.

DTC [FRONT BODY
CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)
Switch the
ignition ON
(engine off or on)
and wait for 1 s
or more.
Perform the front

body control
module (FBCM)
DTC inspection
using the M-MDS.
(See DTC
INSPECTION
[FRONT BODY
CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)
Is DTC B1088:88
displayed?
VERIFY IF OTHER DTCs

3 DISPLAYED Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according to the applicable DTC
troubleshooting.
Are any other
DTCs displayed? (See DTC TABLE [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
System
malfunction DRL relay circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects a short to ground in the
condition DRL relay circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
DRL relay malfunction

Possible cause Short to ground in wiring harness between DRL relay terminal A and front
body control module (FBCM) terminal 2C


1 DTCs AGAIN Yes Go to the next step.
Clear front body control module

No Go to Step 6.
(FBCM) DTCs fusing the M-MDS.


on).

MDS.

INSPECT DRL RELAY FOR MALFUNCTION


Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the DRL relay, then go to Step 5.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Remove the DRL relay.
Inspect the DRL relay.
Is the DRL relay normal?


module (FBCM) connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go
to Step 5.
INSPECT DRL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR

4 SHORT TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness and
Verify that the DRL relay is removed.
Verify that the front body control No Go to the next step.

module (FBCM) connector is
disconnected.

body control module (FBCM) terminal
2C (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.

replace the front body
Reconnect the disconnected negative control module (FBCM),
battery cable. then go to the next step.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See FRONT BODY

DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

(FBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.


on).

MDS.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Autostop switch circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects that the autostop switch is stuck
condition closed with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Windshield wiper motor connector or terminal malfunction
Windshield wiper motor terminal B and front body control

module (FBCM) terminal 3C

module (FBCM) terminal 3E
Windshield wiper motor terminal A and front body control

module (FBCM) terminal 3G

module (FBCM) terminal 3I
Windshield wiper motor terminal E and front body control module

(FBCM) terminal 2AA
Possible cause

module (FBCM) terminal 3C

module (FBCM) terminal 3E

module (FBCM) terminal 3G

module (FBCM) terminal 3I
Windshield wiper motor terminal E and front body control module

(FBCM) terminal 2AA
Windshield wiper motor malfunction


Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Perform the front body control module (FBCM)

DTC inspection using the M-MDS.

MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Is the DTC B1095:72, or B1095:73 also

present?
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR CONNECTOR



2.0].)
Disconnect the windshield wiper motor

connector.

disconnection.


(FBCM) connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to
Step 7.
disconnection.
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR CONTROL

4 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
go to Step 7.
Verify that the windshield wiper motor and
front body control module (FBCM) connectors
are disconnected.

terminals (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.
Front body control module

(FBCM) terminal 3C

(FBCM) terminal 3E

(FBCM) terminal 3G

(FBCM) terminal 3I

(FBCM) terminal 2AA
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR CONTROL

Verify that the windshield wiper motor and

front body control module (FBCM) connectors No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
are disconnected. go to Step 7.

Windshield wiper motor

terminal B and front body
control module (FBCM)
terminal 3C

terminal B and front body
terminal 3E

terminal A and front body
terminal 3G

terminal A and front body
terminal 3I

terminal E and front body
terminal 2AA
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR

Inspect the windshield wiper motor.
(See WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR No Replace the windshield wiper motor, then
Is the windshield wiper motor normal? (See WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK



using the M-MDS.
MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Is the DTC B1095:72, or B1095:73 also

present?


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Headlight HI relay circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects a short to power supply in the headlight HI
condition relay circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Headlight HI relay malfunction

Possible cause Short to power supply in the wiring harness between headlight HI relay terminal E and
front body control module (FBCM) terminal 2X

VERIFY FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) DTCs AGAIN

Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs using
the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 6.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)
Perform the front body control module (FBCM) DTC


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
INSPECT HEADLIGHT HI RELAY FOR MALFUNCTION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the headlight HI relay, then go to Step
5.
Remove the headlight HI relay.
Inspect the headlight HI relay.
Is the headlight HI relay normal?


connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to
Step 5.
INSPECT HEADLIGHT HI RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR

Verify that the headlight HI relay is removed.

No Repair or replace the wiring harness and go to
Verify that the front body control module (FBCM) the next step.

Operate the light switch in HEAD position and the

dimmer switch in HI position.

(FBCM) terminal 2X (vehicle wiring harness side).
Is the voltage 0 V?


Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. replace the front body control
module (FBCM), then go to the
Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs using MODULE (FBCM)
the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

(FBCM)] .) No Go to the next step.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)

(See DTC TABLE [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE

(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Headlight HI relay circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects an open or short to ground in the headlight
condition HI relay circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Headlight HI relay malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between headlight HI relay terminal E and front body
Possible cause control module (FBCM) terminal 2X
Open circuit in wiring harness between headlight HI relay terminal E and front body control
module (FBCM) terminal 2X


Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs using the
M-MDS.
No Go to Step 7.
(FBCM)] .)

(See DTC INSPECTION [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE

(FBCM)] .)
INSPECT HEADLIGHT HI RELAY FOR MALFUNCTION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the headlight HI relay, then go to
Step 6.
Remove the headlight HI relay.
Inspect the headlight HI relay.
Is the headlight HI relay normal?


to Step 6.
INSPECT HEADLIGHT HI RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

4 GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
go to Step 6.
Verify that the front body control module (FBCM) No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between front body control module

(FBCM) terminal 2X (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.
INSPECT HEADLIGHT HI RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


No Repair or replace the wiring harness and
Verify that the front body control module (FBCM) go to the next step.


headlight HI relay terminal E (vehicle wiring harness
side) and front body control module (FBCM) terminal 2X

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. replace the front body
control module (FBCM),
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE then go to the next step.
(See FRONT BODY
Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs using the CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)
M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Operate the light switch in OFF position.


(FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Light switch error signal received
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) receives error signals from the start
condition stop unit for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible
Light switch malfunction
cause
System
wiring
diagram


(FBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS. No Go to Step 4.



MDS.


INSPECT LIGHT SWITCH

Inspect the light switch. next step.
(See LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION .) (See START STOP UNIT

Is the light switch normal?
No Replace the light switch, then the next

step.
(See LIGHT SWITCH


Clear front body control module (FBCM), then go to the next step.


MDS.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Headlight LO relay circuit malfunction
location
The front body control module (FBCM) detects a short to power supply in
Detection
the headlight LO relay circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or
condition
on).
Fail-safe
Headlight LO relay malfunction

Possible
cause Short to power supply in the wiring harness between headlight LO relay
terminal A and front body control module (FBCM) terminal 1M



No Go to Step 6.


on).

MDS.


INSPECT HEADLIGHT LO RELAY FOR

2 MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.

No Replace the headlight LO relay, then go to

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Remove the headlight LO relay.
Inspect the headlight LO relay.
Is the headlight LO relay normal?


to Step 5.
INSPECT HEADLIGHT LO RELAY CONTROL

Verify that the headlight LO relay is

removed. No Repair or replace the wiring harness and
Verify that the front body control
disconnected.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

on).

control module (FBCM) terminal 1M
Is the voltage 0 V?







on).

MDS.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Error signal received from auto-light sensor/rain sensor
location
The front body control module (FBCM) receives error signals from the auto-
Detection
light sensor/rain sensor 10 times continuously with the ignition switched ON
condition
(engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Possible Auto-light sensor/rain sensor malfunction

cause
System
wiring
diagram

1 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS AUTO-LIGHT Yes Replace the auto-light sensor/rain
SENSOR/RAIN SENSOR sensor, then go to the next step.
Clear front body control module (FBCM) (See RAIN SENSOR


No Go to Step 3.
MODULE (FBCM)] .)

(FBCM) DTC inspection using the M-MDS.

Is DTC B10AD:86 displayed?


Clear front body control module (FBCM) (FBCM), then go to the next step.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY CONTROL (FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on). No Go to the next step.


Is DTC B10AD:86 displayed?

troubleshooting.
(See DTC TABLE [FRONT BODY

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Blower relay circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects a short to power supply in the blower relay
condition circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Blower relay malfunction

Possible cause Short to power supply in the wiring harness between blower relay terminal D and front
body control module (FBCM) terminal 2Z


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 6.
(FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Is DTC B10AF:12 displayed?
INSPECT BLOWER RELAY FOR MALFUNCTION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the blower relay, then go to Step 5.

Remove the blower relay.
Inspect the blower relay.
Is the blower relay normal?


connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step
5.
INSPECT BLOWER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

Verify that the blower relay is removed.



(FBCM) terminal 2Z (vehicle wiring harness side).
Is the voltage 0 V?






MODULE (FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
Front body control module (FBCM) power supply voltage (+IG1 power supply) input circuit
malfunction
malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects an open circuit in the IG1 relay
condition circuit for 2 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible cause
Open circuit in the wiring harness between IG1 relay terminal C and front body




MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and



MODULE (FBCM)] .)



2.0].)


(FBCM) connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go
to Step 6.
disconnection.
INSPECT C/U IG1 15 A FUSE FOR MALFUNCTION

4 Yes Install the C/U IG1 15 A fuse, then go to
Remove the C/U IG1 15 A fuse. the next step.
Inspect the C/U IG1 15 A fuse.

No If a fuse is burnt out:
Is the C/U IG1 15 A fuse normal?
Repair or replace the
wiring harness which is
shorted to ground.
Replace the fuse.
Replace the fuse.
Go to Step 6.

5 POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (+IG1 POWER SUPPLY) Yes Go to the next step.
INPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Verify that the IG1 relay is removed. No Repair or replace the wiring harness and
Verify that the front body control module
(FBCM) connector is disconnected.

between IG1 relay terminal C (vehicle wiring
harness side) and front body control module
(FBCM) terminal 2M (vehicle wiring harness
side).



DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G (See FRONT BODY
2.0].) CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)
using the M-MDS.
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and



MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction IG2 power supply control circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects an open circuit in the start stop unit circuit for
condition 2 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible cause
Open circuit in the wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 2D and front body control
module (FBCM) terminal 2U


Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs using the M-
MDS.
No Go to Step 7.
(FBCM)] .)

or more.


(FBCM)] .)

to Step 6.

INSPECT START STOP UNIT

Inspect the start stop unit.
(See START STOP UNIT INSPECTION .) No Replace the start stop unit, then go to
Step 6.
Is the start stop unit normal?


to Step 6.
INSPECT FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) IG2 POWER

5 SUPPLY CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the start stop unit and front body control module
(FBCM) connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness and
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between start stop
unit terminal 2D (vehicle wiring harness side) and front
body control module (FBCM) terminal 2U (vehicle wiring
harness side).


(See FRONT BODY
Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs using the M- CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)


or more.


(FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Illumination output circuit malfunction
location
condition illumination output circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Illuminations malfunction
Possible
cause Short to ground in front body control module (FBCM) illumination output
circuit
System
wiring
diagram
VERIFY FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE

1 (FBCM) DTCs AGAIN Yes Go to the next step.

No Go to Step 6.


or on).

using the M-MDS.

(See DTC INSPECTION [FRONT

BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)

2 (FBCM) DTCs Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according to the
applicable DTC troubleshooting.
module (FBCM) DTC inspection (See DTC TABLE [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE
using the M-MDS. (FBCM)] .)

INSPECT FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE

3 (FBCM) CONNECTOR CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.

Disconnect the negative battery Step 5.
cable.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

module (FBCM) connector.
Inspect the connector

engagement and connection
condition and inspect the
terminals for damage,
disconnection.
INSPECT FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE

4 (FBCM) ILLUMINATION OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR Yes Inspect the illuminations.
SHORT TO GROUND
If there is any malfunction:
Replace the
malfunctioning
disconnected.
illuminations,
Turn the light switch to the TNS then go to the
position. next step.
Inspect for continuity between If there is no malfunction:

front body control module (FBCM)
Repair or
terminal 3J and body ground.
replace the
Is there continuity? wiring harness
which has a
short to
ground, then
go to the next

step.

Reconnect all the disconnected If the malfunction recurs,

connectors. replace the front body control
Reconnect the disconnected next step.
negative battery cable.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE MODULE (FBCM)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Clear front body control module No Go to the next step.



or on).

using the M-MDS.



(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Headlight control signal error
location
Detection Error start stop unit signal is detected for 5 s or more with the
condition ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible cause
System wiring

diagram


No Go to Step 4.



MDS.



Perform the start stop unit DTC the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
UNIT] .)



MDS.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Headlight LO signal mismatch
location
The condition in which the CAN and module signals are compared and no
Detection
match is detected between the signals for 5 s or more with the ignition
condition
Fail-safe
Possible Short circuit to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit and front
cause body control module (FBCM)
Open circuit in wiring harness between start stop unit and front body control
module (FBCM)
Short circuit to power supply in wiring harness between start stop unit and

INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS START

1 STOP UNIT OR FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to Step 3.
(FBCM)
Display start stop unit PID No Go to the next step.

H/L_SW_LOW using the M-MDS.

INSPECTION [START STOP UNIT] .)

light switch.

Is the display of PID H/L_SW_LOW

normal?

2 Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to Step
Inspect the light switch. 7.
(See LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION .) (See START STOP UNIT

No Replace the light switch, then go to Step 7.
(See LIGHT SWITCH

INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS FRONT

3 BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) OR WIRING Yes Go to the next step.
HARNESS
No Perform the CAN
Display front body control module
malfunction diagnosis flow
(FBCM) PID H/L_SW_LOW1 using
and inspect the CAN for a
the M-MDS.
malfunction.
(See CONTROLLER AREA
INSPECTION [FRONT BODY CONTROL
NETWORK (CAN)
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
MALFUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
Verify the PID while operating the FLOW .)
light switch.
If there is no malfunction in
Is the display of PID H/L_SW_LOW1 CAN, replace the front body
normal? control module (FBCM),
then go to Step 7.

MODULE (FBCM)
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN

4 LIGHT SWITCH AND FRONT BODY CONTROL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go
MODULE (FBCM) to Step 7.
Switch the light switch off.

terminal 2W and body ground.
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN LIGHT

5 SWITCH AND FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.
(FBCM) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Disconnect the front body control No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go
module (FBCM) connector. to Step 7.

connector.


terminal 2W and start stop unit
terminal 1X.
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY

6 BETWEEN LIGHT SWITCH AND FRONT BODY Yes Go to the next step.
No Repair or replace the wiring harness and go
Verify that the start stop unit and
to the next step.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

on).

control module (FBCM) terminal 2W.
Is the voltage 0 V?



module (FBCM) DTC inspection using
the M-MDS.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction IG2 power supply output circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects over-current in IG2 power
condition supply output circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Possible Short to ground in front body control module (FBCM) IG2 power supply
cause output circuit
System wiring

diagram




on).

MDS.


Is DTC B13CF:19 displayed?



[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

module (FBCM) connector.


3 IG2 POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which
TO GROUND has a short to ground, then go to the next
step.
disconnected.

1C and body ground.





on).

MDS.


Is DTC B13CF:19 displayed?


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction TNS circuit malfunction
location
condition TNS relay circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
TNS relay malfunction

Possible cause Short to ground in wiring harness between TNS relay terminal E and front
body control module (FBCM) terminal 1I





on).

MDS.

INSPECT TNS RELAY FOR MALFUNCTION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the TNS relay, then go to Step 5.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Remove the TNS relay.
Inspect the TNS relay.
Is the TNS relay normal?


to Step 5.
INSPECT TNS RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR

4 SHORT TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness and
Verify that the TNS relay is removed.
Verify that the front body control No Go to the next step.

disconnected.

1I (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.






on).
Operate the light switch in TNS

position.

MDS.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Front fog light relay circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects a short to power supply in the front fog light
condition relay circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Front fog light relay malfunction

Possible cause Short to power supply in wiring harness between front fog light relay terminal E and front
body control module (FBCM) terminal 2AB


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 6.
(FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
INSPECT FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY FOR MALFUNCTION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the front fog light relay, then go to
Step 5.
Remove the front fog light relay.
Inspect the front fog light relay.
Is the front fog light relay normal?


Step 5.
INSPECT FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR

Verify that the front fog light relay is removed.



(FBCM) terminal 2AB (vehicle wiring harness side).
Is the voltage 0 V?



Operate the light switch in HEAD position and fog

light switch in F.FOG position.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Headlight LO relay (RH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects a short to power supply in the headlight LO
condition relay (RH) circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Headlight LO relay (RH) malfunction

Possible cause Short to power supply in the wiring harness between headlight LO relay (RH) terminal E and
front body control module (FBCM) terminal 2V


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 6.
(FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Is DTC B13FE:12 displayed?
INSPECT HEADLIGHT LO RELAY (RH) FOR MALFUNCTION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the headlight LO relay (RH), then go to
Step 5.
Remove the headlight LO relay (RH).
Inspect the headlight LO relay (RH).
Is the headlight LO relay (RH) normal?


Step 5.
INSPECT HEADLIGHT LO RELAY (RH) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR

Verify that the headlight LO relay (RH) is removed.



(FBCM) terminal 2V (vehicle wiring harness side).
Is the voltage 0 V?



Operate the light switch in HEAD position.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Headlight LO relay (RH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects an open or short circuit to ground in the
condition headlight LO relay (RH) circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Headlight LO relay (RH) malfunction
Short to ground in the wiring harness between headlight LO relay (RH) terminal E and front
Possible cause body control module (FBCM) terminal 2V
Open circuit in the wiring harness between headlight LO relay (RH) terminal E and front body
control module (FBCM) terminal 2V


M-MDS.
No Go to Step 7.
(FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
INSPECT HEADLIGHT LO RELAY (RH) FOR MALFUNCTION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the headlight LO relay (RH), then
go to Step 6.
Remove the headlight LO relay (RH).
Inspect the headlight LO relay (RH).
Is the headlight LO relay (RH) normal?


to Step 6.

4 SHORT TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
go to Step 6.
Verify that the front body control module (FBCM) No Go to the next step.

(FBCM) terminal 2V (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.


No Repair or replace the wiring harness and
Verify that the front body control module (FBCM) go to the next step.


headlight LO relay (RH) terminal E (vehicle wiring
harness side) and front body control module (FBCM)
terminal 2V (vehicle wiring harness side).

(See FRONT BODY
Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs using the CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)



(FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Headlight LO relay (LH) circuit malfunction
location
The front body control module (FBCM) detects a short to power supply in
Detection
the headlight LO relay (LH) circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off
condition
or on).
Fail-safe
Headlight LO relay (LH) malfunction

Possible
cause Short to power supply in the wiring harness between headlight LO relay
(LH) terminal A and front body control module (FBCM) terminal 1M



No Go to Step 6.


on).

MDS.

Is DTC B141E:12 displayed?

INSPECT HEADLIGHT LO RELAY (LH) FOR


No Replace the headlight LO relay (LH), then
Disconnect the negative battery cable. go to Step 5.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Remove the headlight LO relay (LH).
Inspect the headlight LO relay (LH).
Is the headlight LO relay (LH) normal?


to Step 5.
INSPECT HEADLIGHT LO RELAY (LH) CONTROL

Verify that the headlight LO relay (LH)

is removed. No Repair or replace the wiring harness and
disconnected.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

on).

Is the voltage 0 V?







on).
Operate the light switch in HEAD

position.

MDS.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Washer motor switch circuit malfunction
location
The front body control module (FBCM) detects a malfunction in the washer
Detection
motor switch circuit for 2 min or more with the ignition switched ON
condition
(engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible
Wiper switch malfunction
cause
System
wiring
diagram

Clear front body control

module (FBCM) DTCs using No Go to Step 4.
the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

(engine off or on) and wait
for 2 min or more.
Perform the front body

control module (FBCM) DTC

(See DTC INSPECTION

[FRONT BODY CONTROL
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
INSPECT WIPER SWITCH

2 Yes Replace the start stop unit, then go to the next
Inspect the wiper switch. step.
(See WINDSHIELD WIPER (See START STOP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

AND WASHER SWITCH
INSPECTION .)
No Replace the wiper and washer switch, then go to the
Is the wiper switch normal? next step.


Clear front body control If the malfunction recurs, replace

module (FBCM) DTCs using the front body control module
the M-MDS. (FBCM), then go to the next step.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE

BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(FBCM)] .)
Switch the ignition ON No Go to the next step.

for 2 min or more.

(See DTC INSPECTION

[FRONT BODY CONTROL
MODULE (FBCM)] .)

displayed?
(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Rear window defroster circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects a short to power supply in the rear
condition window defroster relay circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Rear window defroster relay malfunction

Possible cause Short to power supply in wiring harness between rear window defroster relay terminal E
and front body control module (FBCM) terminal 1P




MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
INSPECT REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER RELAY FOR


No Replace the rear window defroster relay, then
Disconnect the negative battery cable. go to Step 5.

2.0].)
Remove the rear window defroster relay.
Inspect the rear window defroster relay.
Is the rear window defroster relay normal?


Step 5.
connection condition and inspect the terminals for
damage, deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection.
INSPECT REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER RELAY CONTROL

Verify that the rear window defroster relay is

removed. No Repair or replace the wiring harness and go to
the next step.
Verify that the front body control module (FBCM)

2.0].)
Operate the rear window defroster by pushing

rear window defroster switch.

(FBCM) terminal 1P (vehicle wiring harness side).
Is the voltage 0 V?

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery replace the front body control
cable. module (FBCM), then go to
the next step.
using the M-MDS.
MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Rear window defroster circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects an open or short to ground in the rear
condition window defroster relay circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Rear window defroster relay malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between rear window defroster relay terminal E and
Possible cause front body control module (FBCM) terminal 1P
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear window defroster relay terminal E and front
body control module (FBCM) terminal 1P


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 7.
(FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
INSPECT REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER RELAY FOR


No Replace the rear window defroster relay,
Disconnect the negative battery cable. then go to Step 6.

Remove the rear window defroster relay.

Inspect the rear window defroster relay.
Is the rear window defroster relay normal?


to Step 6.

4 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
go to Step 6.
removed.
Inspect for continuity between front body control

module (FBCM) terminal 1P (vehicle wiring harness


removed. No Repair or replace the wiring harness and

rear window defroster relay terminal E (vehicle
wiring harness side) and front body control module
(FBCM) terminal 1P (vehicle wiring harness side).

(See FRONT BODY
Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs using CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)




MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Turn light (LH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects a short to ground in the turn light (LH)
Fail-safe
Rear turn light (LH) connector or terminal malfunction
Front combination light (LH) terminal D and front body control module
(FBCM) terminal 2B (with headlights (halogen type))
Front combination light (LH) terminal E and front body control module
Possible cause (FBCM) terminal 2B (with headlights (discharge type))
Power outer mirror (LH) terminal E and front body control module
(FBCM) terminal 2F
Rear turn light (LH) terminal A and front body control module (FBCM)
terminal 2D
Side turn light (LH) malfunction
Rear turn light (LH) malfunction
Front turn light (LH) malfunction



the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 11.
(FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (LH) CONNECTOR



Disconnect the front combination light (LH)

connector.

INSPECT POWER OUTER MIRROR (LH) CONNECTOR

Disconnect the power outer mirror (LH) connector.

Inspect the connector engagement and connection Step 10.
INSPECT REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the rear turn light (LH) connector.


connector.
Step 10.


INSPECT TURN LIGHT (LH) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

6 GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
go to Step 10.
Verify that the front combination light (LH), power
outer mirror (LH), rear turn light (LH), and front
body control module (FBCM) connectors are No Go to the next step.
disconnected.

ground.

terminal 2B

terminal 2F

terminal 2D
INSPECT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH)

Inspect the side turn light (LH).
(See SIDE TURN LIGHT INSPECTION .) No Replace the side turn light (LH), then go to
Step 10.
Is the side turn light (LH) normal?
(See SIDE TURN LIGHT

8 PART IS REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) Yes Replace the rear turn light bulb (LH), then
the M-MDS. (See REAR TURN LIGHT BULB
(FBCM)] .)
No Go to Step 11.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)

9 PART IS FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH) Yes Replace the front turn light bulb (LH), then
the M-MDS. (See PARKING/FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB
(FBCM)] .)
No Go to Step 11.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)

(See FRONT BODY

Operate the turn switch in LH position.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Turn light (LH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects an open or short to power supply in the
condition turn light (LH) circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Rear turn light (LH) connector or terminal malfunction
(FBCM) terminal 2B (with headlights (discharge type))
(FBCM) terminal 2F
terminal 2D
Possible cause
(FBCM) terminal 2B (with headlights (discharge type))
(FBCM) terminal 2F
terminal 2D
Side turn light (LH) malfunction
Rear turn light (LH) malfunction
Front turn light (LH) malfunction



Clear DTC for the front body control module (FBCM)
using the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 12.
(FBCM)] .)
Perform the DTC inspection for the front body control

module (FBCM) using the M-MDS.

MODULE (FBCM)] .)
INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (LH) CONNECTOR



Disconnect the front combination light (LH)

connector.

INSPECT POWER OUTER MIRROR (LH) CONNECTOR

Disconnect the power outer mirror (LH) connector.

Inspect the connector engagement and connection Step 11.
INSPECT REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the rear turn light (LH) connector.



Step 11.
INSPECT TURN LIGHT (LH) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO


outer mirror (LH), rear turn light (LH), and front No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
body control module (FBCM) connectors are go to Step 11.
disconnected.

Measure the voltage at the following terminals


terminal 2B

terminal 2F

terminal 2D
Is the voltage 0 V?
INSPECT TURN LIGHT (LH) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
outer mirror (LH), rear turn light (LH), and front
go to Step 11.
body control module (FBCM) connectors are
disconnected.


Front combination light (LH)

terminal D and front body control
module (FBCM) terminal 2B (with
headlights (halogen type))

Front combination light (LH)

terminal E and front body control
module (FBCM) terminal 2B (with
headlights (discharge type))
Power outer mirror (LH) terminal E

and front body control module
(FBCM) terminal 2F
Rear turn light (LH) terminal A and

terminal 2D
INSPECT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH)

Inspect the side turn light (LH).
(See SIDE TURN LIGHT INSPECTION .) No Replace the side turn light (LH), then go to
Step 11.
Is the side turn light (LH) normal?

9 PART IS REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) Yes Replace the rear turn light bulb (LH), then
the M-MDS. (See REAR TURN LIGHT BULB
(FBCM)] .)
No Go to Step 12.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)

10 PART IS FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH) Yes Replace the front turn light bulb (LH), then
the M-MDS. (See PARKING/FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB
(FBCM)] .)
No Go to Step 12.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)



(See FRONT BODY



MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Turn light (RH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects a short to ground in the turn light
condition (RH) circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Rear turn light (RH) connector or terminal malfunction
Front combination light (RH) terminal D and front body control

module (FBCM) terminal 1G (with headlights (halogen type))
Front combination light (RH) terminal E and front body control

Possible cause module (FBCM) terminal 1G (with headlights (discharge type))
Power outer mirror (RH) terminal E and front body control module
(FBCM) terminal 1F
Rear turn light (RH) terminal A and front body control module
(FBCM) terminal 1E
Side turn light (RH) malfunction
Rear turn light (RH) malfunction
Front turn light (RH) malfunction





MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (RH) CONNECTOR



Disconnect the front combination light (RH)

connector.

INSPECT POWER OUTER MIRROR (RH) CONNECTOR

Disconnect the power outer mirror (RH) connector.

Inspect the connector engagement and connection to Step 10.
INSPECT REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the rear turn light (RH) connector.



to Step 10.
INSPECT TURN LIGHT (RH) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

6 TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
go to Step 10.
Verify that the front combination light (RH), power
outer mirror (RH), rear turn light (RH), and front
body control module (FBCM) connectors are No Go to the next step.
disconnected.

ground.

(FBCM) terminal 1G

(FBCM) terminal 1F

(FBCM) terminal 1E
INSPECT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH)

Inspect the side turn light (RH).
(See SIDE TURN LIGHT INSPECTION .) No Replace the side turn light (RH), then go
to Step 10.
Is the side turn light (RH) normal?

8 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) Yes Replace the rear turn light bulb (RH), then
using the M-MDS. (See REAR TURN LIGHT BULB
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
No Go to Step 11.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)


9 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH) Yes Replace the front turn light bulb (RH),
using the M-MDS. (See PARKING/FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
No Go to Step 11.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)

DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) (See FRONT BODY
Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY CONTROL No Go to the next step.

MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Operate the turn switch in RH position.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Turn light (RH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects an open or short to power supply in the
condition turn light (RH) circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Rear turn light (RH) connector or terminal malfunction

Front combination light (RH) terminal E and front body control module
(FBCM) terminal 1G (with headlights (discharge type))
(FBCM) terminal 1F
Rear turn light (RH) terminal A and front body control module (FBCM)
terminal 1E
Possible cause

Front combination light (RH) terminal E and front body control module
(FBCM) terminal 1G (with headlights (discharge type))
(FBCM) terminal 1F
Rear turn light (RH) terminal A and front body control module (FBCM)
terminal 1E
Side turn light (RH) malfunction
Rear turn light (RH) malfunction
Front turn light (RH) malfunction





MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (RH) CONNECTOR



Disconnect the front combination light (RH)

connector.

INSPECT POWER OUTER MIRROR (RH) CONNECTOR


Disconnect the power outer mirror (RH) connector.

INSPECT REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the rear turn light (RH) connector.


to Step 11.
INSPECT TURN LIGHT (RH) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

6 TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.

outer mirror (RH), rear turn light (RH), and front No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
disconnected.

Measure the voltage at the following terminals


(FBCM) terminal 1G

(FBCM) terminal 1F

(FBCM) terminal 1E
Is the voltage 0 V?
INSPECT TURN LIGHT (RH) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


outer mirror (RH), rear turn light (RH), and front No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
disconnected.



continuity.

module (FBCM) terminal 1G (with

terminal E and front body control
module (FBCM) terminal 1G (with
Power outer mirror (RH) terminal

E and front body control module
(FBCM) terminal 1F
Rear turn light (RH) terminal A

and front body control module
(FBCM) terminal 1E
INSPECT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH)

Inspect the side turn light (RH).
(See SIDE TURN LIGHT INSPECTION .) No Replace the side turn light (RH), then go
to Step 11.
Is the side turn light (RH) normal?

9 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) Yes Replace the rear turn light bulb (RH), then
using the M-MDS. (See REAR TURN LIGHT BULB
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
No Go to Step 12.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)

10 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH) Yes Replace the front turn light bulb (RH),
using the M-MDS. (See PARKING/FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
No Go to Step 12.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)

DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) (See FRONT BODY
Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY CONTROL No Go to the next step.

MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Parking light (LH/RH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects a short to ground in the parking light (LH/RH)
Fail-safe
Front combination light (LH/RH) connector or terminal malfunction
Front combination light (LH/RH) terminal C and front body control module (FBCM)
Possible cause terminal 1J (with headlights (halogen type))
Front combination light (LH/RH) terminal D and front body control module (FBCM)
terminal 1J (with headlights (discharge type))
Parking light (LH/RH) malfunction



M-MDS.
No Go to Step 7.
(FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (LH/RH) CONNECTOR


No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 6.

Disconnect the front combination light (LH/RH)

connector.



connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 6.

INSPECT PARKING LIGHT (LH/RH) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

4 TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to
Step 6.
Verify that the front combination light (LH/RH) and front
body control module (FBCM) connectors are

(FBCM) terminal 1J (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.

5 PART IS PARKING LIGHT (LH/RH) Yes Replace the parking light bulb (LH/RH), then go to
the next step.
M-MDS. (See PARKING/FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB
(FBCM)] .)
No Go to Step 7.

Operate the light switch in TNS position.


(FBCM)] .)

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. the front body control module
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) (See FRONT BODY CONTROL
MODULE (FBCM)
Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs using the REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE No Go to the next step.
(FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Servicing Pointers
If a parking light is replaced with an LED bulb, the front body control module (FBCM) will determine that there is an
open circuit in the parking light circuit and DTC C1126:13 may be detected because the power consumption is low
even if the LED is illuminated normally.
System
malfunction Parking light (LH/RH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) detects an open or short to power supply in the parking light
condition (LH/RH) circuit with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
LED bulb is installed to parking light
Front combination light (LH/RH) connector or terminal malfunction
Parking light bulb (LH/RH) malfunction
terminal 1J (with headlights (halogen type))
Possible cause
terminal 1J (with headlights (halogen type))



M-MDS.
No Go to Step 10.
(FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
VERIFY ILLUMINATION CONDITION OF PARKING LIGHTS

2 Yes Go to Step 4.
Operate the light switch to the TNS position.
Are the parking lights illuminated? No Go to the next step.
INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (LH/RH) CONNECTOR

3 CONDITION Yes Go to Step 5.

No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.

Disconnect the front combination light (LH/RH)

connector.

VERIFY THAT LED BULB IS INSTALLTED TO PARKING LIGHT

4 Yes The circuit is normal, complete the DTC
Remove the parking light bulb. troubleshooting.
(See PARKING/FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB NOTE:

Verify the reason why DTC C1126:13
Is the LED bulb installed? is detected referring to the servicing
pointers.
If necessary, explain to the

customer that although a DTC was
displayed, it does not indicate a
malfunction.
INSPECT PARKING LIGHT BULB (LH/RH)

Inspect the parking light bulb (LH/RH).
Is the parking light bulb (LH/RH) normal? No Replace the parking light bulb (LH/RH), then go to
Step 9.
(See PARKING/FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB




connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.

INSPECT PARKING LIGHT (LH/RH) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR

Verify that the front combination light (LH/RH) and

front body control module (FBCM) connectors are No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step
disconnected. 9.


(FBCM) 1J terminal (vehicle wiring harness side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
INSPECT PARKING LIGHT (LH/RH) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

Verify that the front combination light (LH/RH) and

front body control module (FBCM) connectors are No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the
disconnected. next step.


Front combination light (LH/RH)

terminal C and front body control
module (FBCM) terminal 1J (with
Front combination light (LH/RH)

module (FBCM) terminal 1J (with

If the malfunction recurs, replace the
Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. front body control module (FBCM),
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
M-MDS.
(FBCM)] .)

Operate the light switch in TNS position.


(FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
DTC U0001:88/U0100:00/U0101:00/U0121:00/U0155:00/U0214:00/U0515:00 [FRONT BODY

CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]
U0001:88
U0100:00
U0101:00

System U0121:00
malfunction
location Communication error with DSC HU/CM
U0155:00
U0214:00
U0515:00
SAS control module communication error
U0001:88
The front body control module (FBCM) detects CAN bus

communication line (HS-CAN) malfunction 10 times
continuously.
U0100:00
The front body control module (FBCM) could not receive

CAN signal from the PCM for 5 s or more.
U0101:00

CAN signal from the TCM for 5 s or more.
U0121:00
Detection
condition The front body control module (FBCM) could not receive

CAN signal from the DSC HU/CM for 5 s or more.
U0155:00

CAN signal from the instrument cluster for 5 s or more.
U0214:00

CAN signal from the start stop unit for 5 s or more.
U0515:00

CAN signal from the SAS control module for 5 s or
more.
U0001:88
Control at the default signal value after holding the

previous value for 5 s.
U0100:00

U0101:00

U0121:00
Fail-safe
U0155:00

U0214:00

U0515:00

Malfunction in CAN line between the PCM and front body control module
(FBCM)
Malfunction in CAN line between the TCM and front body control module
(FBCM)

Malfunction in CAN line between the DSC HU/CM and front body control
Possible cause module (FBCM)
Malfunction in CAN line between the instrument cluster and front body
Malfunction in CAN line between the start stop unit and front body control
module (FBCM)
Malfunction in CAN line between the SAS control module and front body
System wiring

diagram
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Communication error between climate control unit
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) could not receive signals from the climate control unit
Fail-safe
Climate control unit connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit terminal K and front body
control module (FBCM) terminal 2J
Short to power supply in wiring harness between climate control unit terminal K and front
Possible cause
body control module (FBCM) terminal 2J
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit terminal K and front body control
module (FBCM) terminal 2J
Climate control unit malfunction


1 Yes A malfunction in LIN bus communication line
Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs using can be considered.
the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE harness between the climate
(FBCM)] .) control unit and front body
control module (FBCM), then
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on) and wait go to the next step.
for 5 s or more.
Perform the front body control module (FBCM) DTC No Go to Step 9.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR CONDITION

Step 8.
Disconnect the climate control unit connector.



Step 8.
INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

4 GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which is
Verify that the climate control unit and front body
control module (FBCM) connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between front body control
module (FBCM) terminal 2J (vehicle wiring harness
INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO


control module (FBCM) connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which is
shorted to power supply, then go to Step 8.



(FBCM) terminal 2J (vehicle wiring harness side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


control module (FBCM) connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which has
an open circuit, then go to Step 8.


climate control unit terminal K (vehicle wiring
harness side) and front body control module (FBCM)
terminal 2J (vehicle wiring harness side).

7 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT Yes Replace the climate control unit, then go to the
next step.
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
No Go to Step 9.
the M-MDS.

(FBCM)] .)

for 5 s or more.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)

8 Yes Replace the front body control module (FBCM),
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. then go to the next step.
Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)
the M-MDS.

(FBCM)] .)


for 5 s or more.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Communication error with auto-light sensor/rain sensor
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) could not receive signals from the auto-light
condition sensor/rain sensor for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Auto-light sensor/rain sensor connector or terminal malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between auto-light sensor/rain sensor terminal A and front
body control module (FBCM) terminal 2G
Short to power supply in wiring harness between auto-light sensor/rain sensor terminal A and
Possible cause
front body control module (FBCM) terminal 2G
Open circuit in wiring harness between auto-light sensor/rain sensor terminal A and front
body control module (FBCM) terminal 2G
Auto-light sensor/rain sensor malfunction


Clear front body control module (FBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .) No Go to Step 9.
Perform the front body control module (FBCM) DTC inspection using
the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .)
INSPECT AUTO-LIGHT SENSOR/RAIN SENSOR CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Repair or replace the connector,

then go to Step 8.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the auto-light sensor/rain sensor connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the front body control module (FBCM) connector.

Inspect the connector engagement and connection condition and No Repair or replace the connector,
inspect the terminals for damage, deformation, corrosion, or then go to Step 8.
disconnection.
INSPECT AUTO-LIGHT SENSOR/RAIN SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

4 GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring
harness which is shorted to
Verify that the auto-light sensor/rain sensor and front body control ground, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between front body control module (FBCM) No Go to the next step.
terminal 2G (vehicle wiring harness side) and body ground.
INSPECT AUTO-LIGHT SENSOR/RAIN SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

Verify that the auto-light sensor/rain sensor and front body control
module (FBCM) connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring
harness which is shorted to
Connect the negative battery cable. power supply, then go to Step
8.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Measure the voltage at front body control module (FBCM) terminal

2G (vehicle wiring harness side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
INSPECT AUTO-LIGHT SENSOR/RAIN SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the auto-light sensor/rain sensor and front body control
Switch the ignition to off. harness which has an open
circuit, then go to Step 8.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between auto-light

sensor/rain sensor terminal A (vehicle wiring harness side) and
front body control module (FBCM) terminal 2G (vehicle wiring
harness side).
PERFORM DTC INSPECTION AND VERIFY IF MALFUNCTIONING PART IS

7 AUTO-LIGHT SENSOR/RAIN SENSOR Yes Replace the auto-light
sensor/rain sensor, then go to
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. the next step.
Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. (See RAIN SENSOR

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
No Go to Step 9.
the M-MDS.


8 Yes Replace the front body control
Reconnect all the disconnected connectors. module (FBCM), then go to the
next step.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION MODULE (FBCM)
the M-MDS.

troubleshooting.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Error light switch signal received from start stop unit
location
Detection The front body control module (FBCM) receives CAN error signals from the
condition start stop unit 3 times with the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible
cause
System
wiring
diagram




on).

MDS.



Inspect the light switch.
(See LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the light switch, then go to Step
4.
(See LIGHT SWITCH

next step.
(FBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS. (See START STOP UNIT
No Go to Step 5.
on).

MDS.


(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT BODY (FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

on).

MDS.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
location
The front body control module (FBCM) receives error ECT sensor or ambient
Detection
temperature sensor signals from the PCM for 5 s or more with the ignition
condition
Fail-safe
ECT sensor malfunction
Possible Ambient temperature sensor malfunction

cause
PCM malfunction
System
wiring
diagram


No Go to Step 6.



using the M-MDS.


INSPECT ECT SENSOR

Inspect the ECT sensor.
(See ENGINE COOLANT No Replace the ECT sensor, then go to Step 5.

TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
(See ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G
Is the ECT sensor normal? 2.0].)
INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Inspect the ambient temperature
sensor.
No Replace the ambient temperature sensor, then
(See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE go to Step 5.
SENSOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR
(See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CONDITIONER].)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
(See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CONDITIONER].)
SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO
(See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AIR CONDITIONER].)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
Is the ambient temperature CONDITIONER].)
sensor normal?

Clear front body control module (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-

(FBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS. G 2.0].)

No Go to Step 6.


using the M-MDS.


5 COMPLETED Yes Replace the front body control module (FBCM),
(FBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS. (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)



using the M-MDS.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Error vehicle speed signal received from PCM
location
The front body control module (FBCM) receives vehicle speed signal error
Detection
from the PCM for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine off or
condition
on).
Fail-safe
Possible PCM malfunction

cause
System
wiring
diagram


No Go to Step 5.



MDS.


VERIFY PCM DTCs

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

Clear front body control module (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

(FBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS. [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

No Go to Step 5.


MDS.




MDS.



MODULE (FBCM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Front body control module (FBCM) configuration error
location

Detection condition
detected.
Fail-safe

Possible cause
VERIFY FRONT BODY CONTROL

1 MODULE (FBCM) DTCs AGAIN Yes Go to the next step.

No Go to Step 4.
module (FBCM) DTCs using
the M-MDS.

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

inspection using the M-
MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION

[FRONT BODY CONTROL
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Is DTC U2100:00
displayed?
PERFORM FRONT BODY CONTROL

2 MODULE (FBCM) CONFIGURATION (AS- Yes Using the M-MDS, re-perform the front body control
BUILT DATA USE) module (FBCM) configuration using the As-Built data,
control module (FBCM) (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)
configuration using the M- CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
MDS.
(See FRONT BODY CONTROL No Go to Step 4.

MODULE (FBCM)
CONFIGURATION (USING
AS-BUILT DATA) .)

module (FBCM) DTCs using
the M-MDS.

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

for the front body control
module (FBCM) using the
M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION

[FRONT BODY CONTROL
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Is DTC U2100:00
displayed?

3 COMPLETED Yes Replace the front body control module (FBCM), then
module (FBCM) DTCs using (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

inspection using the M-
MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION

[FRONT BODY CONTROL
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
Is DTC U2100:00
displayed?

displayed?


(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location

Detection condition
detected.
Fail-safe

Possible cause



BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

using the M-MDS.

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)
PERFORM FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE

2 (FBCM) CONFIGURATION Yes Using the M-MDS, re-perform the front body
control module (FBCM) configuration, then go to
Perform the front body control the next step.

module (FBCM) configuration

using the M-MDS. (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)
CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
MODULE (FBCM)
No Go to Step 4.
BUILT DATA) .)


BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

using the M-MDS.

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

Clear DTC for the front body
control module (FBCM) using (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

using the M-MDS.

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
System malfunction locationFront body control module (FBCM) internal malfunction
Detection condition Malfunction inside front body control module (FBCM) detected.
Fail-safe
Possible cause Front body control module (FBCM) malfunction

1 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS FRONT BODY CONTROL Yes Replace the front body control
MODULE (FBCM) module (FBCM), then go to the next
step.
Clear front body control module (FBCM)
DTCs using the M-MDS. (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE
MODULE (FBCM)] .)


troubleshooting.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location

Detection condition
detected.
Fail-safe

Possible cause



BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

using the M-MDS.

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)
PERFORM FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE

2 (FBCM) CONFIGURATION Yes Using the M-MDS, re-perform the front body
control module (FBCM) configuration, then go to
Perform the front body control the next step.

module (FBCM) configuration

using the M-MDS. (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)
MODULE (FBCM)
No Go to Step 4.
BUILT DATA) .)


BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

using the M-MDS.

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

(FBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS. (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)
BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

using the M-MDS.

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Front body control module (FBCM) power supply voltage (+B power supply) low input
location
Detection Front body control module (FBCM) power supply circuit voltage of 8.8 V or less is detected
Fail-safe
Battery malfunction
Front body control module (FBCM) power supply circuit malfunction
Short to ground in the wiring harness between ROOM 15 A fuse and front
body control module (FBCM) terminal 2A
Short to ground in the wiring harness between HAZARD 25 A fuse and

front body control module (FBCM) terminal 1A

front body control module (FBCM) terminal 1B

front body control module (FBCM) terminal 3K
Possible cause Short to ground in the wiring harness between HAZARD 25 A fuse and
front body control module (FBCM) terminal 3L
HAZARD 25 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and front
body control module (FBCM) terminal 1B
body control module (FBCM) terminal 3K
body control module (FBCM) terminal 3L


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 8.
MODULE (FBCM)] .)

for 10 s or more.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)
VERIFY PCM DTCs

Perform the DTC inspection for the PCM using the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
M-MDS.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [SKYACTIV-G
2.0].)
INSPECT BATTERY
(See BATTERY INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) No Recharge or replace the battery, then go to
Step 7.
Is the battery normal?
(See BATTERY RECHARGING [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
(See GENERATOR INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) No Replace the generator, then go to Step 7.
Is the generator normal? (See GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)




connector.

VERIFY FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) POWER

6 SUPPLY VOLTAGE Yes Go to the next step.

No Inspect the ROOM 15 A, and HAZARD 25 A
Connect the negative battery cable. fuses.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE If a fuse is burnt out:

Repair or
Display PID VPWR_B using the M-MDS. replace the
wiring harness
(See PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [FRONT which is

BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .) shorted to

ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Replace the
burnt out
fuse.
Replace the
damaged fuse.
All fuses are normal:
Repair or
replace the
wiring harness
which has an
open circuit.


MODULE (FBCM)] .) No Go to the next step.

for 10 s or more.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Front body control module (FBCM) power supply voltage (+B power supply) high input
location
Front body control module (FBCM) power supply circuit voltage of 14.2 V or
Detection
more is detected for 10 s or more with the ignition switched ON (engine
condition
off or on).
Fail-safe
Possible Battery malfunction

cause
System
wiring
diagram


module (FBCM) DTCs using No Go to Step 6.
the M-MDS.

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(FBCM)] .)

for 10 s or more.


(See DTC INSPECTION

[FRONT BODY CONTROL
MODULE (FBCM)] .)
VERIFY PCM DTCs

for the PCM using the M-
MDS. (See DTC TABLE [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

INSPECT BATTERY

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
(See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G
Is the battery normal? 2.0].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
(See GENERATOR No Replace the generator, then go to the next step.

INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G
2.0].)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Is the generator normal?

Clear front body control If the malfunction recurs, replace

module (FBCM) DTCs using the front body control module
the M-MDS. (FBCM), then go to the next step.
(See CLEARING DTC [FRONT (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE

BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(FBCM)] .)

for 10 s or more.

(See DTC INSPECTION

[FRONT BODY CONTROL
MODULE (FBCM)] .)


displayed?
(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Front body control module (FBCM) power supply voltage mismatch
location
Front body control module (FBCM) terminal 1A, 1B, 3K, and 3L voltages of 2 V or more lower
Detection
than the voltage of terminal 2A are detected for 5 s or more with the ignition switched ON
condition
(engine off or on).
Fail-safe
Front body control module (FBCM) power supply circuit malfunction
Short to ground in the wiring harness between ROOM 15 A fuse and front
Short to ground in the wiring harness between HAZARD 25 A fuse and front
Possible
cause
HAZARD 25 A fuse malfunction


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 6.
MODULE (FBCM)] .)

for 5 s or more.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)

Perform the front body control module (FBCM) DTC applicable DTC troubleshooting.
(See DTC INSPECTION [FRONT BODY CONTROL (FBCM)] .)
MODULE (FBCM)] .)




connector.

VERIFY FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) POWER

4 SUPPLY VOLTAGE Yes Go to the next step.

No Inspect the ROOM 15 A and HAZARD 25 A
Connect the negative battery cable. fuses.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE If a fuse is burnt out:

Repair or
Display PID VPWR_B using the M-MDS. replace the
wiring harness
(See PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [FRONT which is
BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)] .) shorted to
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Replace the
burnt out
fuse.
Replace the
damaged fuse.
All fuses are normal:
Repair or
replace the
wiring harness
which has an
open circuit.



MODULE (FBCM)] .) No Go to the next step.

for 5 s or more.


MODULE (FBCM)] .)


(FBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select F_BCM.
NOTE:
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
: Not applicable
Off: Theft-
deterrent Front body
system control
answer-back module
signal is not (FBCM)
received. Rear body
ABK_CS_BG Off/On
control
On: Theft-
module
deterrent
(RBCM)
system
answer-back Start stop
signal is unit
received.
Off: Advanced
keyless entry Front body
system control
answer-back module
signal is not (FBCM)
received. Rear body
ABK_CS_KEY *1 Off/On
control
On: Advanced
module
keyless entry
(RBCM)
system
answer-back Start stop
signal is unit
received.
Off: Keyless Front body

entry system control
horn answer- module
back signal is (FBCM)
not received.
Rear body
ABK_HN_KEY*1 Off/On
On: Keyless control
entry system module
horn answer- (RBCM)
back signal is
Start stop
received.
unit
Battery charge condition is

BAT_SOC % Battery
displayed.
Battery temperature is
BAT_TMP C, F Battery
displayed.
Off: Theft-
deterrent Front body
system alarm control

signal is not module

received. (FBCM)
BG_ALARM_CS *2 Off/On
On: Theft- Rear body
deterrent control
system alarm module
signal is (RBCM)
received.
Off: Blower
relay is off.
BLWR_MT_RY Off/On Blower relay
On: Blower
relay is on.
Off: Brake
switch (No. 2)
is off (brake
pedal is Brake
depressed). switch
BRAKE_SW Off/On
PCM
On: Brake
switch (No. 2) TCM
is on (brake
pedal is not
depressed).
Normal: Brake
fluid level is
between MAX
and MIN.
Low: Brake
fluid level is
BRK_F_L_SW Normal/Low/Reserved/Unknown lower than Brake fluid level sensor
MIN.
Reserved: -
Unknown:
Brake fluid
level is not
determined.
Back-up current when ignition

C_IG_OFF A is switched off previously is
(FBCM)
displayed.
Cumulative back-up current

(unit: Ah) when ignition is Front body control module
C_T_IG_OFF
switched off previously is (FBCM)
displayed.
Cumulative
charging/discharging current
C_T_IG_ON (unit: Ah) when ignition is
(FBCM)
switched ON (engine off or on)
is displayed.
Off: Rear
window
defroster Front body
control signal control
is not received. module
DEFOG_R_CS Off/On (FBCM)

On: Rear
window Climate
defroster control unit
control signal
is received.
Engine coolant temperature is ECT sensor

ENG_C_TMP C, F
displayed.
PCM
Front body
Off: ESS is not
control
operated.
ESS_ST Off/On module
On: ESS is (FBCM)
operated.
DSC HU/CM
Off: Front fog

light is turned
off.
F_FOG_LMP*3 Off/On Front fog light
On: Front fog
light is turned
on.
Off: Front fog

light switch is
not in F.FOG Front fog
position light switch
F_FOG_SW *3 Off/On
On: Front fog Start stop
light switch is unit
in F.FOG
position
OFF: Headlight
is turned off. Headlight
relay
DRL: DRL (HI/LO)
(Daytime
running light) Parking
is turned on. light
TNS: TNS is Taillight

H/L OFF/DRL/TNS/H/L_LOW/H/L_HI
turned on.
License
H/L_LOW: plate light
Headlight (LO)
is turned on. DRL
(Daytime
H/L_HI: running
Headlight (HI) light)
is turned on.
Off: TNS and

headlight on
request signal
is not received
from auto-light
sensor.
TNS_On: TNS
on signal is
received from
H/L_CS_RLS Off/TNS_On/TNS+H/L_On Auto-light sensor
auto-light
sensor.

TNS+H/L_On:
TNS and
headlight LO
on signal is
received from
auto-light
sensor.
Off: Headlight
HI is turned
off.
H/L_HI Off/On Headlight HI
On: Headlight
HI is turned
on.
Off: Light
switch is in LO
Light switch
position.
H/L_SW_HI Off/On Start stop
On: Light
unit
switch is in HI
position.
Off: Headlight
is turned off. Light switch
H/L_SW_LOW1 Off/On
On: Headlight Start stop
(LO) is turned unit
on.
Off: Headlight
is turned off. Light switch
H/L_SW_LOW2 Off/On
On: Headlight Start stop
(LO) is turned unit
on.
Off: Light
switch is not in
Light switch
OFF position
H/L_SW_OFF Off/On Start stop
On: Light
unit
switch is in
OFF position
Off: Light
switch is not in
passing
Light switch
position
H/L_SW_PASS Off/On Start stop
On: Light
unit
switch is in
passing
position
Off: Light
switch is not in
Light switch
TNS position
H/L_SW_TNS Off/On Start stop
On: Light
unit
switch in TNS
position

Parking
Off: TNS is light
turned off.
H/L_TNS Off/On Taillight
On: TNS is
turned on. License
plate lights
Off: Hazard Front turn

light is turned light
off.
Side turn
HAZARD_LMP Off/On
On: Hazard lights
light is turned
Rear turn
on.
light
Off: Hazard
warning switch
is not pressed.
On: Hazard Hazard

warning switch warning
switch
HAZARD_SW Off/On/Unknown is pressed.
Start stop
Unknown:
unit
Hazard
warning switch
on/off is not
determined.
IG1 relay
Off: IG1 is off. PCM
IG_ST Off/On
On: IG1 is on. Start stop
unit
Off: TNS or
headlight off
control by
auto-light off Front body
system is not control
operated. module
L_OFF_AUTO Off/On (FBCM)
On: TNS or
headlight off Auto light
control by sensor
auto-light off
system is
operated.
NOTE:
Displays in the Front body control module

L_OFF_BS Off/On M-MDS but it (FBCM)
does not
operate.
NOTE:
Displays in the
OIL_P_SW Off(Normal)/On(Low) Oil pressure switch
M-MDS but it
does not
operate.

Ambient
Ambient temperature is temperature
OUT_CAR_TMP C, F sensor
displayed.
PCM
Off: Parking
brake switch is
off (parking
Parking
brake lever is
brake
not pulled).
switch
P_BRAKE_SW Off/On
On: Parking
Instrument
brake switch is
cluster
on (parking
brake lever is
pulled).
Front body
Off: Panic control
control signal module
is not received. (FBCM)
PNC_CS Off/On
On: Panic Rear body
control signal control
is received. module
(RBCM)
OK: Rain
sensor is
normal.
RLS_FLT *4 O.K./FAULT Rain sensor
FAULT: Rain
sensor has a
malfunction.
No_Request:
Except below
S_HT_CUT *5 No_Request/Cut Cut: Seat
(FBCM)
warmer is
turned off or
lowered.
Between:
Selector lever
receives signal
between two
positions.
P: Selector
lever receives
P position
signal.
R: Selector
lever receives
R position
signal.
N: Selector
SHIFT_L_POS *6 Between/P/R/N/D/S(2)//L(1) lever receives TCM
N position
signal.
D: Selector
lever receives

D position
signal.
S (2): Selector
lever receives
D position 2nd
gear signal.
L (1): Selector
lever receives
D position 1st
gear signal.
Off: Turn light Front turn

(LH) is turned light
off.
Side turn
TURN_L_L Off/On
On: Turn light lights
(LH) is turned
Rear turn
on.
light
Off: Turn light Front turn

(RH) is turned light
off.
Side turn
TURN_L_R Off/On
On: Turn light lights
(RH) is turned
Rear turn
on.
light
Off: Turn
switch receives
OFF signal.
Turn_R_On:
Turn switch
receives RH
signal. Turn Switch
TURN_SW Off/Turn_R_On/Turn_L_On/Unknown
Turn_L_On: Start stop
Turn switch unit
receives LH
signal.
Unknown: Turn
switch receives
signal not
determined.

VPWR_B V (FBCM) power supply voltage is
(FBCM)
displayed.
VSPD KPH, MPH Vehicle speed is displayed. PCM
Normal:
Washer fluid
level is normal.
Low: Washer
fluid level is
WAS_FLUID_L *7 Normal/Low/Reserved/Unknown low. Washer fluid-level sensor
Reserved: -
Unknown:

Washer fluid
level is not
determined.
Off: Front
washer motor
relay is off. Front body control module
WAS_MT_RY_F Off/On
(FBCM)
On: Front
washer motor
relay is on.
Off: Rear
washer motor
WAS_MT_RY_R Off/On
(FBCM)
On: Rear
washer motor
relay is on.
Off: Front
washer
Windshield
receives OFF
washer
signal.
WASHER_F Off/On switch
On: Front
Start stop
washer
unit
receives ON
signal.
Off: Rear wiper

and washer
switch receives
Rear wiper
OFF signal of
and washer
rear washe.
switch
WASHER_R Off/On
On: Rear wiper
Start stop
and washer
unit
switch receives
ON signal of
rear washer.
Off: Wiper
operation
signal is not
received from
rain sensor.
Single_Wipe:
Signal to
operate wiper
once is
received from
rain sensor.
F_Wiper_LOW:
Signal to
operate wiper
WIP_CS_RLS *4 Off/Single_Wipe/F_Wiper_LOW/F_Wiper_HI/Failure at low speed is Rain sensor
received from
rain sensor.
F_Wiper_HI:
Signal to
operate wiper
at high speed

is received
from rain
sensor.
Failure:
Communication
with rain
sensor is
failed.
OFF:
Windshield
wiper switch
receives OFF
signal.
LOW:
Windshield
wiper switch Windshield
ireceives LO wiper
WIP_F OFF/LOW/HI/INT/ AUTO signal. switch
HI: Windshield Start stop

wiper switch unit
receives HI
signal.
INT / AUTO:
Windshield
wiper switch
receives INT or
AUTO signal.
Windshield
wiper
Windshield wiper INT level switch
WIP_F_INT_L %
signal value received.
Start stop
unit
Off: Windshield
wiper switch is Windshield
not in LO wiper
WIP_F_LOW Off/On position. switch
On: Windshield Start stop

wiper switch is unit
in LO position.
Stop: Autostop
switch is on.
WIP_F_MST Stop/Move Windshield wiper motor
Move:
Autostop
switch is off.
Off: Windshield
wiper high
WIP_F_RY_HI Off/On
(FBCM)
On: Windshield
wiper high
relay is on.
Off: Windshield
wiper low relay

is off. Front body control module

WIP_F_RY_LO Off/On
(FBCM)
On: Windshield
wiper low relay
is on.
OFF: Rear
wiper switch
receives OFF
signal.
Rear wiper
LOW: Rear
switch
wiper switch
WIP_R OFF/LOW/INT
receives ON Start stop
signal. unit
INT: Rear
wiper switch
receive INT
signal.
Rear wiper
Off: Rear wiper motor
motor is not
Instrument
operated.
cluster
WIP_R_RY Off/On
On: Rear wiper Rear body
motor is control
operated. module
(RBCM)
*1
Vehicles with advanced keyless entry system

*2
With theft-deterrent system
*3
*4
With auto-light sensor
*5
With seat warmer
*6
ATX
*7
With washer fluid-level sensor
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select F_BCM.
3. Select the active command modes from the PID table.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Simulation
item
Off: Stops rear

window
defroster.
DEFOG_R_ST Off/On Filament
On: Operates
rear window
defroster.
Off: Turns off

front fog light.
F_FOG_LMP*1 Off/On Front fog light
On: Illuminates
front fog light.
Off: Turns off

Headlight
headlights.
(LO)/(HI)
DRL: Illuminates
Parking
DRL (Daytime
light
running light).
Taillight
TNS: Illuminates
H/L OFF/DRL/TNS/H/L_LOW/H/L_HI TNS. License
plate
H/L_LOW:
light
Illuminates
headlights LO. DRL
(Daytime
H/L_HI:
running
Illuminates
light)
headlights HI.
Off: Turns off Front

hazard warning turn light
light.
Side turn
HAZARD_LMP Off/On
On: Flashes lights
hazard warning
Rear turn
light.
light

Off: Turns front

washer motor
relay off. Front body control module
WAS_MT_RY_F Off/On
(FBCM)
On: Turns front
washer motor
relay on.
Off: Turns rear

washer motor
relay off. Front body control module
WAS_MT_RY_R Off/On
(FBCM)
On: Turns rear
washer motor
relay on.
*1
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Power window system, Auto dimming mirror
Power door lock system

Room lights, Brake light system

Rear wiper system

Fuel-level sensor system
CAN system
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

*1

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CMDTC Self Test
2. Verify the following vehicle conditions:
All the switches are turned off (except the ignition switch).
All the doors, hood, and liftgate are closed.
All the doors, and liftgate re unlocked.
All the seat belts are unbuckled.
Parking brake lever is pulled.
M-MDS.

5. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the rear body control module (RBCM).
(See CLEARING DTC [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)] .)
ODDTC Self Test
2. Verify the following vehicle conditions:
All the switches are turned off (except the ignition switch).
All the doors, hood, and liftgate are closed.
All the doors, and liftgate re unlocked.
All the seat belts are unbuckled.
Parking brake lever is pulled.

M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select R_BCM.

5. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the rear body control module (RBCM).
Snapshot data
Snapshot data table
Corresponding
Snapshot data
item
items
AAT C F Ambient temperature -
Accelerator Pedal
APP_STATUS Accelerator pedal position status -

CFG_STATUS Configuration status -
Error
Under 0 degrees C/
ECT_STATUS 0-Under 80 degrees C/ Engine coolant temperature status -
Over 80 degrees C/FAIL

IC_VPWR V -
voltage

IG-ON_TIMER hh:mm:ss -

Accessory (Position 1)/

Push button start power position
PWR_MODE_KEY -
Post Ignition (Position 1)/ switching status
Running (Position 2)/

Engine
RPM_STATUS Engine speed status -
SHIFT_STATUS P/N/D/R/FAIL Selector lever position status -

TOTAL_DIST Km miles -

NOTE:
When the ROOM

TOTAL_TIME hh:mm:ss fuse is removed, -
or the ignition is
switched off
(LOCK), the time
is not included in
the elapsed time.
Rear body control module (RBCM)

VPWR V VPWR_IG
power supply malfunction
Stop/
0-10km/h/
Over10km/h/
FAIL
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)] .)
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select R_BCM.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Fail- Self
light cycle function
function type*1
(See DTC B1079:13

Hood latch switch circuit [REAR BODY
B1079:13 D
malfunction CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B108F:16

Door lock switch circuit [REAR BODY
B108F:16 D
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B109E:87

Communication error with start [REAR BODY
B109E:87 C, D
stop unit CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B113E:11

Liftgate opener switch circuit [REAR BODY
B113E:11 D
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B1172:11

Front door lock-link switch (LH) [REAR BODY
B1172:11 D
unlock circuit malfunction CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B1172:13

B1172:13 D
unlock circuit malfunction CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)
Vehicles without theft-deterrent

system:
Front door
lock-link
switch (RH)

unlock circuit
malfunction
(See DTC B1174:11
Vehicles with theft-deterrent
[REAR BODY
B1174:11 system: D
CONTROL MODULE
Front door (RBCM)] .)
lock-link
switch
(RH)/rear door
lock-link
switch
(LH)/(RH)
unlock circuit
malfunction
Vehicles without theft-deterrent

system:
Front door
lock-link
switch (RH)
unlock circuit
malfunction
(See DTC B1174:13
Vehicles with theft-deterrent
[REAR BODY
B1174:13 system: D
CONTROL MODULE
Front door (RBCM)] .)
lock-link
switch
(RH)/rear door
lock-link
switch
(LH)/(RH)
unlock circuit
malfunction
(See DTC B1175:11

Front door latch switch (LH) [REAR BODY
B1175:11 D
circuit malfunction CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B1176:11

Front door latch switch (RH) [REAR BODY
B1176:11 D
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B1178:11

Liftgate latch switch circuit [REAR BODY
B1178:11 D
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B11DA:16

Front door key cylinder switch [REAR BODY
B11DA:16 D

(LH) circuit malfunction CONTROL MODULE

(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B11E9:11

Rear door latch switch (LH) [REAR BODY
B11E9:11 D
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B11EA:11

Rear door latch switch (RH) [REAR BODY
B11EA:11 D
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B126A:11

B126A:11 D
lock circuit malfunction CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC B126A:13

B126A:13 D
lock circuit malfunction CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)
Unit communication error (MS- (See DTC

U0010:88 C, D
CAN) U0010:88/U0155:00
[REAR BODY
Communication error with CONTROL MODULE
U0155:00 C, D (RBCM)] .)
instrument cluster
(See DTC U2100:00

Rear body control module [REAR BODY
U2100:00 C, D
(RBCM) configuration error CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC U3000:49

Rear body control module [REAR BODY
U3000:49 C, D
(RBCM) internal malfunction CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)
(See DTC U3003:16

Rear body control module
[REAR BODY
U3003:16 (RBCM) power supply voltage C, D
CONTROL MODULE
(+B power supply) low input
(RBCM)] .)
*1
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Hood latch switch circuit malfunction
location
Rear body control module (RBCM) detects open circuit in hood latch switch
Detection condition
circuit.
Fail-safe
Hood latch switch connector or terminal malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between hood latch switch terminal B and body
ground
Hood latch switch malfunction

Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear body control module (RBCM) terminal
3L and hood latch switch terminal A

VERIFY REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) DTCs AGAIN

Clear rear body control module (RBCM) DTCs using
the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 8.
(See CLEARING DTC [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)
Perform the DTC inspection for the rear body

control module (RBCM) using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [REAR BODY CONTROL

MODULE (RBCM)] .)
INSPECT HOOD LATCH SWITCH CONNECTOR

to Step 7.
Disconnect the hood latch switch connector.

INSPECT HOOD LATCH SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

Verify that the hood latch switch connector is

Inspect for continuity between hood latch switch
terminal B (vehicle wiring harness side) and body
ground.
INSPECT HOOD LATCH SWITCH

Inspect the hood latch switch.
(See HOOD LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the hood latch switch, then go to
Step 7.
Is the hood latch switch normal?
(See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER
INSPECT REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) CONNECTOR

Disconnect the rear body control module (RBCM)

to Step 7.

INSPECT HOOD LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Verify that the hood latch switch and rear body
control module (RBCM) connectors are
Inspect the wiring harness for an open circuit step.
between rear body control module (RBCM) terminal
3L (vehicle wiring harness side) and hood latch
switch terminal A (vehicle wiring harness side).

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. replace the rear body
control module (RBCM),
(See REAR BODY CONTROL
Clear rear body control module (RBCM) DTCs using MODULE (RBCM)

(RBCM)] .) No Go to the next step.


MODULE (RBCM)] .)

(See DTC TABLE [REAR BODY CONTROL

MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Door lock switch circuit malfunction
location
With the door lock switch off, the rear body control module (RBCM) detects door lock switch
Detection condition
circuit voltage of 4 V or less.
Fail-safe
Power window main switch connector or terminal malfunction
Door lock switch (LH) malfunction
Door lock switch (RH) connector or terminal malfunction
Door lock switch (RH) malfunction

Possible cause
Rear body control module (RBCM) terminal 3F and power window main
switch terminal 2M
Rear body control module (RBCM) terminal 3F and door lock switch (RH)
terminal C


Clear rear body control module (RBCM) DTCs using the
M-MDS.
No Go to Step 9.
(RBCM)] .)
Perform the DTC inspection for the rear body control

module (RBCM) using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE

(RBCM)] .)
Is DTC B108F:16 displayed?
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH CONNECTOR INSPECTION

8.

Disconnect the power window main switch connector.

INSPECT DOOR LOCK SWITCH (LH)

Inspect the door lock switch (LH).
(See DOOR LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the power window main switch, then go
to Step 8.
Is the door lock switch (LH) normal?
(See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
INSPECT DOOR LOCK SWITCH (RH) CONNECTOR

Disconnect the door lock switch (RH) connector.
INSPECT DOOR LOCK SWITCH (RH)

Inspect the door lock switch (RH).
(See DOOR LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the door lock switch (RH), then go to
Step 8.
Is the door lock switch (RH) normal?
(See DOOR LOCK SWITCH


connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step
8.
INSPECT DOOR LOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Verify the rear body control module (RBCM) connector, short to ground, then go to the next step.
power window main switch connector, and door lock
switch (RH) connector are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between rear body control module
(RBCM) terminal 3F (vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery cable. replace the rear body control
module (RBCM), then go to the
Clear rear body control module (RBCM) DTCs using the MODULE (RBCM)




(RBCM)] .)
Is DTC B108F:16 displayed?

(See DTC TABLE [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE

(RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
location
Rear body control module (RBCM) detects communication error with start stop unit for 10
Detection condition
times continuously.
Fail-safe
Short to ground in wiring harness between rear body control module (RBCM) terminal 3B and
start stop unit terminal 1Q
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear body control module (RBCM) terminal 3B and start
stop unit terminal 1Q


Clear rear body control module (RBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)] .) No Go to Step 8.
Perform the DTC inspection for the rear body control module
(RBCM) using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)] .)

to Step 7.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

disconnection.

Disconnect the rear body control module (RBCM) connector.

Inspect the connector engagement and connection condition and to Step 7.
disconnection.
INSPECT START STOP UNIT CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Verify that the rear body control module (RBCM) connector and is shorted to ground, then go to Step 7.
Inspect for continuity between start stop unit terminal 1Q No Go to the next step.
INSPECT START STOP UNIT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Inspect the wiring harness for an open circuit between rear body has an open circuit, then go to Step 7.
control module (RBCM) terminal 3B (vehicle wiring harness side)
and start stop unit terminal 1Q (vehicle wiring harness side).

(See START STOP UNIT INSPECTION .) No Replace the start stop unit, then go to the
next step.

(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION then go to the next step.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Clear rear body control module (RBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS. MODULE (RBCM)
Perform the DTC inspection for the rear body control module No Go to the next step.
(See DTC INSPECTION [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Liftgate opener switch circuit malfunction
location
Detection Rear body control module (RBCM) detects short to ground in liftgate opener
condition switch circuit
Fail-safe
Liftgate opener switch connector or terminal malfunction
Liftgate opener switch malfunction

Possible cause
Short to ground in wiring harness between rear body control module (RBCM)
terminal 4M and liftgate opener switch terminal C

VERIFY REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) DTCs

Clear rear body control module (RBCM) DTCs

(See CLEARING DTC [REAR BODY CONTROL

MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
INSPECT LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH CONNECTOR

Step 6.
2.0].)
Disconnect the liftgate opener switch connector.


disconnection.
INSPECT LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH

Inspect the liftgate opener switch.
(See LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the liftgate opener switch, then go
to Step 6.
Is the liftgate opener switch normal?
(See LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH

Disconnect the rear body control module

(RBCM) connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to
Step 6.
disconnection.
INSPECT LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

Verify that the liftgate opener switch and rear step.
body control module (RBCM) connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between liftgate opener
switch terminal C (vehicle wiring harness) and
body ground.

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery replace the rear body
cable. control module (RBCM),
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G (See REAR BODY CONTROL
2.0].) MODULE (RBCM)
using the M-MDS.
MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)



MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Front door lock-link switch (LH) unlock circuit malfunction
location
Detection With the front door lock-link switch (LH) locked, the rear body control module (RBCM)
condition detects a short to ground in the front door lock-link switch (LH) unlock circuit.
Fail-safe
Front door latch and lock actuator (LH) connector or terminal malfunction
Front door lock-link switch (LH) malfunction

Possible cause
Short to ground in wiring harness between rear body control module (RBCM) terminal
3M and front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal B




MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
Lock the front door lock-link switch (LH).
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH ACTUATOR (LH)

2 CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.


2.0].)
Disconnect the front door latch and lock actuator

(LH) connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LH)

Inspect the front door lock-link switch (LH).
(See DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the front door latch and lock actuator
(LH), then go to Step 6.
Is the front door lock-link switch (LH) normal?
(See FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)


Step 6.
disconnection.

INSPECT FRONT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LH) CIRCUIT

Verify that the rear body control module (RBCM) step.
connector and front door latch and lock actuator
(LH) connector are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between front door latch
and lock actuator (LH) terminal B (vehicle wiring

Reconnect the disconnected negative battery replace the rear body control
cable. module (RBCM), then go to
the next step.
using the M-MDS.
MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Front door lock-link switch (LH) unlock circuit malfunction
location
Detection Rear body control module (RBCM) detects open circuit in front door lock-link switch
condition (LH) unlock side circuit with front door lock-link switch (LH) unlocked.
Fail-safe
Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (LH)
terminal J and body ground

Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear body control module (RBCM) terminal 3M
and front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal B


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 8.
(RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (LH)




(LH) connector.


INSPECT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN FRONT DOOR LOCK-LINK

3 SWITCH (LH) GROUND CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the front door latch and lock actuator

(LH) connector is disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Inspect the wiring harness between front door
latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal J (vehicle
wiring harness side) and body ground for
continuity.

(See DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the front door latch and lock
actuator (LH), then go to Step 7.


to Step 7.

6 SWITCH (LH) CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the rear body control module (RBCM)

connector and front door latch and lock actuator No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
(LH) connector are disconnected. has an open circuit, then go to the next
step.
Inspect the wiring harness between rear body
control module (RBCM) terminal 3M (vehicle wiring
harness side) and front door latch and lock
actuator (LH) terminal B (vehicle wiring harness




MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Vehicles Without Theft-Deterrent System
System
malfunction Front door lock-link switch (RH) unlock circuit malfunction
location
Detection With the front door lock-link switch (RH) locked, the rear body control module
condition (RBCM) detects a short to ground in the door lock-link switch unlock circuit.
Fail-safe
Front door latch and lock actuator (RH) connector or terminal malfunction
Front door lock-link switch (RH) malfunction

Possible cause
terminal 3J and front door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal L




MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (RH)



2.0].)

(RH) connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RH)

Inspect the front door lock-link switch (RH).
(See DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the front door latch and lock actuator
(RH), then go to Step 6.
Is the front door lock-link switch (RH) normal?
(See FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR


Step 6.
disconnection.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RH) CIRCUIT

(RH) connector are disconnected.
and lock actuator (RH) terminal L (vehicle wiring

the next step.
using the M-MDS.
MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)



MODULE (RBCM)] .)
Vehicles With Theft-Deterrent System
System
malfunction Front door lock-link switch (RH)/rear door lock-link switch (LH)/(RH) unlock circuit malfunction
location
With the front door lock-link switch (RH)/rear door lock-link switch (LH)/(RH) locked, the
Detection
rear body control module (RBCM) detects a short to ground in the door lock-link switch
condition
unlock circuit.
Fail-safe
Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) connector or terminal malfunction
Rear door lock-link switch (LH) malfunction
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) connector or terminal malfunction
Possible
cause Rear door lock-link switch (RH) malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between rear body control module (RBCM) terminal 3J
and front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal L/rear door latch and lock actuator (LH)
terminal B/rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal L


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 11.
(RBCM)] .)



(RBCM)] .)




(RH) connector.


actuator (RH), then go to Step 10.
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH ACTUATOR (LH) CONNECTOR

Disconnect the rear door latch and lock actuator
(LH) connector.
INSPECT REAR DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LH)

Inspect the rear door lock-link switch (LH).
(See DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the rear door latch and lock
Is the rear door lock-link switch (LH) normal?
(See REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH ACTUATOR (RH) CONNECTOR

(RH) connector.
INSPECT REAR DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RH)

Inspect the rear door lock-link switch (RH).

Is the rear door lock-link switch (RH) normal?


to Step 10.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RH)/REAR DOOR

9 LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LH)/(RH) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness which
GROUND has a short to ground, then go to the next
step.
connector, front door latch and lock actuator (RH)
connector, rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) No Go to the next step.
connector, and rear door latch and lock actuator
Inspect for continuity between front door latch and

lock actuator (RH) terminal L (vehicle wiring harness




(RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Vehicles Without Theft-Deterrent System
System
malfunction Front door lock-link switch (RH) unlock circuit malfunction
location
Detection With the front door lock-link switch (RH) unlocked, the rear body control module
condition (RBCM) detects an open circuit in the door lock-link switch unlock circuit.
Fail-safe
Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (RH)
terminal D and body ground

Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear body control module (RBCM) terminal 3J
and front door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal L


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 8.
(RBCM)] .)


(RBCM)] .)




(RH) connector.



3 SWITCH (RH) GROUND CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.

(RH) connector is disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
Inspect the wiring harness between front door latch
and lock actuator (RH) terminal D (vehicle wiring
harness side) and body ground for continuity.



to Step 7.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RH) CIRCUIT FOR


(RH) connector are disconnected. has an open circuit, then go to the next
step.
control module (RBCM) terminal 3J (vehicle wiring
harness side) and front door latch and lock actuator
(RH) terminal L (vehicle wiring harness side) for
continuity.





(RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
Vehicles With Theft-Deterrent System
System
malfunction Front door lock-link switch (RH)/rear door lock-link switch (LH)/(RH) unlock circuit malfunction
location
With the front door lock-link switch (RH)/rear door lock-link switch (LH)/(RH) unlocked, the
Detection
rear body control module (RBCM) detects an open circuit in the door lock-link switch unlock
condition
circuit.
Fail-safe
Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal D
and body ground
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal J
and body ground
Rear door lock-link switch (LH) malfunction

Possible
cause Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) connector or terminal malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal D
and body ground
Rear door lock-link switch (RH) malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear body control module (RBCM) terminal 3J and
front door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal L/rear door latch and lock actuator (RH)
terminal B/rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal L


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 14.
(RBCM)] .)



(RBCM)] .)




(RH) connector.



Inspect the wiring harness between front door latch
and lock actuator (RH) terminal D (vehicle wiring
harness side) and body ground for continuity.

INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (LH)


(LH) connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go
to Step 13.
INSPECT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN REAR DOOR LOCK-LINK

Verify that the rear door latch and lock actuator

rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal J

INSPECT REAR DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LH)

Inspect the rear door lock-link switch (LH).
Is the rear door lock-link switch (LH) normal?
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (RH)


to Step 13.
INSPECT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN REAR DOOR LOCK-LINK

Verify that the rear door latch and lock actuator

rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal D
INSPECT REAR DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RH)

Inspect the rear door lock-link switch (RH).
Is the rear door lock-link switch (RH) normal?


to Step 13.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RH)/REAR DOOR

12 LINK SWITCH (LH)/(RH) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.

connector, front door latch and lock actuator (RH) No Repair or replace the wiring harness which
connector, rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) has an open circuit, then go to the next
connector, and rear door latch and lock actuator step.

continuity.


terminal 3J and front door latch and
lock actuator (RH) terminal L

terminal 3J and rear door latch and
lock actuator (LH) terminal B

terminal 3J and rear door latch and
lock actuator (RH) terminal L




(RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Front door latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection With the front door (LH) closed (front door latch switch (LH) off, the rear body control
condition module (RBCM) detects a short to ground in the front door latch switch (LH) circuit.
Fail-safe
Front door latch switch (LH) malfunction

Possible cause
3W and front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal L




MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)



2.0].)

(LH) connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH)

Inspect the front door latch switch (LH).
(See FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the front door latch and lock actuator
Is the front door latch switch (LH) normal?


Step 6.
disconnection.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH) CIRCUIT FOR



and lock actuator (LH) terminal L (vehicle wiring

the next step.
using the M-MDS.
MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Front door latch switch (RH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection With the front door (RH) closed (front door latch switch (RH) off, the rear body control
condition module (RBCM) detects a short to ground in the front door latch switch (RH) circuit.
Fail-safe
Front door latch switch (RH) malfunction

Possible cause
3U and front door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal B




MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)



2.0].)

(RH) connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH)

Inspect the front door latch switch (RH).
(See FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the front door latch and lock actuator
Is the front door latch switch (RH) normal?


Step 6.
disconnection.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH) CIRCUIT FOR



and lock actuator (RH) terminal B (vehicle wiring

the next step.
using the M-MDS.
MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Liftgate latch switch circuit malfunction
location
Detection With the liftgate closed (liftgate latch switch off), rear body control module
condition (RBCM) detects short to ground in liftgate latch switch circuit.
Fail-safe
Liftgate latch and lock actuator connector or terminal malfunction
Liftgate latch switch malfunction

Possible cause
terminal 4K and liftgate latch and lock actuator terminal C




MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
INSPECT LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR



2.0].)
Disconnect the liftgate latch and lock actuator

connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH

Inspect the liftgate latch switch.
(See LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the liftgate latch and lock actuator,
then go to Step 6.
Is the liftgate latch switch normal?
(See LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR


Step 6.
disconnection.
INSPECT LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

Verify that the rear body control module step.
(RBCM) connector and liftgate latch and lock
actuator connector are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between liftgate latch and
lock actuator terminal C (vehicle wiring
harness) and body ground.

using the M-MDS.
MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)



MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Front door key cylinder switch (LH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection With the front door key cylinder switch (LH) off, the rear body control module
condition (RBCM) detects front door key cylinder switch (LH) voltage of 4 V or less.
Fail-safe
Front door key cylinder switch (LH) malfunction

Possible cause
terminal 3H and front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal H




MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
Is DTC B11DA:16 displayed?



2.0].)
Disconnect the front door latch and lock

actuator (LH) connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH (LH)

Inspect the front door key cylinder switch (LH).
(See FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH No Replace the front door latch and lock
INSPECTION .) actuator (LH), then go to Step 6.
Is the front door key cylinder switch (LH) (See FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
normal? ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)


Step 6.
disconnection.

INSPECT FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH (LH)

Verify that the rear body control module step.
(RBCM) connector and front door latch and lock
actuator (LH) connector are disconnected.
and lock actuator (LH) terminal H (vehicle

using the M-MDS.
MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
Is DTC B11DA:16 displayed?


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Rear door latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection With the rear door (LH) closed (rear door latch switch (LH) off), the rear body control
condition module (RBCM) detects a short to ground in the rear door latch switch (LH) circuit.
Fail-safe
Rear door latch switch (LH) malfunction

Possible cause
3S and rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal L




MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
Is DTC B11E9:11 displayed?
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (LH)



2.0].)

(LH) connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH)

Inspect the rear door latch switch (LH).
(See REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator
Is the rear door latch switch (LH) normal?
(See REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR


Step 6.
disconnection.
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH) CIRCUIT FOR

connector and rear door latch and lock actuator


Inspect for continuity between rear door latch
and lock actuator (LH) terminal L (vehicle wiring

the next step.
using the M-MDS.
MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
Is DTC B11E9:11 displayed?


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Rear door latch switch (RH) circuit malfunction
location
Detection With the rear door (RH) closed (rear door latch switch (RH) off), the rear body control
condition module (RBCM) detects a short to ground in the rear door latch switch (RH) circuit.
Fail-safe
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) connector or terminal malfunction
Rear door latch switch (RH) malfunction

Possible cause
3Q and rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal B




MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
Is DTC B11EA:11 displayed?
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (RH)



2.0].)

(RH) connector.

disconnection.
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH)

Inspect the rear door latch switch (RH).
(See REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator
Is the rear door latch switch (RH) normal?
(See REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR


Step 6.
disconnection.
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH) CIRCUIT FOR

connector and rear door latch and lock actuator


Inspect for continuity between rear door latch
and lock actuator (RH) terminal B (vehicle wiring

the next step.
using the M-MDS.
MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
Is DTC B11EA:11 displayed?


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Front door lock-link switch (LH) lock circuit malfunction
location
Detection With the front door lock-link switch (LH) unlocked, the rear body control module
condition (RBCM) detects a short to ground in the front door lock-link switch (LH) lock circuit.
Fail-safe

Possible cause
Start stop unit terminal 1P and front door latch and lock actuator
(LH) terminal D
Rear body control module (RBCM) terminal 3O and front door latch
and lock actuator (LH) terminal D


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 9.
(RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)




(LH) connector.





to Step 8.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LH) CIRCUIT

connector, start stop unit connector, and front
door latch and lock actuator (LH) connector are No Go to the next step.
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between front door latch and

lock actuator (LH) terminal D (vehicle wiring


(See START STOP UNIT INSPECTION .) No Replace the start stop unit, then go to the
next step.




MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Front door lock-link switch (LH) lock circuit malfunction
location
Detection Rear body control module (RBCM) detects open circuit in front door lock-link switch
condition (LH) lock side circuit with front door lock-link switch (LH) locked.
Fail-safe
Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (LH)
terminal J and body ground

Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear body control module (RBCM) terminal
3O and front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal D


the M-MDS.
No Go to Step 8.
(RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)




(LH) connector.




Inspect the wiring harness between front door
latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal J (vehicle
wiring harness side) and body ground for
continuity.



to Step 7.

6 SWITCH (LH) CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.

(LH) connector are disconnected. has an open circuit, then go to the next
step.
control module (RBCM) terminal 3O (vehicle wiring
harness side) and front door latch and lock
actuator (LH) terminal D (vehicle wiring harness




MODULE (RBCM)] .)


MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
U0010:88
System Unit communication error (MS-CAN)

malfunction
location U0155:00
U0010:88
With the ignition switched ON (engine off or on), the rear

body control module (RBCM) detects a CAN communication
Detection line (MS-CAN) error.
condition
U0155:00
The rear body control module (RBCM) cannot receive CAN

signals from the instrument cluster for 5 s or more with
the ignition switched ON (engine off or on).
Fail-safe

Possible
cause Malfunction in CAN line between the instrument cluster and rear body control
module (RBCM)
System
wiring
diagram
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction
Rear body control module (RBCM) configuration error
location

Detection condition
detected.
Fail-safe

Possible cause
VERIFY REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE

1 (RBCM) DTCs AGAIN Yes Go to the next step.
Clear rear body control module

(RBCM) DTCs using the M- No Go to Step 4.
MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [REAR

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)

the rear body control module
(See DTC INSPECTION [REAR

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)
PERFORM REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE

2 (RBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING AS- Yes Using the M-MDS, re-perform the rear body
BUILT DATA) control module (RBCM) configuration using the As-

Built data, then go to the next step.

rear body control module (See REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)
(RBCM) configuration with the CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
As-Built data.
(See REAR BODY CONTROL No Go to Step 4.

MODULE (RBCM)
BUILT DATA) .)

(RBCM) DTCs using the M-
MDS.

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)


BODY CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)

3 COMPLETED Yes Replace the rear body control module (RBCM),
(RBCM) DTCs using the M- (See REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)

BODY CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)


BODY CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM)] .)

(See DTC TABLE [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE

(RBCM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System malfunction locationRear body control module (RBCM) internal malfunction
Detection condition Malfunction inside rear body control module (RBCM) detected.
Fail-safe
Possible cause Rear body control module (RBCM) malfunction

1 MALFUNCTIONING PART IS REAR BODY CONTROL Yes Replace the rear body control module
MODULE (RBCM) (RBCM), then go to the next step.
Clear rear body control module (RBCM) (See REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE
DTCs using the M-MDS. (RBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

MODULE (RBCM)] .)
Perform the DTC inspection for the rear

body control module (RBCM) using the M-
MDS.

MODULE (RBCM)] .)

troubleshooting.
(See DTC TABLE [REAR BODY

CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
System
malfunction Rear body control module (RBCM) power supply voltage (+B power supply) low input
location
Detection Rear body control module (RBCM) power supply circuit voltage of 5 V or
condition more, less than 9 V is detected for 10 s or more.
Fail-safe
Battery malfunction

Possible cause
Malfunction between battery (+) terminal and rear body control module
(RBCM) terminal 2P

VERIFY REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)


No Go to Step 7.
(RBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See CLEARING DTC [REAR BODY



rear body control module (RBCM)
using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [REAR BODY

INSPECT BATTERY

(See BATTERY INSPECTION No Recharge or replace the battery, then go to

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) Step 6.

2.0].)

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT GENERATOR

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
INSPECT REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE

4 (RBCM) CONNECTOR CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.

Disconnect the negative battery Step 6.
cable.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the rear body control

module (RBCM) connector.
Inspect the connector engagement

and connection condition and inspect
the terminals for damage,
disconnection.
VERIFY REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)

5 POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE Yes Go to the next step.

No Inspect wiring harness between battery (+)
connectors.
and rear body control module (RBCM)
Connect the negative battery cable. terminal 2P (vehicle wiring harness side).
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE If there is any malfunction:

If there is a
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
malfunction,
Display PID VPWR_B_R using the M- repair or
MDS. replace the
wiring
(See PID/DATA MONITOR harness,
INSPECTION [REAR BODY CONTROL then go to
MODULE (RBCM)] .) the next
step.
Is the voltage 5 V or more, 9 V or

less? If there is no malfunction:
Go to the
next step.

replace the rear body control
Reconnect the disconnected module (RBCM), then go to
negative battery cable. the next step.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See REAR BODY CONTROL

DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION MODULE (RBCM)

(RBCM) DTCs using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
(See CLEARING DTC [REAR BODY



using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [REAR BODY



MODULE (RBCM)] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select R_BCM.
NOTE:
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
: Not applicable
Off: Door lock actuator

does not operate to
unlock in conjunction
with ignition off.
AT_DL_IG Off/On Door lock actuator
On: Door lock actuator
operates to unlock in
conjunction with
ignition off.

does not operate to
lock or unlock in
conjunction with
AT_DL_SHIFT Off/On shifting. Door lock actuator
operate to lock or
unlock in conjunction
with shifting.

does not operate to
lock in conjunction with
vehicle speed.
AT_DL_VSPD Off/On Door lock actuator
operates to lock in
conjunction with
vehicle speed.
Theft-
deterrent
Off: Theft-deterrent
horn relay
horn relay is off.
BG_HORN_RLY *1 Off/On Rear body
On: Theft-deterrent
control
horn relay is on.
module
(RBCM)

Off: Brake switch (No.

1 signal) is off (brake
pedal is not
depressed).
BRAKE_SW*2 Off/On Brake switch
On: Brake switch (No.
1 signal) is on (brake
pedal is depressed).
Off: Door lock switch is

not in lock.
C_DL_SW_LK*3 Off/On Door lock switch
On: Door lock switch is
in lock.
Off: Door lock switch is

not in unlock.
C_DL_SW_UNL*3 Off/On Door lock switch
On: Door lock switch is
in unlock.
Count number of serial communication

signal received from start stop unit is
displayed.
CNT_S_COMM NOTE: Start stop unit
Display returns to 0 if
the number of times
exceeds 15.
Off: All door lock

actuators are not
operated to lock.
DL_MT_A_LK Off/On Door lock actuator
On: All door lock
actuators are operated
to lock.
Off: All door lock

actuators are not
operated to unlock.
DL_MT_A_UNL Off/On Door lock actuator
On: All door lock
actuators are operated
to unlock.
Off: Front door lock

actuator (LH) is not
operated to unlock. Front door lock actuator
DL_MT_D_UNL Off/On
(LH)
On: Front door lock
actuator (LH) is
operated to unlock.

Close: All doors are

closed.
DOOR_ALL Close/OPEN Door latch switch
OPEN: Any door is
open.
Close: Driver's door is

closed. Front door latch switch
DOOR_D Close/OPEN
(LH)
OPEN: Driver's door is
open.
Off: Liftgate latch is

not operated to unlock. Liftgate latch and lock
ELAT_MT_RLY Off/On
actuator
On: Liftgate latch is
operated to unlock.
Off: Liftgate latch is

not operated to unlock. Liftgate latch and lock
ELAT_UNL Off/On
actuator
On: Liftgate latch is
operated to unlock.
Fuel gauge sender unit input voltage is

FUEL_SEN_M V Fuel gauge sender unit
displayed.
Fuel gauge sender unit (SUB) input Fuel gauge sender unit
FUEL_SEN_S *4 V
voltage is displayed. (SUB)
Fuel gauge
sender
Fuel gauge sender unit power supply unit
FUEL_SEN_SV V
Fuel gauge
sender
unit (SUB)
Close: Hood is closed.

HOOD *5 Close/OPEN Hood latch switch
OPEN: Hood is open.
Off: IG1 relay is off.

IG1_SW Off/On IG1 relay
On: IG1 relay is on.
Off: Front door key

cylinder switch is not
in lock. Front door key cylinder
KC_SW_D_LK Off/On
switch
On: Front door key
cylinder switch is in
lock.

Off: Front door key

cylinder switch is not
in unlock. Front door key cylinder
KC_SW_D_UNL Off/On
switch
On: Front door key
cylinder switch is in
unlock.
Unlock: Front door Front door

lock-link switch (RH), lock-link
rear door lock-link switch
switch (LH), rear door (RH)
lock-link switch (RH)
Rear door
are in unlock.
lock-link
LL_P/R *5 Unlock/Other
Other: Front door lock- switch
link switch (RH), rear (LH)
door lock-link switch
Rear door
(LH), rear door lock-
lock-link
link switch (RH) are
switch
other than unlock.
(RH)

link switch (LH) is in
unlock. Front door lock-link switch
LL_SW_D_LK Off/On
(LH)
lock.

lock. Front door lock-link switch
LL_SW_D_UNL Off/On
(LH)
unlock.
Off: Back-up light is

turned off.
R_LMP Off/On Back-up light
On: Back-up light is
turned on.
Off: Back-up light off

signal is received.
On: Back-up light on

signal is received. Instrument
cluster
R_LMP_CS Off/On/Unknown/Fault Unknown: Back-up
light off signal not Back-up
determined light

Fault: Communication
with instrument cluster
is failed.
Off: Rear wiper motor

is not operated.
R_WIP_MT_LO Off/On Rear wiper motor
On: Rear wiper motor
is operated.
Off: Map light is turned Front map

off. light
ROOM_LMP Off/On
On: Map light is turned Rear map
on. light
Off: Brake light is

turned off.
STOP_LMP*2 Off/On Brake light
On: Brake light is
turned on.
Off: Brake light off

Instrument
signal is received.
cluster
STOP_LMP_CS*2 Off/On
On: Brake light on
Brake light
signal is received.
Off: Cargo
compartment light is
turned off.
T_ROOM_LMP Off/On Cargo compartment light
On: Cargo
compartment light is
turned on.
Off: Liftgate opener

switch is not pressed.
T_UNL_SW Off/On Liftgate opener switch
On: Liftgate opener
switch is pressed.
Close: Liftgate is
TRUNK Close/OPEN closed. Liftgate latch switch
OPEN: Liftgate is open.
Voltage at rear body control module

VPWR_B_R V (RBCM) terminal 2P (+B power supply) Battery
is displayed.
Voltage at rear body control module IG1 relay

VPWR_IG1 V (RBCM) terminal 2I (IG1 power supply)

is displayed. Battery
*1
With theft-deterrent horn

*2
With smart city brake support

*3
With door lock switch

*4
AWD
*5
With theft-deterrent system
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
M-MDS.
b. Select Modules.
c. Select R_BCM.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Simulation item Unit/Operation Data contents Output part name
Off: Stops theft-deterrent horn.

Rear body control module
BG_HORN_RLY *1 Off/On On: Sounds the theft-deterrent (RBCM)
horn.
Lock: Locks all of the doors.

DL_MT_A Lock/Unlock Door lock actuater
Unlock: Unlocks all of the
doors.
Off: Stops the liftgate latch

release operation. Liftgate latch and lock
ELAT_MT_RLY Off/On
actuator
On: Releases the liftgate latch.
Off: Stops the liftgate latch

release operation. Liftgate latch and lock
ELAT_UNL Off/On
actuator
On: Releases the liftgate latch.
Off: Turns off back-up light.

R_LMP Off/On Back-up light
On: Illuminates back-up light.
Off: Stops rear wiper motor.

R_WIP_MT_LO Off/On Rear wiper motor
On: Operates rear wiper motor.
*1
With theft-deterrent horn
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id0903a0805200.html[1/7/13 3:17:20 PM]

< Previous Next >
Slightly shake the wiring harness and connectors while performing the inspection to discover whether poor

contact points are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions.
CAUTION:
If any of the following conditions continues indefinitely, the power window motor will heat up causing the
protection circuit (integrated in power window motor) to operate. If this occurs, the operation of the power
window motor protection circuit temporarily disables the power windows.
Continuous up and down operation of the power window.
Continuously pulling up the power window switch while the window glass is fully closed.
Continuously pressing the power window switch while the window glass fully opened.
If the power window motor has a temporary malfunction and the power window main switch is operated, the
power window system transfers to malfunction mode by the power window control module.
While the power window system is in malfunction mode, the power windows cannot be operated using the auto
open/close function.
The power window system reverts to normal operation after performing the Power Window Initialization
Procedure.
NOTE:
If the following operations have been performed, initial setting is reset, and auto up/down operation is
disabled. Therefore, performing the initial setting is necessary.
Negative battery cable disconnected
Power window main switch connector disconnected
Power window system power supply fuse removed
malfunction, record the data (such as power window main switch and power window motor
circuit voltage) at that time, and detect the malfunction cause.
Shake the wiring harness or connector of the electrical component which is suspected to be
the cause of the malfunction, and inspect for malfunction.
Inspect the female terminals on the connector of the electric component which is suspected to
be the cause of the malfunction for poor connection.

Power Window System Initial Setting
2. Press the driver side power window main switch and fully open the driver side front door glass.
3. Pull up the driver side power window main switch to the manual-up position to fully close the driver side front
door glass, and keep holding the switch up at the position for approx. 2 s.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
No. Malfunction symptom
1 No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM]
2 No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
3 No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER WINDOW
SUBSWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
4 No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
5 No.5 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
6 No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE
IT IS MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
7 No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Manual Open/Close Function Inspection
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on). Yes Go to the next step.
Operate the power window using the

manual open/close function on the power No Inspect the power
window main switch. window main switch
and the wiring
Does the power window operate properly? harness.
Repair or replace
malfunctioning parts.
2 Set the power cut switch to the UNLOCK Yes Go to the next step.
position.
Operate the power window using the No Inspect the power

power window subswitch. window subswitch and
the wiring harness.
Does the power window operate properly?
Repair or replace
malfunctioning parts.
3 Power-cut switch ON (with power-cut Yes Inspect the power cut

switch pressed) switch and the wiring
harness.
Operate all power windows other than the
driver side. Replace the power
window main switch.
Does the power window operate properly?
No Manual open/close
function is normal.
Perform the auto

open/close function
inspection.

Auto Open/Close Function (Drivers Side) Inspection
1 Switch the ignition Yes Go to the next step.

ON (engine off or
on).
No If the power window automatically opens
Operate the power during the closing operation:
window using the
auto open /close Go to No.6 DOOR GLASS
REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE
function on the
GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER
power window
A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT
main switch.
IS MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC
Does the power MODE [POWER WINDOW
window operate SYSTEM] .
properly?
Others:
Go to No.1 THE AUTO

OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION ON
THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER
WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] .
2 Operate the power Yes Go to the next step.

window main
switch to the close
position while the No Replace the power window main switch (power window control
power window is unit is malfunctioning.)
opening.
Does the power

window operation
stop?
3 Operate the power Yes Auto open/close function is normal.

window main
switch to the open Perform the IG-OFF timer function inspection.
position while the
power window is No Replace the power window main switch
closing. (power window control unit is
malfunctioning.)
Does the power
window operation
stop?
IG-OFF Timer Function Inspection

1 Close all doors. Yes Go to the next step.
Switch the ignition from ON

(engine off or on) to off No Inspect the door switches and
(LOCK). related wiring harness.
Operate the power window If above parts are normal,

main switch within 40 s after replace the power window main
switching the ignition to LOCK switch, then go to the next step.
position.
If the above parts are
Does the power window malfunctioning repair or replace
operate? the malfunctioning part(s), then
2 Open any door. Yes Inspect the door switches and

related wiring harness.
(engine off or on) to off If above parts are normal,
(LOCK). replace the power window main
switch, then go to the next step.
Operate the power window
main switch within 40 s after If the above parts are
switching the ignition LOCK malfunctioning repair or replace
position. the malfunctioning part(s), then
Does the power window
operate?
3 Close all doors. Yes Replace the power window main switch (power
window control unit is malfunctioning.)
(engine off or on) to off
(LOCK). No IG-OFF timer function operation
is normal.
Operate the power window
main switch within 60 s after Perform the auto reverse pinch
switching the ignition to LOCK protection function inspection.
position.
Does the power window

operate?
Auto Reverse Pinch Protection Function Inspection

1 Switch the ignition ON Yes Auto reverse pinch protection function is normal.
(engine off or on).
Fully open the drivers No Go to the next step.

side power window.
Insert a wooden hammer

(thickness: 10 mm {0.39
in} or more) as shown
below. Then, close the
power window.
Verify that the power

window opens 200 mm
{7.87 in} after contacting
the hammer and the
operation stops.
Does auto reverse pinch

protection function
operate properly?
2 Does the power window Yes Go to No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE
open before contacting the GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE
hammer? IT IS MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM] .
No Initialize the power window main

switch.
NOTE:
Before initializing the power window

main switch, cut off the power supply
to the power window main switch for
60 s. Then, reconnect it again after
60 s:
Disconnect the
negative battery
cable.
Disconnect the power

window main switch
connector.
Remove the fuse for

the power window
system.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS
INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
1 The auto open/close function on the drivers side power window is inoperative.
Power window system in fail-safe function (power window motor heat

protection circuit is operating)
No power supply to power window main switch
POSSIBLE Power window main switch malfunction (power window control unit
CAUSE malfunction, auto switch malfunction)
Power window motor malfunction (sensor inside motor malfunction)
Malfunction in wiring harness between power window motor (sensor) and

power window main switch
Diagnostic procedure
1 Switch the ignition off (LOCK) Yes System is normal.

for 3 min.
The power window system auto open/close function
Switch the ignition ON does not operate temporarily for any of the
(engine off or on). following reasons:
Initialize the power window The power window switch is

system. operated while the power window
motor protection circuit (integrated
Operate the auto open/close in power window motor) is
function. operating.
Does the power window The power window main switch
operate properly? power supply is cut off by
disconnection of the negative
battery cable or removing the
fuse.
2 Does the sensor built into the Yes Go to the next step.
power window motor send

pulse signals while the power

No Replace the power window motor.
window motor is operating?
(See POWER WINDOW MOTOR
Inspect the voltage at the
following power window
motor terminals:
B (sensor 1
signal)
A (sensor 2
signal)
Is the voltage approx. 3.5

V?
3 Does the sensor built into the Yes Replace the power window main switch.
power window motor send
pulse signals while the power (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
window motor is operating? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Inspect the voltage at the

following power window main No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the wiring
switch terminals: harness between the power window motor (sensor)
and the power window main switch.
2D (sensor 1
Inspect the connection of the power window motor
signal)
and power window main switch connectors.
2F (sensor 2
(damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
signal)
Repair of replace if necessary.
Is the voltage approx. 3.5
V?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2 The drivers side power window is inoperative.
Power supply circuit or ground circuit malfunction
Burnt fuse (B+)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between fuse (B+)

and power window main switch
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power

POSSIBLE window main switch and power window motor
CAUSE
window main switch and ground
Power window main switch malfunction
Power window motor malfunction
Power window regulator malfunction
1 Switch the ignition ON (engine off or Yes Go to Step 6.

on).
Does the LED on the power window No Go to the next step.

main switch illuminate?
2 Operate all power windows other Yes Go to the next step.

than the drivers side window using
the power window main switch.
No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the
Does the power window operate following wiring harnesses. Inspect the
properly? connector connections (damage/pulled-out
pins, corrosion):
P.WINDOW1 30 A fuse
Power window main switch
terminal 1K


terminal 2Aground.
Repair or replace if necessary.
3 Is the P.WIND2 25 A fuse normal? Yes Go to Step 5.
No Inspect the following:
Short circuit in B+ power

supply wiring harness
Short circuit in power

window motor
Replace with the appropriate standard fuse.
Then, go to the next step.
4 Initialize the power window system. Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
Operate the power window system.

No Re-confirm the symptom and go to Step 1.
Do the power windows operate
properly?
5 Measure the voltage at the power Yes Replace the power window main switch.
window main switch terminal 1L. (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
Is the voltage B+?
No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the

power window main switch wiring harness
(battery power supply).
Inspect the power window main switch

connector connection. (damage/pulled-out
pins, corrosion)
6 Measure the voltage at the power Yes Go to the next step.

window main switch. (power window
motor output terminal) while
operating the power window using No Replace the power window main switch.
the power window main switch. (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
Is the voltage B+?
(Open: terminal 1H/ close: terminal

1J)
7 Measure the voltage at the power Yes Go to the next step.

window motor. (battery power supply

terminal) while operating the power

window using the power window No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the
motor. wiring harness between the power window
main switch and the power window motor.
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect the power window main switch and
(Open: terminal F/ close: terminal E) power window motor connector
connections. (damage/pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
8 Operate the drivers side power Yes Go to the next step.

window using the power window main
switch.
No Replace the power window motor. (See
Does the power window motor POWER WINDOW MOTOR
operate (rotate)? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
CAUTION:
If the power window motor

temperature is high, the protection
circuit inside the motor may stop the
motor rotation. Leave it untouched
for about 3 min to cool it down, then
re-inspect.
9 Remove the door glass from the Yes Replace the power window regulator. (See
carrier plate. FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See REAR
Make sure that the door glass moves POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
smoothly using your hand. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Does the door glass move smoothly?

No Inspect for a bent regulator guide or other
possible malfunction. If normal, replace the
door glass run-channel.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH [POWER WINDOW SY...
< Previous Next >
No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER
WINDOW SUBSWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
All power windows other than drivers side do not operate using the power
3
window subswitch.
Open or short circuit in power window subswitch wiring harness (battery

POSSIBLE power supply circuit)
CAUSE
Power window subswitch malfunction
1 Switch the ignition Yes Replace the power window subswitch. (See POWER WINDOW
ON (engine off or SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
on).
Power-cut switch ON No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the wiring harness
(with power-cut between the power window main switch and the power
switch pressed) window subswitch.
Measure the voltage Inspect the power window subswitch connector connection.
at the power window (damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
subswitch terminal C.
Is the voltage B+?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH [POWER WINDOW S...
< Previous Next >
No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER
WINDOW MAIN SWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
All power windows other than drivers side do not operate using the power window
4
main switch.
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and
POSSIBLE power window main switch (IG1)
CAUSE
Power window main switch malfunction
1 Switch the ignition ON (engine off Yes Replace the power window main switch. (See
or on). POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
Power-cut switch ON (with
power-cut switch pressed)
No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the power
Operate all power windows other window main switch wiring harness (battery
than the drivers side using the power supply).
power window main switch.
Inspect the power window main switch
Do any power windows operate? connector connection. (damage/pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
5 All power windows are inoperative.
Power supply circuit or ground circuit malfunction
Burnt fuse (B+)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ignition

switch (IG1) and power window main switch

window main switch and power window subswitch
POSSIBLE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power

CAUSE window main switch and power window motor

window main switch and ground
Power window main switch malfunction (power cut-off switch malfunction,

switch malfunction)
Power window subswitch malfunction
Power window motor malfunction
1 Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on). Yes System is now normal. (power cut-
off switch is not set properly.)
Power-cut switch ON (with power-cut switch
pressed)
Inspect the power window system operation
again.
Does the system operate properly?
2 Operate all power windows other than Yes Go to Step 6.

drivers side window using the power
window main switch.

Does any power window operate?
3 Operate the drivers side power window Yes Go to the next step.
using the power window main switch.
Does the power window operate? No Inspect for an open circuit in the
wiring harness between the power
window main switch and the body
ground.
Inspect the power window main

switch connector connection.
(damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
Repair or replace if necessary
4 Is the P.WINDOW1 30 A fuse normal? Yes Replace with the appropriate

standard fuse.
If the fuse is melted, inspect the

wiring harness for a short to ground.
Repair or replace the wiring harness,
then replace the fuse.
5 Measure the voltage at the power window Yes Replace the power window main
main switch terminal 1L. switch.
Is the voltage B+? (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH

No Inspect for an open or short circuit

in the power window main switch
wiring harness (battery power
supply).
Inspect the power window main

switch connector connection.
6 Identify the inoperative power window. Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the voltage at the suspect power

window motor (battery power supply) while No Go to Step 9.
operating the power window motor using the
suspect power window subswitch
Is the voltage B+?
(Open: terminal F/ close: terminal E)
7 Operate the power window using the power Yes Go to the next step.

window subswitch
Does the power window motor operate No Replace the power window motor.
(rotate)? (See POWER WINDOW MOTOR
CAUTION:
If the power window motor temperature is

high, the protection circuit inside the motor
may stop the motor rotation. Leave it
untouched for about 3 min to cool it down,
then re-inspect.
8 Remove the door glass from the carrier Yes Replace the power window regulator
plate. guide.
Make sure that the door glass moves

smoothly using your hand. No Inspect for a bent regulator guide or
other possible malfunction. If
Does the door glass move smoothly? normal, replace the glass run
channel.
9 Measure the voltage at the power window Yes Inspect for an open or short circuit
subswitch (power window motor output) in the wiring harness between the
while operating the power window power window subswitch and power
subswitch. window motor.
Is the voltage B+? Inspect the power window subswitch

and power window motor connector
(Open: terminal A/ close: terminal D) connections. (damage/pulled-out
pins, corrosion)
10 Do not operate the power window subswitch Yes Go to the next step.
during the following inspection.
Inspect the continuity between power No Inspect for an open or short circuit
window subswitch terminal B (vehicle in the power window subswitch
harness-side) and ground. wiring harness.
Is there continuity? Inspect the power window subswitch

connector connection.
Then go to Step 12.
11 Do not operate the power window subswitch Yes Replace the power window
during the following inspection. subswitch. (See POWER WINDOW
SUBSWITCH
Inspect the continuity between power REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
window subswitch terminal E and ground.

Is there continuity? No Inspect for an open or short circuit

in the power window subswitch
wiring harness.
Inspect the power window subswitch

connector connection.
Then go to Step 13.
12 Do not operate the power window main Yes Go to the next step.
switch during the following inspection.
Inspect the continuity between power No Replace the power window main
window main switch terminal (1B, 1A, 1G) switch. (See POWER WINDOW MAIN
and ground. SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13 Do not operate the power window main Yes Inspect for an open or short circuit
switch during the following inspection. in the wiring harness between the
power window main switch and
Inspect the continuity between power power window subswitch.
window main switch terminal (1D, 1C, 1I)
and ground. Inspect the power window main
switch and subswitch connector
Is there continuity? connections. (damage/pulled-out
pins, corrosion)
No Replace the power window main

switch. (See POWER WINDOW MAIN
SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER WINDOW SYS...
< Previous Next >
No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS
MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
NOTE:
Perform the following inspection for the power window system component parts of windows where the door glass
reverses even though the glass does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving up in automatic mode.
Door glass reverses even though the glass does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving up in
6
automatic mode.
Extreme change in the sliding resistance of the glass while the door glass is closing.
Improper installation of the acrylic door visor.
Power window motor malfunction.
Object caught between the glass run channel and the door glass.
Insufficient tightening of the door glass to the carrier plate.
Glass run channel malfunction.
Glass guide related malfunction.
NOTE:
POSSIBLE
CAUSE The auto-reverse pinch protection function is a mechanism that automatically reverses (opens) the door
glass while it is closing when the power window main switch detects the signal from the power window
motor indicating that an object is obstructing the door glass movement.
The auto-reverse pinch protection function may operate if the sliding resistance of the door glass
increases causing the closing speed to decrease.
If the door glass closing speed has changed, concentrate the inspection on the following locations: (Slip
occurrence)
If the door glass is slipping forward, inspect the front side of the glass guide or glass
run channel.
If the door glass is slipping rearward, inspect the rear side of the glass guide or glass
run channel.
1 INSPECT MALFUNCTION Yes The system is normal.

SYMPTOM
(Explain to the customer that this does not indicate a malfunction
Does the malfunction symptom because the system is designed to reverse the door glass while it is
occur only under the following closing if it receives vibration when the vehicle is crossing railroad tracks,
special conditions? driving on a bumpy road, or when a door is opened/closed.)
Driving over
railroad tracks No Go to the next step.
Driving on
bumpy roads

Opening/closing
a door
2 INSPECT ACRYLIC DOOR Yes Go to the next step.

VISOR INSTALLATION
CONDITION
No Install the side visor properly, then go to the next step.
Is the acrylic door visor normal?
3 INSPECT DOOR GLASS Yes Mark the point where the door glass closing speed changed, then go to
CLOSING SPEED Step 5.
Affix tape to the rear edge of

the door glass as shown in the No Go to the next step.
figure for placing marks. (to
facilitate seeing the door glass
movement)
Start the engine and idle it (to

ensure a stabilized operational
voltage).
Does the door glass hesitate

only once while its closing?
4 REINSPECT DOOR GLASS Yes Replace the power window motor, then go to Step 8. (See POWER
CLOSING SPEED WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Does the door glass hesitate

periodically (5-6 times) while it No Go to Step 8.
is closing?
5 INSPECT GLASS RUN Yes Object is caught between glass run channel and door
CHANNEL AND DOOR GLASS glass:
SLIDING SURFACE
Remove the object.
Is there an object caught
between the glass run channel Roughness on the sliding surface (rubber surface):
and the door glass, or is there
Replace the glass run channel.
roughness on the sliding surface
(rubber surface)? After performing one of the above actions, reinspect.
If the malfunction is not corrected, go to Step 3.
6 INSPECT TIGHTENING OF Yes Go to the next step.

DOOR GLASS TO CARRIER
PLATE
No After tightening correctly, reinspect.
Is it normal?
7 INSPECT CONDITION OF Yes Go to the next step.

GLASS RUN CHANNEL AND
DOOR GLASS
No Assemble the glass run channel and door glass securely,
Is it normal? and reinspect.
8 INSPECT DOOR GLASS Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 3.

CLOSING SPEED
Does the door glass hesitate at No Troubleshooting completed.

any location?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM]
7 Abnormal noise while the door glass is opening or closing.
Installation screw is loose between the door glass and carrier plate.
Deformity in the power window regulator plastic part due to use.
Scratching, wear marks to the power window regulator

POSSIBLE resin part due to twisting of the cable.
CAUSE
Gear deformity in the power window motor.
NOTE:
Identify the location of the noise using a stethoscope or similar device.
Noise Time of Location of

Possible cause Action
type occurrence noise
Clanking Door glass Insufficiently tightened Between door Securely tighten the installation screw.
noise begins to installation screw between the glass lower
move door glass and carrier plate. edge and
carrier plate.
Groaning While door Vibration caused by wear on Power window Replace the power window regulator
noise glass is the resin part from cable regulator
operating twisting due to use of the (See FRONT POWER WINDOW
(Sound power window regulator. REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
increases (See REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
due to NOTE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
use)
Noise does not
occur if a
roller is
equipped to
power window
regulator resin
part.
Whining Gear inside power window Gear in power Replace the power window motor

noise motor is deformed due to use. window motor

(See POWER WINDOW MOTOR
Clicking
noise
(Periodic
noise)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id0903k7378400.html[1/7/13 3:18:33 PM]


*1
malfunction, record the data (such as rear body control module (RBCM) and start stop unit circuit
voltage) at that time, and detect the malfunction cause.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >



< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Verify the malfunctioning symptom and perform malfunction diagnosis according to the
applicable item.
Malfunction symptom Malfunction diagnosis
Door cannot be locked/unlocked using DOOR LOCK DOES NOT OPERATE [SECURITY AND
key cylinder LOCKS]
lock knob LOCKS]
Liftgate does not open even if liftgate ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM DOES NOT
opener switch is pressed OPERATE [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
request switch LOCKS]
ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM DOES NOT

OPERATE [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
remote transmitter LOCKS]
LOCK/UNLOCK OPERATION NOT POSSIBLE USING

REMOTE TRANSMITTER [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
door lock switch LOCKS]
Keyless beeper does not sound ANSWER-BACK BUZZER DOES NOT SOUND [SECURITY
AND LOCKS]
Ignition cannot be switched to ACC or PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE
ON (engine off) [SECURITY AND LOCKS]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Description
Door cannot be locked/unlocked using the front door key cylinder.
All doors cannot be locked/unlocked using the door lock switch.
Possible cause
Door latch switch malfunction
Door lock actuator malfunction
Front door key cylinder switch malfunction
Front door latch and lock actuator terminal H and rear body control
module (RBCM) terminal 3H
Power window main switch terminal 2M and rear body control module
(RBCM) terminal 3F
Door lock switch (passenger's side) terminal C and rear body control
module (RBCM) terminal 3F
1 INSPECT DOOR LATCH Yes Go to the next step.

SWITCH STUCK OFF OR OPEN
CIRCUIT
No Inspect the door latch switch on
Open each door and verify that the door in which the ajar
the door ajar warning light in the warning light did not illuminate
instrument cluster illuminates. and for an open circuit in the
wiring harness between the rear
Does the door ajar warning light body control module (RBCM)
illuminate? and ground.

(See FRONT DOOR LATCH

(See REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH

INSPECTION .)
After inspection, go to Step 7.
2 DETERMINE IF Yes Go to the next step.

MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
No Inspect the door lock actuator
Perform the lock/unlock for the door which could not
operation using lock knob for lock/unlock.
each door.
(See FRONT DOOR LOCK
Is door locked/unlocked? ACTUATOR INSPECTION .)
(See REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR INSPECTION .)

DOOR KEY CYLINDER
No Inspect the front door key
Insert the auxiliary key into the cylinder switch.
door key cylinder and perform
the lock/unlock operation using (See FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER
the auxiliary key.
Is door locked/unlocked?
4 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.

CAUSE IS OPEN CIRCUIT IN
WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER
SWITCH AND REAR BODY harness for an open circuit.
CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) After repair procedure, go to
Step 7.
cable.
Disconnect the front door latch

and lock actuator connector.
Disconnect the rear body control

module (RBCM) connector.
Inspect for continuity between

the following terminals (vehicle
wiring harness).
Front door latch

and lock
actuator
terminal H and

rear body
control module
(RBCM)
terminal 3H

DOOR LOCK SWITCH AND No Repair or replace the wiring
REAR BODY CONTROL harness for an open circuit.
MODULE (RBCM) After repair procedure, go to
Step 7.
Disconnect the door lock switch
connector.

the following terminals (vehicle
wiring harness).
Power window
main switch
terminal 2M and
rear body
control module
(RBCM)
terminal 3F
Door lock switch

(passenger's
side) terminal C
and rear body
control module
(RBCM)
terminal 3F

DOOR LOCK SWITCH
No Inspect the door lock switch.
Perform the lock/unlock
operation using the door lock (See DOOR LOCK SWITCH
INSPECTION .)
switch.
After inspection, go to the next
Does the lock knob switch
step.
between lock and unlock?
7 VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION Yes Troubleshooting completed. (Explain the contents

CAUSE WAS CORRECTED of the servicing to the customer.)
Has the malfunction symptom

been eliminated? No Verify the malfunction symptom in the symptom
troubleshooting chart and perform the applicable
other malfunction diagnosis.

(See SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE

[SECURITY AND LOCKS].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Description
The door locking operation using the door request switch is not possible.
The liftgate cannot be open using the liftgate opener switch.
Possible cause
Liftgate opener switch malfunction
Rear body control module (RBCM) terminal 4M and liftgate opener switch
terminal C
LF control unit terminal G and request switch (LF) terminal D
LF control unit terminal E and request switch (RF) terminal D
LF control unit terminal A and request switch (liftgate) terminal I
Start stop unit terminal 1P and door lock link switch (driver's side)
terminal D
Start stop unit terminal 1AF and ground
Start stop unit terminal 2B and ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between start stop unit terminal 1P and door lock link
switch (driver's side) terminal D
Connector poor contact or terminal damage
Customer's mis-operation or misunderstanding
1 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION Yes Troubleshooting completed. (Explain the

CAUSE IS DOOR LOCK contents of the servicing to the customer.)
Refer to "door lock does not

operate" symptom troubleshooting No Go to the next step.
and perform the inspection.
(See DOOR LOCK DOES NOT

OPERATE [SECURITY AND LOCKS].)
Is the advanced keyless entry

system operating normally?
2 VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION Yes System is normal. (Explain to customer about

CAUSE IS OPERATION OTHER operation range of advanced keyless entry
THAN OPERATION system)
PERMISSION CONDITION
Verify the advanced keyless No Go to the next step.

operation by operating each
request switch and the liftgate
opener switch with all the
following conditions met.
All doors and

liftgate closed
Ignition switched
off (LOCK)
Remote
transmitter is
within reception
area (80 cm
radius from
driver's door,
front passenger's
door, and liftgate)
Is the advanced keyless entry

system operating normally?
3 VERIFY MALFUNCTION Yes Go to Step 6.

SYMPTOM
Does the liftgate open using the No Go to the next step.

liftgate opener switch operation?
4 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION Yes Go to Step 11.

CAUSE IS LIFTGATE OPENER
SWITCH
Measure the voltage at rear body
control module (RBCM) terminal
4M.
Is the voltage normal?
Specification

Liftgate opener
switch pressed:
1.0 or less
Except above: 4.5

V
5 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION Yes Inspect the liftgate opener

CAUSE IS OPEN CIRCUIT IN switch. If there is any
WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN malfunction, replace it.
REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE
(RBCM) AND LIFTGATE (See LIFTGATE OPENER
OPENER SWITCH SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Disconnect the negative battery If the liftgate opener switch

cable. inspection is normal, inspect
or repair the following:
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION Liftgate latch
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].) and actuator
Disconnect the rear body control (See

module (RBCM) and liftgate opener LIFTGATE
switch connector. LATCH AND
LOCK
Inspect for continuity between the ACTUATOR
following terminals (vehicle wiring INSPECTION .)
harness).
After repair procedure, go to
Liftgate opener Step 11.
switch terminal C
and rear body
control module No Repair or replace the wiring
(RBCM) terminal harness for an open circuit.
4M After repair procedure, go to
Step 11.

SYMPTOM
Connect the negative battery No Go to the next step.

cable.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Verify the lock/unlock operation for

all doors and liftgate using the
request switch operation.
Is door locked/unlocked?


START STOP UNIT AND DOOR

harness for an open circuit.
LOCK LINK SWITCH (DRIVER-
SIDE) After repair procedure, go to
Step 11.
Disconnect the start stop unit and
the front door latch and lock
actuator (driver's side) connector.

harness).
Start stop unit

terminal 1P and
front door lock
link switch
terminal D

CAUSE IS SHORT TO GROUND
IN WIRING HARNESS
BETWEEN START STOP UNIT No Repair or replace the wiring
AND DOOR LOCK LINK SWITCH harness for an open circuit.
(DRIVER-SIDE) After repair procedure, go to
Step 11.
Verify that the start stop unit

following wiring harness terminals
(vehicle wiring harness side) and
body ground.
Start stop unit

terminal 1P and
ground

START STOP UNIT AND No Repair or replace the wiring
GROUND harness for an open circuit.
After repair, go to Step 11.

Verify that the start stop unit

harness).
Start stop unit

terminal 1AF and
ground

Start stop unit

terminal 2B and
ground

REQUEST SWITCH AND LF No Repair or replace the wiring
CONTROL UNIT harness for an open circuit.
After repair, go to the next

step.
cable.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the LF control unit and

request switch connector.

harness).
Request switch
(LF) terminal G
and LF control
unit terminal D
Request switch
(RF) terminal E
and LF control
unit terminal D
Request switch
(liftgate) terminal
A and LF control
unit terminal I
11 VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION Yes Troubleshooting completed. (Explain the

CAUSE WAS CORRECTED contents of the servicing to the customer.)
Does the advanced keyless entry

system operate normally? No If the malfunction has not been resolved,
repeat the inspection from Step 1.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
LOCK/UNLOCK OPERATION NOT POSSIBLE USING REMOTE TRANSMITTER [SECURITY AND

LOCKS]
Description
The door lock/unlock operation using the remote transmitter button is not possible.
Possible cause
Faulty remote transmitter battery
Keyless receiver terminal A and start stop unit terminal 2Q
Keyless receiver terminal B and start stop unit terminal 2R
Connector poor contact or terminal damage
Effect of non-standard equipment (any control unit with built-in micro computer such as
radio set, mobile telephone, and TV)
1 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE Yes Troubleshooting completed. (Explain

IS DOOR LOCK the contents of the servicing to the
customer.)
Refer to door lock does not operate
malfunction diagnosis and perform the
inspection. No Go to the next step.

(See DOOR LOCK DOES NOT OPERATE

Is the lock/unlock operation performed

using the remote transmitter?
2 VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS Yes System is normal. (Explain the

EXTERNAL NOISE customer that operation cannot be
performed caused by external noise.)
Ask the customer malfunction condition.
Does the malfunction occur at the specified No Go to the next step.

place where external noise is received such
as a TV tower, electric power station, or a
broadcast station?
3 VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS Yes Go to the next step.

OPERATION OTHER THAN OPERATION
PERMISSION CONDITION
No System is normal. (Explain the
Did the customer operate the remote customer operation condition.)
transmitter with all the following conditions
met?
All doors and liftgate are

closed.
Ignition switched off

(LOCK)
4 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE Yes Go to the next step.

IS NON-STANDARD EQUIPMENT
Did the malfunction occur after installing No Go to Step 6.

the following non-standard equipment?
Mobile telephone or radio

set
Part with built-in micro

computer
Remote engine starter
TV
5 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE Yes System is normal. (Explain to the

IS NON-STANDARD EQUIPMENT customer that noise from the non-
standard equipment affected the
Disconnect the connector for non-standard operation.)
equipment.
Perform the lock/unlock operation using the No Go to the next step.

remote transmitter.
Does it operate normally?

6 VERIFY REMOTE TRANSMITTER Yes Battery insertion

BATTERY CONDITION direction, battery
type is incorrect:
Visually inspect the remote transmitter
battery for the following: Properly install the
battery or replace
Method of battery insertion the battery with a
(polarity) specified one
(CR2025), then go to
Battery type (CR2025)
the next step.
Corrosion, soiling,
Battery terminal
deformation of battery
malfunction:
terminals (plus/minus
terminals). Clean corrosion and
soiling, or repair or
Contact malfunction
replace the terminal,
between the battery
then go to the next
terminal and battery when
step.
battery is inserted
Is there any malfunction? No Go to Step 8.
VERIFY REMOTE TRANSMITTER OPERATION

7 Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Perform the lock/unlock operation using the
remote transmitter.
normally?
DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS REMOTE

8 TRANSMITTER Yes Go to the next step.
NOTE:
No If the operation indicator light (LED)
For a monitor battery, use a new battery or does not illuminate, replace the
one which operates normally on another remote transmitter, then go to the
vehicle. Step 12.
Replace the battery in all the remote

transmitters with a monitor-use battery.
(See REMOTE TRANSMITTER

For each remote transmitter, verify that the

remote transmitter operation indicator light
(LED) illuminates when a button is
operated.
Does operation indicator light (LED) for

each remote transmitter operate?
DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS BATTERY

9 Yes Replace the battery, then go to Step
NOTE: 12.
Inspect for all remote transmitters. (See REMOTE TRANSMITTER

Inspect while the batteries for all of the

remote transmitters are replaced with

monitor-use batteries. No Go to the next step.
Perform the lock/unlock operation using all

the remote transmitters.

normally?
10 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS Yes Go to the next step.

OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING HARNESS
BETWEEN START STOP UNIT AND
GROUND No Repair or replace the
wiring harness for an
Verify that the start stop unit connector is open circuit.
disconnected.
After repair, go to
Inspect for continuity between the following Step 12.
Start stop unit terminal

1AF and ground
Start stop unit terminal 2B

and ground
11 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS Yes Inspect the keyless

OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING HARNESS receiver. If there is
BETWEEN KEYLESS RECEIVER AND any malfunction,
START STOP UNIT OR KEYLESS replace it.
RECEIVER
(See KEYLESS
Disconnect the negative battery cable. RECEIVER
INSPECTION .)
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G After repair, go to
2.0].) the next step.
Disconnect the keyless receiver and start

stop unit connector. No Repair or replace the
Inspect for continuity between the following open circuit.
After repair, go to
Keyless receiver terminal A the next step.
and start stop unit terminal
2Q
Keyless receiver terminal B

and start stop unit terminal
2R
12 VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE WAS Yes Troubleshooting completed. (Explain

CORRECTED the contents of the servicing to the

customer.)
Perform the lock/unlock operation using all
the remote transmitters.
No If the malfunction has not been
Is the lock/unlock operation performed resolved, repeat the inspection from
normally? Step 1.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Description
The keyless beeper does not sound when door lock/unlock operation is performed using
the remote transmitter button.
Possible cause
Keyless beeper malfunction
Keyless beeper terminal A and LF control unit terminal L
Keyless beeper terminal B and LF control unit terminal N
Personalization feature not set
1 VERIFY PERSONALIZATION Yes Set the volume so that the keyless beeper
FEATURES SETTING sounds and verify the operation.
Verify the volume of the keyless Operation is verified:

beeper for the personalization features.

Troubleshooting
(See SECURITY AND LOCKS completed. (Explain the
PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING servicing contents to the
PROCEDURE .) customer.)
Has the volume of the keyless beeper Operation is not

been set to off? verified:
2 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE Yes Repair or replace the

IS SHORT TO GROUND IN WIRING wiring harness which is
HARNESS BETWEEN KEYLESS shorted to ground.
BEEPER AND LF CONTROL UNIT
After repair procedure, go

DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the LF control unit

connector.

following wiring harness terminals
(vehicle wiring harness side) and body
ground.
LF control unit
terminal L and ground
LF control unit
terminal N and ground
3 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE Yes Repair or replace the

IS SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY IN wiring harness which is
WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN shorted to power supply.
KEYLESS BEEPER AND LF CONTROL
UNIT After repair procedure, go
to Step 6.
Verify that the LF control unit

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

LF control unit

terminal L
LF control unit
terminal N
Is there any voltage?
4 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE Yes Go to the next step.

IS OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING
HARNESS BETWEEN START STOP
UNIT AND GROUND No Repair or replace the
Verify that the start stop unit open circuit.
After repair, go to Step 6.
harness).
Start stop unit

terminal 1AF and
ground
Start stop unit

terminal 2B and
ground
5 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE Yes Replace the keyless

IS OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING beeper.
HARNESS BETWEEN KEYLESS
BEEPER AND LF CONTROL UNIT OR (See KEYLESS BEEPER
KEYLESS BEEPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the negative battery cable. After replacement, go to

the next step.
No Repair or replace the
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Disconnect the keyless beeper open circuit.
connector.
After repair, go to the
Inspect for continuity between the next step.
harness).
Keyless beeper
terminal A and LF
control unit terminal L
Keyless beeper
terminal B and LF
control unit terminal N

6 VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE Yes Troubleshooting completed. (Explain the

WAS CORRECTED contents of the servicing to the customer.)
Does the keyless beeper sound?

No If the malfunction has not been resolved,
repeat the inspection from Step 1.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Description
When the push button start is pressed, the ignition cannot be switched to ACC or ON
(engine off).
Possible cause
Start stop unit terminal 1H and push button start terminal C
Start stop unit terminal 2J and push button start terminal I
Start stop unit terminal 2A and ground
1 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS OPEN Yes Go to the next step.

CIRCUIT IN WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN
START STOP UNIT AND PUSH BUTTON
START No Repair or
replace the
Disconnect the negative battery cable. wiring harness
for an open
Disconnect the start stop unit and push button circuit.
start connector.
After repair
Inspect for continuity between the following procedure, go
terminals (vehicle wiring harness). to Step 3.
Start stop unit terminal 1H and

push button start terminal C
Start stop unit terminal 2J and

push button start terminal I
2 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS OPEN Yes Go to the next step.

CIRCUIT IN WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN
START STOP UNIT AND GROUND
No Repair or
Verify that the start stop unit connector is replace the
disconnected. wiring harness
for an open
Inspect for continuity between the following circuit.
After repair, go
Start stop unit terminal 1AF and to the next
ground step.
Start stop unit terminal 2B and

ground
Start stop unit terminal 2A and

ground
3 VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE WAS Yes Troubleshooting completed.

CORRECTED (Explain the contents of the
servicing to the customer.)
Does the push button start button operate
correctly?
No If the malfunction has not been
resolved, repeat the inspection
from Step 1.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id0903l1378400.html[1/7/13 3:19:33 PM]


*1
malfunction, record the data (such as rear body control module (RBCM) circuit voltage) at that time,
and detect the malfunction cause.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Description
Theft-deterrent horn sounded.
Possible cause
Wiring harness malfunction
Malfunction in switch which triggers system
1 VERIFY DTCs Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection. (See

DTC TABLE [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE
Perform the DTC inspection for the rear (RBCM)] .)
body control module (RBCM) using the
M-MDS.
MODULE (RBCM)] .)
Are any DTCs displayed?
2 VERIFY OPERATION RECORD Yes Go to the next step.
Has the operation record been stored?

No Diagnosis completed (theft-deterrent
(See THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM system does not operate).
OPERATION RECORD.)
3 VERIFY CONDITION DURING Yes Go to the next step.

THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM

OPERATION
No Inspect the rear body control module
Is the condition during theft-deterrent (RBCM). If there is any malfunction,
operation "Alarm" or "Arming"? replace it. (See REAR BODY CONTROL
MODULE (RBCM) INSPECTION .)
4 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION Yes System is normal (explain to the

CAUSE IS SYSTEM customer that the cause is customer's
mis-operation).
Verify what triggered the theft-
deterrent system according to the
trigger record, and inspect the switch No Replace the malfunctioning part.
which triggered the system and the
Is the switch or related wiring harness

normal?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


*1
Verify that a DTC has been recorded in the memory. (See DTC INSPECTION [ADAPTIVE FRONT
Refer to [Determining Open Circuit Location] based on the recorded DTC, shake the wiring harness or
connector of the electrical component which is suspected to be the cause of the malfunction, and
inspect for any changes in CAN system voltage or occurrence of any DTCs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
No. Troubleshooting item Description
1 AFS OFF INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES Inspect the AFS OFF indicator light
CONTINUOUSLY [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM with the ignition switched ON and
(AFS)] the AFS OFF indicator light
illumination off (AFS operating).
2 ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) OPERATES AFS operates with the AFS OFF
EVEN THOUGH THE AFS OFF SWITCH IS TURNED ON switch on (system stopped
[ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] condition).
3 THE HEADLIGHT AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM DOES NOT The headlight auto leveling system
OPERATE IN RESPONSE TO VEHICLE POSTURE does operate in response to the
[ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] number of occupants, cargo load in
trunk, and the fuel level.
One side of the headlight leveling

actuator does not operate.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
AFS OFF INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES CONTINUOUSLY [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM
(AFS)]
NOTE:
If there is any vehicle malfunction complaint lodged by a customer, perform FOREWORD

[ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] malfunction diagnosis according to the
Possible malfunction
AFS OFF switch malfunction (stuck on)
AFS OFF control module malfunction
1 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION Yes Go to Step 3.

LOCATION IS AFS OFF SWITCH
Display the following AFS control module No Go to the next step.

AFS_ST PIDs using the M-MDS.
(See PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION

[ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM
(AFS)] .)
Inspect the PID display when the AFS OFF

switch is turned on/off.
Does the PID display switch normally in

conjunction with the AFS OFF switch being
turned on/off?
2 PERFORM AFS OFF SWITCH Yes Replace the AFS control module.
INSPECTION
(See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
Disconnect the negative battery cable. SYSTEM (AFS) CONTROL MODULE


2.0].) No Replace the AFS OFF switch.
Remove the AFS OFF switch. (See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING

SYSTEM (AFS) OFF SWITCH
(See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(AFS) OFF SWITCH
Inspect the AFS OFF switch.

(AFS) OFF SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Is the AFS OFF switch normal?
3 VERIFY AFS DISPLAY ILLUMINATION Yes The system is operating normally.

No Replace the instrument cluster.
DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Display the following instrument cluster

WL+IL simulation items using the M-MDS.
(See ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION

Does the AFS OFF indicator light

illumination turn off when the warning light,
indicator light illumination is operated to
off?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) OPERATES EVEN THOUGH THE AFS OFF SWITCH IS TURNED ON [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING S...
< Previous Next >
ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) OPERATES EVEN THOUGH THE AFS OFF SWITCH IS
TURNED ON [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
NOTE:

AFS OFF switch malfunction (stuck off)
AFS OFF control module malfunction
1 VERIFY AFS OFF INDICATOR LIGHT Yes Go to the next step.

ILLUMINATION
Display the following instrument cluster No Perform inspection referring to the AFS
WL+IL simulation items using the M- OFF INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES
MDS. CONTINUOUSLY on item.
(See ACTIVE COMMAND MODES (See AFS OFF INDICATOR LIGHT

INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].) ILLUMINATES CONTINUOUSLY [ADAPTIVE
Does the AFS OFF indicator light
illumination turn off when the warning
light, indicator light illumination is
operated to off?
2 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the AFS control module.

LOCATION IS AFS OFF SWITCH
Display the following AFS control (AFS) CONTROL MODULE
module AFS_ST PIDs using the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

[ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM No Go to the next step.
(AFS)] .)

ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) OPERATES EVEN THOUGH THE AFS OFF SWITCH IS TURNED ON [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING S...
Inspect the PID display when the AFS

OFF switch is turned on/off.
Does the PID display switch normally in

conjunction with the AFS OFF switch
being turned on/off?
3 PERFORM AFS OFF SWITCH Yes The system is operating normally.

INSPECTION
Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the AFS OFF switch.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE (See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM

DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION (AFS) OFF SWITCH
Remove the AFS OFF switch.

(AFS) OFF SWITCH
Inspect the AFS OFF switch.

(AFS) OFF SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Is the AFS OFF switch normal?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

THE HEADLIGHT AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE IN RESPONSE TO VEHICLE POSTURE [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM...
< Previous Next >
THE HEADLIGHT AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE IN RESPONSE TO VEHICLE
POSTURE [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]
NOTE:

Description
The headlight auto-leveling system does operate in response to the number of occupants,
cargo load in trunk, and the fuel level.
One side of the headlight leveling actuator does not operate.
Short or open circuit in the wiring harness between headlight leveling actuator and AFS
control module
Headlight leveling actuator malfunction
Poor installation of the auto leveling sensor
Auto leveling sensor malfunction
1 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTIONING Yes Go to Step 4.

LOCATION IS AUTO-LEVELING SENSOR
Verify the malfunction symptom. No Go to the next step.
Do both sides of the headlight auto leveling

system not operate?

2 LEVELING OPERATION SIGNAL Yes Go to Step 6.

INSPECTION
Verify the headlight leveling actuator operation No Go to the next step.

using the M-MDS.
(See HEADLIGHT LEVELING ACTUATOR

OPERATION CHECK MODE [ADAPTIVE FRONT
Is the headlight leveling actuator normal?
3 LEVELING OPERATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace for an open or

INSPECTION short circuit to the wiring
harness.
Inspect wiring harness between AFS control
module on the side of the auto leveling system
which does operate and the headlight leveling No Go to the next step.
actuator.
RH
AFS control module terminal O

and headlight leveling actuator
terminal F
LH

terminal F
Is there any open or short circuit in the wiring

harness?
4 HEADLIGHT LEVELING INSPECTION Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Replace the front combination light on the side

of the auto-leveling system that is not No Replace the AFS control module.
operating.
(See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
(See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT SYSTEM (AFS) CONTROL MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Does the auto-leveling system operate

correctly?
5 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Repair or replace for an open or

HEADLIGHT LEVELING ACTUATOR AND AFS short circuit to the wiring
CONTROL MODULE harness.

following terminals. No Go to the next step.
AFS control module terminal P

(LH/RH) terminal I


(LH/RH) terminal F
AFS control module terminal M

(LH/RH) terminal L
Is there any open or short circuit in the wiring

harness?
6 VERIFY AUTO-LEVELING SENSOR Yes Repair or replace the

INSTALLATION malfunctioning location.
Verify the auto-leveling sensor installation

condition? No Go to the next step.
Is a bracket bent, is there damage, or is a link

disconnected?
7 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR INSPECTION Yes Replace the AFS control module.
Inspect the auto leveling sensor. (See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING

SYSTEM (AFS) CONTROL MODULE
(See AUTO LEVELING SENSOR INSPECTION .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is the auto leveling sensor normal?

No Replace the auto leveling sensor.
(See AUTO LEVELING SENSOR

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


*1
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Possible DTC
Symptom
Using the M- Without using M-MDS (On-board diagnostic
MDS test mode)
AF NOISE OR POP NOISE AT ALL SOURCES (RADIO, CD) [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] U3003:16, 09:Er20, 09:Er21
U3000:09
AUDIO POWER IS NOT AVAILABLE OR SWITCHED ON OR OFF AUTOMATICALLY U3003:16 09:Er20

[ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] U3003:16, 09:Er20, 09:Er21
U3000:09
SOUND BREAK-UP OR POOR SOUND QUALITY [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] U3000:09 09:Er21
VOLUME INCREASES/DECREASES WHILE DRIVING THE VEHICLE [ENTIRE AUDIO

SYSTEM]
ALC FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] U0155:00, 16:Er12

U0010:88
AudioPilot2 FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] U0155:00, 16:Er12,

U0010:88
NO AUDIO SYSTEM ILLUMINATION [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] U3003:16 09:Er20
SOUND JUMPS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] B1188:64 10:Er07
DISPLAY DOES NOT CHANGE TO THE REAR MOUNT CAMERA IMAGE. [ENTIRE

AUDIO SYSTEM]
Quick Diagnostic Chart



< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Verify the customer complaint and identify either the audio panel malfunction or audio unit
malfunction.
How to activate audio panel switch inspection mode
1. Launch the switch inspection mode. (See DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
2. The audio panel switch inspection mode is now activated.
1 Press each switch on the Yes Verify the customer complaint and then go to the
audio panel. appropriate symptom troubleshooting procedure.
Does buzzer sound when

pressing each switch? No Go to the next step.
2 Disassemble and Yes Go to the next step.

reassemble the audio
panel and audio unit.
Activate the audio panel
switch confirmation mode. (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Does buzzer sound when

pressing each switch?
3 Does the audio system operate properly? Yes The system is normal.
No Verify the customer complaint and then go to the

appropriate symptom troubleshooting procedure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Verify the customer complaint and identify either the steering switch malfunction or audio
unit malfunction.
1 Is the symptom related to either the steering switch or Yes Verify the customer complaint and then go
audio panel operation? to the appropriate symptom
The symptom is related to the audio

No panel operation:
Follow the Confirmation

Step 1.
(See CONFIRMATION STEP

1: AUDIO PANEL SWITCH
CONFIRMATION [ENTIRE
AUDIO SYSTEM] .)
The symptom is related

to the steering switch
operation:
2 Disconnect the audio unit connector Yes Go to the next step.

(24-pin).
Inspect both the audio unit and wiring No If the audio unit side
harness-side connectors for poor connector is wrong:
connection (such as damaged/pulled-
out pins, corrosion). Replace the audio unit.
Terminal 1N (ST (See AUDIO UNIT

SW1)
Terminal 1P (ST SW2) If the wiring harness-

side connector is
Are all the pins normal? wrong:
Repair or replace the pins

and/or the connector.
3 Inspect the continuity between the Yes Verify the customer complaint and then go

audio unit wiring harness-side to the appropriate symptom

connector terminal 1N and 1P while troubleshooting procedure.
operating the steering switch.
Does the resistance change? No Go to the next step.
4 Switch the ignition to off. Yes Replace the steering switch.
Remove the steering switch. (See STEERING SWITCH

No Repair or replace the suspect wiring
Inspect the continuity between the harness.
audio unit wiring harness-side
connector (24-pin) terminal and the
steering switch wiring harness-side
connector (16-pin) terminal.
Terminal 1N (24-pin)
Terminal H (14-
pin)
Terminal 1P (24-pin)
Terminal J (14-pin)
Is there the continuity?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
AF noise or POP noise on all sources (Radio, CD)
Possible
Using the M-MDS U3000:09
DTC
Without using M-MDS (On-board diagnostic test mode) 09:Er21
Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting station radio

wave
Defective CD (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty CD,
condensation)
Vibration while vehicle is driven
Low vehicle battery voltage.
Jammed radio signals from after market equipment.
Speaker malfunction (e.g., any foreign material, broken)
Improper speaker installation
Poor connection of audio unit connector, terminal damage
Antenna malfunction (e.g., poor ground)

Possible Audio unit malfunction
cause
Poor connection of audio amplifier connector, terminal damage (with Bose)
Audio amplifier malfunction (with Bose)
NOTE:
AF noise is a snapping noise that generally occurs during ON/OFF switching

operations of electrical equipment other than the audio unit, or a continual rasping
noise that occurs when electrical equipment is operated. This is caused by noise
interference in the power supply wiring, signal wiring, speaker cable or head of
cassette deck. Therefore noise can be heard regardless of radio wave conditions or
the audio volume position. The noise will start after one click from the minimum
position of the volume button but normally does not change even when volume is
turned to a higher position.
POP noise is snapping or popping noise that occurs during ON/OFF switching
operation of the audio unit, or when switching from radio to CD. Even a normal
audio unit sometimes emits a little noise depending on the conditions.

1 Does the noise occur Yes Go to the next step.

only while in radio
mode?
No Go to Step 3.
2 Can the location where Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that the
the noise occurs be noise is caused by radio wave disturbances or broadcast
specified? wave conditions from the outside.
No Go to Step 6.
3 Does the noise occur Yes Go to the next step.

only while in CD mode?
No Go to Step 6.
4 Can the disc in which Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that the
the noise occurs be cause is a disc that is damaged or dirty on the playback
specified? side, or warped.
5 Drive the vehicle and Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that the
verify the malfunction cause is vibration while the vehicle is driven.
symptom.
Does noise occur while No Go to the next step.

driving on an unlevel
road or under other
driving conditions
(sudden curve, quick
operation)?
6 Inspect the vehicle Yes Go to the next step.

battery voltage.
Is the vehicle battery No Charge the battery, then go to the next step.
voltage normal?
Specification:
Switch the ignition to

ON.: 11.5 V or more
Idle: 12.5 V or more
7 Is any of the following Yes Go to the next step.

after-market equipment

installed? (Inspect
No Go to Step 9.
especially near the
antenna.)
Radar
Remote
engine
starter
Anti-
theft
device
Other
8 Remove the after- Yes Go to the next step.

market equipment.
Turn the audio system No The system is normal. The after-market electrical devices
to ON. might make a noise.
Is there any noise?
9 Is there the noise from Yes Go to Step 11.

all speakers?
10 Inspect the suspect Yes Go to the next step.

speaker.
Is the speaker normal? No If there is any foreign material on the

speaker:
Remove the foreign material from the

speaker.
If the speaker is malfunctioning:
Replace the speaker.
If the speaker is not installed

properly:
Install the speaker properly.
11 Attempt to duplicate the Yes Go to the next step.

symptom on the other
vehicle.
No The system is normal. Explain the noise generation
Is the noise better than mechanism to the customer.
the customers vehicle?
NOTE:
The noise may be heard depends on the

operating speed of audio power and/or
mode switch.

12 Switch the ignition to Yes Go to the next step.

off.
Remove the audio unit. No If poor connection of audio unit

connector:
Inspect the connection
of the audio unit Securely connect the audio unit connector.
connector (24-pin) (for
sound signal line). If the audio unit side connector is
wrong:
Is the connector
connected securely? Replace the audio unit.
(See AUDIO UNIT

If the wiring harness-side connector

is wrong:
Repair or replace the pins and/or the

connector.
After treating either the above-mentioned, then go to the

next step.
13 Inspect the ground Yes Go to the next step.

condition of the
antenna.
No Repair or replace the ground. Go to the next step.
Is the ground condition
normal?
14 Is there any noise? Yes If noise occurs from the speaker of a

specific channel, or the volume is
minimized and the noise occurs:
Replace the audio

amplifier.
(See AUDIO AMPLIFIER

If noise occurs from the speaker of two or

more channels or the volume is minimized
and the noise does not occurs.
(See AUDIO UNIT

No The system is normal.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
AUDIO POWER IS NOT AVAILABLE OR SWITCHED ON OR OFF AUTOMATICALLY [ENTIRE AUDIO

SYSTEM]
Audio power is not available or switched on or off automatically
Possible DTC Using the M-MDS U3003:16
Speaker muted by Bluetooth system (hands-free telephone (HF/TEL) system)

operation
Mis-operation of steering switches
Burnt fuse (B+)
Possible Burnt fuse (ACC)

cause
Open or short circuit in power supply (B+) wiring harness
Open or short circuit in power supply (ACC) wiring harness
1 Does the malfunction occur while the Yes The system is normal. Explain to the
Bluetooth system is operating? customer that the speaker is muted while
the Bluetooth system is operating.
2 Do the steering switches operate? Yes The system is normal. Explain to the
customer that the cause is mis-operation
of the steering switches.

3 Switch the ignition to off. Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the following fuses:

No Replace with the appropriate standard
AUDIO1 15 A fuse.
AUDIO2 7.5 A If the fuse is melted,

inspect the wiring harness
Are the fuse normal? for short to ground.
Repair or replace the
wiring harness, then
replace the fuse.
4 Remove the audio unit. Yes Replace the audio unit.
Inspect the connection of the audio (See AUDIO UNIT

unit (24-pin). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Are the connectors securely

connected? No Securely connect the audio unit and car
navigation unit connectors, then go to the
next step.
5 Verify the malfunction symptom. Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Is the malfunction improved?

6 Remove the audio unit (with audio Yes Go to the next step.
system).
Inspect the connection of the audio No If poor connection of

unit connector (24-pin). audio unit connector:
Disconnect the audio unit connector Securely connect the

and inspect both the audio unit and audio unit connector.
wiring harness-side connectors for
poor connection (such as If the audio unit side
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion). connector is wrong:

Terminal 1B (B+)
Terminal 1R (ACC) (See AUDIO UNIT

Terminal 1W (GND)
If the wiring harness-
Are all the pins normal? side connector is
wrong:

7 Connect the audio unit connector. Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the voltage for the power

supply line (B+, ACC). No Inspect and repair or replace the suspect
wiring harness.
Specification:

Charge the battery, if necessary.

Switch the ignition to ON: 11.5 V or
more
8 Switch the ignition to off. Yes Replace the audio unit.
Remove the audio unit connector (24- (See AUDIO UNIT

pin). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Inspect the continuity between the

audio unit wiring harness-side No Repair or replace the wiring harness.
connector terminal 1W (GND) and the
ground.
Is there the continuity?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Without Bose
No sound from all speakers
Possible DTC Using the M-MDS U3003:16, U3000:09
Without using M-MDS (On-board diagnostic test mode) 09:Er20, 09:Er21
Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting station

radio wave
Glass antenna malfunction
Antenna feeder malfunction
Center roof antenna malfunction

operation
Possible Poor connection of music device

cause
Volume adjustment of music device is at minimum
Poor connection at audio unit connector, terminal damage
Short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker
Open circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker
Short circuit inside speaker
Speaker malfunction
1 It sound not output from the Yes Go to the next step.

speaker only while in radio

mode?
No Go to Step 6.
2 Does noise occur? Yes Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 8.
3 Can the location where the Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer
noise occurs be specified? that the noise is caused by radio wave
disturbances or broadcast wave conditions from
the outside.
4 Compare the radio broadcast Yes Go to the next step.

reception condition on another
vehicle of the same model
No Go to Step 6.
(model/unit) in the location
where the noise occurs.
Compared to another vehicle

of the same model, is the
reception worse?
5 Inspect the glass antenna and Yes Go to the next step.

antenna feeder.
Are the glass antenna and No Repair or replace the glass antenna and/or the
antenna feeder normal? antenna feeder.
6 Does the Bluetooth system Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer
(hands-free telephone that the Bluetooth system (hands-free telephone
(HF/TEL) system) operate? (HF/TEL) system) operates and the speaker is
muted.
7 Does the AUX mode operate? Yes Verify the volume of the music device which has
been connected. If sound is output, go to the next
step.
8 Connect the audio unit Yes Go to the next step.

connector.
Inspect the voltage for the No Charge the battery, then go to the next step.
power supply line (B+, ACC).
Specification:

Switch the ignition to ON:

11.5 V or more
9 Play the CD or Radio. Yes The system is normal.
Adjust the volume

between10 to 15. No Go to the next step.
Is there sound?
10 Switch the ignition to off. Yes Repair or replace the suspect wiring harness or
speaker unit.
NOTE:
connector (24-pin). If there is a short circuit between
the speaker harness or speaker
Inspect the continuity between lead wire and ground, the
the audio unit wiring harness- protector circuit inside the audio
side connector terminal and unit operates to cut the sound.
ground:
For front door speaker No Replace the audio unit.
Terminal 1A (LH+)GND (See AUDIO UNIT

Terminal 1C (LH-)GND
Terminal 1D (RH+)GND
Terminal 1F (RH-)GND
For rear door speaker
Terminal 1S (LH+)GND
Terminal 1U (LH-)GND
Terminal 1V (RH+)GND
Terminal 1X (RH-)GND
Disconnect the front door

speaker connector (4-pin)
Inspect the continuity between

the front door speaker wiring
harness-side connector
terminal and ground:
For tweeter
Terminal 1A (LH+)GND
Terminal 1C (LH-)GND
Terminal 1D (RH+)GND

With Bose
No sound from all speakers

radio wave
Glass antenna malfunction
Center roof antenna malfunction

operation
Poor connection of music device
Possible Volume adjustment of music device is at minimum

cause
Speaker malfunction
Audio amplifier malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio amplifier and audio unit
Poor connection of audio unit or audio amplifier connector, terminal damage
CAN signal wiring harness malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio amplifier and speaker
1 It sound not output from the Yes Go to the next step.

speaker only while in radio

mode?
No Go to Step 6.
No Go to Step 8.
3 Can the location where the noise Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer
occurs be specified? that the noise is caused by radio wave
the outside.
4 Compare the radio broadcast Yes Go to the next step.

reception condition on another
vehicle of the same model
No Go to Step 6.
(model/unit) in the location
where the noise occurs.
Compared to another vehicle of

the same model, is the reception
worse?
5 Inspect the glass antenna and Yes Go to the next step.

antenna feeder.
Are the glass antenna and No Repair or replace the glass antenna and/or the
antenna feeder normal? antenna feeder.
6 Does the Bluetooth system Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer
(hands-free telephone (HF/TEL) that the Bluetooth system (hands-free
system) operate? telephone (HF/TEL) system) operates and the
speaker is muted.
7 Does the AUX mode operate? Yes Verify the volume of the music device which has
been connected. If sound is output, go to the
next step.
8 Connect the audio unit Yes Go to the next step.

connector.
Inspect the voltage for the power No Charge the battery, then go to the next step.
supply line (B+, ACC).
Specification:
Switch the ignition to ON: 11.5

V or more
9 Play CD or radio. Yes The system is normal.
Adjust the volume between 10

and 15. No Go to the next step.
Is there sound?
10 Measure the voltage at the audio Yes Go to the next step.

amplifier terminal 3A. (8-pin,
vehicle harness-side)
No Repair or replace wiring harness between the
Is the voltage B+? audio amplifier and fuse.

11 Inspect the connection of audio Yes Go to the next step.

unit connector (24-pin) and
audio amplifier connectors for
poor connection (such as No Repair or replace the pins and/or the connector.
damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
Are all pins normal?
Disconnect the audio amplifier

connector. No Repair or replace the repair related wiring
harnesses.
Inspect continuity between the
following terminals of the audio
amplifier connector and speaker
connector.
For front door speaker (LH)
Terminal 3FTerminal C
Terminal 3ETerminal B
For front door speaker (RH)
Terminal 3CTerminal C
Terminal 3DTerminal B
For tweeter (LH)
Terminal 2GTerminal B

Terminal 2ITerminal A
For tweeter (RH)
Terminal 2CTerminal B
Terminal 2ETerminal A
For rear door speaker (LH)
Terminal 2OTerminal C
Terminal 2PTerminal B
For rear door speaker (RH)
Terminal 2MTerminal C
Terminal 2KTerminal B
For front center speaker
Terminal 3HTerminal A
For D-pillar speaker
Terminal 2ATerminal B
Terminal 2BTerminal A
13 Switch the ignition to off. Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harness or
speaker.
Disconnect the audio amplifier
connector. (See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
Inspect the continuity between
the audio amplifier connector (See TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
and ground:
For front door speaker (LH) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Terminal 3FGND (See FRONT CENTER SPEAKER

Terminal 3EGND
(See D-PILLAR SPEAKER
For front door speaker (RH) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Terminal 3CGND NOTE:

Terminal 3DGND If there is a short circuit
between the speaker harness
For tweeter (LH)
or speaker lead wire and
Terminal 2GGND ground, the protector circuit
inside the audio unit operates
Terminal 2IGND to cut the sound.
For tweeter (RH)


Terminal 2CGND
Terminal 2EGND
For rear door speaker (LH)
Terminal 2OGND
Terminal 2PGND
For rear door speaker (RH)
Terminal 2MGND
Terminal 2KGND
For front center speaker
Terminal 3GGND
Terminal 3HGND
Terminal 2AGND
Terminal 2BGND
14 Switch the ignition to off. Yes Replace the audio amplifier.
Disconnect the audio amplifier (See AUDIO AMPLIFIER

connector and audio unit REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
connector (24-pin).
Inspect the continuity between No Repair or replace the wiring harness between
the audio amplifier terminal 2F the audio amplifier and audio unit.
(16-pin, vehicle harness-side)
and audio unit terminal 1J (24- Then go to the next step.
pin, vehicle harness- side).
15 Is there any sound? Yes The system is normal.
No Replace the audio amplifier.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Without Bose
No sound from some speakers

Possible DTC

Speaker muted by audio unit sound adjustment
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker
Possible cause Speaker malfunction (e.g., any foreign material, broken)
1 Verify the audio unit sound Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that
adjustment. the speaker is muted by the audio unit sound
setting.
Does the fader/balance
operate?
Inspect the connection of the

audio unit connector (24- No Connect the audio unit connector (24-pin) securely.
pin). (for sound signal line)
Is the connector connected

securely?
3 Switch the ignition to off. Yes Repair or replace the suspect wiring harness or
speaker unit.

Disconnect the audio unit No Go to the next step.

connector (24-pin).
NOTE:
Inspect the continuity
between the audio unit If there is a short circuit between
wiring harness-side the speaker harness or speaker
connector terminal and lead wire and ground, the protector
ground: circuit inside the audio unit
operates to cut the sound.
For front
door
speaker
Terminal 1A
(LH+)GND
Terminal 1C
(LH-)GND
Terminal 1D
(RH+)
GND
Terminal 1F
(RH-)GND
For rear
door
speaker
Terminal 1S
(LH+)GND
Terminal 1U
(LH-)GND
Terminal 1V
(RH+)
GND
Terminal 1X
(RH-)GND
Disconnect the front door

speaker connector (4-pin)

between the front door
speaker wiring harness-side
connector terminal and
ground:
For
tweeter
Terminal 1A
(LH+)GND
Terminal 1C
(LH-)GND

Terminal 1D
(RH+)
GND
Terminal 1F
(RH-)GND
4 Disconnect the speaker Yes Go to the next step.

connector (4-pin), tweeter
connector (2-pin) and
No Repair or replace the suspect wiring harness or
inspect the resistance of
speaker unit.
speaker.

between the audio unit
wiring harness-side
connector:
Audio unit
front
door
speaker
Terminal 1A
(LH+)
terminal C
Terminal 1C
(LH-)
terminal B
Terminal 1D
(RH+)
terminal C
Terminal 1F
(RH-)
terminal B
Audio unit
rear door
speaker
Terminal 1S
(LH+)
terminal C
Terminal 1U
(LH-)
terminal B
Terminal 1V
(RH+)
terminal C

Terminal 1X
(RH-)
terminal B
Audio unit
tweeter
Terminal 1A
(LH+)
terminal B
Terminal 1C
(LH-)
terminal A
Terminal 1D
(RH+)
terminal B
Terminal 1F
(RH-)
terminal A
5 Inspect the suspect speaker. Yes Replace the audio unit.
Is the speaker normal? (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
NOTE:
No Replace the speaker.
If the speaker lead wire
contacts to either ground or (See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
vehicle frame, replace the REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
speaker.
(See TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
With Bose
No sound from some speakers

Possible DTC

Speaker muted by audio unit sound adjustment
Poor connection of audio amplifier connector
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio amplifier and audio

Possible unit
cause
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio amplifier and speaker
Speaker malfunction (e.g., foreign material, broken)
1 Verify the audio unit sound adjustment. Yes The system is normal. Explain to the
customer that the speaker is muted by
Does the fader/balance operate? the audio unit sound setting.
2 Does the same speaker have no sound if Yes Go to the next step.
changing the sound source? (Radio, CD)
(See AUDIO UNIT

NOTE:
If the different speaker

has no sound now, the
audio unit is
malfunctioning.
Inspect the connection of the audio unit

connector (24-pin). (for sound signal No Connect the audio unit connector (24-
line) pin) securely.
Is the connector connected securely?
4 Switch the ignition to off. Yes Repair or replace the related wiring
harness
NOTE:
Disconnect the audio unit connector (24-
pin). If there is a short to
ground in wiring
Inspect the continuity between the audio harness between the
unit wiring harness-side connector and audio unit and audio
ground. amplifier, the protector
circuit inside the audio
Terminal 1A (LH+)GND
unit operates to cut

Terminal 1C (LH-)GND the sound.
Terminal 1D (RH+)
GND
Terminal 1S (LH+)GND
Terminal 1U (LH-)GND
Terminal 1V (RH+)
GND
Terminal 1X (RH-)GND
5 Inspect the continuity between the Yes Go to the next step.

following terminals of the audio amplifier
wiring harness-side connector (16-pin)
and the audio unit wiring harness-side No Repair or replace the related wiring
connector (24-pin). harness between the audio amplifier
and the audio unit.
Terminal 1A (LH+)
Terminal 1F Then go to the next step.
Terminal 1C (LH-) NOTE:

Terminal 1E If there is a open in
wiring harness
Terminal 1D (RH+)
Terminal 1G
and audio amplifier,
Terminal 1F (RH-) the protector circuit
Terminal 1H inside the audio unit
operates to cut the
Terminal 1S (LH+) sound.
Terminal 1J
Terminal 1U (LH-)
Terminal 1I
Terminal 1V (RH+)
Terminal 1K
Terminal 1X (RH-)
Terminal 1L
6 Inspect the connection of the audio Yes Go to the next step.

amplifier connector.
Is the connector connected securely? No Connect the audio amplifier securely.

No Repair or replace the repair related

Inspect continuity between the following wiring harnesses.

terminals of the audio amplifier connector
and speaker connector.
For front door speaker

(LH)
Terminal 3FTerminal C
Terminal 3ETerminal B

(RH)
Terminal 3CTerminal C
Terminal 3DTerminal B
For tweeter (LH)
Terminal 2ITerminal A
For tweeter (RH)
Terminal 2CTerminal B
Terminal 2ETerminal A

(LH)
Terminal 2OTerminal C
Terminal 2PTerminal B

(RH)
Terminal 2MTerminal C
Terminal 2KTerminal B
For front center

speaker
Terminal 3HTerminal A
Terminal 2ATerminal B
Terminal 2BTerminal A
8 Switch the ignition to off. Yes Repair or replace the related wiring
harness or speaker.

(See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER

Inspect the continuity between the audio REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
amplifier connector and ground:
(See TWEETER
For front door speaker REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(LH)
Terminal 3FGND REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Terminal 3EGND (See FRONT CENTER SPEAKER

(RH) (See D-PILLAR SPEAKER
Terminal 3CGND
NOTE:
Terminal 3DGND
If there is a short
For tweeter (LH)
circuit between the
Terminal 2GGND speaker harness or
speaker lead wire and
Terminal 2IGND ground, the protector
circuit inside the audio
For tweeter (RH) unit operates to cut
the sound.
Terminal 2CGND
Terminal 2EGND No Go to the next step.

(LH)
Terminal 2OGND
Terminal 2PGND

(RH)
Terminal 2MGND
Terminal 2KGND
For front center

speaker
Terminal 3GGND
Terminal 3HGND
Terminal 2AGND
Terminal 2BGND
9 Inspect the suspect speaker. Yes Replace the audio unit.
Is the speaker normal? (See AUDIO UNIT


NOTE:
If the No Replace the speaker.

speaker
lead (See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
wire REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
contacts
to either (See TWEETER
ground
or (See REAR DOOR SPEAKER
vehicle REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
frame,
replace (See FRONT CENTER SPEAKER
the REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
speaker.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Sound break-up or poor sound quality

radio wave
Tuning error with radio station
Poor connection of music device
Volume adjustment of music device is at minimum

Possible
cause Improper speaker installation
Vibration of door trim and/or package trim
Speaker malfunction (e.g., any foreign material, broken)
Audio unit malfunction (with Bose)
1 Verify the malfunction Yes Go to the next step.

symptom.
Is there sound No Go to Step 6.

distortion?
2 Does the sound Yes Go to the next step.

distortion occur only
while in radio mode?
No Go to Step 5.
3 Can the location Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that the

where the sound noise is caused by radio wave disturbances or broadcast

distortion occurs be wave conditions from the outside.
specified?
4 Does the sound Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that the
distortion occur after sound distortion is caused by a tuning error with the radio
selecting a radio station.
station?
5 Does the AUX mode Yes Verify the connection condition and volume of the music
operate? device. If the connection condition is normal and sound is
output, go to the next step.
6 Inspect the sound Yes Go to the next step.

while adjusting the
sound volume.
No The system is normal.
Is there broken sound
or poor sound quality
between 30 and
40?
7 Inspect the Yes Go to the next step.

BASS/TREB.
Is there poor sound No If there is broken sound at -6 +6 of BASS/TREB with

quality at -3 +3 the maximum volume, the system is normal.
of BASS/TREB?
NOTE:
The speaker from

which the sound is
not emitted is
specified using by
that the speaker
voice changes.
8 Identify the speaker Yes Go to the next step.

with broken sound by
adjusting BAL/FADE.
No Install the speaker properly.
Is the speaker
installed properly?
9 Remove the speaker. Yes Repair or replace the suspect speaker.
Is there any foreign

material or damage No Go to the next step.

on the speaker?
10 Inspect the sound Yes Go to the next step.

again.
Is there broken No Inspect the vibration from the door trim and/or package
sound? trim. Repair or replace the suspect trim as necessary.
11 Replace with the Yes Without Bose:

speaker known to be
good. (e.g., swap Replace the audio unit.
right and left
(See AUDIO UNIT
speakers)
Does the broken
With Bose:
sound appear at the
same location? If noise occurs from the speaker of a
specific channel, or the volume is
minimized and the noise occurs:
1. Replace the audio

amplifier.

If noise occurs from the speaker of two or

more channels or the volume is minimized
and the noise does not occurs:
(See AUDIO UNIT

No Without Bose:


(Six-speaker type)

With Bose:


REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

.)
(See FRONT CENTER SPEAKER


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Volume increases/decreases while driving the vehicle

Possible
DTC


radio wave
Sound level difference between audio modes

Possible
Audio unit malfunction (without Bose)
cause
Audio amplifier malfunction (with Bose)
NOTE:
Inspect the ALC function (without Bose)/AudioPilot 2 function (with Bose)

while driving the vehicle with playing the CD, etc.
1 Does the audio Yes Go to the next step.

volume change only
while in radio mode?
No Go to Step 3.
2 Can the location Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that the
where the audio noise is caused by radio wave disturbances or broadcast
volume change be wave conditions from the outside.
specified?
No Go to Step 5.
3 Does the audio Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that the
volume change when volume change is caused by sound level differences
changing the mode? between audio modes.

4 Do the steering Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that the
switches operate? volume change is caused by a mis-operation of the
steering switches.
5 Does the ALC Yes Go to the next step.

(Without
Bose)/AudioPilot 2
No Without Bose:
function (With Bose)
turn on? Replace the audio unit.
(See AUDIO UNIT

With Bose:
Replace the audio amplifier.

6 Turn off the ALC Yes Replace the audio unit.

(Without
Bose)/AudioPilot 2 (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
function (With
Bose). No The system is normal.
Does the sound Explains the ALC (Without Bose)/AudioPilot 2 function
change while driving (with Bose) to the customer.
the vehicle?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
ALC function is inoperative
Open or short circuit in vehicle speed signal wiring harness (e. g., instrument
cluster)
CAN signal wiring harness malfunction

Possible
cause Audio unit malfunction
NOTE:
Inspect the ALC function while driving the vehicle with playing the CD.
1 Turn the ALC function to ON. Yes The system is normal. Explains the ALC
function to the customer.
Inspect the ALC function operation when
driving the vehicle at ALC level 3.
Does the ALC system operate properly?
2 Retrieve the DTCs from all vehicle Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
modules using the M-MDS.
Is there the following DTC displayed? No Replace the audio unit.
Vehicle speed signal (See AUDIO UNIT

wiring harness REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
CAN signal wiring

harness

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
AudioPilot2 function is inoperative
Audio amplifier malfunction
Open or short circuit in AudioPilot2 signal wiring harness
Open or short circuit in AudioPilot2 microphone signal wiring harness

Possible
cause Open or short circuit in vehicle speed signal wiring harness (e. g., instrument
cluster)
NOTE:
Inspect the AudioPilot2 function while driving the vehicle and playing a CD.
1 Turn the AudioPilot2 function on. Yes The system is normal.
Inspect the AudioPilot2 function operation while Explain the AudioPilot2

driving the vehicle. function to the customer.
Does the AudioPilot2 system operation properly?

2 Inspect the connection of the audio amplifier connector Yes Repair or replace the pins
(AudioPilot2 microphone signal). and/or the connector.
Inspect both the audio amplifier wiring harness-side

connector terminal 1O, 1P and 2H for a poor No Go to the next step.
connection (such as damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
Are all the pins normal?

3 Inspect the connection of the AudioPilot2 microphone Yes Repair or replace the pins
connector (2-pin). and/or the connector.
Inspect the AudioPilot2 microphone wiring harness-

side connector terminal A and B (2-pin) for poor
connection (such as damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
Are all pins normal?
4 Inspect continuity between the following terminals of Yes Repair or replace the
the audio amplifier connector and body ground. wiring harness for a
possible short to ground.
Terminal 1O (AudioPilot2
microphone+)
Terminal 1P (AudioPilot2
microphone-)
Terminal 2H (vehicle speed signal)
5 Inspect continuity between the following terminals of Yes Go to the next step.
the audio amplifier connector and AudioPilot2
microphone/instrument cluster connector.
No Repair or replace for open
Terminal 1OAudioPilot 2 microphone circuit.
terminal B (+)
Terminal 1PAudioPilot 2 microphone

terminal A (-)
Terminal 2HInstrument cluster

terminal O (vehicle speed signal)
6 Retrieve the DTCs from all vehicle modules using the Yes Go to the appropriate
M-MDS. DTC inspection.
Is there the following DTC displayed?

No Replace the audio
Vehicle speed signal amplifier.
CAN communication (See AUDIO AMPLIFIER

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
No audio system illumination
Illumination turned off by panel light control switch operation
Open or short circuit in TNS signal wiring harness

Possible cause
1 Has the panel light control switch been Yes Go to the next step.
operated?
No The system is normal. Explain to the
customer that the illumination is turned off
by the panel light control switch operation.
2 Disconnect the audio unit connector Yes Repair or replace the short circuit in the
(24-pin) and inspect the continuity suspect wiring harness. After repair the
between the audio unit wiring harness, replace with the appropriate
harness-side connector terminal 1E standard fuse.
(TNS) and the ground.
Is there continuity? No Go to the next step.
3 Inspect the connection of the audio Yes Go to the next step.

unit connector (24-pin).
Inspect both the audio unit and wiring No If poor connection of

harness-side connector terminal 1E for audio unit connector:
poor connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion). Securely connect the
audio unit connector.

Are all the pins normal?

If the audio unit side
connector is wrong:
(See AUDIO UNIT


side connector is
wrong:

4 Connect the audio unit connector (24- Yes Replace the audio unit.
pin).
(See AUDIO UNIT
Switch the ignition to ACC. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Inspect the voltage at the audio unit

connector terminal 1E (TNS). No Repair or replace the suspect wiring
harness (TNS signal).
Is the voltage B+ when the light
switch is turned to the TNS position?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Sound jumps
Possible
Using the M-MDS B1188:64
DTC

radio wave
condensation)
Vibration while vehicle is driven

operation (with Bluetooth system)
Possible Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio amplifier and audio unit
cause
Speaker malfunction
NOTE:
The CD may be malfunctioning if the sound jumps on the certain CD only. Inspect
the CD player/changer operation using the CD known to be good.
1 Does the sound jump only Yes Go to Step 2.

while in the radio mode?
No Go to Step 5.

3 Can the location where the Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that
sound jumps be specified? the noise is caused by radio wave disturbances or
broadcast wave conditions from the outside.
4 Can the broadcast where the Yes Explain to the customer that the cause is poor
sound jumps be specified? broadcast reception conditions.
5 Does the sound jump only Yes Go to the next step.

while in the CD mode?
No Go to Step 8.
6 Can the disc in which the Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that
sound jump occurs be the cause is a disc that is damaged or dirty on the
specified? playback side, or warped.
7 Drive the vehicle and verify Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that
the malfunction symptom. the cause is vibration while the vehicle is driven.
Does noise occur while

driving on an unlevel road or No Replace the audio unit.
under other driving
conditions (sudden curve,
quick operation)?
8 Does the sound jump using Yes Without Bose:

the specified speaker?
With Bose:
Go to Step 10
No With Bluetooth system:
Go to Step 13.
Without Bluetooth system:
Go to Step 14.

9 Disconnect the speaker Yes Go to Step 12.

connector and inspect the
resistance of speaker.
No Repair or replace the suspect wiring harness or
Inspect the continuity speaker.
wiring harness-side
connector:
Audio unit
front
door
speaker
Terminal 1A
(LH+)
terminal C
Terminal 1C
(LH-)
terminal B
Terminal 1D
(RH+)
terminal C
Terminal 1F
(RH-)
terminal B
Audio unit
rear door
speaker
Terminal 1S
(LH+)
terminal C
Terminal 1U
(LH-)
terminal B
Terminal 1V
(RH+)
terminal C
Terminal 1X
(RH-)
terminal B
10 Disconnect the audio Yes Go to Step 11.

amplifier connector.
Inspect continuity between No Repair or replace the repair related wiring

the following terminals of the harnesses.
audio amplifier connector

and speaker connector.
For front
door
speaker
(LH)
Terminal 3F
Terminal C
Terminal 3E
Terminal B
For front
door
speaker
(RH)
Terminal 3C
Terminal C
Terminal
3D)
Terminal B
For
tweeter
(LH)
Terminal 2G
Terminal B
Terminal 2I
Terminal A
For
tweeter
(RH)
Terminal 2C
Terminal B
Terminal 2E
Terminal A
For rear
door
speaker
(LH)
Terminal 2O
Terminal C
Terminal 2P
Terminal B
For rear
door
speaker
(RH)

Terminal 2M
Terminal C
Terminal 2K
Terminal B
For front
center
speaker
Terminal 3G
Terminal B
Terminal 3H
Terminal A
For D-pillar
speaker
Terminal 2A
Terminal B
Terminal 2B
Terminal A
11 Disconnect the audio Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harness or
amplifier connector. speaker.
Inspect the continuity (See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER

between the audio amplifier REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
connector and ground:
For front
door (See REAR DOOR SPEAKER
speaker REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(LH)
Terminal 3F REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
GND
(See D-PILLAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Terminal 3E
NOTE:
GND
If there is a short circuit between
For front
the speaker harness or speaker
door
lead wire and ground, the protector
speaker
circuit inside the audio unit
(RH)
operates to cut the sound.
Terminal 3C
GND No Go to the next step.
Terminal 3D
GND
For
tweeter
(LH)

Terminal 2G
GND
Terminal 2I
GND
For
tweeter
(RH)
Terminal 2C
GND
Terminal 2E
GND
For rear
door
speaker
(LH)
Terminal 2O
GND
Terminal 2P
GND
For rear
door
speaker
(RH)
Terminal 2M
GND
Terminal 2K
GND
For front
center
speaker
Terminal 3G
GND
Terminal 3H
GND
For D-pillar
speaker
Terminal 2A
GND
Terminal 2B
GND
12 Inspect the suspect speaker. Yes With Bluetooth system:

Is the speaker normal? Go to the next step.
NOTE: Without Bluetooth system:
If the speaker lead wire Go to Step 14.

contacts to either ground or
vehicle frame, replace the
speaker. No Without Bose:


(See TWEETER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (6
speaker type)
With Bose:

(See TWEETER



13 Does the malfunction occur Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that
while the Bluetooth system is the speaker is muted while the Bluetooth system is
operating? operating.
14 Do the steering switches Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that
operate? the cause is mis-operation of the steering switches.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
Possible DTC Display does not change to the rear mount camera image
Rear mount camera malfunction
Poor connection of the rear mount camera connector, terminal damage
Poor connection of the audio unit connector, terminal damage

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and rear
mount camera
Open or short circuit in reverse signal wiring harness
1 Is the lens of the rear mount camera Yes Clean the lens of the rear mount camera
dirty or view is obstructed? or remove the obstruction.
2 Does the lens of the rear mount Yes Replace the rear mount camera.
camera have a crack and damage?
(See REAR MOUNT CAMERA
Remove the rear mount camera.

No If poor connection of
Inspect the connection of the rear rear mount camera
mount camera connector (4-pin). connector:
Disconnect the rear mount camera Securely connect the rear

connector (4-pin). mount camera connector.

Inspect both the rear mount camera If the rear mount

and wiring harness-side connector for camera connector is
poor connection (such as wrong:
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Replace the rear mount
Are all the pins normal? camera.
(See REAR MOUNT

CAMERA

side connector is
wrong:


No If poor connection of
Inspect the connection of the Audio audio unit connector:
unit connector (4-pin).
Securely connect the
Disconnect the Audio unit connector audio unit connector.
(4-pin).
If the audio unit
Inspect both the audio unit connector connector is wrong:
terminal for poor connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion). Replace the audio unit.
Are all the pins normal? If the wiring harness-

side connector is
wrong:

Terminal 6A (4-pin,
POWER)terminal A No Inspect the suspect wiring harness.
(5-pin, POWER)
Terminal 6B (4-pin,
GND)terminal E (5-
pin, GND)
Terminal 6C (4-pin,
V-GND)terminal D
(5-pin, V-GND)
Terminal 6D (4-pin,
COMPOSITE)
terminal C (5-pin,
COMPOSITE)
Is there open or short circuit?

6 Switch the ignition to off. Yes Replace the rear mount camera, then
inspect generating of malfunction
Remove the audio unit. symptom.
(See AUDIO UNIT (See REAR MOUNT CAMERA
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the audio unit connector Even if it exchanges

(24-pin). rear mount camera,
when a fault
Turn the ignition switch to ON.
phenomenon occurs:
Shift the selector lever in R range.
Inspect the voltage between the audio
(See AUDIO UNIT
unit terminals 1M (24-pin, REV) and
1W (24-pin, GND).
Reinspect the malfunction
Is the voltage B+?
symptom, then repeat
from Step 1 if malfunction
recurs.
No Inspect the suspect wiring harness

(reverse signal).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


*1
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Troubleshooting Index
Possible DTC
Items Symptom
Using the Without using M-MDS (On-
M-MDS board diagnostic test mode)
CD player CD PLAYER DOES NOT LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE CD B1D19:79 10:Er01
IMMEDIATELY [CD PLAYER]
CD PLAYER DOES NOT EJECT THE CD [CD PLAYER] B1D19:79 10:Er01
CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD B1188:64 10:Er07
PLAYER]
SOUND JUMPS [CD PLAYER] B1188:64 10:Er07
CD PLAYER SCRATCHES ON THE CD [CD PLAYER] B1188:64 10:Er07
CD player (MP3/WMA CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE MP3/WMA-FORMATTED B1188:64 10:Er07
formatted file payback FILE [CD PLAYER]
function)
MP3/WMA-FORMATTED FILE FOLDER SELECTION IS B1D19:71 10:Er02
INOPERATIVE/TRACK SEARCH IS INOPERATIVE [CD
PLAYER]
CD PLAYER DOES NOT INDICATE THE MP3/WMA TITLE B1D19:71, 10:Er02, 10:Er07
TEXT [CD PLAYER] B1188:64
CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE AUDIO DATA (CDDA) [CD B1D19:71, 10:Er02, 10:Er07
PLAYER] B1188:64
CD player TRACK CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER] B1D19:71 10:Er02


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CD player does not load the CD or ejects the CD immediately
Possible
Using the M-MDS B1D19:79
DTC
Insertion angle of disc incorrect
CD is inserted upside down
condensation)
Possible Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, heart-shaped disc,

cause octagonal disc)
Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc)
Poor connection of audio unit connector or terminal (e.g., damaged, bent,

pulled-out pin, corrosion)
1 Verify the insertion angle of the disc. Yes The system is normal. (Explain to the
customer that the cause is the insertion
Does a malfunction occur only when angle.)
the insertion angle is tilted?
2 Can the disc in which a malfunction Yes The system is normal. (Explain to the
occurs be specified? customer that the cause is a disc that is
damaged or dirty on the playback side, or
warped.)

3 Is CD inserted properly, label-side Yes Go to the next step.

up?
No Explain to the customer that CD should be
inserted into the slot, label-side up.
4 Switch the ignition off (LOCK). Yes Replace the audio unit.
Inspect the connection of the audio (See AUDIO UNIT

unit connector (24-pin). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Inspect both audio unit connector and

wiring harness-side connector for No If the audio unit
poor connection. (such as connector/pin is
damaged/bent/pulled-out pins, wrong:
corrosion)
All the pins and connector normal?
(See AUDIO UNIT

side connector/pin is
wrong:

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CD player does not eject the CD
Possible
DTC
Defective CD. (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty CD,
condensation)
Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, heart-shaped disc,

octagonal disc)
Poor connection of audio unit connector or terminal (e.g., damaged, bent, pulled-
out pin, corrosion)
Possible
cause Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc).
Multiple CDs are inserted into the CD player at the same time
NOTE:
The CD may be malfunctioning if the CD player does not eject the certain CD
only. Inspect the CD player operation using the CD known to be good.
1 Can the disc in which the malfunction Yes The system is normal. (Explain to the
occurs be specified? customer that the cause is a disc that is
damaged or dirty on the playback side, or
warped.)
2 Switch the ignition off (LOCK). Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the connection of the audio

unit connector (24-pin). No If the audio unit

connector/pin is
Inspect both audio unit connector and wrong:
wiring harness-side connector for
poor connection. (such as Replace the audio unit.
damaged/bent/pulled-out pins,
corrosion) (See AUDIO UNIT
All the pins and connector normal?
side connector/pin is
wrong:

3 Insert the CD into the CD player. Yes Replace the audio unit.
Does the CD insert into the CD player (See AUDIO UNIT

smoothly? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
No Install the audio panel and/or CD cover

properly, then go to the next step.
4 Is the CD ejected from the CD player? Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Explain repairs to the customers.
(See AUDIO UNIT

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CD player does not play the CD/No sound
Possible
DTC
CD is inserted upside down
Possible condensation)
cause Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, heart-shaped disc,
octagonal disc)
1 Can the disc in which the Yes The system is normal. (Explain to the customer that
malfunction occurs be the cause is a disc that is damaged or dirty on the
specified? playback side, or warped.)
2 Turn the radio ON and Yes Go to the next step.

inspect that there is sound.
Is there sound? No Go to the symptom troubleshooting NO SOUND

FROM ALL SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM].
NOTE:
Check for the volume dial

position.
3 Was CD inserted properly, Yes Go to the next step.

label-side up?
No Explain to the customer that CD should be inserted

into the slot, label-side up.
4 Visually inspect the CD. Yes Explain to the customer that the defective CD or
non-conventional disc cannot be use.
Is there any
dirt, scratch
or No Replace the audio unit.
deformation
on the CD? (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is the CD a
non-
conventional
disc?
Is there a
CD in
MP3/WMA
recording?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Sound jumps
Possible
DTC
condensation)
Improper audio unit installation (e.g., rattle, loose)
Possible Inadequate tire pressure

cause
NOTE:
The CD may be malfunctioning if the sound jumps on the certain CD only. Inspect
the CD player/changer operation using the CD known to be good.
1 Does the sound Yes The system is normal. (Explain to the customer that the
skip when pressing sound skips during SCAN.)
the SCAN button?
2 Can the disc in Yes The system is normal. (Explain to the customer that the
which the cause is a disc that is damaged or dirty on the playback side,
malfunction occurs or warped.)
be specified?
3 Does the sound Yes Go to Step 8.

jump when the
vehicle is stopped?

4 Drive the vehicle. Yes Go to the next step.
Does the sound

jump when driving No Go to Step 8.
over uneven
surfaces?
5 Is the audio unit Yes Go to the next step.

installed securely?
No Install the audio unit securely.
6 Inspect the tire Yes Replace the audio unit.

pressure.
Is the tire pressure
normal?
7 Adjust the tire Yes Replace the audio unit.

pressure within
specification. (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Does the sound

jump when driving No Audio system is normal. Explain repairs to the customers.
the vehicle?
8 Replace the CD Yes Replace the audio unit.

known to be good.
Does the sound
jump when driving
the vehicle? No Audio system is normal. Explain to the customer that the CD
is malfunctioning.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CD player scratches on the CD
Possible DTC Using the M-MDS B1188:64
Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc)
Possible cause Multiple CDs are inserted into the CD player at the same time
1 Were the multiple CDs inserted into Yes Explain to the customer to insert a CD one
the CD player at the same time? by one.
2 Visually inspect the CD. Yes Audio system is normal. Explain to the
customer that the CD is malfunctioning.
Is the CD a deformed disc (e.g., out
of specification (thickness), bent
disc)? No Replace the audio unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CD player does not play the MP3/WMA-formatted file
Possible
DTC
CD-R/RW written format is out of specification
MP3/WMA and other format data are in the CD-R/RW
File extension for MP3/WMA-formatted file is incorrect (Correct. .mp3/.wma,

incorrect: e.g., RIFF)
Defective CD-R/RW (e.g. dirty CD, scratch)
Possible NOTE:
cause
The free-software for the MP3/WMA-formatted file in the field may cause the
deterioration of sound quality, noise, or defective play, so that the CD player
wont play the customer made MP3/WMA-formatted file.
The CD player may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition.
If there are MP3/WMA-formatted file and other file in the same disc, the CD player
may not play the disc.
If there are MP3/WMA-formatted file and audio data in the same disc, the CD
player loads and plays the first session of the data only.
1 Inspect the written Yes Go to the next step.

format of the
recorded data on the
CD-R/RW. No Write the CD-R/RW with the correct specification.
Is the written format

correct?

2 Inspect the recorded Yes Replace with the CD-R/RW known to be good (MP3/WMA-
data in the CD-R/RW. formatted file data only), then inspect the CD player
operation.
Is there MP3/WMA
and other format data If the CD player plays the MP3/WMA-
in the CD-R/RW. formatted file:
Audio system is normal. Explain to the

customer that the CD player does not
operate properly if the MP3/WMA and
other format data are in the CD-R/RW.
If the CD player does not play the

MP3/WMA-formatted file:
(See AUDIO UNIT

3 Inspect the CD-R/RW Yes Replace with the CD-R/RW using the .mp3 /.wma file
written format. extension, then inspect the CD player operation.
Is the written format If the CD player plays the MP3/WMA-

within the formatted file:
specification (.mp3
/.wma is the correct Audio system is normal. Explain to the
file extension)? customer that the CD player does not
operate properly if the correct file
extension is not used.
If the CD player does not play the

MP3/WMA-formatted file:
(See AUDIO UNIT

4 Visually inspect the Yes Clean the disc or replace with the CD-R/RW known to be
CD-R/RW. good.
Is there any dirt or

scratch on the CD- No Replace the audio unit.
R/RW?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
MP3/WMA-FORMATTED FILE FOLDER SELECTION IS INOPERATIVE/TRACK SEARCH IS

INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER]
MP3/WMA-formatted file folder selection is inoperative/Track search is inoperative
Possible
DTC
Conflict of ID tag version for CD-R/RW (MP3)
Improper folder and/or music title in CD-R/RW

Possible
cause The number of characters of folder/audio file name in CD-R/RW exceeds the
maximum number of characters
Improper encode in CD-R/RW
NOTE:
ID3 is a tagging format for MP3-formatted file. ID3 allows metadata (e.g., title, artist,
track number, etc.) to be added to the MP3-formatted file.
There are two versions in the ID tag.
ID3v1: This is the most widespread standard tag formats and most
software is compatible with this version. There is a limitation on the
maximum number of characters for the text data.
ID3v2: There are a variety of version in V2, but there is no

interchangeability among the versions.
Limitation on the maximum number of characters for the text data (ID3v1)
Item Maximum number of characters Description
Title 30 Music title
Artist 30 Artist name

Album 30 Album title
Year 4 Album produced year/CD wholesale year
Genre Music category selection
Comment 30 Free comment
Track 3 Track number
In a WMA file, the track name, artist name and album name are recorded with data called
WMA-Tag, and the information can be displayed.
WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or
its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly.
The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system,
version, software, or setting. In this case, add the file extension .wma to the end of the
file name, and then write the disc.
1 Visually inspect the CD-R/RW. Yes Clean the disc or replace with the CD-R/RW
known to be good.
Is there any dirt or scratch on the
CD-R/RW?
No Go to the next step. (MP3)/Go to the step
3.(WMA)
2 Inspect the ID tag version. Yes Go to the next step.
Is ID tag correct?
No Write the CD-R/RW with the correct ID tag
version.
3 Inspect folder and audio file name. Yes Go to the next step.
Are all file name input correctly?

No Use the CD-R/RW that a folder and audio file
name is input correctly.
4 Inspect the encode for the folder Yes Go to the next step.
and audio file name in the CD-
R/RW.
No Use the correct encode.
Is the encode correct?
NOTE:

Unreadable characters may be

displayed if incorrect encode is
used.
5 Inspect the number of characters Yes Replace the audio unit.

for the folder and audio file name.
Is the number of characters within
the maximum number of
characters? No Input the folder and audio file name within
the maximum number of characters.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CD player does not indicate the MP3/WMA title text
Possible
Using the M-MDS B1D19:71, B1188:64
DTC
Conflict of ID tag version for CD-R/RW (MP3)
The number of characters of folder/audio file name in CD-R/RW exceeds the

maximum number of characters
Possible
cause Improper encode in CD-R/RW
No title input in CD-R/RW
Input title text by 2-bytes characters
1 Visually inspect the CD-R/RW. Yes Clean the disc or replace with the CD-R/RW
known to be good.
Is there any dirt or scratch on the
CD-R/RW?
2 Inspect the display the LCD. Yes Go to the next step. (MP3)/Go to the step 4.
(WMA)
Is the CD (other than MP3/WMA
compatible) displayed on the LCD?
No Replace the audio panel.
3 Inspect the ID tag version. Yes Go to the next step.

Is the ID tag correct?

No Write the CD-R/RW with the correct ID tag
version.
4 Is the title text input into the CD- Yes Go to the next step.
R/RW?
No Input the title text.
NOTE:
Do not input the title text by

two-bytes character.
5 Inspect the encode for the folder Yes Go to the next step.
and audio file name in the CD-
R/RW.
No Use the correct encode.
Is the encode correct?
6 Inspect the number of characters Yes Replace the audio unit.

for the folder and audio file name.
Is the number of characters within
the maximum number of
characters? No Input the folder and audio file name within
the maximum number of characters.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CD player does not play the audio data (CDDA)
Possible
Using the M-MDS B1D19:71, B1188:64
DTC
CD-R/RW written format is out of specification
Defective CD-R/RW (e.g., dirty CD, scratch)
Data other than the audio data is in CD-R/RW
Possible Audio unit malfunction

cause
NOTE:
The CD player may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition.
If there are MP3/WMA-formatted file and audio data in the same disc, the CD
player loads and plays the first session of the data only.
1 Replace with Yes Go to the next step.

the audio-CD
known to be
good.
Does the CD
player play the
audio-CD
properly?
2 Inspect the Yes Go to the next step.

written format
of the recorded
No Write the CD-R/RW with the correct specification.
data on the
CD-R/RW.

Is the written
format correct?
3 Inspect the Yes Replace with the CD-R/RW known to be good (record audio data
recorded data only), then inspect the CD player operation.
in the CD-
R/RW. If the CD-R/RW plays:
Is any data Audio system is normal. Explain to the customer

other than the that the CD player does not operate properly if
audio data the audio data and other data are recorded in the
recorded in the CD-R/RW.
CD-R/RW?
If the CD-R/RW does not play:
4 Visually inspect Yes Clean the disc or replace with the CD-R/RW known to be good.
the CD-R/RW.
Is there any No Replace the audio unit.

dirt or scratch
on the CD-
R/RW?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Track change is inoperative
Possible
DTC
condensation)
Possible Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, heart-shaped disc,

cause octagonal disc)
Audio panel switch malfunction
1 Replace the CD known to be good. Yes Explain to the customer that the defective
CD or non-conventional disc cannot be
Does the CD player change the track? used.
2 Inspect the panel switch installation. Yes Replace the audio unit.
Does the CD player change the track (See AUDIO UNIT

number on the display when pressing REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the track up or down switch?
No Go to the No.1 Audio panel switch
inspection in this section. Replace the
audio panel as necessary.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
The CD player/changer has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo,
COMPACT DISC DIGITAL AUDIO, as shown. No other discs can be played on the CD
player/changer other than MP3/WMA applicable one.
The CD player/changer may not play the following CD:
Defective CD (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty CD

condensation)
CDs accessories (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter (with CD player), sticker,

label, disc ring and protective sealant)
Nonstandard CD (e.g., Diameter/thickness is out of specification)
Specification: 119.7120.3 mm (4.6684.692 in) of

diameter, 1.2+0.3 or -0.1 mm (0.047+0.012 or 0.004
in) of thickness
Do not use non-conventional discs. The CD player/changer could be damaged.
Examples:

Although the same physical size as the compact disc, SACD uses a different kind of digital
audio signal, Direct Stream Digital.
The CD player/changer may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition
(excluding the MP3/WMA).
MP3/WMA-Formatted File
Outline of CD-R and CD-RW
Definition
CD-R: The CD-R is a non-rewritable version. Once a section of a CD-R is

written, it cannot be erased or rewritten.
CD-RW: The CD-RW is a re-writable version of CD-ROM and can be

written the data an unlimited number of times.
Since a reflected laser beam amount of the CD-R/RW is less than the
reflected laser beam amount of the conventional CD media, the CD
player/changer may not play the CD-R/RW or have the sound jumped.
Since the recording quality of the CD-R/RW vary widely, some CD-R/RW
may not be played.
Recording method
There are two methods for recording.
Classification by recorder
Record the audio data in the audio-CD by audio recorder
The price of the audio recorder and original audio-CD

includes the copyright fee.
Recorded the audio data in the conventional data-CD by the personal

computer
The data-CD is cheaper than the audio-CD. But, there is

a CD with the low quality.
Classification by audio data uncompression/compression
Uncompressed audio data
The CD-R/RW player can play the uncompressed audio

data.
Compressed audio data
It is possible to record the large quantity of music in a

disc. The sound quality varies depends on the audio data
compression format. The compressed audio data can be
played on the applicable player only.
Type of compression format:
MP3: MPEG Audio Layer 3 Mazda genie MP3 applicable

CD player is available.
WMA: Windows Media Audio Mazda genie WMA

applicable CD player is available.
ATRAG: Adaptive TRansform Acoustic Coding
MP3
The following condition should be met in order to record the MP3-formatted data on the
MP3 applicable CD player:
Media Applicable to the CD-R/RW
Logical format ISO 9660 level 1&2 / Joliet / Romeo
Number of directly8 directly
Number of files Maximum 255 as a total number of file and folder
Maximum 155 for folder
ID3 TAG Applicable to Ver1.1, 2.3 and 2.4
File extension MP3
Packet writing Not applicable
Bit rate 8 kbps320 kbps/VBR

Sampling rate 11.025 kHz48 kHz
WMA (Windows media audio)
CD-R and CD-RW including WMA files can be played with this unit. Discs which conform to
the following formats can be played.
Playable WMA files are as follows:
Item Content
Specification Windows Media Audio Version 7.0, 8.0, 9.0
32kHz
32, 40, 48 kbps
44.1kHz
Sampling frequencyBit rate
32, 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192, 256, 320 kbps
48kHz
64, 96, 128, 160, 192 kbps
VBR (Variable Bit Rate) Supported
Channel mode Stereo/Monaural
WMA tag Title, artist name, album name
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

FOREWORD [RADIO]
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [RADIO]
NOTE:
If the place, time, or radio station in which the malfunction occurred can be specified by asking the customer, it is
highly possible that the malfunction cause is the radio wave reception environment. If the malfunction symptom is
verified, verify under the same conditions (such as place, time, radio station) as the situation described by the
customer. If the malfunction symptom cannot be verified under the same conditions as the situation described by the
customer, verify the malfunction symptom at a substitute location (such as where radio wave reception is
strong/weak).

FOREWORD [RADIO]

FOREWORD [RADIO]
*1
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Possible DTC
Symptom
Without using M-MDS (On-board diagnostic test
Using the M-MDS
mode)
NO RADIO RECEPTION (AM/FM)/NO OR LOW VOLUME U3003:16, 09:Er20, 09:Er22

[RADIO] U3000:04
NO RADIO RECEPTION (SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO) [RADIO] B1A89:13
NOISE FROM RADIO (AM ONLY) [RADIO] U3000:04 09:Er22
NOISE FROM RADIO (FM ONLY) [RADIO] U3000:04 09:Er22
CANNOT TUNE (SEEK DOES NOT STOP) [RADIO] U3003:16, 09:Er20, 09:Er22
U3000:04
CANNOT PRESET (PRESET FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE)

[RADIO]
RECEPTION FREQUENCY OF RADIO SLIPS [RADIO] U3000:04 09:Er22

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Symptom Antenna signal condition Source
Only a buzzing sound There is no broadcasting wave. Electric noise

from the speakers caused by the
Signals from antenna to audio operation of
unit/car-navigation unit are internal circuit
not transmitted. from audio unit it
self
Atmosphere noise
A buzzing or crunching Though signals are transmitted Electrical noise

sound and normal from antenna to audio unit, caused by
sound produced at the electric noise from other operation of
same time from the sources is larger. electrical
speakers component on
vehicle
Electrical noise
from high tension
wire, transformer
substation
(factory),
electrical feeder
line (street car),
or motorcycle.
A thumping sound and Noise occurs due to radio wave Interference

normal sound produced environment at specific places between direct
at the same time from (e.g. in valleys between and reflected
the speakers (FM only) buildings). Noise varies when waves of FM
own vehicle or surrounding signals causes
vehicles moves. (FM only) noise (Multipass
noise).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Possible cause AM reception FM reception condition

condition
Antenna feeder axis, NG: No reception YES: Reception possible.

open circuit
(Sensitivity decreases, but reception is
Antenna feeder plug possible under strong electric field.)
not attached
Antenna feeder axis NG: No reception NG: No reception

(+) to ground (-),
open circuit
Antenna feeder and YES: Reception YES: Reception possible

antenna, poor ground possible
(Sensitivity decreases, but reception is
(Noise may occur) possible under strong electric field.)
Antenna feeder, jack NG: No reception YES: Reception possible

and plug poor
connection (Depending on (Depending on connection conditions)
connection conditions)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Because the antenna system is equipped with a capacitor, the continuity cannot be
checked. Therefore proceed the following simple inspection.
Turn the AM radio on.
Tune to the frequency that there is no broadcast and you will hear a
buzzing sound.
Turn a work light on and shake it around the antenna rod (around 1020
mm {0.400.78 in})
NOTE:
Use a fluorescent light type for the inspection. Accurate

diagnostic cannot be done with a different type of light.
If a whirring sound from the speaker synchronized to the work light

movement is confirmed, the antenna system is normal.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
No radio reception (AM/FM)/no or low volume
Possible
Using the M-MDS U3000:16, U3000:04
DTC
Low vehicle battery voltage

radio wave
Possible Jamming from aftermarket electronic equipment (two-way radio, navigation

cause system, mobile phone, etc.)
Antenna plug poor connection
1 Can the location where the Yes The system is normal. Explain to the customer that
malfunction occur be the noise is caused by radio wave disturbances or
specified? broadcast wave conditions from the outside.
2 Measure voltage at B+ and Yes Go to the next step.

ACC terminals.
Is voltage okay? No Follow diagnostic procedure for symptom AUDIO

POWER IS NOT AVAILABLE OR SWITCHED ON OR
Specification OFF AUTOMATICALLY [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM].
With ignition switch ON:

11.5 V or more
At idling: 12.5 V or more

3 Set volume to 10 to 15. Yes Go to the next step.
Is buzzing sound or voice

confirmed? No Follow diagnostic procedure for symptom NO
SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO
SYSTEM] or NO SOUND FROM SOME SPEAKERS
[ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM].
4 Tune to local broadcasting Yes Go to the next step.

station and check reception
condition.
No Go to Step 6.
Is reception okay?
5 Push PRESET switches and Yes The system is normal.

check preset conditions.
Has preset been stored? No Preset broadcasting stations.
6 Is aftermarket electronic Yes Go to the next step.

equipment (two-way radio,
navigation system, mobile
phone, etc.) installed? No Go to Step 8.
NOTE:
TV antenna located closely to

audio antenna can be cause
of noise. Relocate TV
antenna.
7 Remove aftermarket Yes The system is normal.

electronic equipment.
(Explain to customers that aftermarket electronic
Turn audio unit ON and equipment is cause of noise)
check reception condition.
Is reception improved? No Go to the next step.
8 Refer to confirmation step 3, Yes Replace audio unit.

and inspect antenna system.
Is a whirring sound present?
9 Inspect antenna plug Yes Go to the next step.

connection condition.
Is connection okay? No Insert antenna plug securely.
10 Switch the ignition off Yes Replace antenna feeder.

(LOCK).

Measure continuity between

antenna feeder axis and
ground.
Is there any continuity?
11 Compare reception with Yes The system is normal.

other audio unit on same
model (model/unit) under (It is caused by electronic jamming from outside, or
same problem conditions. inferior broadcasting station signal condition.)
Is reception equivalent
No Replace audio unit.
between customers unit and
compared unit? (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
NOTE:
Due to following differences,

you may feel difference in
reception efficiency.
(Vehicle
side
factor)
Antenna
installation
location,
height,
feeder
wiring
routing,
optional
electrical
equipment
(Audio unit
factor)
Volume
concern
type: It
decreases
change of
volume
when
signals
become
weak.
(Noise is
easily
noticed)
Noise
decrease
type: It
decreases
volume

when
signals
become
weak, so
that noise is
not
noticeable.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2 No radio reception (SIRIUS satellite radio)
Using the M-MDS B1A89:13

Possible
DTC
Without using M-MDS (On-board diagnostic test mode)
Low battery voltage

radio wave
Jamming from aftermarket electronic equipment (two-way radio, navigation

system, mobile phone, etc.)

Possible
cause Antenna feeder malfunction
SIRIUS satellite radio unit malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between SIRIUS satellite radio unit and
audio unit
Communication error between SIRIUS satellite radio unit and audio unit
1 Verify that the AM radio and FM radio Yes Go to the next step.
reception conditions.
Are AM radio and FM radio reception No Perform symptom No.1 no radio

normally? reception (AM/FM)/no or low volume
(See NO RADIO RECEPTION

(AM/FM)/NO OR LOW VOLUME
[RADIO] .)

2 Is aftermarket electronic equipment (two- Yes Go to the next step.

way radio, navigation system, mobile
phone, etc.) installed?
No Go to Step 4.
NOTE:
TV antenna located
closely to audio antenna
can be cause of noise.
Relocate TV antenna.
3 Remove aftermarket electronic Yes The system is normal.

equipment.
(Explain to customers that aftermarket
Turn audio unit ON and check reception electronic equipment is cause of noise)
condition.
Is reception improved? No Go to the next step.
4 Inspect antenna feeder No.1 connection Yes Go to the next step.

condition.
Is connection okay? No Insert antenna feeder securely.
5 Switch the ignition OFF (LOCK). Yes Replace the antenna feeder No.1.
Measure continuity between SIRIUS (See ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1

satellite radio antenna feeder axis and REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
ground.
Is there any continuity? No Go to the next step.
6 Inspect the antenna feeder No.1. Yes Go to the next step.

No Replace the antenna feeder No.1.
Is the antenna feeder No.1 normal?
7 Inspect the SIRIUS satellite radio Yes Go to the next step.

antenna.
(See CENTER ROOF ANTENNA No Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio

INSPECTION .) antenna.
Is the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna (See CENTER ROOF ANTENNA

8 Inspect the following wiring harness for Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
open or short circuit.
Between SIRIUS satellite No Go to the next step.

radio unit harness side
connector terminal C and
audio unit terminal 2E

Between SIRIUS satellite

connector terminal E and
audio unit terminal 2G

connector terminal O and
car navigation unit
terminal 1G

connector terminal P and
car navigation unit
terminal 1H

connector terminal G and
audio unit terminal 2F
and 2H

connector terminal A and
GND
Is there any open or short circuit

detected?
9 Install all removed parts. Yes The system is normal.
Compare reception with other Audio unit (It is caused by electronic jamming
on same model (model/unit) under same from outside, or inferior broadcasting
problem conditions. station signal condition.)
Is reception equivalent between

customers unit and compared unit? No Replace audio unit.
NOTE: (See AUDIO UNIT

Due to following
differences, you may feel
difference in reception
efficiency.
(Vehicle side factor)
Antenna installation
location, height, feeder
wiring routing, optional
electrical equipment
(Audio unit factor)
Volume concern type: It

decreases change of
volume when signals

become weak. (Noise is

easily noticed)
Volume concern type: It

decreases change of
volume when signals
become weak. (Noise is
easily noticed)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Noise from radio (AM only)
Possible
DTC

Battery malfunction
Noise from electrical system on vehicle (e.g. fuel pump)
Charging system malfunction

Possible
cause
radio wave
Antenna installation loosened
1 Can the location where the Yes The system is normal. (Explain to the customer that
noise occurs be specified? the noise is caused by radio wave disturbances or
broadcast wave conditions from the outside.)
2 Tune to local broadcasting Yes Tune to correct frequency of broadcasting station.

station and check reception
condition. If not preset, preset it.
Is reception okay?


phone, etc.) installed? No Go to Step 5.
NOTE:
TV antenna located closely

to audio antenna can be
cause of noise. Relocate TV
antenna.
4 Remove aftermarket Yes The system is normal. (Explain to customers that

electronic equipment. aftermarket electronic equipment is cause of noise)
Turn audio unit ON and

check reception condition. No Go to the next step.
Is reception improved?
5 Measure battery voltage. Yes Go to the next step.
Is battery voltage okay?

No Charge battery. Inspect charging system, and repair
Specification: or replace if necessary.
With ignition switch ON:

11.5 V or more
NOTE:
Inspect that battery cables

are connected to terminals
securely.
6 Is noise occurring only Yes Go to the next step.

when vehicle electrical
system (e.g. fuel pump)
operates? No Go to Step 8.
NOTE:
Identify subject electrical

component by
disconnecting fuse, turning
switch ON & OFF, or
disconnecting & connecting
connector.
It will be easy when

simulation function on M-
MDS is used.

7 Inspect power supply, Yes Go to the next step.

ground condition, and noise
prevention capacitor for
electrical component. No Troubleshooting completed.
Is noise present after NOTE:

inspection? The audio unit supplies 12 V battery
power to the antenna amplifier for
NOTE:
the AM radio reception in the radio
Inspect following: mode. The audio unit cannot receive
the AM signals without the 12 V
Power battery power to the antenna
supply to amplifier. If the AM signals become
electrical strong, the audio/unit car-navigation
component unit may receive the signal with
for voltage noises.
drop
(compare
with
battery
voltage)
Resistance
between
ground of
electrical
component
and body.
(Should be
close to 0
ohm)
Installation
condition
of noise
prevention
capacitor
for fuel
pump etc.
8 Inspect antenna plug Yes Go to the next step.

connection condition.
9 Switch the ignition off Yes Replace antenna feeder.

(LOCK).
Measure continuity No Go to the next step.

between antenna feeder
axis and ground.
10 Compare reception with Yes The system is normal (It is caused by electronic
other audio unit on same jamming from outside, or inferior broadcasting station

model (model/unit) under signal condition).

same problem conditions.
Is reception equivalent No Replace audio unit.

between customers unit
and compared unit? (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
NOTE:
Due to following
differences, you may feel
difference in reception
efficiency.
(Vehicle
side
factor)
Antenna
installation
location,
height,
feeder
wiring
routing,
optional
electrical
equipment
(Audio
unit
factor)
Volume
concern
type: It
decreases
change of
volume
when
signals
become
weak.
(Noise is
easily
noticed)
Noise
decrease
type: It
decreases
volume
when
signals
become
weak, so
that noise
is not
noticeable.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Noise from radio (FM only)
Possible
DTC

Battery malfunction
Noise from electrical system on vehicle (e.g. fuel pump)
Charging system malfunction
Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting station radio

wave
Possible
cause
Antenna installation loosened
NOTE:
FM broadcast has feature sound quality is good and resistant to noise, but FM
broadcast has particular noises. Though audio unit is designed to reduce noise,
there are times noise occurs due to conditions.
1 Can the location where the noise Yes The system is normal. (Explain to the customer
occurs be specified? that the noise is caused by radio wave
the outside.)

2 Tune to local broadcasting Yes Tune to correct frequency of broadcasting

station and check reception station.
condition.
If not preset, preset it.
Is reception okay?

No Go to Step 5.
phone, etc.) installed?
4 Remove aftermarket electronic Yes The system is normal. (Explain to customers

equipment. that aftermarket electronic equipment is cause
of noise)
Turn audio unit ON and check
reception condition.
Is reception improved?
5 Measure battery voltage. Yes Go to the next step.
Is battery voltage okay?

No Charge battery. Inspect charging system, and
Specification: repair or replace if necessary.
With ignition switch ON: 11.5

V or more
NOTE:
Inspect that battery cables are

connected to terminals securely.
6 Is noise occurring only when Yes Go to the next step.

vehicle electrical system (e.g.
fuel pump) operates?
No Go to Step 8.
NOTE:
Identify subject electrical

component by disconnecting
fuse, turning switch ON & OFF,
or disconnecting & connecting
connector.
It will be easy when simulation

function on M-MDS is used.
7 Inspect power supply, ground Yes Go to the next step.

condition, and noise prevention
capacitor for electrical
component. No Troubleshooting completed.

Is noise present after

inspection?
NOTE:
Inspect following:
Power supply to
electrical
component for
voltage drop
(compare with
battery voltage)
Resistance
between ground
of electrical
component and
body. (Should
be close to 0
ohm)
Installation
condition of
noise
prevention
capacitor for
fuel pump etc.
8 Inspect antenna plug connection Yes Go to the next step.

condition.
9 Switch the ignition off (LOCK). Yes Replace antenna feeder.
Measure continuity between

antenna feeder axis and ground. No Go to the next step.
10 Compare reception with other Yes The system is normal (It is caused by electronic
audio unit on same model jamming from outside, or inferior broadcasting
(model/unit) under same station signal condition).
problem conditions.
Is reception equivalent between No Replace audio unit.

customers unit and compared
unit?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Cannot tune (seek does not stop)
Audio panel malfunction

radio wave
Possible
cause Antenna plug poor connection
1 Inspect if Yes Go to the next step.

feel of SEEK
switch is
normal No Perform confirmation step 1: audio panel switch confirmation.
when switch Replace audio panel if necessary.
is pushed
and
released.
Is it okay?
2 Inspect Yes Go to the next step.

indication of
LCD.
No Perform confirmation step 1: audio panel switch confirmation.
Is frequency Replace audio panel if necessary.
indication
increased or
decreased
when SEEK

switch is
pushed?
3 Manually Yes Go to Step 6.

tune to local
broadcasting
station and No Go to the next step.
check
reception
condition.
Is reception
okay?
4 Inspect Yes Go to the next step.

antenna
plug
No Insert antenna plug securely.
connection
condition.
Is
connection
okay?
5 Switch the Yes Replace antenna feeder.

ignition off
(LOCK).
Measure
continuity
between
antenna
feeder axis
and ground.
Is there any
continuity?
6 Check if Yes The system is normal. (Explain to customer that SEEK sometimes
number of does not stop depending on signal reception condition.)
broadcasting
stations NOTE:
changes
Signals tend to reach longer distances in the night.
depending
It is noticeable in AM signals, several audio
on time and
functions may stop due to foreign broadcasting
place.
station or noise. Though the audio system restrains
Does it sensitivity of SEEK and SCAN functions in the night,
change? the audio system may select other than desired
broadcasting station when signals are considerably
strong. This function is linked to the parking light.
When the parking light or headlight is turned on,
SEEK and SCAN may not function for weak signals.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Cannot preset (preset function does not operate)

Possible DTC


Possible cause
Audio panel malfunction
1 Tune to desired station and push channel Yes Go to the next step.
preset button 1 for about 2 seconds to
store it.
No Go to Step 3.
Repeat above for other stations using
PRESET switch 2 to 5.
Push channel preset switch 1 to 6 one by

one.
Are stored stations present?
2 Switch the ignition to off (LOCK) and then Yes The system is normal. (Explain preset
to ACC. procedure to customer using Owners
Manual)
Check if preset stations are stored by
pushing preset switches.
Are stations stored?
(See AUDIO UNIT
3 Press the POWER/VOLUME switch to turn Yes The system is normal. (Explain preset
the audio on. procedure to customer using Owners
Manual)
Press the POWER/VOLUME switch and SEEK
switch (up) simultaneously to launch the
diagnostic assist function. No Replace audio unit.
(See AUDIO UNIT

Input the diagnostic assist code "02" using

the diagnostic input screen. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Select "ENTER".
Push all switches and check if buzzer

sounds.
Is all switches okay?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Reception frequency of radio slip

Possible radio wave
cause
1 Push SEEK switch and check if desired broadcasting Yes Go to Step 3.

station is tuned.
Is it okay? No Go to the next step.
2 Check if other broadcasting station is received at Yes Go to the next step.

certain place when indication of reception frequency
stays.
Is other station received?
(See AUDIO UNIT
NOTE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
When you receive weak signal from one broadcasting

station and come close to broadcasting antenna which
emits strong signal, broadcasting with strong signal is
sometimes received.
3 Compare reception with other audio unit on same Yes Troubleshooting

model (model/unit) under same problem conditions. completed.
Is reception equivalent between customers unit and

compared unit? No Replace audio unit.
(See AUDIO UNIT


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

REFERENCE [RADIO]
< Previous Next >
REFERENCE [RADIO]
1. Multipath Noise
Signals from an FM transmitter are a high frequency and similar to beams of light because
they do not bend around corners, but they do reflect. Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the
same time. This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or
a distortion.
2. Flutter/Skip Noise
Signals become weak in valleys between mountains, tall building, and other obstacles.
When the vehicle passes through such an area, the reception conditions may change
suddenly, resulting in annoying noise.

REFERENCE [RADIO]
3. Stereo and Monaural Receptions
As signals become weak, noise may appear more in stereo reception. Comparing to stereo
reception, noise in monaural receptions is relatively less striking.
Measures in Audio System
Separation control
Utilizing the characteristic of monaural reception that noise is relatively less striking than
stereo reception, the audio system automatically changes the reception from stereo to
monaural and lessens annoying noise when signals become weak or a multipath
phenomenon occurs.
High tone control
When signals become weak or a multipath phenomenon occurs, the audio system restrains
volume level in high frequency band and lessens annoying noise.
Effect Setting of Separation Control and High Tone Control
The separation and high tone controls influence sound quality, Therefore they are
specifically tuned for individual model. (Comparison of characteristic must be done on the
same models)
Remarks
Signals tend to reach longer distances at night. It is conspicuous in AM signals, several

audio functions may stop due to foreign broadcasting station or noise. Though the audio
system restrains sensitivity of SEEK and SCAN functions at night, the audio system may
select other than desired broadcasting station when signals are considerably strong. This
function is linked to the parking light. When the parking light or headlight is turned on,
SEEK and SCAN may not function for weak signals.

REFERENCE [RADIO]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


*1
malfunction, record the data (such as CAN circuit voltage) at that time, and detect the malfunction
cause.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Symptom Description
CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM DOES NOT START Even if the NAVI mode is selected, the car
OPERATION [CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM] navigation system screen does not display
CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATION Even if the map screen is touched, the car
[CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM] navigation system cannot be operated
VEHICLE POSITION DEVIATES FROM THE ROUTE The vehicle position on the map screen
MAP [CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM] deviates from the actual vehicle position.
NO VOICE NAVIGATION [CAR-NAVIGATION Even if the route guidance mode is initiated,

SYSTEM] there is no voice guidance
DISPLAY SCREEN DOES NOT CHANGE TO THE NIGHT Does not switch to the night screen even
MODE [CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM] though the light switch is in the TNS position.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Possible DTC Even if the NAVI mode is selected, the car-navigation system screen does not display.
NAV switch malfunction
Power supply fuse (+B, ACC) burnt out
Open or short circuit in power supply (+B, ACC, GND) wiring harness
POSSIBLE Open or short circuit in power supply (+B, ACC, GND) wiring harness
CAUSE
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and car-
navigation unit communication system
Car-navigation unit malfunction

SYMPTOM

(engine off or on).
Turn the audio unit power

supply on and select the
NAVI mode.
Does the car-navigation

system launch and the
map screen display?

MALFUNCTION CAUSE
IS SWITCH
No Inspect the switch referring to the switch inspection

Operate switches other procedure of the diagnostic assist function.

than the NAV switch.
(See DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
Do the modes other than
the NAVI mode switch
normally?
3 INSPECT CAR- Yes Go to the next step.

NAVIGATION UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
No Inspect the AUDIO1 15 A or AUDIO2
Switch the ignition to ACC. 7.5 A fuse.
Measure the voltage at the If the fuse is burned out:

following terminals:
Inspect for a short to ground in the
Terminal wiring harness between the AUDIO1
1H (+B) 15A fuse and car- navigation unit
terminal 1H, or the AUDIO2 7.5 A
Terminal fuse and car-navigation unit terminal
1G (ACC) 1G, and perform repairs.
Is the voltage value the If the fuse is not damaged or

battery voltage? burned out:
Inspect for an open circuit in the

wiring harness between the battery
and car-navigation unit terminal 1H or
1G.
4 INSPECT CAR- Yes Go to the next step.

NAVIGATION UNIT
GROUND
No Inspect and repair the ground point for looseness,
Switch the ignition off disengagement, or lifting. Inspect and repair the wiring
(LOCK). harness for an open circuit.

connector.
Verify the continuity

between ground and the
following terminal
connectors 1A, 1B, 1C,
and 1D on the wiring
harness side.
5 INSPECT CAR- Yes Inspect and repair the wiring harness.

NAVIGATION UNIT
COMMUNICATION
Switch the ignition off
(LOCK).

connector.

Inspect for malfunction

between the following
wiring harnesses.
Audio unit
terminal
5A and
car-
navigation
unit
terminal
2A
Audio unit
terminal
5B and
car-
navigation
unit
terminal
2B
Audio unit
terminal
5C and
car-
navigation
unit
terminal
2C
Audio unit
terminal
5D and
car-
navigation
unit
terminal
2D
Is any malfunction
verified?
6 DETERMINE IF Yes Replace the car-navigation unit.

MALFUNCTION CAUSE
IS car-navigation UNIT (See CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

(engine off or on). No Replace the audio unit.
Launch the audio unit (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

(See DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST

FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
Select diagnostic assist

code 16 external device

connection information
clearing.
Switch the ignition off

(LOCK).

(engine off or on).
Launch the audio unit


FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
Select diagnostic assist

code 15 vehicle NAVI
signal verification.
Is NAVI (USB) NG
displayed?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Possible DTC Even if the map screen is touched, the car-navigation system cannot be operated
Audio unit malfunction (bad LCD panel)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
1 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS Yes Go to the next step.

AUDIO UNIT LCD PANEL
Switch the ignition ON and launch the audio No Replace the audio unit.
unit diagnostic assist function.
(See AUDIO UNIT
(See DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [AUDIO].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Select diagnostic assist code 01 display

inspection.
Is the display normal?
2 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS Yes Replace the car-navigation unit.

CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT
(See CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT
Select diagnostic assist code 16 external device REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
connection information clearing.
Switch the ignition off (LOCK). No Replace the audio unit.
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on). (See AUDIO UNIT

Launch the audio unit diagnostic assist
function.
Select diagnostic assist code 15 vehicle NAVI

signal verification.
Is NAVI (USB) NG displayed?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Possible DTC The vehicle position on the map screen deviates from the actual vehicle position.
GPS antenna malfunction
POSSIBLE Poor GPS antenna connection

CAUSE
Poor reception due to object obstructing GPS antenna
Poor connection of vehicle wiring harness (vehicle signal) connector, bad

pins.
Open or short circuit in vehicle wiring harness (vehicle signal)
VERIFY GPS ANTENNA RECEPTION

1 CONDITION Yes Go to Step 3.
Stop the vehicle and leave it

idling for 5 min in an area with
clear visibility (no buildings or
trees surrounding).
Does the GPS mark display at

the top left area of the map
screen?
VERIFY IF GPS ANTENNA RECEPTION IS

2 OBSTRUCTED Yes After explaining to the customer that device
installed by the customer on the dashboard after
Is there an object on the the installation is interfering with GPS reception,
dashboard which is interfering remove the device.
with GPS reception (such as
devices installed by customer After servicing, go to the next step.

after installation)?
VERIFY THE GPS ANTENNA RECEPTION

3 SIGNAL Yes Go to the next step.
Launch the audio unit

diagnostic assist function. No Go to Step 5.

FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
Select diagnostic assist code 15

vehicle NAVI signal verification.
Is NAVI GPS ANT NG

displayed?
VERIFY VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

4 Yes Replace the car-navigation unit.
Verify SPEED on the vehicle
NAVI signal verification screen. (See CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT
Is the vehicle speed displayed
when the vehicle is driven?
No Go to Step 10.
VERIFY GPS ANTENNA CONNECTOR

Switch the ignition off.

No Repair or replace the pins, connectors.
cable.
Disconnect the GPS antenna

connector.
Inspect the connector and

terminals (connection condition,
corrosion, damage, pin
disconnection).
Are the connectors and

terminals normal?
VERIFY CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT

Disconnect the car-navigation

No Repair or replace the pins, connectors.
unit connector.
Inspect the connector and

terminals (connection condition,
corrosion, damage, pin
disconnection).
Are the connectors and

terminals normal?
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO GROUND IN

7 WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN GPS ANTENNA Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to
AND CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT Step 10.

the following terminals (vehicle No Go to the next step.
wiring harness side) and body
ground.
GPS antenna
terminal A
INSPECT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING

8 HARNESS BETWEEN GPS ANTENNA AND Yes Go to the next step.
CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT
No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to
Inspect the wiring harness
Step 10.
between the following terminals
(vehicle wiring harness side)
for continuity.
GPS antenna
terminal A and
car-navigation
unit terminal B
(2-pin)
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY IN

9 WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN GPS ANTENNA Yes Replace the GPS antenna.
AND CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT
(See GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS)
Connect the negative battery ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
cable.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to
the next step.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

off or on).

following terminals (vehicle
GPS antenna
terminal A
Is the voltage 0 V?
INSPECT VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

10 Yes Replace the audio unit.
Jack up the vehicle and drive at
low speed. (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

following audio unit (24-pin) No Replace the vehicle speed signal wiring harness.

terminal.
Vehicle speed
signal
(terminal 1I)
Is the terminal voltage approx.

2.5 V (average)?
NOTE:
The vehicle
speed signal
repeatedly
pulses
between
approx. 0 V
and approx. 5
V.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Possible DTC Even if the route guidance mode is initiated, there is no voice guidance
Route guidance mode setting mistake
Voice guidance volume adjustment malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Poor volume adjustment of audio system
1 VERIFY MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM Yes System is normal.
Switch the ignition ON (engine off or on). (Explain to the customer that voice guidance only begins if the
route guidance mode is activated.)
Turn the audio unit power on and select NAVI
mode.
Operate the route guidance mode.
Is voice output?
2 VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS VOICE Yes Move the volume bar in the direction of the arrow shown in the
GUIDANCE VOLUME ADJUSTMENT figure to set "Volume" to "0%" or more , then go to the next step.
MALFUNCTION
Press the button shown in the figure to display

"Volume".
Is "Volume" set at "0%"?

3 VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS VOICE Yes Turn the POWER/VOLUME switch to set the "Navigation Volume" to
GUIDANCE VOLUME ADJUSTMENT 0 or more, then go to the next step.
MALFUNCTION
Turn the POWER/VOLUME switch with "Volume"

displayed to verify the voice guidance volume.

Is "Navigation Volume" set at "0"?
4 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS Yes Go to the next step.

POOR AUDIO VOLUME ADJUSTMENT
Switch to the audio mode. No Perform inspection referring to NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS
[ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
Operate the POWER/VOLUME switch and change
the audio unit volume. (See NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] .)
Is audio output?
5 VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE WAS Yes System is normal.

CORRECTED
(Explain to the customer that the cause was a voice guidance
Switch to the NAVI mode. volume and audio system volume adjustment malfunction.)

Is voice output?
6 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS CAR- Yes Troubleshooting completed.

NAVIGATION UNIT
Switch the ignition ON and launch the audio unit No Replace the car-navigation unit.
(See CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Select diagnostic assist code 16 external device

connection information clearing.
Turn the audio unit power on and select NAVI

mode.
Is audio output?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Possible DTC Does not switch to the night screen even though the light switch is in the TNS position.
POSSIBLE CAUSE TNS signal malfunction
Open, short circuit in car-navigation unit terminal 1E
VERIFY TNS SIGNAL

Launch the audio unit diagnostic
assist function.
No Go to Step 3.
(See DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION
[AUDIO].)
Select diagnostic assist code 15

vehicle NAVI signal verification.
Does the TNS display OFF?
INSPECT TNS SIGNAL

Measure the terminal voltage at
audio unit connector (24-pin)
terminal 1E. No Inspect the applicable (TNS signal system)
vehicle panel and repair or replace.
Specification
TNS ON: Approx. 12. V
TNS OFF: Approx. 0 V
VERIFY IF SYSTEM SWITCHES TO NIGHT

3 SCREEN Yes System is normal.

Turn the light switch to the TNS

position. No Replace the audio unit.

Does the audio unit screen switch to
the night screen?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id0903h5844600.html[1/7/13 3:24:52 PM]


*1
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Possible DTC
Symptom Without using M-MDS

Using the M-
(On-board diagnostic
MDS
test mode)
HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE SYSTEM DOES NOT RECEIVE/TRANSMIT CALLS, B116A:12, 26:Er81, 26:Er82,
DOES NOT CONNECT [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE B116A:13, 26:Er86
(HF/TEL) SYSTEM)] B116A:44
HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE SYSTEM DOES NOT RECEIVE/TRANSMIT CALLS, 26:Er81

DOES NOT CONNECT [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE
(HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE SYSTEM DOES NOT RECEIVE/TRANSMIT CALLS, 26:Er81

DOES NOT CONNECT [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE
(HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE SYSTEM DOES NOT RECEIVE/TRANSMIT CALLS, DOES NOT CONNECT [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHON...
< Previous Next >
HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE SYSTEM DOES NOT RECEIVE/TRANSMIT CALLS, DOES NOT CONNECT
[Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
Hands-free telephone system does not receive/transmit calls, does not connect
Possible
Using the M-MDS B116A:12, B116A:13, B116A:44
DTC
Without using M-MDS (On-board diagnostic test mode) 26:Er81, 26:Er82, 26:Er86
Problem in cellular phone
A cellular phone other than a hands-free telephone system-

enabled models is used
Cellular phone is outside of the signal transmission area
Cellular phone does not operate (low battery voltage, power off)
Cellular phone does not set up to Bluetooth system
Bluetooth does not operate
Malfunction in microphone related parts
Poor connection in the connector
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the

microphone and Bluetooth unit
Malfunction in steering switch related parts
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the Hang-

up/Pick-up/Talk switch and Bluetooth unit
Hang-up/Pick-up/Talk switch malfunction

Possible
cause Malfunction in audio system
CAN communication error between the audio unit and Bluetooth

unit
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the Bluetooth


unit and the speaker through the audio unit (without Bose )

unit and the speaker through the audio amplifier (with Bose)
Bluetooth unit does not respond

unit and the audio unit (without Bose)

unit and the audio amplifier (with Bose)
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness of the Bluetooth unit

power supply or ground circuit
Bluetooth unit electric field disturbance due to metallic device around Bluetooth
unit
When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, slightly shake the wiring
harness and connectors while performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact
points are the cause of any intermittent malfunction. If there is a problem, verify that the
connectors, terminals and wiring harness are connected correctly and undamaged.
1 Verify if the customers cellular phone is a Hands-free Yes Go to the next step.
telephone system-enabled model by referring to
http://www.mazdausa.com/MusaWeb/displayPage.action? No Explain to the customer

that the customers
pageParameter=bluetoothHandsFreeSystem. cellular phone is not a
Hands-free telephone
Is the customers cellular phone a Hands-free telephone system-enabled model.
system-enabled model?
2 Verify that the cellular phone is communicating with the Yes Enter a cellular phone
Bluetooth unit. signal transmission area
and reinspect the
Does the cellular phone connect to the Bluetooth unit via Bluetooth system
Bluetooth when the Hands-free telephone system is operation.
activated?
3 Inspect the cellular phone condition while the hands free Yes Enter a cellular phone

phone does not operate. signal transmission area

and reinspect the
Can the following conditions be verified? Bluetooth system
operation.
Low battery voltage
Power is off No Go to the next step.

Out of signal transmission area
4 Does the cellular phone set up to the Bluetooth unit? Yes Go to the next step.
No Set up the cellular phone

to the Bluetooth unit.
5 Is the audio system sound output normal? Yes Go to the next step.
No Perform the audio system

troubleshooting
procedure.
6 Perform the Bluetooth system (hands-free telephone Yes Go to the next step.
(HF/TEL) system) DTC inspection.
Are the following DTC displayed? No Go to Step 8.
B116A:12/26:Er81
B116A:13/26:Er82
B116A:44/26:Er86
7* Inspect for open or short circuits in the following wiring Yes Replace the microphone.
harnesses and connectors, and inspect the connector
connections. (See MICROPHONE
Between microphone terminal A and
audio unit terminal 2L
No Repair or replace
Between microphone terminal B and malfunctioning parts.
audio unit terminal 2N
Between microphone terminal C and

audio unit terminal 2R
Between microphone terminal D and

audio unit terminal 2P
Between microphone terminal E and

audio unit terminal 2T
Are the harnesses and connector connections normal?
8 Perform the Bluetooth system (hands-free telephone Yes Inspect and repair the
(HF/TEL) system) DTC inspection. audio system CAN
communication.
Is 26:Er81 displayed?

9 Inspect the Hang-up/Pick-up/Talk switch. Yes Go to the next step.
(See STEERING SWITCH INSPECTION .)

No Replace the steering
Is the Hang-up/Pick-up/Talk switch normal? switch.

10* Inspect for open or short circuits in the following wiring Yes Go to the next step.
connections.
Between clock spring terminal B and malfunctioning parts.
audio unit terminal 1H
Between clock spring terminal E and

11 Call the hands-free cell phone using another cellular Yes Go to the next step.
phone.
Do the same symptoms appear? No The cellular phone

Bluetooth system is
malfunctioning.
12 Is there any metallic device around the Bluetooth unit? Yes Remove the metallic
device around the
Bluetooth unit, then go to
the next step.
13 Verify the malfunction symptom. Yes Troubleshooting

completed.
14 Replace the Bluetooth unit and verify the malfunction Yes Troubleshooting
symptom. completed.

(See AUDIO UNIT

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CALLER'S VOICE VOLUME TOO LOW, OR NOISE INTERRUPTS CALL [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-
FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
Callers voice volume too low, or noise interrupts call
Possible
Using the M-MDS
DTC
Problem in the cellular phone
A cellular phone other than a Hands-free telephone system-

enabled models is used
Vehicle is in a place where signal transmission is weak
Influence due to vehicle driving conditions
Noise while driving is loud (engine, tire noise, blower fan noise)
Windows and/or sunroof are open
Bluetooth unit does not receive the vehicle speed signal
CAN communication error
Malfunction in the microphone related parts

Possible
cause Poor connection in the connector
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the

microphone and the Bluetooth unit
Malfunction in the Hang-up/Pick-up/Talk switch
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the Hang-

up/Pick-up/Talk switch and the Bluetooth unit
Hang-up/Pick-up/Talk switch malfunction
Malfunction in the audio system
Steering switch (+) and/or related circuit malfunction

http://www.mazdausa.com/MusaWeb/displayPage.action? No Explain to the customer

that the customers
pageParameter=bluetoothHandsFreeSystem. cellular phone is not a
Hands-free telephone
Is the customers cellular phone a Hands-free telephone system-enabled model.
2* Can the audio volume be controlled using steering Yes Go to the next step.
switch?
No Inspect and repair the
steering switch and
3 Does the symptom appear under following conditions? Yes The system is normal.
Windows and/or sunroof are open (Influence due to vehicle

driving conditions)
Noise while driving is loud (engine, tire
noise, blower fan noise)
4 Perform the Bluetooth system (hands-free telephone Yes Inspect and repair the
(HF/TEL) system) DTC inspection. audio system CAN
communication.
connections.
Between microphone terminal A and malfunctioning parts.
audio unit terminal 2L
Between microphone terminal B and

audio unit terminal 2N
Between microphone terminal C and

audio unit terminal 2R
Between microphone terminal D and

Between microphone terminal E and

audio unit terminal 2T
6 Inspect the following switches. Yes Go to the next step.

No Replace the steering
Hung-up switch switch.
Pic-up switch (See STEERING SWITCH

Talk switch
Are the switches normal?
connections.
Between clock spring terminal B and malfunctioning parts.
audio unit terminal 1H
Between clock spring terminal E and

8 Make a call with the cellular phone without using Yes Cellular phone related
Bluetooth system. problem.
Does the same symptom appear?

9 Call the hands-free cell phone using another cellular Yes Go to the next step.
phone.
Does the same symptom appear? No The cellular phone

Bluetooth system is
malfunctioning.
10 Replace the microphone. Yes Replace the Bluetooth

unit.
(See MICROPHONE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See Bluetooth UNIT
Does the same symptom appear? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
No Troubleshooting is

completed.
(The microphone is
malfunctioning.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
ADDRESSEE'S VOICE VOLUME TOO LOW, OR NOISE INTERRUPTS CALL [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-
FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]
Addressees voice volume too low, or noise interrupts call
Possible
Using the M-MDS
DTC
Problem in the cellular phone
A cellular phone other than a Hands-free telephone system-enabled

models is used
Vehicle is in a place where signal transmission is weak
The volume of the Hands-free telephone system is set at a low level or zero
Bluetooth unit does not receive the vehicle speed signal
CAN communication error

Possible
cause Malfunction in the audio system

unit and the speaker through the audio amplifier (with Bose
system)

unit and the speaker through the audio unit (without Bose)
Steering switch (+) and/or related circuit malfunction

http://www.mazdausa.com/MusaWeb/displayPage.action? No Explain to the customer that

the customers cellular phone
pageParameter=bluetoothHandsFreeSystem. is not a Hands-free telephone
system-enabled model.
Is the customers cellular phone a Hands-free telephone
2 Verify the volume setting of the Hands-free telephone Yes Verify if the
system. malfunction
symptom is
Is the volume set at a low level or zero? eliminated
after the
volume is
set to a
higher level.
If the
malfunction
is not
resolved, go
to the next
step.
If the
malfunction
is resolved,
explain to
the customer
that the
malfunction
occurred due
to an
inappropriate
volume
setting.
3 Is the audio system sound output normal? Yes Go to the next step.
No Perform the audio system

4 Can the audio volume be controlled using steering Yes Go to the next step.
switch?
No Inspect and repair the
steering switch and related
wiring harness.

5 Perform the Bluetooth system (hands-free telephone Yes Inspect and repair the audio
(HF/TEL) system) DTC inspection. system CAN communication.
connections.
Between Bluetooth unit (28-pin) malfunctioning parts.
terminal J and audio unit (24-pin)
terminal 2D
Between Bluetooth unit (28-pin)

terminal I and audio unit (24-pin)
terminal 2C

terminal N and audio unit (24-pin)
terminal 2B

terminal M and audio unit (24-pin)
terminal 2A
7 Make a call with the cellular phone without using Yes Cellular phone related
Bluetooth system. problem.
Does the same symptom appear?

8 Call the hands-free cell phone using another cellular Yes Replace the Bluetooth unit.
phone.
(See Bluetooth UNIT
Does the same symptom appear? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
No The cellular phone Bluetooth

system is malfunctioning.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id0903d5715000.html[1/7/13 3:25:26 PM]


*1
Verify that a DTC has been recorded in the memory. (See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Troubleshooting item
LOW ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE WARNING
LIGHT ILLUMINATES OR FLASHES CONTINUOUSLY [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Possible cause
2WD
Fuel gauge sender unit malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between fuel gauge sensor unit and rear body
control module (RBCM)
AWD
Fuel gauge sender unit (main/sub) malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between fuel gauge sender unit (main/sub) and
1 PERFORM CAN MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.

DIAGNOSIS AND DTC
INSPECTION (See DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
Perform the CAN malfunction

diagnosis according to the No Go to the next step.
recommendation of FOREWORD
malfunction diagnosis, and if there
is no CAN malfunction, perform

inspection for DTCs.
(See DTC INSPECTION

2 INSPECTION OF INSTRUMENT Yes Go to the next step.

CLUSTER
Perform inspection of the fuel No Replace the instrument cluster.

gauge/LCD display referring to the
instrument cluster inspection. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INSPECTION .)
Is the display normal?
3 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.

CAUSE IS FUEL GAUGE SENDER
Display the following rear body No Go to Step 5.

control module (RBCM) PIDs using
the M-MDS.
FUEL_SEN_M
FUEL_SEN_S
(AWD)
Verify the voltage in the display

monitor while shaking the vehicle.
Does the voltage change?
4 DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the instrument cluster.

CAUSE IS REAR BODY
CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Display the following instrument
cluster PIDs using the M-MDS.
No Replace the rear body control module (RBCM).
FUEL_SEN_M
(See REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)
FUEL_SEN_S REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(AWD)
Verify the resistance in the display

monitor while shaking the vehicle.
Does the resistance change?
5 INSPECT FUEL GAUGE SENDER Yes Inspect the wiring harness between the fuel
UNIT gauge sender unit (2WD) or the fuel gauge
sender unit (main/sub) (AWD) and the rear
Switch the ignition off (LOCK). body control module (RBCM), and repair or
replace the malfunctioning part.

Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit

(2WD) or the fuel gauge sender
unit (main/sub) (AWD). No Replace the fuel gauge sender unit (2WD) or
the fuel gauge sender unit (main/sub) (AWD).
(See FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
INSPECTION [2WD] .) (See FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [2WD] .)
(See FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
INSPECTION [AWD].) (See FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AWD].)
Is the fuel gauge sender unit
(2WD) or the fuel gauge sender
unit (main/sub) (AWD) normal?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

LOW ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES OR FL...
< Previous Next >
LOW ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES OR FLASHES CONTINUOUSLY [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER]
Possible cause
ECT sensor malfunction
1 PERFORM CAN MALFUNCTION DIAGNOSIS AND Yes Go to the applicable DTC

DTC INSPECTION inspection.
Perform the CAN malfunction diagnosis according to (See DTC TABLE

the recommendation of FOREWORD [INSTRUMENT [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER] malfunction diagnosis, and if there is no
CAN malfunction, perform inspection for DTCs.
(See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
2 VERIFY THE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM Yes Go to Step 4.
Cool down the engine.

When the ignition is switched ON, does the engine
coolant temperature warning light illuminate or flash?
3 VERIFY ILLUMINATION OF LOW ENGINE Yes Go to the next step.

COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT
Start the engine. No The system is operating

normally.
Monitor the PID ECT using the M-MDS.
Verify that the low engine coolant temperature

indicator light illuminates when the ECT monitor

LOW ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES OR FL...
value is 55 C {131 F} or more.
Does the low engine coolant temperature indicator

light illuminate?
4 INSPECT ECT SENSOR Yes Replace the instrument

cluster.
Inspect the ECT sensor.
(See ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Is the ECT sensor normal? No Replace the ECT sensor.
(See ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


*1
When the BSM OFF indicator light is flashing (BSM malfunction is detected by its on-board diagnostic
function), perform the On-board Diagnostic Inspection. To inspect the DTC, follow the DTC Inspection
steps. (See DTC INSPECTION [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
Before performing the steps in Symptom Troubleshooting, perform the On-board Diagnostic
Inspection. To inspect the DTC, follow the DTC Inspection steps. (See DTC INSPECTION [BLIND SPOT
When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, shake the wiring harness and
connectors while performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of
any intermittent malfunction. If there is a problem, inspect to make sure connectors, terminals and
wiring harnesses are connected correctly and undamaged.
The Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) System is a warning device which monitors the vehicle's rear on
both sides for approaching vehicles using radar emitted from the BSM control module the radar
reflects off a vehicle that enters a warning zone and is then transmitted back to the BSM control
module.
WARNING:
The BSM is not a substitute for the driver in confirming safety. The driver is responsible for assuring the safety of lane
changes and other maneuvers. Do not rely completely on the BSM and always confirm the safety around the vehicle
visually before changing lanes.
Dirt, ice or snow adhering to the areas near the BSM control module could obstruct the radar and prevent the system
from adequately or completely detecting a target vehicle. Always pay attention to the direction in which the vehicle is
traveling and the vehicles surroundings.
Do not block the area around the BSM control module on the rear bumper with foreign material (such as bumper
stickers) so as not to affect the BSMs functions.
Always have the BSM control module inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock or impact has occurred in
the rear bumper area, even that from a minor accident. Otherwise, the BSM may not operate correctly.
The BSM may not operate normally under the following conditions:
Dirt, ice or snow is adhering to the rear bumper surface.
The vehicle is driven in heavy rain or snowfall, or under conditions where water on the road is
sprayed by the vehicle.
The vehicle accelerates from a standing-start with a target vehicle alongside.
A target vehicle moves laterally from a lane two lanes over to the adjacent lane.
The difference in vehicle speed between the vehicle and a target vehicle is higher with the target
vehicle passing through the alert area in a very short period.
On a steep incline, or if there is a difference in height between lanes.
Although the system may detect objects on the road side such as parked vehicles or guardrails and operate the
warning light/beep, it does not indicate a malfunction.
The BSM control module may not detect all types of vehicles. In particular, detection of the following types of vehicles
may not occur:
A vehicle driving at a low speed
Small vehicles such as motorcycles
Vehicles with body shapes that may not reflect radar such as unloaded trailers
Vehicles with lower body height
On a road with a narrower lane width, the system could detect vehicles on a lane next to the adjacent lane and cause
the warning light/beep to operate. On a road with a wider lane width, the system may not detect vehicles on the
adjacent lane and may not operate the warning light/beep.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1 BSM OFF INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT The BSM OFF indicator light does not
ILLUMINATE WHEN THE IGNITION IS SWITCHED illuminate when the ignition is switched
TO ON [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] to ON.
The BSM control module does not

communicate with the M-MDS.
2 BSM OFF INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT The BSM indicator light does not
ILLUMINATE WHILE BSM SYSTEM IS OFF [BLIND illuminate after the BSM OFF switch
SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] turns off the system when the ignition
is switched to ON.
3 BSM OFF INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates
CONTINUOUSLY [BLIND SPOT MONITORING for 4 s or more without the BSM OFF
(BSM)] switch turning off the system when the
ignition is switched to ON.
4 BSM INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES WHILE The BSM indicator light illuminates, but
NOT UNDER LIGHT-ILLUMINATION CONDITIONS the conditions to illuminate the BSM
[BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] indicator light are not satisfied (vehicle
speed above 32 km/h {20 mph} or
more, turn signals off, and vehicle in
warning zone).
5 BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE The BSM indicator light does not
WHILE UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT- illuminate despite satisfying the
ILLUMINATION CONDITIONS [BLIND SPOT conditions to illuminate the BSM
MONITORING (BSM)] indicator light (vehicle speed above 32
km/h {20 mph} or more, turn signals
off, and vehicle in warning zone).
6 BSM INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES WHILE NOT The BSM indicator light flashes despite
UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-FLASHING not satisfying the BSM indicator light
CONDITIONS (NO COMBINATION SWITCH flashing conditions (vehicle speed
OPERATION (TURN SIGNAL SWITCH)) [BLIND above 32 km/h {20 mph} or more,
SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] turn signal on, and vehicle in warning
zone).
The BSM indicator light flashes, but the

turn signals are off.
7 BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT FLASH WHILE The BSM indicator light does not flash
UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-FLASHING or illuminate continuously, but the
CONDITIONS (WITH COMBINATION SWITCH conditions to flash the BSM indicator
OPERATION (TURN SIGNAL SWITCH)) [BLIND light are satisfied (vehicle speed above
SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] 32 km/h {20 mph} or more, turn
signal on, and vehicle in warning zone).
8 THE BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT FLASH OR BSM warning alarm sounds but BSM
ILLUMINATE CONTINUOUSLY, BUT A TURN indicator light does not flash.
SIGNAL IS ON [BLIND SPOT MONITORING
(BSM)] The BSM warning alarm is triggered on
the side opposite to the direction in
which the turn signal is operated.
The M-MDS is communicating with only

the left or right BSM control module.
9 BSM WARNING ALARM DOES NOT SOUND WHILE The BSM control module recognizes
BSM INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES [BLIND SPOT that a vehicle is in the warning zone on
MONITORING (BSM)] the side in which the turn signal is
operated, but the BSM warning alarm
does not sound despite the BSM
indicator light flashing.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
BSM OFF INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WHEN THE IGNITION IS SWITCHED TO ON
[BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM OFF indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched to ON
Description BSM OFF indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched to
ON.
The BSM control module does not communicate with the M-MDS.
BSM control module (RH) does not initiate
Open or short circuit in BSM control module (RH) power

supply circuit (open or short to ground circuit in wiring
harness between push button start and BSM control module
(RH) terminal B)
Possible Open circuit in BSM control module (RH) ground circuit (open
Causes circuit in wiring harness between BSM control module (RH)
and ground, poor contact at ground point)
Instrument cluster does not illuminate BSM OFF indicator light
Step Inspection Result Action
INSPECT BSM CONTROL MODULE

1* (RH) POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE Yes Go to the next step.

(engine off or on). No Inspect and repair for the following:
Inspect the condition of fuses

Measure the voltage at
BSM control module between the push button start and
the BSM control module (RH), and
(RH) terminal B.
perform repairs at the location where
Is the voltage B+? the fuse is blown.
Inspect for an open circuit in the

wiring harness between the or push
button start and the BSM control

module (RH).
INSPECT BSM CONTROL MODULE

2* (RH) GROUND CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Switch the ignition to off

(LOCK). No Inspect and repair the ground point.
Repair or replace for an open circuit between the BSM

Verify that there is
continuity between the control module (RH) and ground.
BSM control module
(RH) terminal E and
ground.
INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN
3 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OR BSM Yes Replace the BSM control module (RH).
CONTROL MODULE (RH)
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) CONTROL
Turn off the BSM OFF MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
indicator light using the
M-MDS instrument No Replace the instrument cluster.
cluster active command
modes WL+IL. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See ACTIVE COMMAND
MODES TABLE
[INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
Does the BSM OFF

indicator light turn on
according to the active
command modes?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
BSM OFF INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WHILE BSM SYSTEM IS OFF [BLIND SPOT
MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM OFF indicator light does not illuminate while BSM system is off
Description
BSM indicator light does not illuminate even though BSM OFF switch turns off
the system after ignition switch is turned to ON position.
Malfunction in BSM OFF switch related parts
BSM OFF switch malfunction (stuck at off)

Possible
Instrument cluster does not illuminate BSM OFF indicator light
Causes
1 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN BSM Yes Go to Step 3.

OFF SWITCH OR INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
Monitor the BSM control module (RH) PID
BSM_OFF_IL using the M-MDS.

[BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .)
Turn the BSM OFF switch on and off.
Does the PID BSM_OFF_IL monitoring

value turn on and off according to the
BSM OFF switch operation?
2 INSPECT BSM OFF SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the BSM OFF switch.

No Replace the BSM OFF switch.
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) OFF
SWITCH INSPECTION .) (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)
OFF SWITCH

Is the BSM OFF switch normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace the BSM control module

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OR BSM (RH).
CONTROL MODULE (RH)
Turn on the BSM OFF indicator light using CONTROL MODULE
the M-MDS instrument cluster active REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
command modes WL+IL.
(See ACTIVE COMMAND MODES No Replace the instrument cluster.

INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
Does the BSM OFF indicator light REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
illuminate according to the active
command modes?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
BSM OFF indicator light illuminates continuously
Description
The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates for 4 s or more without the BSM OFF
switch turning off after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.
Malfunction in BSM OFF switch related parts
BSM OFF switch malfunction (stuck at on)

Possible
Instrument cluster does not turn off BSM indicator light
Causes
1 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN BSM Yes Go to Step 3.

OFF SWITCH OR INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
Monitor the BSM control module (RH) PID
BSM_OFF_IL using the M-MDS.

Turn the BSM OFF switch on and off.
Does the PID BSM_OFF_IL monitoring

value turn on and off according to the
BSM OFF switch operation?
2 INSPECT BSM OFF SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the BSM OFF switch.

No Replace the BSM OFF switch.
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) OFF
SWITCH INSPECTION .) (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)
OFF SWITCH
Is the BSM OFF switch normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN INSTRUMENT

3 CLUSTER OR BSM CONTROL MODULE (RH) Yes Replace the BSM control module
(RH).
Turn off the BSM OFF indicator light using
the M-MDS instrument cluster active (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)
command modes WL+IL. CONTROL MODULE
(See ACTIVE COMMAND MODES
INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
No Replace the instrument cluster.
Does the BSM OFF indicator light turn off
according to the active command modes? (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
BSM INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES WHILE NOT UNDER LIGHT-ILLUMINATION CONDITIONS

[BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM indicator light illuminates while not under light-illumination conditions
Description The BSM indicator light illuminates, but the conditions to illuminate the BSM
indicator light are not satisfied (vehicle speed above 32 km/h {20 mph} or
more, turn signals off, and vehicle in warning zone).
The BSM control module recognizes a vehicle as being inside the warning
zone when it is actually outside of it.
Radar (BSM control module integrated) is emitted outside of

warning zone (deviates from warning zone)
Damage, deformity or looseness to

installation bracket or vehicle frame
(including moderate impacts)
Malfunction in steering angle signal

Possible (instrument cluster or EPS control module
Causes malfunction)
Problem with rear bumper such as soiling to

radar emitting/receiving area, application of
stickers (including transparent types),
repairs using putty application.
After-market electrical parts interfere with BSM system
Malfunction in BSM indicator light related parts
Short to power supply circuit in wiring harness between BSM

control module and BSM indicator light
1 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Go to Step 3.

INPUT SIGNAL OR BSM CONTROL
MODULE
Monitor the following PIDs on the

suspected side of the BSM control module

using the M-MDS.

SWA_POS
Are the monitoring values normal?
2 INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SIGNAL Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
Monitor the PID STR_ANG for the EPS (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
control module using the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (EPS)

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS .) No Replace the EPS control module.
Is the monitoring value normal? (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN

3 INSPECT REAR BUMPER Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the rear bumper at the BSM

installation area for the following: No Repair or replace malfunctioning
parts, or replace the rear bumper.
Installation condition
(See REAR BUMPER
Sticker adhesion REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Excessive soiling
Repairs using putty
Is the rear bumper condition normal?
4 VERIFY THE CONDITION OF THE BSM Yes Go to the next step.

CONTROL MODULE
Remove the rear bumper. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning

part.
(See REAR BUMPER
Inspect the BSM control module for the

following:
Looseness
Damage or deformity to
the bracket
Distortion at vehicle
installation surface
Is the BSM control module installation

condition normal?
5 VERIFY IF CAUSE OF TROUBLE IS IN Yes Go to the next step.

AFTER-MARKET ELECTRICAL
PRODUCT OR ELSEWHERE
No The after-market electrical product is
Remove the after-market electrical causing the malfunction.
product.
Verify that the malfunction symptom

recurs as stated by the customer.
Does the malfunction symptom recur?
6 INSPECT BSM CONTROL MODULE Yes Temporary malfunction with the

(RADAR) radar echo-back.
Perform the BSM radar test. If the same symptom recurs

repeatedly, replace the BSM control
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) module.
RADAR TEST .)
Is TEST PASSED displayed? CONTROL MODULE
No Repair or replace malfunctioning part

according to inspection result.

RADAR TEST .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WHILE UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-ILLUMINATION CONDITIONS [BLIND SPOT MONITO...
< Previous Next >
BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WHILE UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-
ILLUMINATION CONDITIONS [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM indicator light does not illuminate while under BSM indicator light-illumination
conditions
Description
The BSM indicator light does not illuminate despite satisfying the conditions to
illuminate the BSM indicator light (vehicle speed above 32 km/h {20 mph} or
more, turn signals off, and vehicle in warning zone).
The BSM control module mistakenly recognizes a vehicle as being outside of

the warning zone when it actually inside of it.
Radar (BSM control module integrated) is not emitted inside

of warning zone (unable to emit radar inside warning zone)

(including moderate impacts)
Malfunction in steering angle sensor

(instrument cluster or EPS control module
malfunction)

BSM control module does not receive echo-back correctly
BSM control module (radar) malfunction

Possible Problem with rear bumper such as soiling to radar emitting/receiving area,
Causes application of stickers (including transparent types), repairs using putty
application.
NOTE:
Rear bumper problem such defective installation of rear

bumper, excessive soiling on the radar emitting/receiving
area, sticker adhesion (including transparent types), repairs
to rear bumper using putty
Non-genuine bumper, paint, or installation of after-market

parts negatively affecting radar echo-back ability

Open circuit in wiring harness between BSM indicator light

Open circuit in wiring harness or poor ground between BSM

control module and ground
BSM indicator light malfunction
1 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Go to Step 3.

INPUT SIGNAL OR BSM CONTROL
MODULE
Monitor the following PIDs on the
suspected side of the BSM control module
using the M-MDS.

SWA_POS
Are the monitoring values normal?
2 INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SIGNAL Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
Monitor the PID STR_ANG for the EPS (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
control module using the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (EPS) ON-

BOARD DIAGNOSIS .) No Replace the EPS control module.
Is the monitoring value normal? (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN

3 INSPECT REAR BUMPER Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the rear bumper at the BSM

installation area for the following: No Repair or replace malfunctioning
parts, or replace the rear bumper.
Installation condition
(See REAR BUMPER
Sticker adhesion REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Excessive soiling
Repairs using putty
Is the rear bumper condition normal?

4 VERIFY THE CONDITION OF THE BSM Yes Go to the next step.

CONTROL MODULE
Remove the rear bumper. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning

part.
(See REAR BUMPER
Inspect the BSM control module for the

following:
Looseness
Damage or deformity to
the bracket
Distortion at vehicle
installation surface
Is the BSM control module installation

condition normal?
5 VERIFY IF CAUSE OF MALFUNCTION IS Yes Go to the next step.

IN AFTER-MARKET ELECTRICAL
PRODUCT OR ELSEWHERE
No The after-market electrical product
Remove the after-market electrical is causing the malfunction.
product.
Verify that the malfunction symptom

recurs as stated by the customer.
Does the malfunction symptom recur?
6 INSPECT BSM CONTROL MODULE Yes Temporary malfunction with the

(RADAR) radar echo-back.
Perform the BSM radar test. If the same symptom recurs

repeatedly, replace the BSM control
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) module.
RADAR TEST .)
Is TEST PASSED displayed? (BSM) CONTROL MODULE
No Repair or replace malfunctioning

part according to inspection result.

(BSM) RADAR TEST .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

BSM INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES WHILE NOT UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-FLASHING CONDITIONS (NO COMBINATION SWITCH OPERATI...
< Previous Next >
BSM INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES WHILE NOT UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-FLASHING
CONDITIONS (NO COMBINATION SWITCH OPERATION (TURN SIGNAL SWITCH)) [BLIND SPOT
MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM indicator light flashes while not under BSM indicator light-flashing conditions
(no combination switch operation (turn signal switch)
Description The BSM indicator light flashes despite not satisfying the BSM indicator light
flashing conditions (vehicle speed above 32 km/h {20 mph} or more, turn
signal on, and vehicle in warning zone).
The BSM indicator light flashes, but the turn signals are off.
NOTE:
This malfunction symptom is basically the same as symptom BSM indicator

light while not under BSM indicator light-illumination conditions.
BSM control module recognizes a vehicle as being inside the warning zone
when it is actually outside of it.
Radar (BSM control module integrated) is emitted outside of

warning zone (deviates from warning zone)

(including moderate impacts).

(communication error between rear body
control module (RBCM) and BSM control
module, or EPS control module malfunction).

Possible stickers (including transparent types),
Causes repairs using putty application.
BSM does not recognize vehicle speed correctly (BSM control module
mistakenly recognizes vehicle speed as being above 32 km/h {20 mph} or
more)
PCM communication error with BSM control module
Malfunction in ABS wheel speed sensor related parts

BSM INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES WHILE NOT UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-FLASHING CONDITIONS (NO COMBINATION SWITCH OPERATI...
BSM control module mistakenly recognizes that turn signals have been
operated
Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between

combination switch (turn signal switch) and rear body control
module (RBCM)
Communication error between rear body control module

(RBCM) and BSM control module
1 VERIFY MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the symptom troubleshooting procedure,

SYMPTOM BSM indicator light illuminates while not under
BSM indicator light-off conditions.
BSM indicator light illuminates
while under light-off conditions. (See BSM INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES
WHILE NOT UNDER LIGHT-ILLUMINATION
CONDITIONS [BLIND SPOT MONITORING
(BSM)] .)
2 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the BSM control module.

IS IN REAR BODY CONTROL
MODULE (RBCM) INPUT (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) CONTROL
SIGNAL OR BSM MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Monitor the following PIDs on

the suspected side of the BSM No Retrieve DTCs from the start stop unit,
control module using the M- instrument cluster, and BSM control module
MDS. using the M-MDS.
(See PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE (See DTC INSPECTION [START STOP UNIT] .)
[BLIND SPOT MONITORING (See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
(BSM)] .)
TURN_SW_L MONITORING (BSM)] .)
TURN_SW_R
Are the monitoring values

normal?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT FLASH WHILE UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-FLASHING CONDITIONS (WITH COMBINATION SWITCH OP...
< Previous Next >
BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT FLASH WHILE UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-FLASHING
CONDITIONS (WITH COMBINATION SWITCH OPERATION (TURN SIGNAL SWITCH)) [BLIND
SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM indicator light does not flash while under BSM indicator light-flashing conditions
(with combination switch operation (turn signal switch))
The BSM indicator light does not flash or illuminate continuously, but the
Description
conditions to flash the BSM indicator light are satisfied (vehicle speed above
32 km/h {20 mph} or more, turn signal on, and vehicle in warning zone).
BSM indicator light does not flash or illuminate continuously, but turn signals
are off.
NOTE:
This malfunction symptom is basically the same as symptom BSM indicator

light does not illuminate while under BSM indicator light-illumination
conditions.
The BSM control module mistakenly recognizes a vehicle as being outside of

the warning zone when it is actually inside of it.
Radar (BSM control module integrated) is not emitted inside

of warning zone (unable to emit radar inside warning zone)

(including moderate impacts).

(communication error between rear body
control module (RBCM) and BSM control
module, or EPS control module malfunction).

BSM control module does not receive echo-back correctly
BSM control module (radar) malfunction


NOTE:
Rear bumper problems

such defective installation
of rear bumper, excessive
Possible soiling on radar
Causes emitting/receiving area,
sticker adhesion (including
transparent types), repairs
to rear bumper using putty.
Non-genuine bumper or
paint, or installation of
after-market parts
negatively affecting radar
echo-back ability.
BSM does not recognize vehicle speed correctly (BSM control module
mistakenly recognizes vehicle speed as being within 32 km/h {20 mph} or
more)
PCM communication error with BSM control module
Malfunction in ABS wheel speed sensor related parts
Open circuit in wiring harness between BSM indicator light

Open circuit in wiring harness or poor ground between BSM

control module and ground
BSM indicator light malfunction
Signal is not input for turn signal
Combination switch (turn signal switch) malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between combination switch

(turn signal switch) and rear body control module (RBCM)
Communication error between rear body control module

(RBCM) and BSM control module
1 VERIFY MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.

SYMPTOM
No Go to the symptom troubleshooting procedure,

BSM indicator light

illuminates while under light- BSM indicator light does not illuminate while
off conditions. under BSM indicator light-illumination conditions.
(See BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT

ILLUMINATE WHILE UNDER BSM INDICATOR LIGHT-
ILLUMINATION CONDITIONS [BLIND SPOT
2 INSPECT IF Yes Replace the BSM control module.

MALFUNCTION IS IN
REAR BODY CONTROL (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) CONTROL
MODULE (RBCM) INPUT MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
SIGNAL OR BSM
Monitor the following PIDs on No Retrieve DTCs from the start stop unit,
the suspected side of the instrument cluster, and BSM control module using
BSM control module using the M-MDS.
the M-MDS. (See DTC INSPECTION [START STOP UNIT] .)
(See PID/DATA MONITOR (See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
TABLE [BLIND SPOT
MONITORING (BSM)] .) (See DTC INSPECTION [BLIND SPOT MONITORING
(BSM)] .)
TURN_SW_L
TURN_SW_R
Are the monitoring values

normal?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

THE BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT FLASH OR ILLUMINATE CONTINUOUSLY, BUT A TURN SIGNAL IS ON [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BS...
< Previous Next >
THE BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT FLASH OR ILLUMINATE CONTINUOUSLY, BUT A TURN
SIGNAL IS ON [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]
The BSM indicator light does not flash or illuminate continuously, but a turn signal
is ON
Description BSM warning alarm sounds but BSM indicator light does not flash
BSM warning alarm is triggered on side opposite to the direction in which

turn signal is operated
Instrument cluster receives incorrect BSM warning alarm request signal
Possible Communication error between BSM control module and

Causes instrument cluster
1 INSPECT BSM WARNING ALARM Yes Go to the next step.
Turn off the BSM using the M-MDS

instrument cluster active command modes No Replace the instrument cluster.
ALARM.
(See ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Does the BSM turn off according to the

active command models?
2 VERIFY DTCs Yes Go to the applicable DTC

inspection.
Retrieve DTCs from the BSM control
module and instrument cluster using the (See DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT
M-MDS. CLUSTER].)
(See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT (See DTC TABLE [BLIND SPOT

CLUSTER].) MONITORING (BSM)] .)

THE BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT FLASH OR ILLUMINATE CONTINUOUSLY, BUT A TURN SIGNAL IS ON [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BS...
MONITORING (BSM)] .) No Go to the next step.
Are any DTCs displayed?
3 VERIFY BSM INDICATOR LIGHT Yes Replace the BSM control module.
CONDITION
Verify the BSM indicator light illumination (BSM) CONTROL MODULE
condition while under the BSM indicator REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
light-illumination conditions (vehicle speed
above 32 km/h {20 mph} or more, turn
signals off, and vehicle in warning zone). No Go to the symptom troubleshooting
procedure, BSM indicator light does
Does the BSM indicator light illuminate not illuminate while under BSM
normally? indicator light-illumination
conditions.
(See BSM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES

NOT ILLUMINATE WHILE UNDER BSM
INDICATOR LIGHT-ILLUMINATION
CONDITIONS [BLIND SPOT
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
BSM WARNING ALARM DOES NOT SOUND WHILE BSM INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES [BLIND SPOT
MONITORING (BSM)]
BSM warning alarm does not sound while BSM indicator light flashes
Description The BSM control module recognizes that vehicle is in warning zone on side in
which turn signal is operated, but BSM warning alarm does not sound despite
BSM indicator light flashing.
Instrument cluster receives incorrect BSM warning alarm request signal

Possible
Causes
1 VERIFY MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM Yes Go to Step 3.
Verify the malfunction symptoms for each side.

Is there a malfunction symptom on each side
(BSM warning alarm sounds)?
2 INSPECT BSM WARNING ALARM REQUEST Yes Replace the applicable BSM
SIGNAL control module.
Monitor the PID BUZZER on the suspected side (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING
of the BSM control module using the M-MDS (BSM) CONTROL MODULE
while the BSM indicator light is flashing. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [BLIND

SPOT MONITORING (BSM)] .) No Go to the next step.
Is the PID BUZZER on when the BSM indicator

light is flashing?
3 INSPECT BSM WARNING ALARM Yes Replace the applicable BSM

control module.
Turn off the BSM using the M-MDS instrument
cluster active command modes ALARM. (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING


(See ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Does the BSM turn off according to the active No Replace the instrument cluster.
command models?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1 Set plate
(See SET PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2 Shroud panel
(See SHROUD PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3 Hood
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id091000802600.html[1/7/13 3:26:51 PM]

(See HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See HOOD DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
(See HOOD ADJUSTMENT .)
4 Seal board upper
(See SEAL BOARD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5 Shroud upper member
(See SHROUD UPPER MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6 Cowl panel
(See COWL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7 Front fender panel
(See FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8 Fuel-filler lid
(See FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT .)
9 Front over fender
(See FRONT OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10Bumper slider
(See BUMPER SLIDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11Front bumper
(See FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
12Bumper reinforcement
(See FRONT BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13Energy-absorbing form
(See ENERGY-ABSORBING FORM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
14Bumper stiffener lower
(See BUMPER STIFFENER LOWER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
15Seal plate
(See SEAL PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
16Rear over fender
(See REAR OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
17Rear bumper
(See REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove bolts.
2. Remove the fuel-filler lid.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
4. Adjust the fuel-filler lid. (See FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Verify that the gap and height difference between the fuel-filler lid and body.
2. Loosen the bolts and adjust the fuel-filler lid.
Standard clearance
a: 1.73.7 mm {0.070.14 in}
b: 0.51.5 mm {0.010.05 in}
3. Tighten the bolts. (See FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Removing the hood without supporting it could cause the hood to fall and cause serious injury. Always perform the procedure with
at least another person to prevent the hood from falling.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
2. Remove the following parts:
a. Front over fender (See FRONT OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front bumper (See FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Front combination light (See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Front fender panel (See FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Loosen bolts A.
4. Remove bolts B.
5. Remove the hood in the direction of the arrow(1) shown in the figure.
6. Remove bolts C.

7. Remove the hood hinge in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure.
9. Perform the hood adjustment. (See HOOD ADJUSTMENT .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
1Fastener
2Hood insulator
3Shroud seaming welt
4Weather strip parting seal
5Hood component
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

HOOD ADJUSTMENT
< Previous Next >
HOOD ADJUSTMENT
Height Difference Adjustment
1. Verify that the height difference between the hood and the body is within the specification.
Standard clearance
a: 2.76.9 mm {0.110.27 in}
b: 4.18.0 mm {0.170.31 in}
a. Front over fender (See FRONT OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Front bumper slider (See BUMPER SLIDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Front fender panel (See FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Loosen bolts and adjust the hood.

HOOD ADJUSTMENT
5. Tighten bolts. (See HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Install the following parts:
a. Front fender panel (See FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front bumper slider (See BUMPER SLIDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Front bumper (See FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Front over fender (See FRONT OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Connect the negative battery cable. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Gap Adjustment
1. Verify that the gap between the hood and the body is within the specification.

HOOD ADJUSTMENT
Standard clearance
a: -1.21.2 mm {-0.0470.047 in}
2. Turn the stopper rubber to adjust the height of the hood.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
Affix the protective tape to the position (vehicle body side) shown in the figure to prevent scratches and damage.
2. Remove fasteners A.

3. Pull the front over fender in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure, set the front over fender out of the way while detaching clips B.
CAUTION:
After removing clips B, insert a rag between the front fender panel and the front over fender to prevent the front fender panel
and clips B from being damaged.
4. Remove screws C.
5. Remove screws D.

6. Remove fasteners F.
7. Remove the seal board upper. (See SEAL BOARD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8. Remove fasteners G.
9. Remove screws H.

10. Pull the front bumper in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, then remove tabs I.
CAUTION:
The front bumper and front bumper slider are engaged firmly. If they are disengaged forcibly the bumper could fall and be
damaged. Perform the servicing carefully when disengaging the front bumper from the front bumper slider.
When disengaging the front bumper from the front bumper slider, the front bumper could fall and be damaged. Support the
front bumper so that it does not fall.
11. Remove the front bumper from the front bumper slider.
12. Pull the front bumper in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and remove it while detaching guides G.

13. Disconnect the front fog light connector. (with front fog lights)
CAUTION:
After removing front bumper, it may hit the front over fender and cause a damage and/or injury. Perform the following
procedure to prevent the front over fender from being damaged.
Fix the front over fender and front fender panel with protective tape.

15. Adjust the front fog light aiming. (with front fog lights) (See FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Seal board upper (See SEAL BOARD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Set plate (See SET PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Energy-absorbing form (See ENERGY-ABSORBING FORM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Front under cover No.1 (See FRONT UNDER COVER No.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Bumper stiffener lower (See BUMPER STIFFENER LOWER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Support the shroud panel using a jack.
CAUTION:
Because the shroud panel is installed to the bumper reinforcement, support the shroud panel using a jack before removing the
bumper reinforcement so as not to apply excessive force to the shroud panel.

4. Remove bolts A.

5. Remove bolts B.
CAUTION:
Removing the front bumper reinforcement without supporting it could cause the front bumper reinforcement to fall and cause
serious injury. Always perform the procedure with at least another person to prevent the front bumper reinforcement from
falling.

6. Remove the front bumper reinforcement.
8. Adjust the headlight aiming. (See HEADLIGHT AIMING.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Remove the front bumper. (See FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Insert the flathead screwdriver shown in the figure, push fasteners A for back side of front bumper reinforcement arrow
shown in the figure.
5. Pull the energy-absorbing form in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure while detaching guides B

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
c. Seal plate (See SEAL PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Front under cover No.1 (See FRONT UNDER COVER No.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove bolts A.
4. Pull the bumper stiffener lower in the direction of the arrow (1), (2) shown in the figure, detach hooks B.

5. Remove the bumper stiffener lower in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
5. Remove the seal plate in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure while detaching tab B.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1 Rivet

2 Grille bracket
3 Front bumper retainer
4 Screw
5 Radiator grille
6 Ornament
7 Front fog light hole cover (without front fog lights)
8 Front fog light hole cover (with front fog lights)
9 Bracket
10Front bumper
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Front Bumper Slider
4. Remove bolts A.
5. Pull the front bumper slider in the direction of the arrow while detaching pins B and hook C.
Rear Bumper Slider
a. Rear combination light (See REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

b. Rear splash shield (See SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Rear bumper (See REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove screw A.
4. Remove screw B.
5. Remove nut C.
6. Pull the rear bumper slider in the direction of the arrow while detaching hook D and pin E.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Pull the seal board upper in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2) and remove it while detaching hooks B.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
5. Remove the set plate in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
Affix the protective tape to the position (body side) shown in the figure.
2. Remove the rear combination light. (See REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

4. Pull the rear over fender in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure above, then peel it back while removing clips B.
CAUTION:
After removing clips B, insert a rag between the rear fender panel and the rear over fender to prevent the rear fender panel and clips B from
being damaged.

5. Remove the rear splash shield. (See SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove screw B.

7. Remove screws C.

8. Remove fasteners D.
9. Pull the end of the rear bumper (A) in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, while removing tabs.
CAUTION:
The rear bumper and rear bumper slider are engaged firmly. If they are disengaged forcibly the bumper could fall and be damaged. Perform
the servicing carefully when disengaging the rear bumper from the rear bumper slider.
When disengaging the rear bumper from the rear bumper slider, the rear bumper could fall and be damaged. Support the front bumper so
that it does not fall.

10. Remove the rear bumper from rear bumper slider.
11. Remove the rear bumper in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure.

CAUTION:
After removing rear bumper, it may hit the rear over fender and cause a damage and/or injury. Perform the following procedure to prevent
the rear over fender from being damaged.
Fix the rear over fender and rear fender panel with protective tape.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1Screw
2Reflector
3Rear bumper face

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Rear splash shield (See SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Rear combination light (See REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Rear bumper (See REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the hanger rubber in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure.
4. Remove nuts.
CAUTION:
Removing the rear bumper reinforcement without supporting it could cause the rear bumper reinforcement to fall and
cause serious injury. Always perform the procedure with at least another person to prevent the rear bumper
reinforcement from falling.

5. Remove the rear bumper reinforcement in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Front bumper (See FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front combination light (See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Front bumper slider (See BUMPER SLIDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Front over fender (See FRONT OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove bolts A and fasteners B.
4. Remove bolts C.
5. Remove the front fender panel.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove fastener A.
2. Pull the front over fender lower in the direction of the arrow (1) while removing hook B and pin C.
3. Remove fasteners D.

4. Pull the front over fender upper in the direction of the arrow (2) while removing clips E.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Pull the rear over fender in the direction of the arrow while removing clips B.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
Since the servicing is performed with the hood open, secure the hood using a piece of wood to prevent it from falling.
d. Shroud upper member (See SHROUD UPPER MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Set plate (See SET PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Energy-absorbing form (See ENERGY-ABSORBING FORM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Front under cover No.1 (See FRONT UNDER COVER No.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Bumper stiffener lower (See BUMPER STIFFENER LOWER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Support the shroud panel using a jack.
CAUTION:
Because the shroud panel is installed to the bumper reinforcement, support the shroud panel using a jack before
removing the bumper reinforcement so as not to apply excessive force to the shroud panel.
a. Front bumper reinforcement (See FRONT BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

b. Seal plate (See SEAL PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Hood latch (See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Crash zone sensor (See CRASH ZONE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See
CRASH ZONE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
e. Ambient temperature sensor (See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
f. Horn (See HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Air cleaner cover (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
5. Remove clips A.
6. Remove the hood stay from the shroud panel, wrap the hood stay with protective tape, and install it as shown in the figure to support
the hood.

7. Pull up the radiator in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Removing the shroud panel without supporting it could cause the shroud panel to fall and cause serious injury. Always
perform the procedure with at least another person to prevent the shroud panel from falling.

8. Pull down the shroud panel in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, then remove it from the radiator mount guide.
9. Remove the shroud panel in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure.

CAUTION:
Support the lower surface of the radiator with a jack to prevent the radiator from falling off after the shroud panel is removed.

11. Perform the headlight aiming procedure. (See HEADLIGHT AIMING.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Remove bolts.
4. Remove the shroud upper member in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Windshield wiper arm and blade (See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Cowl grille (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Windshield wiper motor (See WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Keyless beeper (See KEYLESS BEEPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove clips A.
4. Remove bolts B.
5. Remove the cowl panel in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1 Front door checker
(See FRONT DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2 Rear door checker
(See REAR DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3 Stay damper
(See STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL .)
4 Liftgate hinge
(See LIFTGATE HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5 Front door
(See FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See DOOR ADJUSTMENT .)
6 Front door module panel

(See FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7 Rear door module panel
(See REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8 Rear door
(See REAR DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See DOOR ADJUSTMENT .)
9 Liftgate
(See LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT .)
10Rear door hinge
(See REAR DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11Front door hinge
(See FRONT DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Removing the front door without supporting it could cause the front door to fall and cause serious injury. Always perform the
procedure with at least one other person to prevent the front door from falling.
CAUTION:
When the front door checker securing bolts are removed, the front door may open until it contacts the front fender panel
causing the front door and the front fender panel to be damaged. Before removing the front door, overlap and adhere the
protective tape to the position shown in the figure and be careful no to damage the front door and the front fender panel.
2. Remove in the order shown in the figure.
1Bolt A
2Connector
(See Connector Removal Note.)

3Bolt B
4Front door
4. Adjust the front door. (See DOOR ADJUSTMENT .)
Connector Removal Note
1. Partially peel back the rubber boot in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove it from the connector.
2. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, press tabs A in the directions of arrows (2) and (3) shown in the figure and remove the
upper part of the connector from the body in the direction of arrow (4).

3. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, press tabs B in the directions of arrows (5) and (6) shown in the figure and remove the
connector from the body in the direction of arrow (7).

4. Lower the lever in the direction of arrow (8), and disconnect the connector in the direction of arrow (9).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Perform the front door glass preparation. (See FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
a. Inner garnish (See INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front door trim (See FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Front door speaker (See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Front door glass (See FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
NOTE:
After removing the front door trim, secure the inner handle using screws so that the procedure is performed smoothly.
4. Remove bolt A.
5. Detach front door wiring harness securing clips B, C, D and E.
6. Disconnect the connectors shown in the figure.

7. Remove screws F.
8. Remove screw G.
9. Remove fastener H.
10. Pull the front door module panel in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove the protector and pin from the
front door inner panel.
CAUTION:
If the protector does not come out easily from the front door inner panel, pulling the front door module panel

forcibly may cause the front door module panel to deform. If the protector does not come out easily, remove the
front door module panel while gradually removing the protector.
If the front power window regulator contacts the front door inner panel during the front door module panel
removal, the coating film on the front door inner panel may get scratched, and the front door module panel and
front power window regulator could be damaged. Remove the front door module panel while verifying that the front
power window regulator and the front door inner panel do not contact each other.
11. Move the front door module panel in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure so that the upper part of the front power
window regulator does not contact the front door inner panel, and remove the front door module panel and the front power window
regulator as a single unit.
12. Remove the front power window motor. (See POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

13. Remove the front power window regulator. (See FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
When the front door checker securing bolts are removed, the front door may open until it
contacts the front fender panel causing the front door and the front fender panel to be
damaged. Before removing the front door, overlap and adhere the protective tape to the
position shown in the figure and be careful no to damage the front door and the front
fender panel.
1. Fully close the front door glass.

3. Remove the inner garnish. (See INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front door trim. (See FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the front door speaker. (See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove bolt.

7. Remove nuts.
8. Pull out the front door checker from the front speaker installation hole.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

b. Front combination light (See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT

c. Front bumper slider (See BUMPER SLIDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Front over fender (See FRONT OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Front fender panel (See FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Front door (See FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1Bolt

2Front door hinge
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Removing the rear door without supporting it could cause the rear door to fall and cause
serious injury. Always perform the procedure with at least one other person to prevent the
rear door from falling.

1Bolt A
2Connector

(See Connector Removal Note.)
3Bolt B
4Rear door
4. Adjust the rear door. (See DOOR ADJUSTMENT .)
Connector Removal Note
1. While pressing tab A in the direction of arrow (1), disconnect the connector in the direction of
arrow (2).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Fully lower the rear door glass.
a. Rear door trim (See REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Rear door speaker (See REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Rear door quarter glass (See REAR DOOR QUARTER GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Rear power window motor. (See POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Rear door glass (See REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
NOTE:
After removing the rear door trim, secure the inner handle using screws so that the procedure is performed smoothly.
4. Detach rear door wiring harness securing clips A, B and C.
5. Disconnect the connector.
6. Remove screws D.

7. Remove screw E.
8. Remove screw F.
9. Pull the rear door module panel in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove the protector and pin from the rear
door inner panel.
CAUTION:
If the protector does not come out easily from the rear door inner panel, pulling the rear door module panel forcibly
may cause the rear door module panel to deform. If the protector does not come out easily, remove the rear door
module panel while gradually removing the protector.
If the rear power window regulator contacts the rear door inner panel during the rear door module panel removal,
the coating film on the rear door inner panel may get scratched, and the rear door module panel and rear power
window regulator could be damaged. Remove the rear door module panel while verifying that the rear power
window regulator and the rear door inner panel do not contact each other.

10. Move the rear door module panel in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure so that the upper part of the rear power
window regulator does not contact the rear door inner panel, and remove the rear door module panel and the rear power window
regulator as a single unit.

11. Remove the rear power window regulator. (See REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Fully close the rear door glass.

3. Remove the rear door trim. (See REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the rear door speaker. (See REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove bolt.
6. Remove nuts.

7. Pull out the rear door checker from the rear speaker installation hole.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

a. Rear door (See REAR DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front scuff plate (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Rear scuff plate (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. B-pillar lower trim (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

1Bolt
2Nut
3Rear door hinge
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Removing the stay damper, liftgate hinge securing bolt, or liftgate without supporting the liftgate may cause the liftgate to fall off
and injure you. When removing the stay damper, liftgate hinge, or liftgate, always use two persons to perform the work.
2. Remove the liftgate upper trim. (See LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect rear washer hose D.
5. Remove bolt A. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
6. Remove clip A. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
7. Partially peel the liftgate grommet in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, and remove the liftgate grommet from the
liftgate grommet inner.

8. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, press the liftgate grommet inner tabs B in the directions of arrows (2) and (3) shown in
the figure and remove the liftgate grommet inner from the liftgate in the direction of arrow (4).
9. Remove rear washer hose D and the wiring harness from the liftgate and set them aside.

10. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, remove the stay damper securing band in the direction of arrows (5) shown in the
figure.
11. Remove bolt B.
12. Remove the stay damper.
13. Remove the stud ball.
14. Remove bolts C.
15. Remove the liftgate.
17. Adjust the liftgate. (See LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
a. Rear scuff plate (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Liftgate (See LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove fasteners.
4. While partially peeling back the rear part of the headliner, remove nuts.
CAUTION:
Peeling back the headliner without supporting it may cause the headliner to bend excessively
and create a fold seam. Peel back the headliner while supporting it.

5. Remove the liftgate hinges.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The stay damper contains colorless, odorless, nontoxic gas.
1. Wear protective eye wear.
CAUTION:
When cutting the stay damper, wear protective eye wear to prevent the gas or
oil from getting into your eyes. Otherwise, the force of the gas and oil spraying
out could lead to injury.
2. Position the stay damper horizontally.
3. Drain gas and oil by cutting the position indicated in the figure to a 23 mm {0.080.11
in} depth using a metal saw.
4. Verify that the gas and oil is drained completely by pulling and pushing the piston rod several
times with the cut position facing downward.

5. Cut off the bottom of the stay damper.
6. Dispose of the stay damper.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

DOOR ADJUSTMENT
< Previous Next >
DOOR ADJUSTMENT
1. Measure the gap and height difference between the door and the body.
2. Loosen the door hinge installation bolts and adjust the door.
Standard clearance
a: 2.83.8 mm {0.120.14 in}
b: -1.01.0 mm {-0.0390.039 in}
c: 2.54.5 mm {0.100.17 in}
d: -1.01.0 mm {-0.0390.039 in}
e: 2.54.5 mm {0.100.17 in}
f: -1.01.0 mm {-0.0390.039 in}
3. Tighten the door hinge installation bolts. (See FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)(See REAR DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. If the door does not open/close smoothly, adjust it by loosening the door lock striker installation screw. (See DOOR LOCK STRIKER
5. Spray or pour water on the door and surrounding area using a hose or high pressure water pressure car wash and verify that
there is no water leakage.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT
< Previous Next >
LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT
1. Measure the gap and height difference between the liftgate and the body.
2. Loosen the liftgate hinge installation bolts and adjust the liftgate.
Standard clearance
a: 5.27.2 mm {0.210.28 in}
b: -2.00 mm {-0.0780.000 in}
c: 3.86.2 mm {0.150.24 in}
d: -1.60.8 mm {-0.060.03 in}
e: 3.87.8 mm {0.150.30 in}
3. Tighten the liftgate hinge installation bolts. (See LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. If the liftgate does not open/close smoothly, adjust it by loosening the liftgate lock striker installation
screw. (See LIFTGATE LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT
5. Spray or pour water on the door and surrounding area using a hose or high pressure water pressure
car wash and verify that there is no water leakage.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


Power window subswitch
1 (See POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION .)
Rear power window regulator

2
(See REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Power window motor
3 (See POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION .)
Power outer mirror
(See POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See POWER OUTER MIRROR INSPECTION .)
4 (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .)
(See OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSTALLATION .)
(See OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSPECTION .)
(See OUTER MIRROR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Windshield
5 (See WINDSHIELD REMOVAL .)
(See WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION .)
Auto-dimming mirror
(See AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6 (See AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR INSPECTION .)
(See MIRROR BASE REMOVAL .)
(See MIRROR BASE INSTALLATION .)
Rearview mirror
(See REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

7
(See MIRROR BASE REMOVAL .)
(See MIRROR BASE INSTALLATION .)
Front power window regulator

8
(See FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Front door glass

9
(See FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Rear door glass

10
(See REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Rear door quarter glass

11
(See REAR DOOR QUARTER GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Quarter window glass
12 (See QUARTER WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL .)
(See QUARTER WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION .)
Rear window glass
(See REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL .)
13 (See REAR WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION .)
(See FILAMENT INSPECTION .)
(See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

14
(See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION .)
(See POWER WINDOW SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE .)
Power outer mirror switch
15 (See POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH INSPECTION .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Perform the front door glass preparation. (See Front Door Glass Preparation .)
NOTE:
Before removing the front door glass, the removal procedure for the front door glass installation bolt can be facilitated by
adjusting the top of the front door glass to the position approx. 90 mm {3.5 in} away from the upper part of the front
beltline molding.
c. Front door speaker (See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the weather strip arrow (1) shown in the figure.
5. Press the center of the service hole cover in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure.
6. Remove the service hole cover by holding its rib and partially peeling it back in the direction of arrow (3) shown in the figure.

7. Insert your hand through the front door speaker installation hole while supporting the front door glass and adjust the position of the front
door glass so that the front door glass installation bolt is in a position in which it can be removed from the service hole cover opening.
8. Remove bolts.
CAUTION:
If the bolts are removed without supporting the front door glass, the front door glass may fall off and be damaged.
Remove the bolts while inserting your hand into the front door speaker installation hole to support the front door glass.
9. Lift up the front door glass, tilt it in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, then remove it in the direction of arrow (2).

Front Door Glass Preparation
Perform the adjusting the top of the front door glass to the position approx. 90 mm {3.5 in} away from the upper part of the front
door trim.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
b. Rear door quarter glass (See REAR DOOR QUARTER GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Rear door speaker (See REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Rear power window motor (See POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Press the center of the service hole cover in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure.
5. Remove the service hole cover by holding its rib and partially peeling it back in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure.
6. Remove the bolt.
CAUTION:
If the bolts are removed without supporting the rear door glass, the rear door glass may fall off and be damaged.
Remove the bolts while inserting your hand into the rear door speaker installation hole to support the rear door
glass.

7. Lift the rear door glass up and remove while tilting it.
8. Lift up the rear door glass, tilt it in the direction of arrow (3) shown in the figure.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
4. Remove the rear door weather strip arrow (1) shown in the figure.
5. Remove the service hole cover No.1 arrow (2) shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
When removing service hole cover No.1, remove it while gradually stripping the butyl rubber. Otherwise service hole cover
No.1 may be deformed.

6. Remove the service hole cover No.2 arrow in the order of (3), (4) shown in the figure.
7. Partially peel back rear door weather strip.

8. Remove screw B.
9. Remove bolts C.
10. Partially peel back the rear door glass run channel.

11. Pull the glass guide in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure, then remove the glass guide direction of the arrow (6) shown in
the figure. (See Rear Door Glass Run Channel Installation Note.) (See Glass Guide Installation Note.)
12. Pull the rear door glass run channel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (7),(8),(9) then remove the rear door glass run channel.

13. Slide the rear door quarter glass and rear door quarter glass guide as a single unit in the direction of the arrow (10) shown in the figure.
14. Remove the rear door quarter glass and rear door quarter glass guide as a single unit in the direction of the arrow (11) shown in the
figure.
15. Pull the rear door quarter glass guide in the direction of the arrow in the order of (12), (13), (14) and remove the rear door quarter
glass.

Rear Door Glass Run Channel Installation Note
Install the rear door glass run channel so that the glass guide is aligned with the top of the rear door glass run channel.
Glass Guide Installation Note
1. Set the glass guide in the direction shown in the figure, and insert the bolt installation hole in the direction of arrow (1) until it reaches
area A.
2. When the bolt installation hole of the glass guide reaches area A, rotate the glass guide in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure.

3. Move the glass guide in the direction of arrow (3) shown in the figure to adjust the position of the front door inner panel and the bolt
installation holes of the glass guide.
4. Move the glass guide in the direction of arrow (4) shown in the figure and while aligning it to the screw installation hole in the rear door
inner panel, set it to the rear door quarter glass and the rear door glass.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

WINDSHIELD REMOVAL
< Previous Next >
WINDSHIELD REMOVAL

a. Windshield wiper arm and blade (See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
c. Rain sensor (with auto light/wiper system) (See RAIN SENSOR

d. Auto-dimming mirror (with auto-dimming mirror) (See AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR

e. Rearview mirror (without auto-dimming mirror) (See REARVIEW MIRROR

f. A-pillar trim (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Sunvisor (See SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Front map light (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Assist handle (See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Set the headliner out of the way.
4. Apply protective tape along the edge of the body.
NOTE:
Overlap and adhere the protective tape to the corners to prevent damage.

WINDSHIELD REMOVAL
5. Remove the windshield molding by pulling it outward.
NOTE:
If the windshield molding is difficult to remove, warm the windshield molding

using a hot air blower.
The windshield molding is a replacement part.
Not Reusing Windshield
WARNING:
1. Using piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using piano
wire.
NOTE:
If it is difficult to cut sealant, use piano wire and follow the procedure under Reusing
Windshield.
1. Cut out the sealant all around the glass using a sealant remover.
2. Remove the windshield.
Reusing Windshield
WARNING:
1. Using piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using piano
wire.
CAUTION:
Because the lens for rainfall/illumination level detection is integrated with the windshield,
the auto light/wiper systems may not operate correctly if the lens is damaged. When
removing the windshield, be careful not to damage the lens. If the lens is damaged,
replace the windshield.
NOTE:

WINDSHIELD REMOVAL
Before removing the windshield from the body, mark the position of the windshield by
affixing tape to the windshield and body panel.
1. Avoiding the pin on the inside of the vehicle, insert piano wire which has been cut to
sufficient length.
2. Wind each end of piano wire around a bar.
NOTE:
Use a long sawing action to spread the work over the whole length of piano
wire to prevent it from breaking due to localized heating.
3. Secure one end of piano wire, and while pulling the other end, cut the sealant around the
windshield.

WINDSHIELD REMOVAL
4. Pinch the pin from the inside of the vehicle and detach it.
5. Remove the windshield.
6. If the pin is damaged, remove the pin.
NOTE:
Before removing the pin from the windshield glass, place an alignment mark on the
windshield.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Using a utility knife with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a utility knife.
CAUTION:
If a door is opened or closed when all the window glass is closed, the resulting change in air pressure could cause the sealant to
crack preventing the proper installation of the windshield. Keep the door glass opened until the windshield installation is completed.
1. Remove the sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a utility knife. (When reusing the glass)
2. Clean and degrease an approx. 50 mm {2.0 in} wide strip along the perimeter of the windshield.
3. Inspect the glass for cracks. If it is cracked, chamfer it using sandpaper.
4. Align the alignment marks made before removal and install the pin to the windshield referring to the figure. (Reusing glass, pin
removed)
5. Install the windshield molding.
6. Apply glass primer on the glass as shown in the figure, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
CAUTION:
To prevent weakening of the primer adhesion, keep the bonding surface free of dirt, moisture, and grease. Do not touch
the surface with your hand.
NOTE:
Apply primer to the hollowed marks in the ceramic coating.

7. Cut away the old sealant using a utility knife so that 12 mm {0.040.07 in} thickness of sealant remains along the perimeter of
the frame.
8. If the sealant has come off completely in any one place, apply some primer after degreasing, and allow it approx. 30 min to dry. Then
apply 2 mm {0.07 in} thickness of new sealant.
CAUTION:

9. Clean and degrease along the perimeter of the bonding area on the body.
10. Apply body primer on the body as shown in the figure, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
CAUTION:
Using the dowel for applying primer, apply primer 65 to the area shown in the figure.
11. Apply sealant to the area of the glass surface as shown in the figure.

12. Insert the positioning pins to the body and install the windshield.
13. Verify that the clearance between the A-pillar and the roof is within the range shown in the figure, and press along the perimeter of
the glass.
14. Install the headliner.
a. Assist handle (See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front map light (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Sunvisor (See SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

d. A-pillar trim (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Rearview mirror (without auto-dimming mirror) (See REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Auto-dimming mirror (with auto-dimming mirror) (See AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Rain sensor (with auto light / wiper system) (See RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Cowl grille (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Windshield wiper arm and blade (See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
17. Allow the sealant to harden completely. Sealant hardening time: 24 h
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

a. Liftgate upper trim (See LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Liftgate side trim (See LIFTGATE SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Liftgate recess (See LIFTGATE RECESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Liftgate lower trim (See LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Rear spoiler (See REAR SPOILER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Rear wiper arm and blade (See REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
g. Rear wiper motor (See REAR WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Using a screwdriver wrapped in protective tape, pull the antenna feeder No.3 connector in the
direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while pressing glass antenna terminal in the
direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, and disengage the glass antenna terminal from
the antenna feeder No.3 connector. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)

4. Disconnect the antenna feeder No.3 connector. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
5. Disconnect the filament connectors in the direction of the arrow in the order of (3), (4) shown
in the figure.

6. Apply protective tape along the edge of the body.
NOTE:
Overlap and adhere the protective tape to the corners to prevent damage.
7. Avoiding the pin on the inside of the vehicle, insert piano wire which has been cut to
sufficient length.

WARNING:
1. Using piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when
using piano wire.
NOTE:
Before removing the rear window glass from the body, mark the position of the
glass by affixing tape to the glass and body panel.
8. Wind each end of piano wire around a bar.
NOTE:
Use a long sawing action to spread the work over the whole length of piano
wire to prevent it from breaking due to localized heating.
9. Secure one end of piano wire, and while pulling the other end, cut the sealant around the
rear window glass.
10. Pinch pins from the inside of the vehicle and detach it.

11. Remove the rear window glass.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
CAUTION:
Proper installation of the glass may be difficult if sealant is cracked or the glass is pushed out by air pressure when a door is
opened/closed with all the window glass closed. Keep the door glass open until the rear window glass installation is completed.
1. Remove sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a utility knife or scraper. (When reusing the glass)
2. Clean and degrease an approx. 50 mm {2.0 in} wide strip along the perimeter of the glass.
4. Install spacers, pins and fastener to the glass as shown in the figure.
NOTE:
When reusing the glass, align it with the alignment mark placed before the glass was removed.
5. Apply glass primer on the glass as shown in the figure then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
CAUTION:
NOTE:

6. Cut away the old sealant using a utility knife or scraper so that 12 mm {0.040.07 in} thickness of sealant remains along the
perimeter of the frame.

7. Clean and degrease along the perimeter of the bonding area on the body.
8. If the sealant has come off completely in any one place, apply some primer, and allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
CAUTION:
CAUTION:

10. Apply sealant to the area of the glass surface as shown in the figure.

11. Install the rear window glass.
12. Verify that the gap at the upper and lower parts of the glass is within the specification shown in the figure, then press along the
perimeter of the glass.
13. Connect the filament connectors in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2) shown in the figure.

14. Connect the antenna feeder No.3 connector. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
a. Rear wiper motor (See REAR WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Rear wiper arm and blade (See REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Rear spoiler (See REAR SPOILER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Liftgate recess (See LIFTGATE RECESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Liftgate side trim (See LIFTGATE SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Liftgate upper trim (See LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Apply protective tape along the edge of the body and the quarter window glass.
WARNING:
1. Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using the piano wire.
4. Avoiding pins on the inside of the vehicle, insert the piano wire which has been cut to sufficient length.

5. Wind each end of the piano wire around a bar.
NOTE:
Use a long sawing action to spread the work over the whole length of the piano wire to prevent it from
breaking due to localized heating.
6. Secure one end of the piano wire, and while pulling the other end, cut the sealant around the quarter window glass.
7. Pull the quarter window glass outward and detach the pins from the body.
8. If a pins or fastener is damaged, remove it.
NOTE:
Before removing the pins or spacers from the quarter window glass, place alignment marks on the
quarter window glass.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a razor.
CAUTION:
If a door is opened or closed when all the window glass is closed, the resulting change in air pressure could cause the sealant to
crack preventing the proper installation of the glass. Keep the door glass open until the quarter window glass installation is
completed.
1. Remove sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a razor or scraper. (when reusing the glass)
2. Clean and degrease the ceramic part along the perimeter of the glass.
4. If the glass is reused, attach pins and fastener to the glass as shown in the figure.
NOTE:
Align with the alignment marks marked before removing the glass.
5. Apply glass primer along the hollowed marks in the ceramic coating on the new glass, along the sealant tracks on the reused glass,
then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
CAUTION:
NOTE:

6. Cut away the old sealant using a razor or scraper so that 12 mm {0.040.07 in} thickness of sealant remains along the perimeter
of the frame.
7. If the sealant has come off completely in any one place, apply some primer after degreasing, and allow it approx. 30 min to dry. Then
apply 2 mm {0.07 in} thickness of new sealant.
8. Clean and degrease the bonding surface along the perimeter of the body.
CAUTION:

10. After the primer has dried, apply 11 mm {0.43 in} in thickness, 5 mm {0.20 in} in width of sealant using a sealant gun. Where it
is not applied properly, correctly apply it using a spatula.
11. Insert the positioning pins to the body and install the quarter window glass.
12. Verify that the gap at the upper and side parts of the glass is within the specification shown in the figure, then press along the
perimeter of the glass.

a. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Rear scuff plate (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
c. Front door glass (See FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Front door speaker (See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Front power window motor (See POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove bolt A.
5. Remove nuts B.
6. Insert a hand through the speaker installation hole, rotate the drum housing in the direction shown in the figure to detach tabs
from the front door module panel.

7. Remove the front power window regulator through the speaker installation hole.
CAUTION:
When removing the front power window regulator, the front power window regulator may contact the front door
speaker installation hole, and the coating film of the front door inner panel and the front power window regulator
could be damaged. Remove the front power window regulator while verifying that the front power window regulator
and the front door speaker installation hole do not contact each other.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
b. Rear door quarter glass (See REAR DOOR QUARTER GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Rear door speaker (See REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Rear power window motor (See POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Rear door glass (See REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove bolts.
5. Insert a hand through the speaker installation hole, rotate the drum housing in the direction shown in the figure to detach tabs
from the rear door module panel.

6. Remove the rear power window regulator through the speaker installation hole.
CAUTION:
When removing the rear power window regulator, the rear power window regulator may contact the rear door
speaker installation hole, and the coating film of the rear door inner panel and the rear power window regulator
could be damaged. Remove the rear power window regulator while verifying that the rear power window regulator
and the rear door speaker installation hole do not contact each other.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Front Power Window Motor
1. Fully lower the front door glass.

5. Disconnect the front power window motor connector.
6. Remove bolt A.
7. Remove bolt B.

8. Remove bolt C.
9. Remove the front power window motor.
NOTE:
When installing the power window motor to the power window regulator drum,
the drum housing tab may come off the door unit. If this happens, remove the
door speaker, insert your hand in the speaker installation hole, connect the
drum housing tabs, and while supporting the drum housing, install the power
window motor to the drum.
Rear Power Window Motor

4. Disconnect the rear power window motor connector.
5. Remove bolts A.

6. Remove bolt B.
7. Remove the rear power window motor.
NOTE:
When installing the power window motor to the power window regulator drum,
the drum housing tab may come off the door unit. If this happens, remove the
door speaker, insert your hand in the speaker installation hole, connect the
drum housing tabs, and while supporting the drum housing, install the power
window motor to the drum.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Front driver side
4. Disconnect the power window motor connector.
5. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to power window motor terminals E and F, and then inspect the power
window motor operation.
If the power window motor does not operate as indicated in the table, replace it.
Terminal
Operation
E F
Open B+ Ground
Close Ground B+
6. Connect the battery positive voltage to power window motor terminal D and connect terminal C to ground.
7. Operate the power window motor and verify the wave patterns for terminals A and B.

Terminal:
A, B(+) ground (-)
Oscilloscope setting: 2 V/DIV (Y), 1 ms/DIV (X), DC range
If the malfunction, replace the power window motor.
Front passenger side
Terminal
Operation
E F
Close B+ Ground

Open Ground B+
Rear
2. Remove the rear door trim (See REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Terminal
Operation
E F
Close B+ Ground
Open Ground B+
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the cover A.
3. Insert a tape-wrapped fastener remover shown in the figure and remove the tab B in the direction of arrow (1).

4. Slide the power window main switch cover in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and remove the tab C.
5. Disconnect the power window main switch connector.
6. Pull the edge of power window main switch cover in the direction of arrow (3) and detach tabs D.

7. Remove the power window main switch in the direction of arrow (4) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G

2.0].)
a. Inner garnish. (driver's side) (See INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front door trim. (driver's side) (See FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Power window main switch (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH

3. Connect the power window main switch connector.
4. Connect the negative battery cable. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G

2.0].)
5. Measure the voltage at each terminal.
If the voltage is not as specified in the terminal voltage table, inspect the parts
under Inspection item (s) and related wiring harnesses.
If the system does not work normally even though the

inspection items or related wiring harnesses do not have any
malfunction, replace the power window main switch.
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference)
Signal Connected
Terminal Measurement condition Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
name to

Door glass (rear right Power

B+
side) opening window
motor (rear
right side)
Rear right Power
(See POWER
side window
1A WINDOW
window motor (rear
MOTOR
open signal right side) Other 1.0 or less INSPECTION .)
Related
wiring
harness
Door glass (passengers Power

B+
side) opening window
motor
(passengers
Power side)
Passengers
window
side (See POWER
1B motor
window WINDOW
(passengers
open signal Other 1.0 or less MOTOR
side)
INSPECTION .)
Related
wiring
harness
Door glass (rear right Power

B+
side) closing window
motor (rear
right side)
Rear right Power
(See POWER
side window
1C WINDOW
window motor (rear
MOTOR
close signal right side) Other 1.0 or less INSPECTION .)
Related
wiring
harness
Door glass (passengers Power

B+
side) closing window
motor
(passengers
Power side)
Passengers
window
side (See POWER
1D motor
window WINDOW
(passengers
close signal Other 1.0 or less MOTOR
side)
INSPECTION .)
Related
wiring
harness

1E - - - - -
Any door is open 1.0 or less Rear body

control
Rear body module
Door
control (RBCM)
1F open/close
module
signal All door is close approx. 6.0
(RBCM) Related
wiring
harness
Door glass (rear left side) Power

B+
opening window
motor (rear
left side)
Rear left Power
(See POWER
side window
1G WINDOW
window motor (rear
MOTOR
open signal left side) Other 1.0 or less INSPECTION .)
Related
wiring
harness
Door glass (drivers side) Power

B+
opening window
motor
(drivers side)
Power while door glass (drivers
Drivers side) is opening for
window (See POWER
side approx. 40 s after B+
1H motor WINDOW
window ignition is switched OFF
(drivers MOTOR
open signal (LOCK) from ON
side) INSPECTION .)
Related
Other 1.0 or less wiring
harness
Door glass (rear left side) Power

B+
closing window
motor (rear
left side)
Rear left Power
(See POWER
side window
1I WINDOW
window motor (rear
MOTOR
close signal left side) Other 1.0 or less INSPECTION .)
Related
wiring
harness
Door glass (drivers side) Power

B+

closing window
motor
(drivers side)
Power while door glass (drivers
Drivers side) is closing for
window (See POWER
side approx. 40 s after B+
1J motor WINDOW
window ignition is switched OFF
(drivers MOTOR
close signal (LOCK) from ON
side) INSPECTION .)
Related
Other 1.0 or less wiring
harness
P.WINDW1
30 A fuse
P.WINDW1 Switch the ignition ON
1K IG1 B+
30 A fuse (engine on or off) Related
wiring
harness
P.WINDW2
25 A fuse
Power P.WINDW2
1L Under any condition B+
supply 25 A fuse Related
wiring
harness
Related
Body
2A GND Under any condition 1.0 or less wiring
ground
harness
Power
window
motor
(drivers side)
Power
window (See POWER
Sensor
2B motor Under any condition 1.0 or less WINDOW
ground
(drivers MOTOR
side) INSPECTION .)
Related
wiring
harness
Power
outer
Power outer Inspect the power outer mirror switch.
2C mirror
mirror
control (See POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH INSPECTION .)
signal
Related
wiring
harness

Power Wave pattern Power

window (See Inspection window
Door glass (drivers side)
2D Pulse 1 motor Using an motor
operating
(drivers Oscilloscope (drivers side)
side) (Reference).)
(See POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR
INSPECTION .)
Switch the ignition to MIRROR 7.5

1.0 or less
ACC A fuse
MIRROR 7.5
2E ACC
A fuse Related
wiring
Other B+
harness
Power
window
motor
(drivers side)
Power Wave pattern
window (See Inspection (See POWER
Door glass (drivers side)
2F Pulse 2 motor Using an WINDOW
operating
(drivers Oscilloscope MOTOR
side) (Reference).) INSPECTION .)
Related
wiring
harness
Power
outer
2G mirror
mirror
signal
Power
outer
2H mirror
mirror
signal
Power
outer
2I mirror
mirror
signal
Power
outer
2J mirror
mirror
signal

Power
outer
2K mirror
mirror
signal
2L - - - - -
Door lock switch ON 1.0 or less Rear body

control
Rear body module
Door lock control (RBCM)
2M
signal module
(RBCM) Other approx. 5.0 Related
wiring
harness
Switch the ignition ON Power

B+
(engine on or off) window
motor
(drivers side)
Power
Sensor window (See POWER
2N power motor WINDOW
supply (drivers Switch the ignition ACC MOTOR
side) 1.0 or less INSPECTION .)
or OFF
Related
wiring
harness
Inspection Using an Oscilloscope (Reference)
Terminal:
2D, 2F(+) ground (-)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the cover A.
3. Insert a tape-wrapped fastener remover shown in the figure and remove the tab B in the direction of arrow (1).

4. Slide the power window subswitch cover in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and remove the tab C.
5. Disconnect the power window subswitch connector.
6. Pull the edge of power window subswitch cover in the direction of arrow (3) and detach the tab D.

7. Remove the power window subswitch in the direction of arrow (4) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the power window subswitch. (See POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH

3. Verify that the continuity between the power window subswitch terminals is as indicated in the
table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the power window subswitch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
4. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the service hole and remove hooks A in the direction of arrow (1).
5. Slide the service hole cover in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and remove tab B.
7. Remove nuts C.

8. Pull the power outer mirror in the direction of the arrow while remove clips D, pin E.
CAUTION:
If the clip D of the power outer mirror is detached, the power outer mirror may fall off and be damaged. When
detaching clip D of the power outer mirror, hold the power outer mirror by hand during the servicing.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Mirror Glass Adjustment
c. Power outer mirror (See POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to the power outer mirror terminals and inspect the power outer mirror
operation.
If the power outer mirror does not operate as indicated in the table, replace the power outer mirror.
Mirror operation directionBattery positive voltage connect terminal Ground connect terminal
Up C F
Down F C
Left I F
Right F I
Heated Outer Mirror Inspection

d. Outer mirror glass (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .) (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSTALLATION .)
3. Verify that the continuity between heated outer mirror connector terminals is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the power outer mirror. (See POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Warning Indicator Light Inspection
d. Outer mirror glass (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .) (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSTALLATION .)
3. Verify that the continuity between blind spot monitoring (BSM) warning indicator light connector terminals is as indicated in the table.

If not as indicated in the table, replace the power outer mirror. (See POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Press area A of the outer mirror glass shown in the figure so that area B moves outward.
3. Put your hand on the lower part of the outer mirror glass and while supporting the hatch-marked area shown in the figure, remove pin C in the direction of
the arrow (1).
CAUTION:
When removing the outer mirror glass, if excessive force is applied to the area other than cross-hatched area, the outer mirror glass could
be damaged.

4. Press area D of the outer mirror glass shown in the figure so that area E moves outward.

5. Put your hand on the side part of the outer mirror glass and while supporting the hatch-marked area shown in the figure, remove pin F, pin G in the
direction of the arrow (2).
CAUTION:
When removing the outer mirror glass, if excessive force is applied to the area other than cross-hatched area, the outer mirror glass could
be damaged.

6. Pull the outer mirror glass in the direction of the arrow (1) and remove it while detaching the pin E from the mirror glass holder.
7. Remove the harness from hooks F.

8. Disconnect the mirror heater connectors. (with heated outer mirror)
9. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver to the position shown in the figure, remove the blind spot monitoring (BSM) warning indicator light connector
(with blind spot monitoring system).

CAUTION:
The connector can be easily deformed, therefore do not apply excessive force.

10. Remove the mirror glass holder and the outer mirror glass as a single unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Connect the mirror heater connectors. (with heated outer mirror)
2. Connect the blind spot monitoring (BSM) warning indicator light connector (with blind spot monitoring system).
NOTE:
Lightly pull the blind spot monitoring (BSM) warning indicator light connector and verify that the blind spot monitoring (BSM) warning
indicator light housing cannot be pulled off. If the connection is poor, insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into position A
shown in the figure and engage the connector.


3. Install the harness from the hook.
4. Press part A on the outer mirror glass and install pin A.
CAUTION:
When installing the outer mirror glass, if excessive force is applied to the area other than cross-hatched area, the outer mirror glass
could be damaged.

5. Press part B on the outer mirror glass and install pin B.
6. Press part C on the outer mirror glass and install pin C.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Heated Outer Mirror
2. Remove the outer mirror glass. (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .)(See OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSTALLATION .)
3. Verify that the resistance and continuity between the heated outer mirror terminals is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, or if the resistance is not within the specification, replace the outer mirror
glass.
Blind spot monitoring (BSM) warning indicator light
2. Remove the outer mirror glass. (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .) (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSTALLATION .)
3. Connect the battery voltage as shown in the figure.

If the blind spot monitoring (BSM) warning indicator light does illuminate, replace the power outer mirror.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the outer mirror glass. (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .) (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSTALLATION .)
3. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the upper outer mirror garnish and remove tab A, B, C, D in the direction of
arrow (1).
4. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the upper outer mirror garnish and remove tab F, G in the direction of arrow
(2).

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The power outer mirror switch is integrated with the power window main switch.

2. Remove the power window main switch. (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the power outer mirror switch. (See POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Verify that the continuity between the power outer mirror switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the power outer mirror switch. (See POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

FILAMENT INSPECTION
< Previous Next >
FILAMENT INSPECTION
1. Switch the ignition ON (engine off).
2. Turn the rear window defroster switch on.
CAUTION:
Directly touching the rear window defroster filament with the lead of the tester
could damage it. Wrap aluminum foil around the end of the lead and inspect
the filament by touching it with the aluminum foil.
3. Connect the positive lead of the tester to the positive side of each filament and the negative
lead to ground.
4. Gradually slide the positive lead from the positive side to the negative side and verify that
the voltage decreases accordingly.
If the voltage changes rapidly, the filament has a malfunction. Repair the
filament.

FILAMENT INSPECTION
Measured part Voltage (Reference)
(1) to (2) Approx. 11 V to 0 V
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

FILAMENT REPAIR
< Previous Next >
FILAMENT REPAIR
1. Clean the filament using isopropyl alcohol.
2. Attach tape to both sides of the filament.
3. Using a small brush or marking pen, apply silver paint.
4. After 23 min, carefully remove the tape without damaging the applied area.
CAUTION:
Do not operate the rear window defroster until the paint is completely dry. It
may cause other malfunctions if it is used before the paint is dry.
5. Dry the repaired part according to the following procedure.
When the room temperature is 25 C {77 F}, leave it as it is for 24 h.
When a hot air blower is used, dry with the 150 C {302 F} air for 30 min.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the screw B.
3. Remove the auto-dimming mirror in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure.
4. Detach tabs while push the cover No.2 in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, then remove the cover No.2 in the

5. Disconnect the auto-dimming mirror connector.
6. Remove the auto-dimming mirror in the direction of arrow (4) from the mirror base.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Operational Inspection
2. Move the vehicle to a place with a showroom level of brightness.
3. Verify that the indicator light is illuminated.
4. Verify that the indicator light switches when the auto-dimming mirror on switch/off switch is
pressed.
5. While the indicator light is illuminated, verify that the mirror surface brightens.
6. Cover the front light sensor with a hand and verify that the mirror surface darkens when light
is shone on the rear light sensor.
7. Remove your hand covering the front light sensor and verify that the mirror surface
brightens.
If the auto-dimming mirror does not operate, inspect the terminal voltage. (See
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference).)
1. Measure the voltage at each terminal.
If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference),

inspect the parts under Inspection item (s) and related wiring harnesses.
If the system does not work properly even though the

malfunction, replace the auto-dimming mirror.

Signal Voltage
Terminal Connected to Measured condition Inspection item(s)
name (V)
Switch the ignition ON C/U IG1 15A

B+
(engine on or off) fuse
B IG1 C/U IG1 15A fuse
Related wiring
Switch the ignition OFF 1.0 or
harnesses
(LOCK) less
R position B+ Rear body

control module
R position Rear body control (RBCM)
D
signal module (RBCM) 1.0 or
Other than R position Related wiring
less
harnesses
1.0 or Related wiring

F GND Body ground Under any condition
less harnesses
ROOM 15 A
Power fuse
J ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition B+
supply Related wiring

harnesses
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the screw.
2. Pull the rearview mirror in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

MIRROR BASE REMOVAL
< Previous Next >
MIRROR BASE REMOVAL

2. Remove the rearview mirror. (without auto-dimming mirror) (See REARVIEW MIRROR
3. Remove the auto-dimming mirror. (with auto-dimming mirror) (See AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR
4. Wind each end of a wire around a bar.
WARNING:
Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves
when using the piano wire.
NOTE:
Use a long sawing action to spread the work over the whole length of the piano
wire to prevent it from breaking.
5. Fix one end of the piano wire, and while pulling the other end, cut the sealant to remove the
base.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Cut away all of the original sealant using a razor.
WARNING:
Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using
a razor.
2. Clean and degrease the ceramic coating on the glass and the base.
CAUTION:
Keep the area free of dirt and grease, and do not touch the surface. Otherwise,
the primer may not properly bond to the surface of the glass.
3. Apply primer to the bonding area of the glass and the base.
4. Use only glass primer on the glass, and body primer on the base. Allow the primer to dry for
approx. 30 min.
5. Apply 3.0 mm {0.12 in} layer of sealant to the base.
6. Center the base in the ceramic coating and press it onto the glass.

7. Use isopropyl alcohol to remove any excess repair sealant. Hardening time of sealant
Temperature Surface hardening time Time required until car can be put into service
5 C {41 F} Approx. 1.5 h Approx. 12 h
20 C {68 F} Approx. 1 h Approx. 4 h
35 C {95 F} Approx. 10 min Approx. 2 h
8. Install the rearview mirror. (without auto-dimming mirror) (See REARVIEW MIRROR
9. Install the auto-dimming mirror. (with auto-dimming mirror) (See AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
If the following operations have been performed, initial setting is reset, and auto up/down
operation are disabled. Therefore, performing initial setting is necessary.
Negative battery cable is disconnected. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE

Power window main switch connector is disconnected.
Power window system power supply fuse is removed.
2. Press the driver's seat switch to fully open the door glass.
3. Pull up the driver's seat switch to the manual-up position to fully close the door glass and
keep holding the switch up at the position for approx. 2 s.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


1 Front seat
(See FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2 Front seat back
(See FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3 Recliner motor
(See. RECLINER MOTOR INSPECTION .)
4 Front seat cushion
(See FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT SEAT CUSHION FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5 Seat warmer unit (with seat warmer system)
(See SEAT WARMER UNIT INSPECTION .)
6 Slide motor
(See SLIDE MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See SLIDE MOTOR INSPECTION .)
7 Front seat adjuster unit
(See FRONT SEAT ADJUSTER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT SEAT RAIL GUIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT SEAT RAIL COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8 Front tilt motor (with 8 way power seat)
(See FRONT TILT MOTOR INSPECTION .)
9 Front seat side cover
(See FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10Lumber support motor (with 8 way power seat)
(See LUMBER SUPPORT MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See LUMBER SUPPORT MOTOR INSPECTION .)
11Lift motor
(See LIFT MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See LIFT MOTOR INSPECTION .)
12Power seat switch
(See POWER SEAT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See POWER SEAT SWITCH INSPECTION .)
13Seat warmer control unit
(See SEAT WARMER CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See SEAT WARMER CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION .)
14Seat warmer switch
(See SEAT WARMER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

15Rear seat
(See REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
16Rear seat back
(See REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR SEAT BACK FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR SEAT BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
17Rear seat cushion
(See REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1Rear seat back striker
(See REAR SEAT BACK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2Remote handle lever
(See REMOTE HANDLE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Handling a side air bag improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag, which may seriously injure you. Read the
service warnings/cautions in the Workshop Manual before handling the front seat (side air bag integrated). (See AIR BAG
SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [TWO-
STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL
SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
If the sliding mechanisms on both sides are not locked after assembling the front seat, the front seat will operate accidentally
while the vehicle is driven, which could result in serious injury. After assembling the front seat, shake it up and down and
verify that the sliding mechanism on the both sides are locked.
CAUTION:
If the slide bar is operated after the front seat is removed, the left/right slide positions will deviate and the adjuster unit could
be damaged after the front seat is installed. After removing a front seat, do not operate the slider lever.
Verify that there are no malfunctions in the forward/back slide of the seat and in the adjuster unit after installing a front seat.
When performing the procedure with a front seat removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure on a clean cloth so as not
to damage or soil the seat.
When the passenger's seat is removed, perform the seat weight sensor inspection using the M-MDS after installing the
passenger's seat. (See SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSPECTION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
When the passenger's seat is replaced with a new one, perform the seat weight sensor calibration using the M-MDS. (See
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
NOTE:
When removing the front seat from the vehicle or putting it back in, it can be performed smoothly by removing the headrest.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Press part A in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and disengage tabs, move the lever in the direction of the
arrow (2) and disconnect the connector in the direction of the arrow (3).

4. Remove the bolts in the order of (1), (2), (3), (4) shown in the figure, then take the front seat out from the opened front door.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Handling a side air bag improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag, which may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings/cautions in the Workshop Manual before handling the front seat (side air bag integrated). (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT
CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM
SERVICE CAUTIONS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
while the vehicle is driven, which could result in serious injury. After assembling the front seat, shake it up and down and verify
that the sliding mechanism on the both sides are locked.
CAUTION:
If the slide bar is operated after the front seat is removed, the left/right slide positions will deviate and the adjuster unit could be
damaged after the front seat is installed. After removing a front seat, do not operate the slider lever.
When performing the procedure with a front seat removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure on a clean cloth so as not to
damage or soil the seat.
When the passenger's seat is replaced with a new one, perform the seat weight sensor calibration using the M-MDS. (See SEAT
WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
Driver-side (with power seat system)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G
2.0].)
3. Remove the front seat. (See FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front seat side cover. (See FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove fasteners A and set the front seat cushion trim aside.
6. Disconnect the side air bag module connector.

7. Disengage clip B.
8. Disconnect the front seat back warmer connector.
9. Disconnect the recliner motor connector. (with 6 way power seat)
10. Disconnect the recliner motor/lumber support motor connector. (with 8 way power seat)
11. Set hooks C aside in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure.
12. Remove the bolts A, then remove the front seat back component.

Driver-side (without power seat system)
2.0].)
5. Slide hook A in the order of arrows (1), (2), (3) shown in the figure and set the front seat cushion trim aside.

Passenger-side

2.0].)
7. Disconnect the front seat back warmer connector. (with seat warmer system)
9. Set hook C aside in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
CAUTION:
2.0].)
3. Remove the headrest.

9. Disconnect the recliner motor connector. (with 6 way power seat)
10. Disconnect the recliner motor/lumber support motor connector. (with 8 way power seat)
12. Remove the clip D in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and remove the lumber support lever in the direction of the
arrow (3). (with 6 way power seat)

13. Slide hook E in the order of arrows (4), (5), (6) shown in the figure and disconnect them from hook F.
14. Open fasteners G.
15. Partially peel back the seat back trim, release tabs H in the direction of the arrow (7) shown in the figure and pull out the pole guide
in the direction of the arrow (8).
16. Partially peel back the front seat back trim and slide hook I in the order of the arrows (9), (10), and (11) shown in the figure, and
remove it from the front seat back frame.

17. Pull out pin J in the direction of the arrow (12) shown in the figure, and using a flathead screwdriver wrapped in protective tape,
release the tabs K in the direction of the arrow (13) shown in the figure while removing the clip L in the direction of the arrow (14).
18. Remove the side air bag module securing belt from the front seat back frame.
19. Pull the side air bag module wiring harness in the direction of the arrow (15) shown in the figure, and pull it out through the hole in
the front seat back pad.

20. Pull the recliner motor wiring harness and lumber support wiring harness in the direction of the arrow (16) shown in the figure, and
pull it out through the hole in the front seat back pad. (with 8 way power seat)
21. Pull the recliner motor wiring harness in the direction of the arrow (16) shown in the figure, and pull it out through the hole in the
seat back pad. (with 6 way power seat)
22. Pull out the front seat back pad and front seat back trim, and the front seat back warmer connector harness towards the front of the
front seat.
23. Lift up the front seat back trim and front seat back pad in the direction of the arrow (17) as a single unit and remove it from the
front seat back frame.

24. Remove the C rings in the order of (18), (19), (20), (21), (22), and (23), shown in the figure, and remove the front seat back trim
from the front seat back pad.
CAUTION:
If a damaged C rings are reused, it may not be possible to install the front seat back trim and front seat back pad
correctly. When removing and installing C rings, be careful not to damage them.
If the C rings are damaged, replace the C rings with a new one.
2.0].)

9. Slide hook D in the order of arrows (5), (6), (7) shown in the figure and disconnect them from hook E.

10. Open fasteners F.
11. Partially peel back the seat back trim, release tab G in the direction of the arrow (8) shown in the figure and pull out the pole guide
12. Partially peel back the front seat back trim and slide hook H in the order of the arrows (10), (11), and (12) shown in the figure, and

13. Pull out pin I in the direction of the arrow (13) shown in the figure, and using a flathead screwdriver wrapped in protective tape,
release the tabs J in the direction of the arrow (14) shown in the figure while removing the clip K in the direction of the arrow (15).

16. Pull out the front seat back pad and front seat back trim towards the front of the front seat.
18. Remove the C rings in the order of (18), (19), (20), and (21) shown in the figure, and remove the front seat back trim from the
front seat back pad.

CAUTION:
If a C rings are damaged, replace the C rings with a new one.
Passenger-side
2.0].)
5. Slide hooks A in the order of arrows (1), (2), (3) shown in the figure and set the front seat cushion trim aside.

7. Disconnect the front seat back warmer connector. (With seat warmer system)
10. Slide hook D in the order of arrows (5), (6), (7) shown in the figure and disconnect them from hook E.
11. Open fasteners F.

12. Partially peel back the seat back trim, release tabs G in the direction of the arrow (8) shown in the figure and pull out the pole guide
13. Partially peel back the front seat back trim and slide hook H in the order of the arrows (10), (11), and (12) shown in the figure, and
14. Pull out pin I in the direction of the arrow (13) shown in the figure, and using a flathead screwdriver wrapped in protective tape,
release the tabs J in the direction of the arrow (14) shown in the figure while removing the clip K in the direction of the arrow (15).

17. Pull out the front seat back pad and front seat back trim, and the front seat back warmer connector towards the front of the front
seat.

19. Remove the C rings in the order of (18), (19), (20), (21), (22) and (23), shown in the figure, and remove the front seat back trim
from the front seat back pad. (With power seat system for driver-side)
CAUTION:
If the C rings are damaged, replace the C rings with a new one.
front seat back pad. (Without power seat system for driver-side)

CAUTION:
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
service warnings/cautions in the Workshop Manual before handling the front seat (side air bag integrated). (See AIR BAG SYSTEM
SERVICE WARNINGS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [TWO-STEP
DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
CAUTION:
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-
G 2.0].)
7. Disconnect the front seat cushion warmer connector. (with seat warmer system)

9. Disengage clip B. (with seat warmer system)
10. Disconnect clip C. (with seat warmer system)
11. Set hooks D aside in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure.
12. Move the front seat cushion trim in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and set it aside.

13. Slide hook E in the order of arrows (3), (4), (5) shown in the figure and set the front seat cushion frame aside.
14. Slide hook F in the order of arrows (6), (7), (8) shown in the figure and set the front seat cushion frame aside.
15. Remove the C rings in the order of (9), (10), (11), (12) and (13), shown in the figure, and remove the front seat cushion trim from
the front seat cushion pad.
CAUTION:

If a damaged C rings are reused, it may not be possible to install the front seat cushion trim and front seat cushion
pad correctly. When removing and installing C rings, be careful not to damage them.
If the C ring are damaged, replace the C ring with a new one.
G 2.0].)
6. Slide hooks A in the order of arrows (1), (2), (3) shown in the figure and set the front seat cushion trim aside.

8. Slide hook B in the order of arrows (5), (6), (7) shown in the figure and set the front seat cushion frame aside.
9. Slide hook C in the order of arrows (8), (9), (10) shown in the figure and set the front seat cushion frame aside.
10. Remove the C rings in the order of (11), (12), (13), and (14) shown in the figure, and remove the front seat cushion trim from the
front seat cushion pad.
CAUTION:

Passenger-side
G 2.0].)
7. Disconnect the front seat cushion warmer connector. (with seat warmer system)

9. Disengage clip B. (With seat warmer system)
10. Disconnect clip C. (With seat warmer system)
11. Set hook D aside in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure. (with seat warmer system)
13. Slide hook E in the order of arrows (6), (7), (8) shown in the figure and set the front seat cushion frame aside.
14. Slide hooks F in the order of arrows (9), (10), (11) shown in the figure and set the front seat cushion frame aside.
15. Remove the C rings in the order of (12), (13), (14), (15) and (16), shown in the figure, and remove the front seat cushion trim
from the front seat cushion pad. (with power seat system for driver-side)

CAUTION:
If the C ring are damaged, replace the C ring with a new one.
front seat back pad. (without power seat system for driver-side)
CAUTION:
If a damaged C ring are reused, it may not be possible to install the front seat cushion trim and front seat cushion pad
If a C-ring are damaged, replace the C-ring with a new one.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Handling a side air bag improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service warnings/cautions in the Workshop Manual
before handling the front seat (side air bag integrated). (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
CAUTIONS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
CAUTIONS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
If the sliding mechanisms on both sides are not locked after assembling the front seat, the
front seat will operate accidentally while the vehicle is driven, which could result in serious
injury. After assembling the front seat, shake it up and down and verify that the sliding
mechanism on the both sides are locked.
CAUTION:
If the slide bar is operated after the front seat is removed, the left/right slide positions will
deviate and the adjuster unit could be damaged after the front seat is installed. After
removing a front seat, do not operate the slider lever.
Verify that there are no malfunctions in the forward/back slide of the seat and in the
adjuster unit after installing a front seat.
When performing the procedure with a front seat removed from the vehicle, perform the
procedure on a clean cloth so as not to damage or soil the seat.
When the passenger's seat is removed, perform the seat weight sensor inspection using
the M-MDS after installing the passenger's seat. (See SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSPECTION
When the passenger's seat is replaced with a new one, perform the seat weight sensor
calibration using the M-MDS. (See SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION [TWO-STEP
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE
a. Front seat (See FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front seat side cover (See FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Front seat back component (See FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT

d. Front seat cushion trim (See FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

e. Front buckle (See FRONT BUCKLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Seat track position sensor (See SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
g. Front seat adjuster unit (See FRONT SEAT ADJUSTER UNIT

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [TWO-STEP
CAUTION:
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
c. Front buckle (See FRONT BUCKLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Seat track position sensor (See SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT
CONTROL SYSTEM] .)

5. Using a flathead screwdriver, disconnect the connector in the direction of the arrow (2) while releasing tab B in the direction of
the arrow (1) shown in the figure.
6. Disconnect the slide motor connector.
7. Remove bolts A.

8. Remove the front seat adjuster unit.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
d. Seat track position sensor (See SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT
CONTROL SYSTEM] .)

6. Remove bolts A.
Passenger-side
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

d. Seat weight sensor control module (See SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP
5. Disconnect the seat weight sensor control module connector.
7. Remove bolts A.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
service warnings in the Workshop Manual before handling the front seat (side air bag integrated). (See AIR BAG SYSTEM
SERVICE WARNINGS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [TWO-STEP
CAUTION:
Front Door Side
Driver-side (With Power Seat System)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Pull the power seat switch knob in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, and remove it while disengaging tabs A and
B.

4. Pull the power seat switch knob in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, and remove it while disengaging tabs C and
D.
5. Remove clip E from the front seat cushion frame.
6. Pull up the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure and set hook F aside.
7. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure and disengage the tabs G and H, and the pin.

8. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure and set hook I aside.
9. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (6) shown in the figure and set hook J aside.
10. Disconnect the power seat switch connector.

11. Set the wiring harness aside from hooks K and L, and remove the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (7) shown in
the figure.
12. Remove the power seat switch. (See POWER SEAT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Driver-side (Without power seat system)
CAUTION:
The seat back folds forward when the recliner knob is operated. Be careful when operating the recliner lever.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Move the flathead screwdriver wrapped in protective tape in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and disengage tab
A.

4. Move the flathead screwdriver wrapped in protective tape in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and disengage tab
B.
5. Remove the recliner lever knob in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure.
6. Affix the protective tape to the position shown in the figure.

7. Using a wood slab, tap the end of the lifter lever knob with the plastic hammer and remove it in the direction of the arrow (4).
8. Remove clip C from the front seat cushion frame.

9. Pull up the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure and set hook D aside.
10. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (6) shown in the figure and disengage the tabs E and F, and the pin.
11. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (7) shown in the figure and set hook H aside.

12. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (8) shown in the figure and set hook I aside.
13. Remove the front seat side cover.
Passenger-side
CAUTION:
The seat back folds forward when the recliner knob is operated. Be careful when operating the recliner lever.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, detach tab A in the direction of arrows (1) shown in the figure.

4. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, detach tab B in the direction of arrows (2) shown in the figure.
5. Remove the recliner lever knob in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure.
6. Remove clip C from the front seat cushion frame.
7. Pull up the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure and set hook D aside.
8. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure and disengage the tabs E and F, and the pin.

9. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (6) shown in the figure and set hook G aside.
10. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (7) shown in the figure and set hook H aside.
11. Remove the front seat side cover
Rear Console Side
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
4. Remove the screw A.

5. Pull up the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and set hook B aside.
6. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and disengage the tabs C and D, and the pin.
7. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure and set hook E aside.

8. Pull the front seat side cover in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure and set hook F aside.
9. Remove the front seat side cover.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [TWO-
STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL
SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
If the sliding mechanisms on both sides are not locked after assembling the front seat, the front seat will operate
accidentally while the vehicle is driven, which could result in serious injury. After assembling the front seat, shake it up
and down and verify that the sliding mechanism on the both sides are locked.
CAUTION:
If the slide bar is operated after the front seat is removed, the left/right slide positions will deviate and the adjuster unit
could be damaged after the front seat is installed. After removing a front seat, do not operate the slider lever.
Verify that there are no malfunctions in the forward/back slide of the seat and in the adjuster unit after installing a front
seat.
When performing the procedure with a front seat removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure on a clean cloth so as
not to damage or soil the seat.
When the passenger's seat is replaced with a new one, perform the seat weight sensor calibration using the M-MDS. (See
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
NOTE:
When removing the front seat from the vehicle or putting it back in, it can be performed smoothly by removing the
headrest.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
4. Remove screws A.

5. Detach clips B.
6. Pull the front seat rail guide cover in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove it in the direction of the
arrow (2).

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Detach hook A while pulling the front seat rail cover in the direction of the arrow (1) and remove it in the direction of arrow (2)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
When removing or putting in the rear seat, contact with the surrounding areas of the vehicle could cause scratches and damage.
When removing or putting in the rear seat, always use two or more persons to perform the work and be careful not to scratch or
damage the rear seat and the surrounding area of the vehicle.
When performing the procedure with a rear seat removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure on a clean cloth so as not to
NOTE:
When removing the rear seat from the vehicle or putting it back in, it can be performed smoothly by removing the headrest
1. Remove the trunk board. (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Disconnect the remote cable on the remote handle lever side from the remote cable on the rear seat side. (See REMOTE HANDLE
LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Detach tabs A in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure while lifting cover A in the direction of the arrow (2), detach hook
B, and then remove cover A.
4. Detach tabs C in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure while lifting cover B in the direction of the arrow (4), detach hook
D, and then remove cover B.
5. Remove bolts A.

6. Press the push knob to fold the rear seat back.
7. Remove bolts B.
8. Remove the plate in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure.
9. Remove bolts C.
10. Hold up the rear seat back.
11. Remove bolts D. (See Rear Hinge Removal Note.)

12. Move the rear hinge in the direction of the arrow (6) shown in the figure and disconnect pins E. (See Rear Hinge Installation Note.)
13. Remove bolt E.
14. After moving the rear seat in the direction of the arrow (7) shown in the figure, remove pin F while moving the side hinge in the
15. Lift up the rear seat cushion in the direction of the arrow (9) shown in the figure and set pins G aside from the front hinge.

16. Remove the rear seat. (See Rear Seat Carry Into Vehicle Note.)
17. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See Rear Seat Installation Note.)
18. Pull the remote handle levers and verify that the rear seat backs are unlocked.
If any of the rear seat backs does not unlock, or it is hard to unlock or lock, adjust the remote cable. (See Remote
Cable Adjustment Procedure.)
Rear Seat Carry Into Vehicle Note
1. Before carrying the rear seat into the vehicle, shift the rear buckle in the direction of the arrow (1).
2. Insert a needle into area A shown in the figure and fix the rear buckle in the down condition
3. Carry the rear seat into the vehicle.
4. Remove the needle fixing the rear buckle tilted frontward, and fold the rear buckle to area B shown in the figure.

5. Fold the rear seat cushion, and verify that the rear buckle is folded into the rear seat cushion.
Rear Hinge Removal Note
1. While moving the rear seat back in the direction of arrow shown in the figure, remove the rear hinge to pin E.
Rear Hinge Installation Note
1. While moving the rear seat back in the direction of arrow shown in the figure, install the rear hinge to pin E.

Rear Seat Installation Note
1. When installing the rear seat, temporarily tighten all of the tightening bolts.
2. After temporarily tightening all of the tightening bolts, shake the entire rear seat forward and back/left and right with the rear seat
back folded to improve the installation fit of the entire seat.
3. Completely tighten the bolts in the reverse order of removal.
Remote Cable Adjustment Procedure
NOTE:
Adjust the remote cable of a seat which has the following malfunctions. The adjustment procedure is available for all the seats.
Does not unlock
Hard to unlock
Hard to lock
1. Press the push knob and fold the rear seat back.
2. Remove the trunk mat. (See TRUNK COVERING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Press the tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure to disengage it, and open the upper part of the case in the
4. Move the position of the remote cable adjustment groove on the rear seat back side one step in the direction of the arrow shown in
the figure.

CAUTION:
If the remote cable adjustment groove is moved excessively, the remote cable is pulled in the unlock direction and the
rear seat back may not be able to lock. When adjusting the remote cable, move the position of the adjustment groove
one step at a time while verifying the lock condition of the rear seat back.
5. Close the case to engage the tab.
6. Move the rear seat back to its upright position and verify that the red indication cannot be seen on the push knob.
NOTE:
If red indication can seen on the push knob, it indicates that the seat back is not locked securely or unlocked.
7. Pull the remote handle lever and verify that the rear seat back is unlocked.
If the rear seat back does not unlock, or it is hard to unlock or lock, move the remote cable adjustment groove one
step more.
8. Install the remote cable. (See REMOTE HANDLE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
9. Install the trunk mat. (See TRUNK COVERING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
When removing or putting in the rear seat, contact with the surrounding areas of the vehicle could cause scratches and
damage. When removing or putting in the rear seat, always use two or more persons to perform the work and be careful
not to scratch or damage the rear seat and the surrounding area of the vehicle.
When performing the procedure with a rear seat back removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure on a clean cloth
so as not to damage or soil the seat.
NOTE:
When removing the rear seat back from the vehicle or putting it back in, it can be performed smoothly by removing the
headrest.
6:4 Split Type
3. Remove bolts A.
4. Remove the plate in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure.
5. Remove bolts B.

6. Remove bolts C.
7. Remove bolt D.
8. After moving the rear seat in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, remove pin B while moving the side hinge in
the direction of the arrow (3).
9. Move the rear hinge in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure and set pin A aside.

10. Remove the rear seat back.
4:2:4 Split Type
2. Remove the rear seat. (See REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove bolts A.
4. Remove the rear seat back.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
When performing the procedure with a rear seat removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure on a clean cloth so as
6:4 Split Type
2. Remove the rear seat back. (See REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Open fasteners A.
5. Slide hook B in the order of the arrows (1) and (2) shown in the figure, and set the rear seat back frames aside.

6. Release tabs C in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure and remove the top tether anchor cover in the direction
of the arrow (4).
7. Remove screws A, and remove the seat belt cover in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure while setting hooks D
aside.

8. Remove screw B.
9. Remove clip E and remove the push knob cover in the direction of the arrow (6) shown in the figure while setting hook F
aside.
10. Peel back the rear seat back pad, and pull out the pole guide in the direction of the arrow (8) while releasing the tabs G in
the direction of the arrow (7) shown in the figure.

11. Pull the rear seat back frame in the direction of the arrow (9) shown in the figure, and remove it from the rear set back
pad.
12. Remove tabs H in the direction of the arrow (10) shown in the figure and remove the push knob in the direction of the
arrow (11).
13. Remove nuts, and then remove the rear center seat belt.

14. Remove the clips I, and then remove the striker cover in the direction of the arrow (12) while setting hooks J aside.
4:2:4 Split Type
1. Remove the rear seat center armrest. (See REAR SEAT CENTER ARMREST REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. After releasing tab A in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, release tab B in the direction of the arrow (2)
shown in the figure, and remove the rear seat center armrest hinge cover (LH) in the direction of the arrow (3).

6. Open fasteners C.
7. Slide hooks D in the order of the arrows (4) and (5) shown in the figure, and set the rear seat back frames aside.

8. Release tabs E in the direction of the arrow (6) shown in the figure and remove the top tether anchor cover in the direction
of the arrow (7).
9. Remove screws A, and remove the seat belt cover in the direction of the arrow (8) shown in the figure while setting hooks F
aside.

10. Remove screw B.
11. Remove screw B, and clip G and remove the push knob cover in the direction of the arrow (9) shown in the figure while
setting hook H aside.
12. Partially peel back the seat back pad, release tabs I in the direction of the arrow (10) shown in the figure and pull out the
pole guide in the direction of the arrow (11).

13. Pull the rear seat back frame in the direction of the arrow (12) shown in the figure, and remove it from the rear set back
pad.
14. Remove tabs J in the direction of the arrow (13) shown in the figure and remove the push knob in the direction of the
arrow (14).
15. Remove clips K.

16. Remove the remote cable in the direction of the arrow (15) and (16) shown in the figure.
17. Remove screw C.

18. Remove the strap.
19. Remove the clips L, and then remove the striker cover in the direction of the arrow (17) while setting hooks M aside.
20. Remove nuts, and then remove the rear center seat belt.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
6:4 Split Type
4. Remove the rear seat back frame. (See REAR SEAT BACK FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the C rings in the order of (1), (2), (3), and (4) shown in the figure, and remove the rear seat back trim from the
rear seat back pad.
CAUTION:
If a damaged C rings are reused, it may not be possible to install the rear seat back trim and rear seat back pad
4:2:4 Split Type

5. Remove the rear seat back frame. (See REAR SEAT BACK FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Partially peal back the rear seat back trim from the rear seat back pad, remove C rings in the order of (1), (2), (3), (4), (5),
(6) shown in the figure. (LH/RH)
CAUTION:
If a damaged C rings are reused, it may not be possible to install the rear seat back trim and rear seat back pad
7. Remove the surface fasteners while peeling back the rear seat back trim, and remove the rear seat back trim from the rear
seat back pad. (CENTER)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
When removing or putting in the rear seat cushion, contact with the surrounding areas of the vehicle could cause scratches
and damage. When removing or putting in the rear seat cushion, always use two or more persons to perform the work and
be careful not to scratch or damage the rear seat cushion and the surrounding area of the vehicle.
When performing the procedure with a rear seat cushion removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure on a clean cloth
6:4 Split Type
1. Detach tabs A in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure while lifting cover A in the direction of the arrow (2), detach
hook B, and then remove cover A.
2. Detach tabs C in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure while lifting cover B in the direction of the arrow (4), detach
hook D, and then remove cover B.
3. Remove bolts A.

4. Lift up the rear seat cushion in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure and set the pin E aside from the front hinge.
5. Move the rear seat cushion in the direction of the arrow (6), (7) shown in the figure and set the hook F aside.
6. Remove the rear seat cushion.
WARNING:
If the hook and wire are not locked, the seat may move during a collision and the occupant may be injured. After installing
the rear seat cushion, verify that the hook and wire are locked.
4:2:4 Split Type
3. Remove bolts A.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
When removing or putting in the rear seat cushion, contact with the surrounding areas of the vehicle could cause scratches
and damage. When removing or putting in the rear seat cushion, always use two or more persons to perform the work and
be careful not to scratch or damage the rear seat cushion and the surrounding area of the vehicle.
When performing the procedure with a rear seat cushion removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure on a clean cloth
6:4 Split Type
2. Slide hooks A in the order of (1), (2) shown in the figure to detach it from the rear seat cushion pad.
3. Partially peal back the rear seat cushion trim from the rear seat cushion pad, remove C rings in the order of (3), (4), (5), (6),
(7), (8), (9), (10) shown in the figure,

CAUTION:
If a damaged C rings are reused, it may not be possible to install the rear seat cushion trim and rear seat
cushion pad correctly. When removing and installing C rings, be careful not to damage them.
4:2:4 Split Type
3. Slide hooks A in the order of (1), (2) shown in the figure to detach it from the rear seat cushion pad.

4. Partially peal back the rear seat cushion trim from the rear seat cushion pad, remove C rings in the order of (3), (4), (5), (6),
(7) shown in the figure,
CAUTION:
If a damaged C rings are reused, it may not be possible to install the rear seat cushion trim and rear seat
cushion pad correctly. When removing and installing C rings, be careful not to damage them.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
CAUTION:
NOTE:
When removing the front seat from the vehicle or putting it back in, it can be performed
smoothly by removing the headrest.
2. Disconnect the front tilt motor connector.
3. Apply battery positive voltage to the front tilt motor terminals and inspect the front seat
operation.
If not as specified, replace the front seat cushion frame.(See FRONT SEAT
CUSHION FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Connection
Front seat operation
B D

Up GND B+
Down B+ GND
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
3. Remove the front sear side cover. (See FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the bolt.
5. Remove the lift motor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
2. Remove the front sear side cover. (See FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the lift motor connector.
4. Apply battery positive voltage to the lift motor terminals and inspect the front seat operation.
If not as specified, replace the lift motor. (See LIFT MOTOR

Connection
A B
Up B+ GND
Down GND B+

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Handling a side air bag improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag, which may seriously injure you.
Read the service warnings/cautions in the Workshop Manual before handling the front seat (side air bag
integrated). (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG
SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS
[STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT
CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
If the sliding mechanisms on both sides are not locked after assembling the front seat, the front seat will operate
accidentally while the vehicle is driven, which could result in serious injury. After assembling the front seat, shake
it up and down and verify that the sliding mechanism on the both sides are locked.
CAUTION:
If the slide bar is operated after the front seat is removed, the left/right slide positions will deviate and the
adjuster unit could be damaged after the front seat is installed. After removing a front seat, do not operate the
slider lever.
Verify that there are no malfunctions in the forward/back slide of the seat and in the adjuster unit after installing a
front seat.
When performing the procedure with a front seat removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure on a clean cloth
c. Front seat adjuster unit (See FRONT SEAT ADJUSTER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Lift up cable A in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove it from the hook B.

5. Lift up cable A in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, and pull out the adjuster unit and slide motor in
6. Remove nuts A, and remove the slide motor and cable B.

7. Remove screws B, and remove the bracket from the slide motor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
CAUTION:
NOTE:
When removing the front seat from the vehicle or putting it back in, it can be performed
smoothly by removing the headrest.
2. Disconnect the slide motor connector.
3. Apply battery positive voltage to the slide motor terminals and inspect the front seat
operation.
If not as specified, replace the slide motor. (See SLIDE MOTOR

Connection
B D

Forward GND B+
Backward B+ GND
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
2. Slide hook A in the order of arrows (1), (2), (3) shown in the figure and disconnect them
from hook B.

4. Disconnect the recliner motor connector.
5. Apply battery positive voltage to the front seat back terminals and inspect the recliner motor
operation.
If not as specified, replace the front seat back frame. (See FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM
Connection
Front seat back operation
A B
Forward B+ GND
Backward GND B+
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
CAUTION:
If the slide bar is operated after the front seat is removed, the left/right slide positions will deviate and the slide adjuster unit
could be damaged after the front seat is installed. After removing a front seat, do not operate the slider lever.
Verify that there are no malfunctions in the sliding mechanism after installing a front seat.
1. Operate the lumber support switch and adjust the lumber support unit to the farthest rear position.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
6. Remove the front seat back trim. (See FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the lumber support motor connector.

8. Remove nuts A.
9. Detach clip A.
10. Remove the lumber support unit in the direction of the arrow (1), (2) shown in the figure.
11. Remove the screws B and screw C.
12. Remove the lumber support motor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
2. Slide hook A in the order of arrows (1), (2), (3) shown in the figure and disconnect them
from hook B.

4. Disconnect the lumber support motor connector.
5. Apply battery positive voltage to the lumber support motor terminals and inspect the front
seat back operation.
If not as specified, replace the lumber support motor. (See LUMBER SUPPORT MOTOR
Connection
Front seat back operation
A B
Forward B+ GND
Backward GND B+
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
4. Remove the screws.
5. Remove the power seat switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
2.0].)
4. Remove the power seat switch. (See POWER SEAT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Connect the power seat switch connector.
6. Inspect for continuity between the power seat switch connector terminals using an ohmmeter.
If not as specified, replace the power seat switch. (See POWER SEAT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The seat warmer switch are integrated into the climate control unit. (with full-auto air
conditioner system)
The seat warmer switch are integrated into the clock. (with manual air conditioner system)
For the seat warmer switch removal/installation, refer to the climate control unit
removal/installation. (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].) (with full-auto air conditioner system)
For the seat warmer switch removal/installation, refer to the clock removal/installation.
(See CLOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (with manual air conditioner system)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
(See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
4. Using a flathead screwdriver, disconnect the seat warmer control unit in the direction of the arrow (2) while releasing tab in the
direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Handling a front seat (with built-in side air bag) improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag, which may
seriously injure you. Read the service warnings/cautions before handling a front seat (with built-in side air bag). (See
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
CAUTIONS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [STANDARD
DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
CAUTION:
After removing a front seat, do not operate the slider lever. If the slider lever is operated, the left and right slide
positions will deviate, and the slide adjuster may be damaged after the front seat is installed.
Verify that there are no malfunctions in the sliding mechanism after installing a front seat.
When performing the procedure with a front seat removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure on a clean rag so as
Forward
When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, shake the wiring harness and connectors while
performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent malfunction. If there
is a problem, inspect to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are connected correctly and undamaged.
System Diagram

Symptom Trouble Shooting Index
Seat warmer function is inoperative (See Inspection Procedure (No.1 Seat warmer does not warm seat even though seat warmer
1
Seat Warmer Function Is Inoperative) .) switch is on
Seat warmer always operations (See Inspection Procedure (No.2 Seat

2 Seat warmer warms seat even though seat warmer switch is off
Warmer Always Operations) .)

Seat warmer does not adjust temperature even

Temperature of the seat warmer cannot be adjusted (See Inspection though seat warmer switch is switched
3 between low and high
Procedure (No.3 Temperature Of Seat Warmer Cannot Be Adjusted) .)
Seat warmer temperature continues to rise
Inspection Procedure (No.1 Seat Warmer Function Is Inoperative)
No.1 Seat warmer function is inoperative
DETECTION Seat warmer does not warm seat even though seat warmer switch is on
The power supply is not supplied to filament of seat warmer
Open circuit in seat warmer control unit power supply circuit:
Seat warmer control unit terminal OBattery positive terminal
Seat warmer control unit terminal MBattery positive terminal
SEAT WARM 20 A fuse malfunction (Fuse to melt away or broken):
Seat warmer control unit terminal OBattery positive terminal (fuse to melt away)
Seat warmer control unit terminal MBattery positive terminal (fuse to melt away)
Poor connect the connector:
Driver-side seat warmer unit connectorSeat warmer control unit connector
Passenger-side seat warmer unit connectorSeat warmer control unit connector
Open circuit in wiring harness between the following terminal:
Driver-side seat warmer unit terminal PDriver-side seat warmer unit terminal A
Passenger-side seat warmer unit terminal NPassenger-side seat warmer unit

terminal B
Seat warmer control unit not operation
POSSIBLE Open circuit or short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminal:
CAUSE Front body control module (FBCM) terminal 1CSeat warmer control unit terminal K
Seat warmer control unit terminal HBody ground
Seat warmer control unit terminal GBody ground
Seat warmer unit cannot control filament on
Seat warmer control malfunction
Seat warmer filament does not generate heat
Driver-side seat warmer unit (seat cushion side) malfunction
Driver-side seat warmer unit (seat back side) malfunction
Passenger-side seat warmer unit (seat cushion side) malfunction
Passenger-side seat warmer unit (seat back side) malfunction
Seat warmer control unit cannot receive operation signal
Seat warmer control unit malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminal:
Seat warmer control unit terminal IClimate control unit terminal 1C (with full-auto
air conditioner)

Seat warmer control unit terminal IClock terminal D (with manual air conditioner)
PERFORM DTC INSPECTION

1 Yes Perform the diagnosis according to the inspection
Perform meter and climate control unit DTC inspection. procedure for each code.
Verify the meter DTC inspection and clock output check

mode. No Go to the next step.
Are DTCs and error codes output?
DETERMINE IF THE MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS THE SEAT WARMER

2 SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Select either Low, Mid, or High on the seat warmer

switch. No Inspect the climate control unit or clock.
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO

Does the seat warmer switch LED illuminate?
AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See CLOCK INSPECTION .)
DETERMINE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM

3 Yes Go to step 9.
Are the seat warmers on both sides not operating?
INSPECT THE SEAT WARMER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY

4 FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the SEAT WARM 20 A fuse.

No If the fuse is deterioration:
Is the fuse normal?
Replace the
malfunctioning fuse.
If the fuse is melt
Repair the short to ground in wiring

harness between the following
terminals:
SEAT WARM 20 A
fuseSeat warmer
control unit O
SEAT WARM 20 A
fuseSeat warmer
control unit M
DETERMINE IF CAUSE OF MALFUNCTION IS CONTROLLER

5* POWER SUPPLY WIRING HARNESS FOR SEAT WARMER OR Yes Go to the next step.
OTHER CAUSE
Switch the ignition off (LOCK). No Repair or replace the open circuit at
the following wiring harness.
Disconnect the seat warmer control unit connector.
SEAT WARMER 20 A
Measure the voltage at the following terminal (wiring fuseSeat warmer
harness-side): control unit
Seat warmer control unit terminal M
Seat warmer control unit terminal O
Is the voltage B+?
VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS OPEN CIRCUIT IN SEAT

6* WARMER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY WIRING HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.
Seat warmer control unit connector are disconnected.

No Inspect the front body control module
Switch the ignition off (LOCK). (FBCM) 1C terminal. (See FRONT BODY


Measure the voltage at the following terminal (wiring INSPECTION .)
harness-side):
Repair or replace the open circuit at
Seat warmer control unit terminal K the following wiring harness.
Is the voltage B+? Front body control

module (FBCM)
terminal 1CSeat
warmer control unit
terminal K
VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS SHORT TO GROUND IN SEAT

7* WARMER CONTROL UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
Seat warmer control unit connector on the side that is

not operating is disconnected. No Inspect the open circuit following.
Seat warmer unit

terminal HGND
(wiring harness-side):
Seat warmer unit
Seat warmer control unit terminal on
terminal GGND
the side that is not operating H
Ground Inspect the GND connector terminals
for poor connection.
Seat warmer control unit terminal on
the side that is not operating G Repair or replace the malfunction.
Ground
VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING

8* HARNESS OF SEAT WARMER SWITCH SIGNAL Yes Go to the next step.
Seat warmer control unit connector is disconnected.

No Inspect the open circuit following.
(wiring harness-side): Seat warmer control
unit terminal I
With full-auto air conditioner Climate control
terminal 1C
Seat warmer control unit terminal I
Climate control terminal 1C Seat warmer control
unit terminal IClock
With manual air conditioner terminal D
Seat warmer control unit terminal I

Clock terminal D
INSPECT SEAT WARMER CONTROL UNIT AND SEAT WARMER

9* UNIT CONNECTOR Yes Repair or replace the malfunctions.
Disconnect the seat warmer control unit and seat

warmer unit connector on the side not operating. No Go to the next step.
Inspect the seat warmer control unit and seat warmer

unit connector terminals for poor connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, and corrosion).
Is there any malfunction?

10* HARNESS OF SEAT WARMER UNIT CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.

No Replace the seat warmer unit.

Driver-side seat warmer unit terminal

PA
Passenger-side seat warmer unit

terminal NB

DETERMINE IF THE MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS SEAT WARMER

11 CONTROL UNIT Yes Troubleshooting completed.
With full-auto air conditioner

No Replace the seat warmer control unit.
Replace the climate control unit.
With manual air conditioner
Replace the clock.
Does the seat warmer system operate?
Inspection Procedure (No.2 Seat Warmer Always Operations)
No.2 Seat warmer always operations
DETECTION Seat warmer warms seat even though seat warmer switch is off
Seat warmer switch is always ON
Seat warmer switch malfunction
Seat warmer control unit falsely detects seat warmer switch is ON
POSSIBLE CAUSE Seat warmer control unit malfunction
Short circuit in wiring harness between the following terminal:
Seat warmer control unit terminal IClimate control unit terminal 1C
Seat warmer control unit terminal IClock terminal D
DETERMINE IF THE MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS THE SEAT

1* WARMER SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.

No Replace the climate control unit or clock.
With full-auto air conditioner
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-
Disconnect the climate control unit connector. AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
With manual air conditioner (See CLOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the clock connector.
Is the seat warmer system operating?
DETERMINE IF THE MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS THE SEAT

2 WARMER COTROL UNIT Yes Repair or replace for a short to ground in the wiring harness.
Disconnect the seat warmer control unit

connector. No Replace the seat warmer control unit. (See SEAT WARMER
CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Measure the voltage between seat warmer
control unit terminal I and body ground.
Is the voltage 1.0 or more?

Inspection Procedure (No.3 Temperature Of Seat Warmer Cannot Be Adjusted)
No.3 Temperature of seat warmer cannot be adjusted
Seat warmer does not adjust temperature even though seat warmer Lo/Mid/Hi switch is switched
DETECTION between low and high
Seat warmer temperature continues to rise
Seat warmer switch does not Low/Mid/Hi switched
Seat warmer switch malfunction
Seat warmer control unit falsely detects always seat warmer switch to Low, Mid or Hi
Short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminal:
Seat warmer control unit terminal IClimate control unit terminal 1C

POSSIBLE
Seat warmer control unit terminal IClock terminal D
CAUSE
Seat warmer control unit cannot control seat warmer unit
Thermostat (Built-in seat warmer unit) malfunction
Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between the following terminal:
Driver-side seat warmer unitSeat warmer control unit terminal C
Passenger-side seat warmer unitSeat warmer control unit terminal D
DETERMINE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM

1 Yes Replace the seat warmer control unit. (See SEAT WARMER
Are the seat warmers on both sides not operating? CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

2* HARNESS OF SEAT WARMER UNIT CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.

No Replace the seat warmer unit.

Driver-side seat warmer unit

terminal CE

terminal DF
VERIFY IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS SHRT CIRCUIT IN WIRING

3* HARNESS OF SEAT WARMER UNIT CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace for a short to ground in the wiring
harness.
No Replace the seat warmer control unit.
Driver-side seat warmer unit
terminal CBody ground


terminal DBody ground
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
CAUTION:
If the slide bar is operated after the front seat is removed, the left/right slide positions will
deviate and the adjuster unit could be damaged after the front seat is installed. After
removing a front seat, do not operate the slider lever.
Verify that there are no malfunctions in the forward/back slide of the seat and in the
adjuster unit after installing a front seat.
When the passenger's seat is removed, perform the seat weight sensor inspection using
the M-MDS after installing the passenger's seat. (See SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSPECTION
When the passenger's seat is replaced with a new one, perform the seat weight sensor
calibration using the M-MDS. (See SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION [TWO-STEP
Driver-Side
Seat cushion side
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait 1 min. or more. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY
CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
4. Inspect for continuity between the seat warmer unit connector terminal 5C5D.

If not as specified, replace the front seat cushion pad. (See FRONT SEAT
CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Measure the temperature around the thermostat.
NOTE:
To make the temperature around the thermostat at the normal temperature,

the seat warmer is left for 30 minutes or more while turned off.
6. Measure the resistance between the seat warmer unit connector terminal 5A5B, records
with the surrounding temperature of the thermostat measured beforehand.
7. Connect the negative battery cable.
8. Connect the seat warmer unit connector.
9. Switch the seat warmer switch to Lo position, and warm the seat warmer.
10. Measure the resistance between the seat warmer unit connector terminal 5A5B, and
report it.
11. Switch the seat warmer switch to High position, and warm the seat warmer.

12. Measure the resistance between the seat warmer unit connector terminal 5A5B, it is
confirmed that there is a change from the resistance recorded beforehand.
If the change in resistance cannot be confirmed, replace the front seat cushion
pad. (See FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Seat back side
4. Inspect for continuity between the seat warmer unit connector (short code) terminal AB.
If not as specified, replace the front seat back pad. (See FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM
Passenger-Side
Seat cushion side
4. Inspect for continuity between the seat warmer unit connector (short code) terminal GH.

If not as specified, replace the front seat cushion pad. (See FRONT SEAT
CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Measure the temperature around the thermostat.
NOTE:
To make the temperature around the thermostat at the normal temperature,

the seat warmer is left for 30 minutes or more while turned off.
6. Measure the resistance between the seat warmer unit connector terminal DF, records with
the surrounding temperature of the thermostat measured beforehand.
7. Connect the negative battery cable.
8. Connect the seat warmer unit connector.
9. Switch the seat warmer switch to Lo position, and warm the seat warmer.
10. Measure the resistance between the seat warmer unit connector terminal DF, and report
it.

11. Switch the seat warmer switch to High position, and warm the seat warmer.
12. Measure the resistance between the seat warmer unit connector terminal DF, it is
confirmed that there is a change from the resistance recorded beforehand.
If the change in resistance cannot be confirmed, replace the front seat cushion
pad. (See FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Seat back side
4. Inspect for continuity between the seat warmer unit connector (short code) terminal AB.
If not as specified, replace the front seat back pad. (See FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

4. Remove the bolts.
5. Remove the rear seat back striker.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Operate the push knob (RH) and lower the rear seat back (RH).
2. Remove screw A.
3. Remove the rear seat center armrest hinge cover (RH) in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure while setting
hook A aside.
4. Remove bolt B.
5. Remove the rear seat center armrest in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while setting the pins aside.

6. Using a flathead screwdriver wrapped in protective tape, insert it in the gap between the cup holder and the rear seat
center armrest in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure, and disengage tabs B.
7. Using a flathead screwdriver wrapped in protective tape, insert it in the gap between the cup holder and the rear seat
center armrest in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure, and disengage tabs C.

8. Remove the cup holder in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Disconnect the remote cable on the remote handle lever side from the remote cable on the rear seat side.
4. Remove the remote cable on the remote handle lever side from the clip.
5. Pull out the remote cable on the remote handle lever side from the band in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure, and
remove the remove handle lever.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See Remote Handle Lever Installation Note.)
Remote Handle Lever Installation Note
Clip B
CAUTION:
Do not use clips B because they were used when the vehicle was manufactured. The remote cables are routed and installed near
clips B, however, if the remote cables are installed to clips B, the remote cables may contact the vehicle body while a remote
handle lever is operated or the vehicle is driven causing abnormal noise. Therefore, route the remote cables avoiding clips B.

Remote cable
CAUTION:
If the remote cables are not routed and installed correctly, it may cause mis-operation of a rear seat back, abnormal noise, or
damage to the remote cable. Install the remote cables according to the following procedure.
1. Install the remote cables according to the following procedure.
a. Route the remote cables (center) under the rear hinge as shown in the figure.
b. Route the remote cables (LH/RH) through the ISO FIX anchors from top to bottom as shown in the figure.
c. Place the case on the mat behind the rear seat cushion.
2. After installing the remote cables, wobble the rear seat backs forward and back to verify that the rear seat backs are securely locked
into the rear seat back strikers.
NOTE:
If there is a malfunction in locking, adjust the fixed position of the cable in the case.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Locks And Openers
Hood latch
1
(See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Hood release cable

2
(See HOOD RELEASE CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Front outer handle

3
(See FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Front door key cylinder

4 (See FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Rear outer handle

5
(See REAR OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Liftgate opener switch
6 (See LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Door lock striker

7
(See DOOR LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Liftgate lock striker

8
(See LIFTGATE LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Liftgate latch and lock actuator
(See LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
9 (See LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION .)
(See LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION .)
(See LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Rear door latch and lock actuator
(See REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION .)

10
(See REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION .)
(See REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION .)
(See DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Front door latch and lock actuator
(See FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION .)

11
(See FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION .)
(See FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION .)
(See DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Inner handle
12
(See INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Fuel-filler lid opener cable

13
(See FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Fuel-filler lid opener lever

14
(See FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Door lock switch
15 (See DOOR LOCK SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See DOOR LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION .)

Hood release lever

16
(See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Advanced Keyless Entry System / Push Button Start System / Immobilizer System
Keyless beeper
1 (See KEYLESS BEEPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

(See KEYLESS BEEPER INSPECTION .)
Keyless antenna
2
(See KEYLESS ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Request switch
3 (See REQUEST SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REQUEST SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Remote transmitter
(See REMOTE TRANSMITTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)

4
(See REMOTE TRANSMITTER ID CODE REGISTRATION .)
(See CLEARING REMOTE TRANSMITTER .)
Start stop unit
(See START STOP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5 (See START STOP UNIT INSPECTION .)
(See START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION) .)
(See START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
Keyless receiver
6 (See KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION .)
LF control unit
7 (See LF CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See LF CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION .)
Keyless Entry System / Push Button Start System / Immobilizer System

Start stop unit
(See START STOP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1 (See START STOP UNIT INSPECTION .)
(See START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION) .)
(See START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
Remote transmitter
(See REMOTE TRANSMITTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)

2
(See REMOTE TRANSMITTER ID CODE REGISTRATION .)
(See CLEARING REMOTE TRANSMITTER .)
Keyless receiver
3 (See KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION .)
Keyless antenna
4
(See KEYLESS ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Theft-deterrent System
Hood latch switch

1
(See HOOD LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Theft-deterrent horn
2 (See THEFT-DETERRENT HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See THEFT-DETERRENT HORN INSPECTION .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
d. Front door module panel (See FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Front door key cylinder (See FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the keyless antenna connector (With advanced keyless entry system).
5. While pulling the front outer handle bracket pin in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull the front outer handle in the
direction of arrow (2) to detach the front outer handle bracket pin and the front outer handle.

6. Remove the front outer handle in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
7. Loosen the screw securing the front outer handle bracket.
NOTE:
The screw cannot be removed because the front outer handle bracket has a stopper which prevents the screw from
falling.

8. Pull the front outer handle bracket in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure and detach the front outer handle bracket
hooks from the body.
9. Lift the front outer handle bracket in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure to pull the rod out of the rod holder. (See
Front Outer Handle Bracket Installation Note.)
10. Remove the front outer handle bracket.
11. Remove the handle seat from the body.

Front Outer Handle Bracket Installation Note
To assure that the rod is inserted into the rod holder hole, verify that the there is no excessive play.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. To provide enough work space when removing the rear outer handle, open the rear door glass completely.
4. Remove service hole cover No. 1 in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
When removing service hole cover No.1, remove it while gradually stripping the butyl rubber. Otherwise service
hole cover No.1 may be deformed.
5. Remove the service hole cover.
6. Loosen the screw from the rear outer handle bracket.

NOTE:
The screw cannot be removed because the rear outer handle bracket has a stopper which prevents the screw from
falling.
7. While pressing the rear outer handle bracket in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull the outer handle garnish in the
direction of arrow (2) to detach the rear outer handle bracket from the outer handle garnish.
8. Remove the outer handle garnish from the rear outer handle bracket.
9. While pulling the rear outer handle bracket in the direction of arrow (3) shown in the figure, pull the rear outer handle in the
direction of arrow (4) to detach the rear outer handle bracket pin from the rear outer handle.

10. Remove the rear outer handle in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
11. Loosen the screw from the rear outer handle bracket.
NOTE:
The screw cannot be removed because the rear outer handle bracket has a stopper which prevents the screw from

falling.
12. Pull the rear outer handle bracket in the direction of arrow (5) shown in the figure and detach the rear outer handle bracket
hooks from the body.
13. Lift the rear outer handle bracket in the direction of arrow (6) shown in the figure to pull the rod out of the rod holder. (See
Rear Outer Handle Bracket Installation Note.)
14. Remove the rear outer handle bracket.
15. Remove the handle seat from the body.

Rear Outer Handle Bracket Installation Note
To assure that the rod is inserted into the rod holder hole, verify that the there is no excessive play.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Front Inner Handle

4. Disconnect the door lock knob cable and the inner handle cable from the front inner handle.
Rear Inner Handle

3. Disconnect the door lock knob cable and the inner handle cable from the rear inner handle.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Driver's Side
NOTE:
The driver's side door lock switch cannot be removed as a single unit because it is built into the power window main switch. If the
driver's side door lock switch is replaced, replace the power window main switch. (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
Passenger's Side
2. Remove the power window subswitch cover. (See POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. While pulling the power window subswitch cover in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull the door lock switch in the
direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure, and detach the door lock switch tabs from the power window subswitch cover.
4. Detach all of the door lock switch tabs from the power window switch cover and remove the door lock switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Driver's Side

2. Remove the door lock switch. (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the table.
If the continuity is not as indicated in the table, replace the door lock switch.
Passenger's Side


2. Remove the power window subswitch cover. (See POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
3. Remove the door lock switch. (See DOOR LOCK SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
If not as indicated in the table, replace the door lock switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Hood Latch
1. Open the hood.
4. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the position shown in the figure.
5. Move the tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure to press the hood latch
protector tab, and lift the tab up in the direction of arrow (2) and detach its tab from the fuse box.
6. Detach all the hood latch protector tabs from the hood latch and remove the hood latch protector.
7. While pressing the tabs of the clip in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, press it in the direction of arrow (2)
to detach the connector tabs from the body.

8. Remove the connector antenna from the body.
10. Disconnect the hood release cable.
12. Remove the hood latch.
14. Adjust the hood. (See HOOD ADJUSTMENT .)
Hood Release Lever
1. While pulling the hood release lever, insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the position shown in the figure.

2. Move the tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure to press the tab, and pull
the hood release lever in the direction of arrow (2) to detach it from the lower panel.
CAUTION:
Remove the hood release lever while being careful not to damage the hood release cable with the flathead
screwdriver.
3. Pull the hood release lever to remove it from the lower panel.
4. Disconnect the hood release cable from the hood release lever.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G
2.0].)
b. Front combination light (LH) (See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Front mudguard (LH) (See MUDGUARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Hood release lever (See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the hood release cable from the hood latch.
4. While pressing the tabs of the clip in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull the clip in the direction of
arrow (2) to detach it from the body.

5. Remove the clip from the body.
6. Press the grommet into the cabin side.
7. Remove the hood release cable from the cabin side.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Disconnect the hood latch switch connector. (See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER
NOTE:
Inspect the continuity when the hood is open and closed.
If the operation as indicated in the table cannot be verified, replace the hood latch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Fuel-filler Lid Opener
1. Open the fuel-filler lid.
2. Remove the nut.
3. Remove the service hole cover on the trunk side trim.
4. While pressing the tabs of the stopper bracket in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, press it in the direction of arrow (2)
to detach it from the body.

5. Detach all the stopper bracket tabs from the body and remove the stopper bracket.
6. Remove the fuel-filler lid opener in the direction of the arrow.
7. Disconnect the fuel-filler lid opener cable from the fuel-filler lid opener.

Fuel-filler Lid Opener Lever
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (Driver's side) (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the front side trim. (Driver's side) (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Partially peel back the floor covering.
5. Disconnect the fuel-filler lid opener cable from the fuel-filler lid opener lever.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Front scuff plate (LH) (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front seat (LH) (See FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. B-pillar lower trim (LH) (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Rear seat (4:2:4 split type) (See REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Rear seat cushion (6:4 split type) (See REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Rear seat back (6:4 split type) (See REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. D-pillar trim (LH) (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. C-pillar trim (LH) (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Trunk side trim (LH) (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
l. Fuel-filler lid opener (See FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
m. Fuel-filler lid opener lever (See FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the fuel-filler lid opener cable from clip A.

4. Remove the fuel-filler lid opener cable from clips B, C, and D.

5. Remove the fuel-filler lid opener cable from clips E.

6. Pull the fuel-filler lid opener cable from the crossmember and the seat bracket.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

3. Detach the screw from the front door key cylinder.

NOTE:
The screw cannot be removed because the front outer handle bracket has a
stopper which prevents the screw from falling.
4. While pressing the outer handle bracket tab in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure,
pull the front door key cylinder in the direction of arrow (2) to detach the outer handle bracket
and the front door key cylinder.

5. Remove the front door key cylinder from the outer handle bracket.

7. Move the tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure
to lift up the collar cap, and detach the collar cap from the front door key cylinder tab.
8. Remove the collar cap from the front door key cylinder.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
c. Front door key cylinder (See FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Front door module panel (See FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Front door latch and lock actuator (See FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Front Door Key Cylinder Switch Lock-Side Inspection
1. Press in the latch lever of the front door latch and lock actuator using a flathead screwdriver, and set it to the latched
condition.
2. Rotate the front door key cylinder in the direction of the arrow until it stops to set the front door key cylinder switch to
the locked condition.

3. To verify that the switch is in the locked position, press down the rod holder in the direction of the arrow and verify
that the latch lever does not move.
NOTE:
If the latch lever moves, the front door key cylinder switch is not in the locked position. Repeat the
procedure from Step 1.
4. Verify that the continuity of the front door key cylinder is as indicated in the table.

If not as indicated in the table, replace the front door latch and lock actuator.
Front Door Key Cylinder Switch Unlock-Side Inspection
1. Press in the latch lever of the front door latch and lock actuator using a flathead screwdriver, and set it to the latched
condition.
2. Rotate the front door key cylinder in the direction of the arrow until it stops to set the front door key cylinder switch to
the unlocked condition.
3. To verify that the switch is in the unlocked position, press down the rod holder in the direction of the arrow and verify
that the latch lever moves.

NOTE:
If the latch lever does not move, the front door key cylinder switch is not in the unlocked position. Repeat
the procedure from Step 2.
4. Verify that the continuity of the front door key cylinder is as indicated in the table.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
c. Inner handle (See INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Front door module panel (See FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Front door key cylinder (See FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the door lock knob cable and inner handle cable from the clip.

6. Tilt the front door latch and lock actuator in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure and lift it in the direction of arrow (2) to
detach the hook of the front door latch and lock actuator.
7. Move the front door latch and lock actuator down in the direction of arrow (3) shown in the figure to remove the rod from the rod
holder.
8. Remove the front door latch and lock actuator.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
The following actuator and switches are integrated with the front door latch and lock
actuator.
From the actuator/switch name and operation in the following table, select the actuator or
switch to be inspected, and perform the inspection following the inspection procedure
described in the reference.
Actuator/Switch
Operation Reference
name
Front door lock FRONT DOOR LOCK

Electrically switches the lock/unlock of the front doors.
actuator ACTUATOR INSPECTION
Front door Turns on/off in conjunction with the lock/unlock so that the DOOR LOCK-LINK
lock-link switch lock/unlock condition is detected. SWITCH INSPECTION
Front door latch Turns on/off in conjunction with the latch lever operation so that FRONT DOOR LATCH
switch the front door open/closed condition is detected. SWITCH INSPECTION
Turns on/off in conjunction with the lock/unlock of the front door FRONT DOOR KEY
Front key
key cylinder so that the key cylinder operation condition is CYLINDER SWITCH
cylinder switch
detected. INSPECTION
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Perform the front door glass removal preparation. (See FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-
G 2.0].)
f. Front door latch and lock actuator (See FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
4. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to the front door lock actuator terminals as indicated in
the table below and verify the operation condition.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
When inspecting the latch side of the front door latch switch, press in the latch lever using a flathead screwdriver
and set it to the latched position.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Front Door Lock-link Inspection
4. When the door lock-link switch cable is pulled or pressed in, verify that the continuity is as indicated in the table.

Rear Door Lock-link Inspection
b. Rear inner handle (See INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Rear door latch and lock actuator (See REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. If the door lock condition is to be inspected, pull the door lock-link switch cable, or press it in.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the rear door latch and lock actuator.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the screws, and then remove the door lock striker.
3. Adjust the door. (See DOOR ADJUSTMENT .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Remove the rear inner handle. (See INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove service hole cover No. 1 in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
When removing service hole cover No.1, remove it while gradually stripping the butyl rubber. Otherwise service hole
cover No.1 may be deformed.
6. Remove the door lock knob cable and the inner handle cable from the clip.

8. Tilt the rear door latch and lock actuator in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure and lift it in the direction of arrow (2) to
detach the hook of the rear door latch and lock actuator.
9. Move the front door latch and lock actuator down in the direction of arrow (3) shown in the figure to remove the rod from the rod
holder.

10. Remove the rear door latch and lock actuator.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
The following actuator and switch are integrated with the rear door latch and lock actuator.
Actuator/Switch
Operation Reference
name
Rear door lock REAR DOOR LOCK

Electrically switches the lock/unlock of the rear doors.
actuator ACTUATOR INSPECTION
Rear door lock- Turns on/off in conjunction with the lock/unlock so that the DOOR LOCK-LINK
link switch lock/unlock condition is detected. SWITCH INSPECTION
Rear door latch Turns on/off in conjunction with the latch lever operation so that REAR DOOR LATCH
switch the rear door open/closed condition is detected. SWITCH INSPECTION
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to the rear door lock actuator terminals as indicated in the table
below and verify the operation condition.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
When inspecting the latch side of the rear door latch switch, press in the latch lever using a flathead screwdriver and
set it to the latched position.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. After vehicle identification, select the following from the M-MDS initial screen.
Operational Record
3. Then, select the following from the screen menu.
Door Lock System
4. Display the door lock system operation history according to the screen instructions.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

c. Liftgate lower trim (See LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

5. Remove the liftgate latch and lock actuator from the liftgate.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
The following actuator and switch are integrated with the liftgate latch and lock actuator.
Actuator/Switch
Operation Reference
name
Liftgate lock Electrically unlatches the liftgate based on the signal from the rear LIFTGATE LOCK
actuator body control module (RBCM). ACTUATOR INSPECTION
Liftgate latch Turns on/off in conjunction with the latch lever rotation so that the LIFTGATE LATCH
switch liftgate open/closed condition is detected. SWITCH INSPECTION
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
d. Liftgate latch and lock actuator (See LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Press in the latch lever of the liftgate latch and lock actuator using a flathead screwdriver, and set it to the latched condition.
4. Connect terminal D to the positive battery voltage, connect terminal B to the ground, and verify that the latch lever is released and
the condition changes to the unlatch condition.
If the operation cannot be verified, replace the liftgate latch and lock actuator.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
a. Liftgate upper trim (See LIFTGATE SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Liftgate latch and lock actuator (See LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
If not as indicated in the table, replace the liftgate latch and lock actuator.
NOTE:
When inspecting the latch condition of the liftgate latch switch, press in the latch lever using a
flathead screwdriver and set it to the latched position.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the trunk end trim. (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the bolts, then remove the liftgate lock striker.
4. Adjust the liftgate. (See LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

d. Liftgate garnish (See LIFTGATE GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the liftgate opener switch from the liftgate garnish.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

d. Liftgate garnish (See LIFTGATE GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Liftgate opener switch (See LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Verify the continuity of liftgate opener switch terminals B and C.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the liftgate opener switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
If configuration is not performed when the start stop unit is replaced with a new one, the
vehicle specification information is not stored in the start stop unit and the system will not
operate normally.
When performing configuration, it is necessary to read the vehicle specification information

from the start stop unit before replacing it. Connect the M-MDS to the vehicle and perform
vehicle identification before removing the start stop unit. The vehicle specification
information is temporarily stored in the M-MDS.
NOTE:
The start stop unit prior to replacement stores the vehicle specification information.
A new start stop unit does not store any vehicle specification information.
If the vehicle specification information from the start stop unit prior to replacement cannot
be read, perform the configuration using As-Built data.
1. When replacing the start stop unit, perform the configuration. (See START STOP UNIT
CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION) .)

a. Driver-side air bag module (See DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)(See DRIVER-
SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL
SYSTEM] .)
b. Steering wheel (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Clock spring (See CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT

CONTROL SYSTEM] .)(See CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP
d. Column cover (See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Wiper and washer switch (See WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

f. Light switch (See LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

5. While pressing the tabs of the clip in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, press it in
the direction of arrow (2) to detach the connector tabs from the start stop unit.
6. Remove the wiring harness clip from the start stop unit.
7. Make a groove on the bolt head by punching it with a chisel using a hammer, and remove the
bolts by rotating them counterclockwise.

9. Remove the start stop unit from the steering shaft by pulling it in the direction of the arrow
10. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See Start Stop Unit Installation Note.)
11. Perform the following when replacing the start stop unit.
Start stop unit configuration (See START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION (USING AS-
BUILT DATA) .)
NOTE:
If configuration cannot be performed by reading/writing of the

vehicle specification information, perform the configuration

using As-Built information after replacing the start stop unit.
(See START STOP UNIT CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT
DATA) .)
Immobilizer system-related parts programming (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-

RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING .)
Start Stop Unit Installation Note
1. Temporarily install the start stop unit to the steering shaft using new start stop unit
installation bolts.
2. Tighten the start stop unit installation bolts until the heads break off.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Column cover (See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Verify that the voltages of each of the terminals are as indicated in the terminal voltage table
(reference).
If the voltage is not as specified in the terminal voltage table (reference),

inspect the parts under Inspection item(s) and related wiring harnesses.
If the system does not work normally even though the

malfunction, replace the start stop unit.
Voltage
Terminal Signal name Connected to Measurement conditions Inspection item(s)
(V)

Under any condition ROOM

ROOM 15 A 15 A
1A Power supply B+ fuse
fuse
Battery
Ignition switched ON (engine

B+
off) IG1 15
A fuse
1B Power supply IG1 15 A fuse
Ignition switched OFF (LOCK) Battery
1.0 or less
or at ACC
Brake pedal depressed B+

1C*1 Brake switch Brake switch Brake switch
Brake pedal not depressed 1.0 or less
Ignition Clutch pedal not

B+
switched ON depressed Starter
Starter monitor relay
Starter relay (engine off)
(MTX)
Clutch pedal Battery
1.0 or less
depressed
1D
Ignition Other than
switched ON selector lever is B+
Starter
Starter monitor (engine off) in P or N position
Starter relay relay
(ATX)
Battery
Selector lever is
1.0 or less
in P or N position
Switch the ignition to ACC or MIRROR

B+
MIRROR 7.5 ON (engine off) 7.5 A
1E ACC monitor fuse
A fuse
Ignition switched OFF (LOCK) 1.0 or less Battery
Starter Clutch pedal not depressed B+

Starter interlock
interlock Starter interlock switch
switch (MTX)
switch Clutch pedal depressed 1.0 or less
1F Other than selector lever is in

B+
Selector lever P or N position
position switch TCM TCM
(ATX) Selector lever is in P or N
1.0 or less
position
Hazard warning switch not

B+ MIRROR
Hazard pressed (OFF)
Hazard warning 7.5 A
1G warning fuse
switch signal

switch Hazard warning switch

1.0 or less Battery
pressed (ON)
Push button start pressed 1.0 or less

Push button start Push button
1H Push button start
1 start
Push button start not pressed B+
Push button Push button Determination using terminal voltage

1I Push button start
illumination start inspection is not possible.
Selector lever is in P position B+

Not P position
1J *1 P position Not P position switch
switch
Except above 1.0 or less
Engine starting conditions are

Push button 1.0 or less
Push button met
1K illumination Push button start
start
(green)
Except above B+
Ignition switched to ACC or

Push button 1.0 or less
Push button ON (engine off)
1M illumination Push button start
start
(amber)
Except above B+
Door lock-link Driver's door locked 1.0 or less

switch Door lock-link switch
1P Lock input
(driver's (driver's door)
Driver's door unlocked Approx. 5
door)
Rear body Because this terminal is for communication, determination using

Rear body control
control terminal voltage inspection is not possible.
1Q module (RBCM)
module
communication
(RBCM)
The specified time has elapsed

Steering angle since key placed outside 1.0 or less
Steering vehicle and all doors locked
1S *5 sensor power Steering angle sensor
angle sensor
supply
Except above Approx. 5
Steering angle Steering Under any condition

1T *5 1.0 or lessSteering angle sensor
sensor ground angle sensor
Steering angle Steering wheel is turned to 4.00

Steering
1U *5 sensor (signal left and right 4.75 0.25 Steering angle sensor
angle sensor
A/D1) 0.75

Ignition Other than

switch ON windshield wiper
Front body B+
(engine off switch at LO and
Windshield wiper control or on) HI Front body control
1V
switch signal (LO) module module (FBCM)
(FBCM)
Windshield wiper
1.0 or less
switch at LO
Steering angle Steering wheel is turned to 4.00

Steering
1W*5 sensor (signal left and right 4.75 0.25 Steering angle sensor
angle sensor
A/D1) 0.75
Front body Light switch at position other

B+
Headlight switch control than HEAD and passing Front body control
1X
signal (LO) module module (FBCM)
(FBCM) Light switch at HEAD position 1.0 or less
RESUME switch is pressed Approx.

1.5
CANCEL switch is pressed 1.0 or less
ON switch is pressed Approx.

1.9
Cruise control Cruise control
1Y Cruise control switch
switch signal switch OFF switch is pressed
SET (+) switch is pressed 1.0 or less
SET (-) switch is pressed
Except above Approx.

3.6
Cruise control Cruise control Under any condition

1Z 1.0 or lessCruise control switch
switch ground switch
Up switch is pressed 1.0 or less
Down switch is pressed Approx.

1.2
Steering switch Steering
1AA Steering switch
signal switch INFO button is pressed Approx.
2.2
Except above Approx.

3.3

Steering switch Steering Under any condition

1AB 1.0 or lessSteering switch
ground switch
Coil antenna Because this terminal is for communication, determination using

1AC PATS+ (push button terminal voltage inspection is not possible.
start)
Coil antenna Because this terminal is for communication, determination using

1AE PATS- (push button terminal voltage inspection is not possible.
start)
1AF GROUND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or lessBody ground
2A GROUND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or lessBody ground
2B GROUND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or lessBody ground
Switch the ignition to ACC or

B+
2C ACC relay control ACC relay ACC relay
Ignition switched OFF (LOCK) 1.0 or less

Front body B+
off)
control Front body control
2D IG2 relay control
module module (FBCM)
(FBCM) Ignition switched OFF (LOCK)
1.0 or less
or at ACC
Clutch pedal not depressed B+

2E*2 CPP switch CPP switch CPP switch
Clutch pedal depressed 1.0 or less
LF control unit LF control Because this terminal is for communication, determination using
2F*3
communication unit terminal voltage inspection is not possible.
Ignition Selector lever at

B+
switch ON position except P
(engine off
Shift lock or on)
2G*1 Shift lock Selector lever at Shift lock solenoid
solenoid
P position and
1.0 or less
brake pedal
depressed
LF control unit LF control Because this terminal is for communication, determination using
2H* 3
communication unit terminal voltage inspection is not possible.
Keyless

Keyless antenna antenna

Because this terminal is for communication, determination using
2I*4 (inside vehicle, (inside
terminal voltage inspection is not possible.
center) vehicle,
center)
Push button start pressed 1.0 or less

Push button start Push button
2J Push button start
2 start
Push button start not pressed B+
Keyless
Keyless antenna antenna
2K* 4 (inside vehicle, (inside
center) vehicle,
center)
2L*4 GROUND Shield ground Under any condition 1.0 or lessBody ground

2M HS-CAN+ -

2O HS-CAN- -
Keyless receiver Keyless Under any condition

2Q Approx. 5 Keyless receiver
power supply receiver
Keyless receiver Keyless Because this terminal is for communication, determination using
2R
communication receiver terminal voltage inspection is not possible.

B+
off)
2S IG1 relay control IG1 relay IG1 relay
Ignition switched OFF (LOCK)
1.0 or less
or at ACC
When cranking B+
2V Starter relay Starter relay Starter relay
Except above 1.0 or less
Under any condition AT 15 A

2W Power supply AT 15 A fuse B+ fuse
Battery
*1
ATX
*2
MTX

*3
With advanced keyless system
*4
Without advanced keyless system
*5
With steering angle sensor
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:

from the start stop unit before replacing it. Connect the M-MDS to the vehicle and perform
vehicle identification before removing the start stop unit. The vehicle specification
information is temporarily stored in the M-MDS.
M-MDS.
Select Module Programming.
3. Then, select items from the screen menu in the following order.
Select Programmable Module Installation.
Select SSU.
4. Perform the configuration according to the directions on the screen.
CAUTION:
When the configuration is performed, CAN communication between the start stop unit and
control module connected to the CAN line is cut temporarily, and communication error
DTCs may be detected. After performing the configuration, verify the DTCs for the control
module connected to the CAN line and clear it if any DTC is detected.
5. Verify the DTCs for all of the control modules connected to the CAN line.
If any DTC is stored, clear it.
If the DTC is cleared, finish the procedure because the configuration has been
completed normally.
If the DTC remains, perform troubleshooting according to the DTC.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
If the configuration is performed using As-Built data, the set value of the personalization
function is reset to the initial value (condition when shipped from factory). Verify the set
value with the customer and perform the personalization function setting after performing
the configuration using As-Built data.
If the ignition cannot be switched ON (engine off), switch it ON (engine off) using the
forced ignition ON function of the M-MDS. (See FORCED IGNITION ON .)
M-MDS.
Select As-Built.
Select SSU.
CAUTION:
When the configuration is performed, CAN communication between the start stop unit and
control module connected to the CAN line is cut temporarily, and communication error
completed normally.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the service hole cover on the front side trim.

4. Pull the LF control unit in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and remove it
while pressing the tab in the direction of the arrow (1).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the service hole cover on the front side trim. (See LF CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Verify that the voltages of each of the terminals are as indicated in the terminal voltage table (reference).
If the voltage is not as specified in the terminal voltage table (reference), inspect the parts
under Inspection item(s).
If the system does not work normally even though the inspection items are
normal, replace the LF control unit.
Terminal Signal name Connected to Measurement conditions Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
Under any condition ROOM 15 A

fuse
A Power supply ROOM 15 A fuse B+ Battery
Related wiring
harness
When driver's side request Front outer

1.0 or less
Request switch switch is pressed handle
signal Request switch (driver's side)
E
(RF)
(Driver's side) When driver's side request Related wiring
switch is not pressed 5.0
harness
When passenger's side Front outer

1.0 or less
request switch is pressed handle

Request switch
Request switch (passenger's
signal
G side)
(LF) When passenger's side
(Passenger's side) request switch is not pressed 5.0 Related wiring
harness
When liftgate request switch Request

1.0 or less
Request switch is pressed switch
signal Request switch (Liftgate)
I
(Liftgate)
(liftgate) When liftgate request switch Related wiring
is not pressed 5.0
harness
When lock button on remote Wave pattern Related wiring

transmitter is pressed (See Pattern 1 .) harness
Keyless beeper Keyless

L Keyless beeper Except above
power supply beeper
1.0 or less
Remote
transmitter
Under any condition Related wiring

harness
N GROUND Keyless beeper 1.0 or less
Keyless
beeper
Keyless antenna Keyless antenna Because this terminal is for communication, determination using terminal
O
(interior, front) (interior, front) voltage inspection is not possible.
Q
(interior, front) (interior, front) voltage inspection is not possible.
S
(LF) (LF) voltage inspection is not possible.
U
(LF) (LF) voltage inspection is not possible.
W
(RF) (RF) voltage inspection is not possible.
X
(interior, rear) (interior, rear) voltage inspection is not possible.
Y
(RF) (RF) voltage inspection is not possible.
Z
(interior, rear) (interior, rear) voltage inspection is not possible.
AA
(exterior, rear) (exterior, rear) voltage inspection is not possible.
AB
(exterior, rear) (exterior, rear) voltage inspection is not possible.

Pattern 1
LF control unit: L (+) body ground (-)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Advanced Keyless Entry System
Using M-MDS
1. Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
Select the "Module Programming".
Select "Programmable Parameters".
3. Select menu in the SSU.
4. Select an item name, and then select option.
M-MDS Initial Control

Function Setting contents
display setting unit
Advanced The advanced keyless entry system and Start

keyless push button start system functions can be Enabled. Enabled. / Disabled. stop
function.*1 disabled. unit
Start
Walk Away The out-of-area (reception area) type auto Not Adopted. / OFF /
OFF stop
Lock. lock function can be set. ON
unit
Not Adopted. / 30 Start

Auto Re-lock The operation start time of the auto re- 60
seconds / 60 seconds / stop
Time. lock function can be changed. seconds
90 seconds unit
Start
Lock Beep The keyless beeper volume can be Not Adopted. / Off /
Medium stop
Volume. adjusted. Low / Medium / High
unit
*1
Because the push button start system function has been disabled, to start the engine press
the upper part of the remote transmitter against the center of the push button start.

Using audio unit (with color LCD)
(See AUDIO UNIT PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE .)
Keyless Entry System
Using M-MDS
M-MDS Initial Control

display setting unit
Advanced The keyless entry system and push Start

keyless button start system functions can be Enabled. Enabled. / Disabled. stop
function.*1 disabled. unit
Not Adopted. / 30 Start

Auto Re-lock The operation start time of the auto re- 60
seconds / 60 seconds / stop
Time. lock function can be changed. seconds
90 seconds unit
*1
Because the push button start system function has been disabled, to start the
engine press the upper part of the remote transmitter against the center of the
push button start.
Power Door Lock System
Using M-MDS

Control
M-MDS display Function Initial setting Setting contents
unit
Unlock Mode 2-step unlocking Once Driver's, Not Adopted. / Touch Once: ALL Start
(Without Touch system can be Twice: All Doors. / Once Driver's, Twice: All stop
Sensor) set. Doors. Doors. unit
For the auto door lock function, refer to the personalization features for the RBCM. (See
CONTROL SYSTEM PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Driver's Door/Passenger's Door
NOTE:
The request switch cannot be removed as a single unit because it is built into the front
outer handle. If the request switch is replaced, replace the front outer handle. (See FRONT
OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Liftgate

e. Liftgate garnish (See LIFTGATE GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Push out the request switch in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while
pressing the request switch tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, detach the
request switch tab and liftgate garnish, and then remove the request switch from the liftgate
garnish.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Driver's Door/Passenger's Door
2.0].)
f. Front outer handle (See FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
If not as indicated in the table, replace the front outer handle.
Liftgate

2.0].)
f. Request switch (liftgate)(See REQUEST SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
If not as indicated in the table, replace the request switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
With Advanced Keyless Entry System
Vehicle interior, front
a. Decoration panel (See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Shift lever knob (MTX) (See MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [C66M-R].)
c. Front console box (See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Shift panel (See SHIFT PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Upper panel (See UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Rear console (See REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Side wall (See SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Front console (See FRONT CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the connector from the keyless antenna.
CAUTION:
Disconnect the connector while holding the keyless antenna, otherwise the keyless antenna bracket could
be damaged.
4. While pressing the keyless antenna bracket tab in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, press it in the direction
of arrow (2) to detach the keyless antenna bracket tab from the instrument panel.

5. Remove the keyless antenna from the instrument panel.
7. Move the tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure to press the keyless
antenna bracket tab, and pull it in the direction of arrow (2) to detach the keyless antenna bracket from the keyless
antenna.
8. Remove the keyless antenna bracket from the keyless antenna.
Vehicle interior, rear

CAUTION:
be damaged.
of arrow (2) to detach the keyless antenna bracket tab from the body.

5. Remove the keyless antenna from the body.
antenna.
Vehicle exterior, rear

CAUTION:
be damaged.
of arrow (2) to detach the keyless antenna bracket tab from the bracket.
4. Remove the keyless antenna from the bracket.

antenna.
Vehicle exterior, driver's side/passenger's side
NOTE:
The keyless antenna (vehicle exterior, driver's side/passenger's side) cannot be removed as a single unit because it is
built into the front outer handle. To replace the keyless antenna (vehicle exterior, driver's side/passenger's side),
replace the front outer handle. (See FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
With Keyless Entry System
Vehicle interior, center

a. Decoration panel (See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Front console box (See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Shift panel (See SHIFT PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Upper panel (See UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Rear console (See REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
CAUTION:
be damaged.
of arrow (2) to detach the keyless antenna bracket tab from the bracket.

5. Remove the keyless antenna from the bracket.
antenna.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Pull the keyless buzzer in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while pressing the keyless buzzer tab in the direction
of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, detach the keyless buzzer tab and bracket, and then remove the keyless buzzer from the
bracket.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
Because no oscillation circuit is integrated in the keyless beeper, a beep sound is not
heard by applying rated voltage to the keyless beeper itself. To inspect the keyless beeper,
refer to symptom troubleshooting. (See ANSWER-BACK BUZZER DOES NOT SOUND
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

a. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Trunk side trim (LH) (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the keyless receiver.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
b. Rear scuff plate (LH) (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Trunk side trim (LH) (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the keyless receiver with the connector still connected. (See KEYLESS RECEIVER
(reference).
If the voltage is not as specified in the terminal voltage table (reference), inspect the parts
under Inspection item(s) and related wiring harnesses.
If the system does not operate normally even though the parts under
Inspection Item(s) and related wiring harnesses do not have any
malfunction, replace the keyless receiver.
Signal Connected Inspection

Terminal Measurement conditions Voltage (V)
name to item(s)
Power Start stop Start stop

A Under any condition Approx. 5
supply unit unit
Start stop Because this terminal is for communication, determination using terminal Start stop
B DATA
unit voltage inspection is not possible. unit
Body
D GND Under any condition 1.0 or less Ground

ground
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Disassembly
1. Press the knob on the remote transmitter and pull the auxiliary key out.
2. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the notch on the remote transmitter and turn
it in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure to detach tabs A from the remote transmitter.
3. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver between the remote transmitter and the cover

and slide it in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure.
4. Turn the screwdriver in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure to detach tabs B of the
cover from the remote transmitter.
5. Remove the cover.
6. Remove the cap and the battery from the remote transmitter.
Assembly
1. Verify that the O-ring is installed to the remote transmitter.

NOTE:
If the O-ring is removed, install it before installing the battery.
2. Install a new battery (CR2025) in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure with the
negative pole facing down.
3. Install the cap.
4. Align the cover to the transmitter from its end and press it in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure to engage the tabs of the cover with the remote transmitter.
5. Insert the auxiliary key.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
When the remote transmitter is replaced or an additional remote transmitter is

programmed, the remote transmitter has to be programmed to the immobilizer
system-related parts. When replacing or adding a remote transmitter, refer to
immobilizer system-related parts programming and perform the remote
transmitter programming. (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

b. Rear scuff plate (RH) (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Trunk side trim (RH) (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Theft-deterrent horn (See THEFT-DETERRENT HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Apply battery positive voltage to horn terminal A, and connect the horn retaining bolt to
ground as shown in the figure, and then verify that the horn sounds.
If the horn does not sound, replace the horn.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Operational Record
Burglar Alarm System
4. Display the theft-deterrent system operation history according to the screen instructions.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1Sunroof switch
(See SUNROOF SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See SUNROOF SWITCH INSPECTION .)
(See SUNROOF SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE .)
2Sunroof motor
(See SUNROOF MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See SUNROOF MOTOR INSPECTION .)

3Glass panel
(See GLASS PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See GLASS PANEL ADJUSTMENT .)
4Sunroof unit
(See SUNROOF UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See SUNROOF UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
5Deflector
(See DEFLECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6Rear drain hose
(See REAR DRAIN HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7Front drain hose
(See FRONT DRAIN HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Fully open the glass panel.
2. Remove the spring in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure from hooks A.
CAUTION:
If the spring is removed forcefully, hooks A located at the spring installation area may be damaged. Carefully remove
the spring so as not to damage hooks A.
3. Remove the deflector in the direction of the arrow in the order of (2), (3) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
1. Fully open the sunshade.
2. Fully close the glass panel.
3. Remove screws.
4. Remove the glass panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2), (3) shown in the figure.
5. Peel the weatherstrip off the glass panel. (See Weatherstrip Installation Note.)
Weatherstrip Installation Note
When installing the weatherstrip to the glass panel, align the joint line to the position shown in the figure.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Fully close the glass panel.
2. Measure the gap and height between the glass panel and body.
3. Loosen the installation screws and adjust the glass panel.
Standard clearance
a: -2.30.3 mm {-0.090.01 in}
b: -2.30.3 mm {-0.090.01 in}
4. Tighten the installation screws. (See GLASS PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Insert a plastic card between the weatherstrip and the body of the vehicle. Verify that the sunroof is shut tightly (there is
resistance when the plastic card is moved).

If the sunroof is not shut tightly, readjust by performing Steps 3 and 4.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Sunroof seaming welt (See SUNROOF UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. A-pillar trim (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Front map light (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Sunvisor (See SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Front scuff plate (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Rear scuff plate (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. B-pillar lower trim (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Adjust anchor cover (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Upper anchor installation bolt on the seat belt (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. B-pillar upper trim (See B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Assist handle (See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
l. Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
m. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
n. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
o. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
p. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
q. Headliner (See HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the front drain hose and rear drain hose from the sunroof frame in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.

4. Remove nuts A shown in the figure.

5. Remove bolts B shown in the figure.
6. Remove nuts C shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Removing nuts C without supporting it could cause the sunroof unit to fall and cause serious injury. Always perform the
procedure with at least another person to prevent the sunroof unit from falling.
7. Take the sunroof unit off from the front driver-side door or front passenger-side door opening.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1 Screw A
2 Drip rail
Sunshade
3
(See Sunshade Disassembly Note.)
4 Rear stopper
Front guide
5
(See Front Guide Disassembly Note.)
Decoration link
6
(See Decoration Link Assembly Note.)

7 Screen
8 Screw B
9 Set plate
10Screw C
11Front stopper
12Screw D
13Sunroof motor
14Sunroof frame
Sunshade Disassembly Note
Pull the sunshade in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2) and remove it.
CAUTION:
The sunshade may contact the sunroof frame and the handle area may be damaged. Remove the sunshade by sliding it
in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure while lifting it in the direction of arrow (1).

Front Guide Disassembly Note
Perform mark the position shown in the figure for correct positioning.
CAUTION:
If the front guide is assembled to a wrong position, the glass panel may stop at the wrong position and may be
damaged. Before removing the front guide, mark the position shown in the figure for correct positioning.

Decoration Link Assembly Note
To prevent the wire shown in the figure from coming off the rail, install while aligning the wire in the rail.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the front map light. (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Verify that the continuity between the sunroof switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the sunroof switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
If the following operations have been performed, initial setting is reset, and except tilt up
operation are disabled. Therefore, performing initial setting is necessary.
Negative battery cable is disconnected. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE

Sunroof system power supply fuse is removed.
2. Press the tilt up switch to fully tilt up the glass panel for approx. 1 s or more.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1 Cowl grille
(See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2 Sail garnish
(See SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3 Roof molding

(See ROOF MOLDING REMOVAL .)
(See ROOF MOLDING INSTALLATION .)
4 Side garnish
(See SIDE GARNISH INSTALLATION .)
(See SIDE GARNISH REMOVAL .)
5 Mudguard
(See MUDGUARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6 Splash shield
(See SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7 Rear spoiler
(See REAR SPOILER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8 Roof carrier bracket
(See ROOF CARRIER BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
9 Rear sash molding
(See REAR SASH MOLDING REMOVAL .)
(See REAR SASH MOLDING INSTALLATION .)
10Front sash molding
(See FRONT SASH MOLDING REMOVAL .)
(See FRONT SASH MOLDING INSTALLATION .)
11Front beltline molding
(See FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
12Front door garnish
(See FRONT DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13Rear door garnish
(See REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
14Rear beltline molding
(See REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
15Extractor chamber
(See EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
16Liftgate garnish
(See LIFTGATE GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

1Front under cover No.1
(See FRONT UNDER COVER No.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2Front under cover No.2
(See FRONT UNDER COVER No.2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3Side step molding
(SeeSIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4Center under cover
(See CENTER UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5Floor under cover
(See FLOOR UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Pull the front fender molding in the direction of the arrow (1) while detaching hook A.
3. Pull the front fender molding in the direction of the arrow (2) while detaching hook B.

4. Pull the front fender molding in the direction of the arrow (3) and remove it while detaching tab C.
5. Remove fasteners D shown in the figure.

6. Remove fasteners E shown in the figure.
7. Disconnect the join pipe A of the windshield washer hose. (See WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8. Pull the cowl grille in the direction of the arrow in the order of (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) and remove it while detaching tabs F, tabs G.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
Affix protective tape to the position shown in the figure.
1. Fully open the front door glass.
2. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver and then detach clips A in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure.
3. Pull up the front side of front beltline molding in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure.

4. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver and then detach clips A in the direction of arrow (3) shown in the figure.
5. Pull up the rear side of front beltline molding in the direction of arrow (4) shown in the figure.
6. Rotate the front beltline molding in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure and remove it while detaching tabs B.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
1. Fully open the rear door glass.
2. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver and then detach the clip A in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure.
3. Pull up the rear belt line molding in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure.
4. Rotate the rear beltline molding in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure and remove it while detaching tabs B.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the position shown in the figure.
2. Rotate a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2) shown in the figure and
remove the roof molding from the front T-stud.
3. Rotate the roof molding in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure, pull up the roof molding in the direction of the
arrow (4) while detaching it from clips and protector, rear T-stud and then remove the roof molding.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Install the roof molding to the front T-studs.
2. Hook the roof molding to clips and attach the roof molding while pressing it in the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
3. Install the roof molding to the rear T-stud.
4. Press in the protectors installation positions shown in the figure and firmly adhere
them to the body.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
1. Using a tape-wrapped fastener remover, remove clips A in the direction of arrow (1), (2) shown in the figure.
2. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape in the position shown in the figure using the utility knife, remove the rear door garnish
from the body.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
1. Remove bolts A.
2. Remove screws B.
3. Remove fasteners C.
4. Remove the front under cover No.1 in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2) shown in the figure while detaching the guide
D.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Lift up the vehicle.
2. Remove the front under cover No.1. (See FRONT UNDER COVER No.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove bolts A.
4. Remove fasteners B.
5. Remove the front under cover No.2.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Lift up the vehicle.
2. Remove the floor under cover. (See FLOOR UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove bolts.
2WD
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id091600900200.html[1/8/13 12:44:22 AM]

AWD
4. Remove the center under cover.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
1. Using a utility knife, carefully remove the double-sided adhesive tape in the locations shown below.
CAUTION:
When removing the double-sided adhesive tape, be careful not to damage clip A.
2. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver shown in the figure and remove the protector in the direction of arrow (1).

3. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver shown in the figure and remove clip A in the direction of arrow (2).

4. Remove the front sash molding in the direction of arrow in the order of (3), (4), (5) while detaching clip B.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
NOTE:
Double-sided adhesive tape has already been attached to the new front sash molding.
1. When installing a new front sash molding, follow the procedure below:
a. Carefully remove the adhesive remaining on the body using a razor blade.
b. Remove any grease or dirt from the adhesion surface of the body.
2. Remove the adhesive remaining on the front sash molding and the body using a razor blade.
a. Remove any grease or dirt from the adhesion surface of the front sash molding and the body.
b. Apply primer to the bonding area of the front sash molding.
c. Affix double-sided adhesive tape to the front sash molding as shown in the figure.
NOTE:
As for the double-sided adhesive tape, use 3M GT7120 or equivalent.
3. Peel off the backing of the double-sided adhesive tape.
4. Hook tab A to the body in the position where clip B aligns with the sash holes.

5. Press the front sash molding in the direction of the arrow and install clip B to the body.
CAUTION:
Do not press the front sash molding in any place other than the rubber areas.
6. Press the front sash molding from the vehicle front in the direction of the arrow and install tab C.
7. Press the front sash molding in the direction of the arrow and install clip D to the body.
NOTE:
After installing the front sash molding, verify that tabs A and C are connected properly to the body.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
1. Remove the rear door garnish. (rear side) (See REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape in the position shown in the figure using the utility knife.
CAUTION:
When remove the double-sided adhesive tape, be careful not to damage clip A.
3. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver shown in the figure and remove the protector in the direction of arrow (1).

4. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver shown in the figure and remove clips A in the direction of arrow (2).

5. Remove the rear sash molding in the direction of arrow in the order of (3), (4) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

3. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and remove the D-pillar trim in the direction of the
arrow in the order of (1), (2), (3) while detaching clips A, pins B.

4. Pull the D-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow (4) and remove the D-pillar trim while
detaching the guide C.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the car-navigation unit. (with car-navigation system) (See CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Insert your hand from the lower side of the lower panel (without car-navigation system) or the area where the car-navigation unit was
installed (with car-navigation system), press the switch panel in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove it while
detaching hook A and B and hook C.
4. Disconnect the cluster switch connector.
5. Remove the cluster switch in the direction of the arrow (3) while detaching hooks D in the direction of the arrow (2).

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the trunk covering.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the position indicated by the arrow in the
figure and detach hooks A.
2. Remove the liftgate recess in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure avoiding hooks B.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Push the glove compartment in the direction of the arrow (1) and remove hooks A.
2. Pull the stay damper in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and remove the hook B.
CAUTION:
If the glove compartment is closed without being joined to the stay damper, the stay damper may be damaged.
Verify that the stay damper is joined to the glove compartment before closing the glove compartment.

3. Pull down the glove compartment in the direction of the arrow (3).

4. Pull the glove compartment in the direction of the arrow (4) and remove it while detaching hooks C.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Side Ventilator Grille
Driver-side
2. Remove the switch panel. (See SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Insert your hand from the area where the switch panel was installed, remove the side ventilator grille in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure while detaching hooks A.
Passenger-side

2. Open the glove compartment.
3. Remove the glove compartment. (See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Insert your hand from the area where the glove compartment was installed, remove the side ventilator grille in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure while detaching hooks B.
Center Ventilator Grille
3. Push the edge of center ventilator grille in the direction of arrow (1) and detach hooks C.

4. Remove the center ventilator grille in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Driver-side front scuff plate (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Driver-side front side trim (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Switch panel (See SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Decoration panel (See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Shift lever knob (MTX) (See MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [C66M-R].)
f. Front console box (See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Shift panel (See SHIFT PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Upper panel (See UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Rear console (See REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Side wall (See SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Front console (See FRONT CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
l. Hood release lever (See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
m. Driver-side lower panel (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove bolts.

4. Pull the knee bolster in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2) while detaching tabs.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
ATX
2. Selector lever to neutral position.
3. Remove the front console box. (See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and remove the shift panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2) while
detaching clips A, hook B.
MTX
1. Remove the front console box. (See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the shift lever knob. (See MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [C66M-R].)
3. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and remove the shift panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2) while
detaching clips A, pin B, hook C.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
1. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the position indicated by the arrow in the figure and detach clips A.

2. Pull the front console box in the direction of the arrow (2) and remove it while detaching the guides B.

NOTE:
When the occur to gap between the front console box and shift panel, remove the shift panel then assemble to the front
console box. after install the front console box and shift panel as single unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Front console box (See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Shift panel (See SHIFT PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Upper panel (See UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove screws A.
4. Remove caps B, then remove screws C.
5. Pull the rear console in the direction of the arrow (1) while detaching clips D.

6. Disconnect the center accessory socket connector and auxiliary jack / USB port connector.
7. Remove the rear console in the direction of the arrow in the order of (2), (3), (4), (5) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
1Screw A
2Rear console bracket
3Screw B

4Side panel
5Rear console box
6Upper console
7Rear console cover
8Rear console lid
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
2. Open the glove compartment.
3. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the position indicated by the arrow (1) in the figure and detach clip A.

4. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and remove the decoration panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (2),
(3), (4) while detaching clips B, clips C.
5. Disconnect the hazard switch connector.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Partially peel back the seaming welt.
2. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and pull the A-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow (1) while detaching clip A,
clips B.
3. Cut the lead wire connecting clips B and grommet using a nipper.

4. Pull the A-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (2) and remove the A-pillar trim while detaching guides C.

5. Move the hook in the direction of arrows (3) and (4) shown in the figure using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver and
detach it from the front pillar inner panel.

6. Remove the grommet in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure.
7. When installing the A-pillar, install new clips B and grommet to the A-pillar trim in advance.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the cap nut.
4. Pull the front side trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching the clip.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the rear scuff plate. (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and pull the B-pillar lower trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2) while
detaching hooks A, pins B.
5. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and pull the B-pillar lower trim in the direction of the arrow (3) while detaching the clips C,
pin D, pin E.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Front scuff plate (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Rear scuff plate (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. B-pillar lower trim (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Adjuster anchor cover (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Upper anchor installation bolts on the front seat belt (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and pull the B-pillar upper trim in the direction of the arrow (1) while detaching clips A, pin
B, pin C.
4. Remove the B-pillar upper trim in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while detaching the guide D.
CAUTION:
If clips A, pin B and pin C is removed forcefully, guide D may be damaged. Carefully remove clips A, pin B and pin C so

as not to damage guide D.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
4. Remove the fastener A.
5. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and pull the C-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow (1) while detaching the pin B.

6. Remove the C-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while detaching guide C, tabs D.
CAUTION:
If the C-pillar trim is pulled in the direction of the arrow (1) forcefully, guide C may be damaged. Carefully pull the C-
pillar trim so as not to damage guide C.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, detach tab A while pulling the front scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (1)
shown in the figure, then detach the hook B, clip C, and pin D while pulling in the direction of the arrow (2).
2. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, detach tab E while pulling the front scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (3)
shown in the figure, then detach the hook F, clip G and pin H while pulling in the direction of the arrow (4).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
1. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, detach tab A while pulling the rear scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the
figure, then detach hook B, clips C, pins D while pulling in the direction of the arrow (2).
2. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, detach tab E while pulling the rear scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the
figure, then detach the hook F while pulling in the direction of the arrow (4).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and pull the inner garnish in the direction of the arrow (1) while detaching clips A.
2. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and remove the inner garnish in the direction of the arrow (2) while detaching pins B.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Disassemble in the order shown in the figure.

1Switch panel cover

2Power window subswitch (See Power Window Subswitch Removal Note.)
3Fastener
4Rear door trim
Power Window Subswitch Removal Note
1. Pull the edge of power window subswitch cover in the direction of arrow (1) and detach the tab.
2. Remove the power window subswitch in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Partially peel back the liftgate weather strip.
4. Carry the trunk end trim from the position of the arrow shown in the figure, and pull up the trunk end trim in the direction of
arrow (1) shown in the figure while disengage tab A and B.

5. Pull up the trunk end trim in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the figure, and then remove clip C and pin D.

6. Carry the trunk end trim from the position of the arrow shown in the figure, and pull up the trunk end trim in the direction of
arrow (3) shown in the figure while disengage tab E and F.

7. Pull up the trunk end trim in the direction of arrow (4) shown in the figure, and then remove clip G and pin H.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Remove bolts A, then remove the cargo net hook.
4. Remove the fastener B.
5. Remove the screw C.
6. Remove the cap, then remove the screw D. (4:2:4 split type)
7. Hold D-pillar trim with your hands and pull the trunk side trim in the direction of the arrow (1), (2), (3), (4) and remove clips E, hooks

F and pin G.
8. Set the remote handle lever. (4:2:4 split type)

9. Disconnect the connector. (cargo room light connector, rear accessory socket connector)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the position indicated by the arrow (1) in the figure and remove the inner handle cover
while detach tabs A, pin B.

5. Remove the cover D, then remove the screw E.
6. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and pull the front door trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2), (3), (4)
while detaching clips F, hooks G and pin H.
CAUTION:
If the front door trim is removed in the same way as past vehicles by pulling it upward, it could damage clips F, hooks G
and pin H. When removing the front door trim, always pull it in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.

7. Remove the tab I in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure.

8. Remove the front inner handle in the direction of the arrow (6) shown in the figure while detaching the tab J.
9. Disconnect the power window main switch connector (driver-side) or power window subswitch connector (passenger-side).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
Driver-side

1Switch panel cover

2
(See Power Window Main Switch, Power Window Subswitch And Lock Switch Removal Note.)
3Fastener
4Front door trim

passenger-side
1Switch panel cover
Power subswitch
2
Lock switch

3
4Fastener
5Front door trim
Power Window Main Switch, Power Window Subswitch And Lock Switch Removal Note
1. Pull the edge of power window main switch or subswitch cover in the direction of arrow (1) and detach tabs.
Driver-side
Passenger-side

2. Remove the power window main switch, power window subswitch or lock switch in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the
figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the position indicated by the arrow (1) in the figure and remove the inner handle cover
while detach tabs A, pin B.

3. Remove the cover D, then remove the screw E.
4. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and pull the rear door trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2), (3), (4)
while detaching clips F, hooks G and pin H.
CAUTION:
If the rear door trim is removed in the same way as past vehicles by pulling it upward, it could damage clips F, hooks G
and pins H. When removing the rear door trim, always pull it in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.

5. Remove the tab I in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure.

6. Remove the rear inner handle in the direction of the arrow (6) shown in the figure while detaching the tab J.
7. Disconnect the power window subswitch connector.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
1. Set the trunk covering aside.
2. Remove the trunk board No.1 in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure.
3. Remove the trunk board No.2 in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, detach tab A while pulling the liftgate upper trim in the direction of the arrow (1)
shown in the figure, then detach clips B, clip C and pin D while pulling in the direction of the arrow (2).
2. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, detach tab E while pulling the liftgate upper trim in the direction of the arrow (3)
shown in the figure, then detach the clip F, clip G while pulling in the direction of the arrow (4).

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the fastener A.
3. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and pull the liftgate side trim in the direction of the arrow (1) while detaching clips B.
4. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, detach tabs C while pulling the liftgate side trim in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in
the figure, then detach the hook D, pin E while pulling in the direction of the arrow (3).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Take the shaded area shown in the figure, and pull the liftgate lower trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1), (2), (3),
(4) and remove it while detaching clips B, clips C and pins D.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Removal
1. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the service hole and remove the assist handle covers.
2. Remove the assist handle in the direction of the arrow (1) and (2), while detach clips.

NOTE:
Remove the assist handle by shaking it up and down.
Installation
1. Push the assist handle in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
2. Push the assist handle cover assembled to install the assist handle.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (with vanity mirror illumination) (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE
2. Remove the screw A.
3. Rotate the sunvisor in the direction of the arrow.
4. Unhook and remove the sunvisor.
5. Disconnect the vanity mirror illumination connector. (with vanity mirror illumination)
6. Press the center adaptor tabs as shown in the figure using two tape-wrapped flathead screwdrivers, and remove the
center adaptor.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2.0].)
a. Sunroof seaming welt (with sunroof system) (See SUNROOF UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the roof wiring harness connector and remove the roof wiring harness connector clip from the body.
4. Disconnect the rear washer hose C. (with rear washer system) (See REAR WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Temporarily install the seaming welt shown in the figure to the headliner.
CAUTION:
If fasteners are removed without temporarily installing the seaming welt, the headliner may fall off and
the part may be damaged. Before removing fasteners, temporarily install the seaming welt to prevent
the headliner from falling off.

7. Partially peel back the seaming welt. Take the headliner out from the opened liftgate.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Driver-side
c. Decoration panel (See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Shift lever knob (MTX) (See MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [C66M-R].)
e. Front console box (See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Shift panel (See SHIFT PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Upper panel (See UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Rear console (See REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Side wall (See SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Front console (See FRONT CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Accelerator pedal (See ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Pull the floor insulator in the direction of the arrow and remove it.

Passenger-side
a. Passenger-side front scuff plate (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Passenger-side front side trim (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Grove compartment (See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Shift lever knob (MTX) (See MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [C66M-R].)
3. Remove the fastener.

4. Pull the floor insulator in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
b. Front side trim (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. B-pillar lower trim (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Rear seat cushion (See REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Front seat (See FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Lower anchor of the front seat belt (without lap pre-tensioner seat belt) (See FRONT SEAT BELT
h. Lap pre-tensioner seat belt (with lap pre-tensioner seat belt) (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Shift lever knob (MTX) (See MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [C66M-R].)
j. Front console box (See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Shift panel (See SHIFT PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
l. Upper panel (See UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
m. Rear console (See REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
n. Side wall (See SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
o. Front console (See FRONT CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
p. SAS control module (See SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
(See SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
q. Parking brake lever (See PARKING BRAKE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
r. Joint cover (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

4. Take the floor covering out from the opened door.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Exterior

1 Front combination light
(See DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SERVICE WARNINGS .)
(See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
2 Headlight
(See HEADLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See HEADLIGHT AIMING.)
(See DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SYSTEM INSPECTION .)
3 Parking/Front turn light bulb
(See PARKING/FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4 DRL (Daytime running light) bulb
(See DRL (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT) BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5 Igniter (with discharge headlight system)
6 Discharge headlight control module (with discharge headlight system)
(See DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SYSTEM INSPECTION .)
7 Rear combination light
(See REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8 Rear side marker light bulb
(See REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
9 Rear turn light bulb
(See REAR TURN LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10Brake/Taillight bulb
(See BRAKE/TAILLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11Liftgate light
(See LIFTGATE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
12Taillight bulb
(See TAILLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13Back-up light bulb
(See BACK-UP LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
14Auto light sensor (with auto light system)
(See LIGHTING SYSTEM PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE .)
(See AUTO LIGHT SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
15High-mount brake light

(See HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
16License plate light
(See LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
17Front fog light (with front fog light)
(See FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT FOG LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING.)
18Side turn light
(See SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See SIDE TURN LIGHT INSPECTION .)
19Auto leveling sensor (with headlight auto leveling system/AFS)
(See AUTO LEVELING SENSOR INSPECTION .)
(See AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
20Back-up light switch (MTX)
(See BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Interior

1Cargo compartment light
(See CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT INSPECTION .)
2Map light
(See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See MAP LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See MAP LIGHT INSPECTION .)
3Vanity mirror illumination (with vanity mirror illumination)
(See VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

(See VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION INSPECTION .)
4Light switch
(See LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION .)
(See FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION .)
5AFS OFF switch (with AFS)
(See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) OFF SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) OFF SWITCH INSPECTION .)
6AFS control module (with AFS)
(See ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See HEADLIGHT AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM INITIALIZATION .)
7Steering angle sensor (with steering angle sensor)
(See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INSPECTION .)
8Hazard warning switch
(See HAZARD WARNING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See HAZARD WARNING SWITCH INSPECTION .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Discharge Headlight Service Warnings
When replacing a discharge headlight bulb, performing the servicing with the negative
battery cable connected or in a wet work area could result in electrocution. When replacing
a discharge headlight bulb, perform the servicing under the following conditions:
Switch the ignition to off and disconnect the negative battery cable.
Perform the servicing out of the rain and in a dry work area.
Thoroughly dry your hands.
Because the discharge headlight bulb connector instantly produces approx. 25,000 V of
high voltage, inserting a finger or a tester probe could result in electrocution. When
turning the light switch on, do not insert a finger or tester probe into the discharge
headlight bulb connector.
If a discharge headlight bulb is illuminated before completely assembling the discharge

headlight related parts to a front combination light, it could result in electrocution. Before
illuminating the discharge headlights, completely assemble the discharge headlight related
parts to the front combination lights and install the front combination lights to the vehicle.

Discharge Headlight Control Module Servicing Warnings
If the discharge headlight control module tester is used to do a part inspection or the
discharge headlight control module is disassembled, electrocution could result from the
high voltage around the module. Do not do a part inspection of or disassemble the
discharge headlight control module.
Reusing Discharge Headlight Control Module
A discharge headlight control module damaged in an accident could leak high voltage
around the module and cause electrocution. In addition, even if the discharge headlights
are illuminated without any exterior damage to the module, an illumination malfunction
could occur after a period of time has elapsed due to internal damage of a module. If a
discharge headlight control module is reused, perform the following inspection and verify
that the module is not malfunctioning.
Perform the tests for the discharge headlight bulb several times under
cold-bulb conditions (turn off the discharge headlight bulb for approx. 10
min or more, then turn it on) and under warm-bulb conditions (turn on
the discharge headlight bulb for approx. 15 min or more, turn it off for
approx. 1 min, then turn it on again), and verify that the discharge
headlight bulb turns on normally.
Inspect the discharge headlight bulb illumination until it illuminates evenly

directly after cold-bulb illumination for approx. 5 min, and verify that
the discharge headlight bulb illumination has no flicker or uneven
brightness level.
Equip with normal discharge headlight bulbs and turn them on for
approx. 30 min, and verify that the illumination condition is stabilized
with no difference in brightness level between left and right.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Incorrect servicing of the discharge headlights could result in electrical shock. Before servicing the discharge headlights, always
refer to the service warnings. (See DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SERVICE WARNINGS .)
NOTE:
Fogging or condensation on the inside of the front combination lights may occur due to a natural phenomenon occurring as a
result of a temperature difference between the interior and exterior of the combination lights. However, it has no effect on the
light performance because the temperature inside the front combination lights rises after illuminating the headlights or a period of
time has elapsed.
4. While pressing the clip tab in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, press the clip in the direction of the arrow (2)
shown in the figure to detach the clip tab and front combination light (LH of discharge type).

5. Remove the clip (LH of discharge type).
6. To prevent scratches or damage, affix protective tape to the position shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
When the front combination light is removed from the body, perform the procedure after affixing protective tape to the
body. Otherwise, the body could interfere with the front combination light and cause scratching or damage to the
body.

8. Remove the fastener.
9. Pull the front combination light in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and pull out the front combination light pin from the
body.

10. Remove the front combination light.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Halogen type
Short cord
1
(See Short Cord Removal Note.)
Parking/Front turn light bulb

2
Headlight LO bulb
3
Cover No.1
4
(See Cover Installation Note.)
Headlight HI bulb (DRL (Daytime running light) bulb)

5
Cover No.2
6
Discharge type

Short cord
1
(See Short Cord Removal Note.)
Parking/Front turn light bulb

2
Cover No.1
3
Igniter
4
Headlight HI/LO bulb

5
DRL (Daytime running light) bulb

6
(See DRL (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT) BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Cover No.2
7
Discharge headlight control module

8
(See DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
9Seal
Short Cord Removal Note

1. While pressing the clip tab in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, press the clip in the direction of the arrow (2)
shown in the figure to detach the clip tab and front combination light.
2. Remove the short cord.
Cover Installation Note
1. Install the cover to the housing so that there is no clearance between the housing and the cover.
CAUTION:
If there is a gap between the housing and the cover, water may penetrate from the gap causing a malfunction in the
front combination light. Verify that there is no gap between the cover and the housing.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Halogen Type
Headlight LO bulb
3. Rotate the headlight LO bulb in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure to remove it in the direction of the arrow (2)
CAUTION:
A halogen bulb generates extremely high heat when it is illuminated. If the surface of the bulb is soiled, excessive
heat will build up and the life of the bulb will be shortened. When replacing the bulb, hold the metal flange, not the
glass.

Headlight HI bulb
3. Rotate the headlight HI bulb in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove it in the direction of the arrow (2)
CAUTION:
A halogen bulb generates extremely high heat when it is illuminated. If the surface of the bulb is soiled, excessive
heat will build up and the life of the bulb will be shortened. When replacing the bulb, hold the metal flange, not the
glass.
Discharge Type
WARNING:
Incorrect servicing of the discharge headlights could result in electrical shock. Before servicing the discharge headlights, always
refer to the service warnings. (See DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SERVICE WARNINGS .)
Headlight HI/LO bulb (LH)

2. Remove the air cleaner cover. (See AIR CLEANER ELEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Remove the relay and fuse block upper cover. (See RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the nut and screw.
5. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the service hole in the position shown in the figure.
6. While pressing the pin tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure using a flathead screwdriver, pull the pin in the
direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure to detach the pin tab and engine mount.

7. Pull out the relay and fuse block from the stud bolt and set it aside as shown in the figure.
8. Rotate the cover in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure and remove it from the front combination light in the direction
of the arrow (4) shown in the figure.
9. Rotate the igniter in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure and remove it from the front combination light in the direction
10. Move section A of the bulb retaining wire in the direction of the arrow (7) shown in the figure, pull it in the direction of the arrow
(8) shown in the figure, and detach the bulb retaining wire and hook.

11. Remove the headlight HI/LO bulb.
CAUTION:
The discharge headlight bulb generates extremely high heat when it is illuminated. If the surface of the bulb is soiled,
excessive heat will build up and the life of the bulb will be shortened. When replacing the bulb, hold the metal flange,
not the glass.
Headlight HI/LO bulb (RH)
2. Remove the washer tank bracket. (See WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Rotate the cover in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove it from the front combination light in the direction

4. Rotate the igniter in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure and remove it from the front combination light in the direction
5. Move section A of the bulb retaining wire in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure, pull it in the direction of the arrow (6)
shown in the figure, and detach the bulb retaining wire and hook.
6. Remove the headlight HI/LO bulb.
CAUTION:
The discharge headlight bulb generates extremely high heat when it is illuminated. If the surface of the bulb is soiled,
excessive heat will build up and the life of the bulb will be shortened. When replacing the bulb, hold the metal flange,
not the glass.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

HEADLIGHT AIMING
< Previous Next >
HEADLIGHT AIMING
NOTE:
Perform headlight aiming if any of the following work is performed.
Front combination light replacement
Work that can affect vehicle height such as suspension replacement or removal/installation.
1. Empty the vehicle by having all occupants leave the vehicle and remove all the cargo except for the spare tire, jack and tools
equipped on the vehicle.
2. Adjust the air pressure of each tire to the specified value. (See WHEEL AND TIRE SPECIFICATION .)
3. Move the vehicle to level ground.
4. Make a screen shown in the figure using double-weight, white paper.
5. Line up the vehicle with the wall so that the distance to the headlights is 3 m {9.8 ft} from the wall.
6. Measure the height at the center point of the headlight.

HEADLIGHT AIMING
NOTE:
Measure the height at the center point of the headlight in which the aiming is being adjusted because the vehicle
height differs depending on vehicle conditions.
7. Align the center of the headlight with the center of the screen.
8. Set a partition in front of the headlight which is not being adjusted to block the light.
9. Start the engine and charge the battery.
10. Turn on the headlight low beams.
11. Verify that the elbow point of the headlight is at the position indicated on the adjustment screen.
If the elbow point of the headlight is not at the position indicated on the adjustment screen, perform the
following adjustment.
a. Rotate the adjustment screw to adjust the headlight.

HEADLIGHT AIMING
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

3. Rotate the DRL bulb in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove it from
the front combination light in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Incorrect servicing of the discharge headlights could result in electrical shock. Before
servicing the discharge headlights, always refer to the service warnings. (See DISCHARGE
HEADLIGHT SERVICE WARNINGS .)
Igniter (LH)

2. Remove the air cleaner cover. (See AIR CLEANER ELEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Remove the relay and fuse block upper cover. (See RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK

5. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the service hole in the position shown in the
figure.
6. While pressing the pin tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure using a
flathead screwdriver, pull the pin in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure to detach
the pin tab and engine mount.

8. Rotate the cover in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure and remove it from the
front combination light in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure.
9. Rotate the igniter in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure and remove it from the

10. Insert the flathead screwdriver into the gap between the igniter and connector shown in the
figure.
11. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (7) shown in the figure, lift up
the connector, and disconnect it.
Igniter (RH)


3. Rotate the cover in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove it from the
4. Rotate the igniter in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure and remove it from the
5. Insert the flathead screwdriver into the gap between the igniter and connector shown in the
figure.

6. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure, lift up the
connector, and disconnect it.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Incorrect servicing of the discharge headlights could result in electrical shock. Before
servicing the discharge headlights, always refer to the service warnings. (See DISCHARGE
HEADLIGHT SERVICE WARNINGS .)


5. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the clearance between the discharge
headlight control module and connector shown in the figure.

6. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, lift up the
connector, and disconnect it.
7. Remove the seal.

8. Remove the discharge headlight control module.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Incorrect servicing of the discharge headlights could result in electrical shock. Before servicing the discharge
headlights, always refer to the service warnings. (See DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SERVICE WARNINGS .)
Terminal layout
Inspection procedure
INSPECT RELAY
1 Yes Install the relays, then go to the next step.
(See RELAY LOCATION.)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
No Replace the relay.
Remove the following relays:
Headlight LO relay (LH)
Headlight LO relay (RH)
Inspect the relays.
Are the relays normal?


Inspect the light switch.
(See LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the light switch.
Is the light switch normal? (See LIGHT SWITCH

INSPECT DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR

Disconnect the discharge headlight control module connector.
Inspect the connector connection, connection condition or the No Repair or replace the connector.
terminal and verify that there is no damage, deformation,
INSPECT DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT CONTROL MODULE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

4 TO GROUND CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the discharge headlight control module is

disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an
open circuit.
Inspect the wiring harness between discharge headlight control
module B (wiring harness-side) and ground.
INSPECT DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY

5 CIRCUIT Yes Turn the light switch to the OFF position,
Verify that the discharge headlight control module connector is
disconnected.
No Inspect the HID L 15 A fuse and HID R 15
Reconnect the negative battery cable. A fuse.
(See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION If a fuse is burnt out:

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Repair or
Turn the light switch to the HEAD position. replace
the wiring
Measure the voltage at discharge headlight control module harness
terminal A (wiring harness-side). for a
short to
Replace
the fuse.
Replace
the fuse.
Repair or
replace
the wiring
harness
for an
open
circuit.
VERIFY IF HEADLIGHT HI/LO BULB IS BAD OR DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT

6 CONTROL MODULE IS MALFUNCTIONING Yes Replace the headlight HI/LO bulb.
Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See HEADLIGHT BULB

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
No Replace the discharge headlight control
Install a normal headlight HI/LO bulb. module.

(See HEADLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT CONTROL

MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Make sure to reconnect the disconnected connectors.
Reconnect the negative battery cable.

[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Turn the light switch to the HEAD position.
Do the headlights LO illuminate?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The AFS control module prior to replacement stores the vehicle specification information.
A new AFS control module does not store any vehicle specification information.
When the ignition is switched ON after the AFS control module is replaced, the AFS control module reads the vehicle specification
information sent via CAN transmission from the instrument cluster using the automatic configuration function, and stores it.
The AFS control module records the vehicle height while it is unoccupied.
The new AFS control module does not record the vehicle height while it is unoccupied.
2. Remove the front scuff plate (LH). (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front side trim (LH). (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. While pressing the clip tab in the direction of arrows (1) shown in the figure, press the clip in the direction of arrow (2) to detach the
clip tab and the bracket.
NOTE:
Because the AFS control module cannot be removed with the clip installed to the bracket, remove the clip from the
bracket to allow for a margin length in the wiring harness.
5. Remove the clip.

6. While pressing the bracket tab in the direction of the arrows (3) shown in the figure using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, hold
the connector, pull out the AFS control module in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure to detach the bracket tab and AFS
control module.
7. Remove the AFS control module.

10. Switch the ignition ON and perform the AFS control module automatic configuration.
11. Clear the DTCs.
12. If the AFS control module is replaced with a new one, perform the auto leveling system initial setting. (See HEADLIGHT AUTO
LEVELING SYSTEM INITIALIZATION .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The AFS OFF switch is integrated with the cluster switch.
For the cluster switch removal/installation, refer to SWITCH PANEL

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION because the cluster switch is installed to the switch panel. (See
SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2.0].)
2. Remove the switch panel. (See SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Verify that the resistance between AFS OFF switches B and C is as indicated in the table.
If the resistance can be verified as indicated in the table, go to the next step.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the cluster switch.
4. Apply battery positive voltage to AFS OFF switch terminal J, and connect terminal I to ground.

5. Verify that the LED illuminates.
If the LED does not illuminate, replace the cluster switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
If the steering angle sensor is removed from the clock spring, the steering angle sensor
absolute angle could change, therefore, do not remove the steering angle sensor from the
clock spring.
If the steering angle sensor is replaced, replace it together with the clock spring. (See
CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See
CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the column cover. (See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Connect the plus (+) end of a tester to steering angle sensor terminal A and the minus (-) end of the
tester to terminal B (GND).
4. Turn the steering wheel to the left and right.
5. Verify that the voltage from steering angle sensor terminal A to B (GND) is as indicated in the table.
If the voltage can be verified as indicated in the table, go to the next step.
If the voltage is not as indicated in the table, replace the clock spring. (See CLOCK
SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See
7. Connect the plus (+) end of a tester to steering angle sensor terminal C and the minus (-) end of the
tester to terminal B (GND).

9. Turn the steering wheel to the left and right.
10. Verify that the voltage from steering angle sensor terminal C to B (GND) is as indicated in the table.
If the voltage is not as indicated in the table, replace the clock spring. (See CLOCK
SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Halogen Type

2. Rotate the socket in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove it from the
3. Remove the parking/front turn light bulb.

Discharge Type
Parking/Front turn light bulb (LH)

2. Remove the air cleaner cover. (See AIR CLEANER ELEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Remove the relay and fuse block upper cover. (See RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK

5. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the service hole in the position shown in the
figure.

6. While pressing the pin tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure using a
flathead screwdriver, pull the pin in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure to detach
the pin tab and engine mount.


Parking/Front turn light bulb (RH)


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the screws and bolt.
3. Pull up the front under cover No.1 and remove the mudguard screw shown in the figure.

5. While pressing the clip tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, press the clip
in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure to detach the clip tab and bracket.

6. Remove the clip.

8. Remove the front fog light and bracket.

9. Remove the bolt and screw.
10. Remove the front fog light.

12. Adjust the front fog light aiming. (See FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the mudguard screws.

4. Rotate the front fog light bulb in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and
remove it from the front fog light in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
Perform front fog light aiming if any of the following work is performed.
Front fog light replacement
Work that can affect vehicle height such as suspension replacement or removal/installation.
1. Empty the vehicle by having all occupants leave the vehicle and remove all the cargo except for the spare tire, jack and tools equipped on
the vehicle.
4. Make a screen shown in the figure using double-weight, white paper. (Common for right and left)
5. Line up the vehicle with the wall so that the distance to the front fog lights is 3 m {9.8 ft} from the wall.
6. Measure the height at the center point of the front fog light.

NOTE:
Measure the height at the center point of the front fog light in which the aiming is being adjusted because the vehicle height
differs depending on vehicle conditions.
7. Align the center point of the front fog light with the center of the screen.
8. Set a partition in front of the front fog light which is not being adjusted to block the light.
9. Start the engine and charge the battery.
10. Turn on the front fog lights.
11. Verify that the brightness border line of the front fog light is at the position indicated on the adjustment screen.
If the brightness border line is not at the position indicated on the adjustment screen, perform the following adjustment.
a. Remove the bolt before cutting the front fog light hole cover located on the bolt installation hole.
b. Move the front fog light in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure to secure a space for cutting the front fog light hole
cover.

c. Press the notch of the front fog light hole cover using a flathead screwdriver and cutout the front fog light hole cover.
d. Cutout the hatch-marked area of the front fog light hole cover shown in the figure using a flathead screwdriver.
NOTE:
Remove all the shaded area shown in the figure so that the front fog light hole cover does not interfere with the
bolt.
e. Temporarily tighten the bolt.

f. Move the front fog light in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure to adjust the brightness border line to the position
indicated on the adjustment screen.
g. Tighten the bolt.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Outer mirror glass (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .)
b. Upper outer mirror garnish (See OUTER MIRROR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the side turn light.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
a. Outer mirror glass (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .)
b. Upper outer mirror garnish (See OUTER MIRROR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Side turn light (See SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Apply battery voltage to side turn light terminal A, and connect terminal B to ground.
If the LED illuminates, go to the next step.
If the LED does not illuminate, replace the side turn light.

c. Power outer mirror connector (See POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Verify that the continuity between the side turn light terminals from the power outer mirror is as
indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the power outer mirror.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
Fogging or condensation on the inside of the rear combination lights may occur due to a natural
phenomenon occurring as a result of a temperature difference between the interior and exterior of the
combination lights. However, it has no effect on the light performance because the temperature inside
the rear combination lights rises after illuminating the brake/taillight bulbs or a period of time has
elapsed.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull out the service
hole cover, and detach the service hole cover tab and trunk side trim.

4. Pull out the service hole cover in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and pull out the
service hole cover hook from the trunk side trim.

6. Disconnect the connectors.
7. Remove the nuts.

CAUTION:
When the rear combination light is removed from the body, perform the procedure after
affixing protective tape to the body. Otherwise, the body could interfere with the rear
combination light and cause scratching or damage to the body.
9. Pull the rear combination light in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure and remove the rear
combination light hook from the clip.

10. Pull out the rear combination light pin.

11. Remove the rear combination light.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)


6. Rotate the socket in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure and remove it from the rear
combination light in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure.
7. Remove the rear turn light bulb.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)


7. Remove the brake/taillight bulb.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull out the service hole cover from the
liftgate, and detach the service hole cover tabs and liftgate connections.

4. Pull out the service hole cover in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and pull out the service hole cover hook from
the liftgate.
6. Rotate the socket in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure and remove it from the liftgate light in the direction of the
arrow (4) shown in the figure.

7. Remove the back-up light bulb.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)


7. Remove the rear side marker light bulb.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
Fogging or condensation on the inside of the liftgate light may occur, however, it is a natural phenomenon occurring as a result of a
temperature difference between the interior and exterior of the liftgate lights and has no effect on the light performance. Fogging or
condensation will dissipate when the temperature inside the liftgate lights rises after illuminating the back-up lights and a period of
time has elapsed.
3. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull out the service hole cover from the liftgate,
and detach the service hole cover tab A, B and liftgate.

4. Pull out the service hole cover in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and pull out the service hole cover hook C from the
liftgate.
6. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service hole in the position shown in the figure.
7. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure, pull out the service hole cover No.1, and detach

the service hole cover No.1 tab D from the bracket.
8. Remove the service hole cover No.1.
10. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure, pull out the service hole cover No.2, and detach
the service hole cover No.2 tab E from the bracket.

11. Remove the service hole cover No.2.
12. Insert the flathead screwdriver into the clearance between the bracket tab F and the liftgate light shown in the figure.
13. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure, pull out the bracket in the direction of the arrow
(6) shown in the figure while pressing the bracket tab, and detach the bracket tab G and liftgate light.

14. Insert the flathead screwdriver into the clearance between the bracket tab and the liftgate light shown in the figure.
15. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (7) shown in the figure, pull the bracket in the direction of the arrow (8)
shown in the figure, and detach the bracket tab H, I, J and liftgate light.
16. Move the bracket in the direction of arrow (9) shown in the figure to pull out hook K of the bracket from the liftgate.

17. Move the bracket in the direction of arrow (10) shown in the figure to detach tab L of the bracket from the liftgate light, then pull out
hook M of the bracket from the liftgate and remove the bracket.

19. Remove the cap nut.
20. Push out the liftgate light in the direction of the arrow (13) shown in the figure and remove it from the liftgate.
CAUTION:
If the liftgate light is removed from the liftgate, the liftgate light may fall off and be damaged. When removing the
liftgate light from the liftgate, hold the liftgate light on the lens side with a hand during the servicing.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull out the service hole cover from the
liftgate, and detach the service hole cover tab and liftgate.

4. Pull out the service hole cover in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and pull out the service hole cover hook from
the liftgate.

7. Remove the taillight bulb.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Remove the rear spoiler. (See REAR SPOILER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. While pressing the high-mount brake light tab in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, press the high-mount brake
light in the direction of arrow (2) to detach the high-mount brake light and liftgate.

6. Detach all the high-mount brake light tabs and liftgate and remove the high-mount brake light from the liftgate.
CAUTION:
If the high-mount brake light is removed from the liftgate, the high-mount brake light may fall off and be
damaged. When removing the high-mount brake light from the liftgate, hold the high-mount brake light on
the lens side with a hand during servicing.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
4. While pressing the license plate light tab in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, press the license plate light in the
direction of arrow (2) to detach the license plate light tab and liftgate.
CAUTION:
If the license plate light is removed from the liftgate, the license plate light may fall off and be damaged.
When removing the license plate light from the liftgate, hold the license plate light on lens side with a hand

during servicing.
5. Remove the license plate light.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
2. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the clearance between the lens and license plate light
3. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure, pull out the lens from the
license plate light, and detach the lens tab and license plate light.

4. Remove the lens.
5. Remove the license plate light bulb.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

4. Remove the auto leveling sensor.
6. Perform the auto leveling system initial setting. (See HEADLIGHT AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM INITIALIZATION .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the auto leveling sensor. (See AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Prepare three dry cell batteries (1.5 V).
4. Connect the three dry cell batteries in a series.
5. Connect the positive pole of the dry cell battery to auto leveling sensor terminal C, and the negative pole to terminal A.
6. Connect the tester as shown in the figure with approx. 4.5 V of voltage applied between auto leveling sensor terminals A
and C, and measure the voltage at auto leveling sensor terminal B.

7. When slowly moving the auto leveling sensor link up and down, verify that the voltage fluctuates linearly between 0.5
4.5 V as shown in the figure.
If the voltage cannot be verified as indicated in the graph, replace the auto leveling sensor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The AFS control module records the vehicle height while it is unoccupied by performing the
headlight auto leveling system initial setting.
Perform headlight auto leveling system initial setting if any of the following work is
performed.
AFS control module replacement
Auto leveling sensor replacement, removal/installation
Work that can affect vehicle height such as suspension replacement or

removal/installation.
There are two types of procedures for headlight auto leveling system initial setting, one
which uses the M-MDS and the other which does not use it.
1. Empty the vehicle by having all occupants leave the vehicle and remove all the cargo except
for the spare tire, jack and tools equipped on the vehicle.
2. Adjust the air pressure of each tire to the specified value. (See WHEEL AND TIRE
SPECIFICATION .)
5. After vehicle identification, select in the following order from the M-MDS initial screen.
NOTE:
The AFS OFF indicator light continues flashing during the first initial setting,
however, continue the work because it does not indicate an improper
procedure.

a. Electrical
b. ExteriorLighting
c. Headlamp
d. Auto Leveling Sensor
e. Auto Leveling Sensors Calibration
6. Verify that the AFS OFF indicator light flashes three times at 0.25 s intervals and turns off as
When not using the M-MDS
CAUTION:
Perform Steps 3-4 within 30 s.
1. Empty the vehicle by having all occupants leave the vehicle and remove all the cargo except
for the spare tire, jack and tools equipped on the vehicle.

2. Adjust the air pressure of each tire to the specified value. (See WHEEL AND TIRE
SPECIFICATION .)
NOTE:
The AFS OFF indicator light continues flashing during the first initial setting,
however, continue the work because it does not indicate an improper
procedure.
4. Using a jumper wire, connect DLC-2 terminals B and J (ground) three times at 0.5 to 1.5 s
intervals as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
If the terminals are mistakenly connected, vehicle damage or fire could occur.
When connecting with the jumper wire, thoroughly verify what terminals are
being connected to prevent a miss-connection.

5. Verify the AFS OFF indicator light.
If the AFS OFF indicator light flashes three times at 0.25 s intervals and turns
off as shown in the figure, the initial setting is completed. Go to the next step.
If the AFS OFF indicator light continues flashing, the procedure may be
performed incorrectly. Repeat the procedure from Step 1.
If the AFS OFF indicator light is illuminated, the headlight auto leveling system
may have a malfunction. Perform the DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION
[ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)] .)
Repair or replace the malfunctioning area, then repeat the

procedure from Step 1.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the front under cover No.2. (See FRONT UNDER COVER No.2
3. Remove the back-up light switch. (See BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[C66M-R].)
4. Verify that the continuity between the back-up light switch terminals is as indicated in the
table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the back-up light switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
When removing the light switch, it is necessary to rotate the steering wheel. If the ignition is switched off from ON (engine
on) with the driver's door closed, the steering wheel is locked. Therefore, perform the procedure in Steps 1 to 3 so that the
steering wheel is not locked.
1. Switch the ignition ON (engine on).
2. Open the driver's door.
6. Rotate the steering wheel until the service hole in the position shown in the figure is visible.
8. While pressing the light switch tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure using a flathead screwdriver, pull out
the light switch in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure to detach the light switch tab and the start stop unit.

9. Remove the light switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Light Switch

3. Remove the light switch. (See LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the continuity between the light switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
Vehicles without auto light system

Vehicles with auto light system

If not as indicated in the table, replace the light switch. (See LIGHT SWITCH
Turn Switch


If not as indicated in the table, replace the light switch. (See LIGHT SWITCH
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

If not as indicated in the table, replace the light switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

3. While pressing the hazard warning switch tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the
figure, press the hazard warning switch in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure to
detach the hazard warning switch tabs from the decoration panel.
4. Remove the hazard warning switch.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Verify that the continuity between the hazard warning switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
If the continuity is as indicated in the table, go to the next step.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the hazard warning switch.
4. Apply battery voltage to hazard warning switch terminal A, and connect terminal B to ground.
If the LED does not illuminate, replace the hazard warning switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The auto light sensor is integrated with the rain sensor as a single unit.
Refer to RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to remove the auto light sensor. (See
RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Turn Light System
There are two methods for personalizing the turn light system: One using the M-MDS and the other using the audio unit (with color
LCD). Refer to the following and perform the setting.
Method using M-MDS
Auto Light System
There are two methods for personalizing the auto light system: One using the M-MDS and the other using the audio unit (with color
LCD). Refer to the following and perform the setting.
Method using M-MDS
Auto Light-OFF System
There are two methods for personalizing the auto light-Off system: One using the M-MDS and the other using the audio unit (with
color LCD). Refer to the following and perform the setting.
Method using M-MDS
Room Light Control System
There are two methods for personalizing the interior light control system: One using the M-MDS and the other using the audio unit
(with color LCD). Refer to the following and perform the setting.
Method using M-MDS
DRL System (Except canada specs.)
Function Initial setting Setting contents Control unit
The DRL system Function can be set. ON (DRL illumination) OFF (DRL non-illumination)/ON (DRL illumination) Front body control module (FBCM)
Perform the following procedure to change the DRL illumination/non-illumination setting.

NOTE:
Because each procedure needs to be completed within a predetermined period of time, refer to the following
procedure before performing the set up work, and then verify the content of the work and the time limit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Front Map Light
2. Open the sunglasses holder.
3. Remove the screws from the front map light.
4. Move the front map light in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and pull out the pin from the bracket.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to pull the connector out strongly when removing the front map light. Otherwise, the contact
surface of the wiring harness secured to the headliner will come off and the wiring harness could be pulled
out. If the front map light is installed with the wiring harness pulled out, the wiring harness could get caught
between the headliner and front map light bracket resulting in an open or short circuit in the wiring harness.
5. Move the front map light in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and pull out the front map light from the
headliner.

7. Remove the front map light.
Rear Map Light
a. Sunroof seaming welt (vehicles with sunroof) (See SUNROOF UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

d. Front scuff plate (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Rear scuff plate (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. B-pillar lower trim (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Adjust anchor cover (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Upper anchor installation bolt on the seat belt (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. B-pillar upper trim (See B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Assist handle (See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
l. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
m. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
n. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
o. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
p. Headliner (See HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Move the bracket in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, press the rear map light in the direction of the
arrow (2) shown in the figure, and detach the rear map light tab and bracket.

5. Detach all the rear map light tabs and bracket and remove the rear map light from the bracket.
CAUTION:
If the rear map light is removed from the bracket, the rear map light may fall off and be damaged. When
removing the rear map light from the bracket, hold the rear map light on the lens side with a hand during
servicing.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Front Map Light
CAUTION:
If a flathead screwdriver is inserted into the gap between the front map light and lens, the front map light could
interfere with the flathead screwdriver resulting in damage to the front map light. When removing the lens from
the front map light, perform the procedure after affixing protective tape to the front map light.
3. Press the lens to secure a sufficient space for inserting a flathead screwdriver.
4. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the gap between the lens and front map light shown in the figure.

5. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull out the lens from the front map light, and
detach the front map light pin and lens.
6. Remove the lens.
7. Press the front map light spring in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and detach the front map light spring and
front map light bulb.

8. Remove the front map light bulb.
Rear Map Light
CAUTION:
If a flathead screwdriver is inserted into the gap between the rear map light and lens, the rear map light could
interfere with the flathead screwdriver resulting in damage to the rear map light. When removing the lens from the
rear map light, perform the procedure after affixing protective tape to the rear map light.

3. Press the lens to secure a sufficient space for inserting a flathead screwdriver.
4. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the gap between the lens and rear map light shown in the figure.
5. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull out the lens from the rear map light, and
detach the rear map light pin and lens.

6. Remove the lens.
7. Move the rear map light spring in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and detach the rear map light spring and rear
map light bulb.
8. Remove the rear map light bulb.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Front Map Light

3. Verify that the continuity between the front map light terminals is as indicated in the table.

If not as indicated in the table, replace the front map light or front map light
bulb. (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See MAP LIGHT BULB
Rear Map Light

a. Sunroof seaming welt (vehicles with sunroof) (See SUNROOF UNIT

d. Front scuff plate (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Rear scuff plate (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. B-pillar lower trim (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Adjust anchor cover (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Upper anchor installation bolt on the seat belt (See FRONT SEAT BELT
i. B-pillar upper trim (See B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Assist handle (See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
l. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
m. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

n. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
o. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
p. Headliner (See HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
q. Rear map light (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Verify that the continuity between the rear map light terminals is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the rear map light.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2.0].)
CAUTION:
If a flathead screwdriver is inserted into the gap between the cargo compartment light and trunk side
trim, the trunk side trim could interfere with the flathead screwdriver and be damaged. When
removing the cargo compartment light from the trunk side trim, perform the procedure after affixing
protective tape to the trunk side trim.
3. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the gap between the cargo compartment light and trunk side trim
4. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull out the cargo compartment
light from the trunk side trim, and detach the cargo compartment light tab and trunk side trim.

5. Remove the cargo compartment light.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

CAUTION:
Always disconnect the negative battery cable before performing the cargo
compartment light bulb removal. Otherwise, the circuit may be shorted
resulting in damage to the related parts such as the rear body control module
(RBCM).
2. Remove the cargo compartment light. (See CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT

3. Press the cargo compartment light spring in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure
and detach it and the cargo compartment light bulb.
4. Remove the cargo compartment light bulb.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the cargo compartment light. (See CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT

3. Verify that the continuity between the cargo compartment light terminals is as indicated in
the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the cargo compartment light. (See
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Move a flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and detach the lens tab and
sunvisor.
4. Detach all the lens tab and sunvisor and remove the lens from the sunvisor.

5. Remove the vanity mirror illumination bulb.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the sunvisor. (See SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Verify that the continuity between the vanity mirror illumination terminals is as indicated in
the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the sunvisor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >


1 Wiper and washer switch
(See WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION .)
(See REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION .)
2 Windshield wiper motor
(See WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION .)
3 Windshield washer nozzle
(See WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT .)
4 Rear wiper motor
(See REAR WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION .)
5 Rear wiper arm and blade
(See REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT .)
6 Rear washer hose
(See REAR WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7 Rear washer nozzle
(See REAR WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT .)
8 Washer fluid-level sensor (with washer fluid-level sensor)
(See WASHER FLUID-LEVEL SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See WASHER FLUID-LEVEL SENSOR INSPECTION .)
9 Washer motor
(See WASHER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See WASHER MOTOR INSPECTION .)
10Washer tank
(See WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11Windshield washer hose
(See WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
12Windshield wiper arm and blade
(See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT .)
13Rain sensor (with auto wiper system)

(See RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See RAIN SENSOR INITIALIZATION SETTING .)
(See WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Windshield Wiper Arm
1. Open the hood.
CAUTION:
If excessive force is applied when removing the cap, tabs could break. Carefully remove the cap.
2. Insert a tape-wrapped precision flathead screwdriver into the gap between the windshield wiper arm and cap, and
slightly raise the cap.
3. Detach cap tabs from the windshield wiper arm while slightly moving the cap in the direction of the arrows (1) shown
in the figure, carefully pull it up in the direction of the arrow (2), and remove it.

4. Loosen nuts until it is jointed temporarily with the windshield wiper arm pressed as shown in the figure.

5. Close the hood.
6. Raise the windshield wiper arm as shown in the figure and pull it up until the temporary joint nut points outward in the
direction of the arrow (1) from the serrated connecting part.
CAUTION:
Always temporarily tighten the temporary joint nut when removing the windshield wiper arm. If it is
removed from the serrated connecting part without temporarily tightening the nut, the windshield wiper
arm could contact the hood.
7. Remove the nut.
8. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See Windshield Wiper Arm Installation Note.)

10. Adjust the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT .)
Windshield Wiper Blade
CAUTION:
If the windshield wiper arm end is placed directly on the windshield after removing the windshield wiper blade, it
could scratch the windshield. If the windshield wiper arm end is placed on the windshield, place it on a rag to
protect the windshield.
1. Pull the windshield wiper blade tab up in the direction of the arrow (1).
2. Press the windshield wiper blade end in the direction of the arrow (3) while tilting it in the direction of the arrow (2).

3. Remove the windshield wiper blade in the direction of the arrow (4) from the windshield wiper arm.

Windshield Wiper Arm Installation Note
1. Clean the serrated connecting part with a wire brush before installing the windshield wiper arm.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Operate the windshield wiper at low speed.
3. Verify that the windshield wiper operates at low speed and stop the windshield wiper.
4. Verify that the windshield wiper stops at the auto-stop position.
6. Install the windshield wiper arm to the serrated connecting part, adjust the windshield wiper blade so that its end is aligned with the
hollowed mark in the ceramic coating while sliding the windshield wiper arm onto the grooves of the serrated connecting part one by
one, and temporarily tighten the nut.
7. If the hollowed mark in the ceramic coating cannot be located, adjust the windshield wiper blade end to the area shown in the
figure.
NOTE:
If the windshield wiper arm and blade is not installed to the position shown in the figure, repeat the adjustment
procedure.

8. After adjusting the windshield wiper arm and blade, tighten the nut completely. (See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Windshield wiper arm and blade (See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
CAUTION:
Always affix protective tape to the windshield end. If the windshield wiper motor and link contacts the windshield, it could
damage the windshield.
3. Affix protective tape to the area where the windshield end interferes with the windshield motor and link as shown in the
figure.
4. Disconnect the windshield wiper motor connector.

5. Remove bolts.
6. Move the windshield wiper motor and link in the order of the arrows (1) and (2) to remove the securing rubber from the
vehicle.

7. Remove the windshield wiper motor and link from the vehicle in the direction of the arrow (3) while being careful not to allow
the windshield wiper end to interfere with the windshield wiper motor and link.
8. Fix the position of the windshield wiper link shown in the figure with a vise.
CAUTION:

If the vise is tightened with excessive force, it could deform or damage the windshield wiper link. When
securing the windshield wiper link in the vise, be careful not to deform or damage the windshield wiper link.
Protect the windshield wiper link by placing a rag in the vise when securing it in the vise. Otherwise, it could
damage the vise securing position.
9. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the (1) position, move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow
(2), and remove the windshield wiper motor and ball joint for the windshield wiper link.
10. Remove bolts securing the windshield wiper motor and windshield wiper link, and remove nuts from windshield wiper motor.

11. Remove the windshield wiper motor from the windshield wiper link.
12. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See Ball Joint Assembly Note.)
Ball Joint Assembly Note
1. When assembling the ball joint, use a clean rag to protect the link and squeeze using a pair of protective tape-wrapped pliers.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

Windshield Wiper Motor Inspection
1. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to the windshield wiper motor
terminals as indicated in the table below and verify the operation condition.
B+ GroundWindshield wiper motor operation status
A D LO
B D HI

If not as indicated in the table, replace the windshield wiper motor. (See
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Auto-stop Operation Inspection
1. Connect the battery voltage to windshield wiper motor terminal A, connect the ground to
motor terminal D, and operate the windshield wiper motor at low speed.
2. Disconnect the battery voltage from terminal A during windshield wiper LO operation, and
stop the windshield wiper motor halfway.
3. Connect windshield wiper motor terminals A and E using a jumper wire.
4. Connect the battery positive voltage to windshield wiper motor terminal C.
5. After the windshield wiper motor auto-stop operation, verify that it stops at the park position.

If there is any malfunction, replace the windshield wiper motor. (See

WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
With Washer Fluid-level Sensor
2. Set the front over fender aside. (See FRONT OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Set the mudguard (RH) aside. (See MUDGUARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the bracket.
6. Disconnect the washer motor connector.
7. Disconnect the washer fluid-level sensor connector.
8. Disconnect the windshield washer hose.
9. Disconnect the rear washer hose.
10. While pressing tabs of clips in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, remove it in the direction of the arrow (2).

11. Remove the windshield washer hose from the hooks.
12. Remove the rear washer hose from the hooks.
13. Remove bolts.

14. Remove the washer tank positioning hook and notch from the vehicle and remove the washer tank.

Without Washer Fluid-level Sensor
5. Remove the bracket.

6. Disconnect the washer motor connector.
7. Disconnect the windshield washer hose.
8. Disconnect the rear washer hose.
9. While pressing tabs of clips in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, remove it in the direction of the arrow (2).

10. Remove the windshield washer hose from the hooks.
11. Remove the rear washer hose from the hooks.
12. Remove bolts.

13. Remove the washer tank positioning hook and notch from the vehicle and remove the washer tank.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
5. Disconnect the washer motor connector from the washer motor.
6. Disconnect the windshield washer hose from the washer motor.
7. Disconnect the rear washer hose from the washer motor.
NOTE:
If the washer motor is removed with washer fluid in the washer tank, the washer fluid may leak out. When removing the washer motor from
the washer tank, place a container under the washer tank to collect washer fluid, and perform the procedure.
8. Rotate the washer motor counterclockwise/clockwise rotation repeatedly in the direction of the arrows (1) and (2) shown in the figure, and then
remove it in the direction of the arrow (3).

9. Remove the grommet.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

5. Disconnect the washer motor connector from the washer motor.
6. Disconnect the windshield washer hose from the washer motor.
7. Disconnect the rear washer hose from the washer motor.
WARNING:
Water sprayed on the battery and ground could cause electrocution. When performing the
washer motor inspection, prepare a container to collect washer fluid and be careful not to
spray washer fluid.
8. After connecting washer motor terminal A to the positive battery terminal, and terminal B to
ground, verify that washer fluid sprays from the front side of the washer motor.

If there is any malfunction, replace the washer motor. (See WASHER MOTOR
9. After connecting washer motor terminal B to the positive battery terminal, and washer motor
terminal A to ground, verify that washer fluid sprays from the rear side of the washer motor.

If there is any malfunction, replace the washer motor. (See WASHER MOTOR
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Disconnect the windshield washer hose from the windshield washer nozzle. (See WINDSHIELD
WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. While pressing windshield washer nozzle tabs in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure,
pull the windshield washer nozzle in the direction of the arrow (2) to remove it from the cowl grille.
5. Adjust the windshield washer nozzle. (See WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
If the nozzle is adjusted by inserting a stick-like object into the nozzle, it could deform the injection nozzle and the washer
fluid may not spray normally. When adjusting the nozzle, do not insert objects into the injection nozzle.
1. Insert a tape-wrapped precision flathead screwdriver into the adjustment hole of the windshield washer nozzle and adjust it to
the area where washer fluid is sprayed as shown in the figure.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

5. Inspect for continuity according to washer fluid level between the washer fluid-level sensor
terminals.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the washer fluid-level sensor. (See
WASHER FLUID-LEVEL SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

5. Disconnect the washer fluid-level sensor connector.
6. Remove the washer fluid-level sensor.
NOTE:
If the washer fluid-level sensor is removed with washer fluid in the washer
tank, the washer fluid may leak out. When removing the washer fluid-level
sensor from the washer tank, place a container under the washer tank to
collect washer fluid, and perform the procedure.
7. Remove the grommet.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the front over fender. (See FRONT OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the mudguard (RH). (See MUDGUARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Disconnect the windshield washer hose A from the washer motor.
6. Remove the windshield washer hose A from the washer tank hook.
7. Remove the windshield washer hose A from clips A.
8. Disconnect the windshield washer hose A from the joint pipe A and remove it.

9. Remove the cowl grille. (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Disconnect the windshield washer hose B from the joint pipe A.
11. Disconnect the windshield washer hose B from the joint pipe B and remove it.
12. Disconnect the windshield washer hose C from the windshield washer nozzle A.
13. Disconnect the windshield washer hose C from the joint pipe B and remove it.
14. Disconnect the windshield washer hose D from the joint pipe B.
15. Disconnect the windshield washer hose D from the joint pipe C and remove it.
16. Disconnect the windshield washer hose E from the windshield washer nozzle B.
17. Disconnect the windshield washer hose E from the joint pipe C and remove it.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Rear Wiper Arm
1. Pull the cap in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure and remove it in the direction of the arrow (2) with tabs A, B
released.
2. Remove the nut with the rear wiper arm and blade pressed.

3. Raise the rear wiper arm and detach it from the serrated connecting part in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See Rear Wiper Arm Installation Note.)
5. Adjust the rear wiper arm and blade. (See REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT .)

Rear Wiper Blade
1. Move the rear wiper blade in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure to detach the rear wiper blade from the rear wiper arm.
2. Move the rear wiper blade in the direction of the arrow (2) and remove it from the rear wiper arm in the direction of the arrow (3).
Rear Wiper Arm Installation Note
1. Clean the serrated connecting part with a wire brush before installing the rear wiper arm.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Operate the rear wiper.
3. Verify that the rear wiper is operating and stop the rear wiper.
4. Verify that the rear wiper is stopped at the auto-stop position.
5. Remove the rear wiper arm and blade. (See REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Install the rear wiper arm to the serrated connecting part, adjust the rear wiper blade end to the area shown in the
figure while sliding the rear wiper arm onto the grooves of the serrated connecting part one by one, and temporarily tighten
the nut.
NOTE:
If the rear wiper arm and blade is not installed to the position shown in the figure, repeat the adjustment procedure.
7. After adjusting the rear wiper arm and blade, tighten the nut completely. (See REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

a. Rear wiper arm and blade (See REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
b. Liftgate upper trim (See LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Liftgate side trim (See LIFTGATE SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Liftgate recess (See LIFTGATE RECESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Liftgate lower trim (See LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear wiper motor connector.
4. Remove bolts shown in the figure.

5. Pull out the rear wiper motor from the outer bushing hole and remove it.
6. Press in the outer bushing from the outside of the liftgate in the direction of the arrow (1)

7. Detach the liftgate and outer bushing while pressing the outer bushing in the direction of the
arrows shown in the figure, pull the outer bushing from the inside of the liftgate in the direction
of the arrow (2), and remove it.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Open the liftgate.
a. Rear wiper arm and blade (See REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
b. Liftgate upper trim (See LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Liftgate side trim (See LIFTGATE SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Liftgate recess (See LIFTGATE RECESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Liftgate lower trim (See LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the rear wiper motor connector.
Rear Wiper Motor Operation Inspection
1. Apply battery positive voltage to rear wiper motor connector terminal B, and connect terminal
A to the ground.

2. Verify that the rear wiper motor operates normally.
If there is any malfunction, replace the rear wiper motor. (See REAR WIPER
MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Auto-stop Operation Inspection
1. Apply battery positive voltage to rear wiper motor connector terminal B, and connect
terminals A and C to the ground.
2. Disconnect the ground from rear wiper motor connector terminal A while the rear wiper is
operating.

3. After the windshield wiper motor auto-stop operation, verify that it stops at the park position.
If there is any malfunction, replace the rear wiper motor. (See REAR WIPER
MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Remove the rear spoiler. (See REAR SPOILER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the rear washer hose from the rear washer nozzle. (See REAR WASHER HOSE
5. While pressing tabs of the rear washer nozzle in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure,
pull the rear washer nozzle in the direction of the arrow (2) to remove it from the liftgate.
7. Adjust the rear washer nozzle. (See REAR WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
If the nozzle angle is adjusted with excessive force by strongly inserting a needle or
similar thin tool into the injection nozzle of rear washer nozzle, it could damage the nozzle
internally. When adjusting the nozzle, be careful not to apply excessive force.
1. Insert a needle or similar thin tool into the injection nozzle of the rear washer nozzle and
adjust the area where washer fluid injected from the rear washer nozzle is sprayed as shown in
the figure.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the front over fender. (See FRONT OVER FENDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the mudguard (RH). (See MUDGUARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the rear washer hose A from the washer motor.
5. Remove the rear washer hose A from the washer tank hook.
6. Remove the rear washer hose A from clips A and B.
7. Disconnect the rear washer hose A from the joint pipe A and remove it.
8. Disconnect the rear washer hose B from the joint pipe A.

9. Remove the sunroof seaming welt. (with sunroof) (See SUNROOF UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the A pillar trim. (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11. Disconnect the rear washer hose B from the joint pipe B and remove it.
12. Disconnect the rear washer hose C from the joint pipe B.

a. Map light (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Sunvisor (See SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Front scuff plate (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Rear scuff plate (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. B-pillar lower trim (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Front seat belt adjusting cover (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. B-pillar upper trim (See B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Assist handle (See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
l. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
m. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
n. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
o. Headliner (See HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
14. Remove the tape and clips shown in the figure.
Without sunroof

With sunroof
15. Disconnect the rear washer hose C from the joint pipe C and remove it.
16. Disconnect the rear washer hose D from the joint pipe C.

liftgate grommet inner.
19. Using a tape-wrapped precision flathead screwdriver, press the liftgate grommet inner tabs in the directions of arrows (2) and (3)
shown in the figure and remove each liftgate grommet inner from the liftgate and vehicle side in the direction of arrow (4).

20. Disconnect the rear washer hose D from the rear washer nozzle and remove it.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Open the driver's door.
3. Switch the ignition OFF.
4. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
6. Rotate the steering wheel in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure to the angle where the service hole is visible.
8. While pressing the wiper and washer switch tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure using a flathead
screwdriver, pull out the wiper and washer switch in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure to detach the wiper and
washer switch tab and the start stop unit.

9. Remove the wiper and washer switch from the start stop unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

b. Wiper and washer switch (See WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

3. Use a tester to measure and verify that the continuity between the windshield wiper and
washer switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
If the continuity is not as indicated in the table, replace the windshield wiper
and washer switch. (See WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

b. Wiper and washer switch (See WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

3. Use a tester to measure and verify that the continuity between the rear wiper and washer
switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
If the continuity is not as indicated in the table, replace the wiper and washer
switch. (See WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2.0].)
2. Spread open the rain sensor cover in the direction of the arrows (1) and disengage tabs A to remove it.
3. Disconnect the rain sensor connector in the direction of the arrow (2).

4. Slide rain sensor tabs B in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure, detach the engagement, and pull tab B in

5. Remove the rain sensor in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure.

6. Peel off the rain sensor protective sheet from the rain sensor.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See Rain Sensor Installation Note.)
8. Perform headlight auto light setting. (See LIGHTING SYSTEM PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE .)
CAUTION:
If the rain sensor is replaced, the auto light system may not operate normally because the auto light
sensitivity setting is initialized. If the rain sensor is replaced, perform the auto light sensitivity setting.
If the auto light sensitivity setting before replacing the rain sensor was "Medium", and the following
sensitivity setting procedure is not performed, the sensor will be unable to detect the illumination level
correctly and the auto light system will not operate normally. If the rain sensor is replaced, perform the
following sensitivity setting procedure.
Except for "Medium" sensitivity setting.
Re-setting to "Medium".
Rain Sensor Installation Note
CAUTION:
If the rate at which the rain sensor reflects or transmits infrared light between the rain sensor and the windshield,
or through the protective sheet is changed, the rain sensor will determine that there is a malfunction in the rain
detection function and stop auto wiper system control. Be careful of the following when installing the rain sensor:

Do not reuse the rain sensor protective sheet
Do not touch the rain sensor lens, rain sensor protective sheet, and sensor installation area on
windshield with your fingers
Verify that there is no air bubble after installing the rain sensor
1. Wipe off any oil or dirt from the rain sensor lens and the windshield using a clean rag.
2. Peel off backing of double-sided adhesive tape A from the rain sensor protective sheet.
3. Adhere the rain sensor protective sheet to the rain sensor lens.

4. Peel off backing of double-sided adhesive tape B from the rain sensor protective sheet.
5. Install the rain sensor in the direction of the arrow (1).
6. Press the rain sensor in the direction (direction of arrow (2)) of the windshield and press out any air bubbles.

7. Verify that there is no air bubble between the rain sensor and the windshield.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
When the ignition is switched ON (engine off or on), the rain sensor detects the condition
of the windshield surface, and performs initialization automatically.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Using M-MDS
The auto wiper function can be enabled or disabled using the M-MDS. Refer to the control
system personalization features setting. (See CONTROL SYSTEM PERSONALIZATION
FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE .)
Using Audio Unit (With Color LCD)
The user can enable or disable the auto wiper function by operating the audio unit display.
Refer to the entertainment system personalization features setting. (See AUDIO UNIT
PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

1 Antenna feeder No.1
(See ANTENNA FEEDER LOCATION.)
(See ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2 Glass antenna (with SIRIUS satellite system))
3 Center roof antenna
(See CENTER ROOF ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6 Rear mount camera (With park assist system)
(See REAR MOUNT CAMERA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR MOUNT CAMERA INSPECTION .)
7 Car-navigation unit (with car-navigation system)
(See CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8 AudioPilot2 microphone (with Bose)
(See AudioPilot2 MICROPHONE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
9 Audio unit (With audio system)

10 Audio amplifier (With Bose)
(See AUDIO AMPLIFIER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11Rear door speaker
(See REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION .)
12Front door speaker
(See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION .)
13Steering switch
(See STEERING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
14Microphone (With Bluetooth system)
(See MICROPHONE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
15 Tweeter (6 speaker type, With Bose)
(See TWEETER INSPECTION .)
16 Front center speaker (With Bose)
(See FRONT CENTER SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT CENTER SPEAKER INSPECTION .)
17GPS antenna (With car-navigation system)
(See GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
18SIRIUS satellite radio unit (With SIRIUS satellite radio system)
(See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
19Bluetooth unit (With Bluetooth system)
20Auxiliary jack/USB port
(See AUXILIARY JACK/USB PORT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See AUXILIARY JACK/USB PORT INSPECTION .)
21Condenser
(See CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
22 D-pillar speaker (With Bose)
(See D-PILLAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See D-PILLAR SPEAKER INSPECTION .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Removal
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the bolt.
NOTE:
When removing the audio unit, the audio unit could interfere with the climate control unit and scratch the climate
control unit. Perform the servicing by spreading a cloth in the position indicated in the figure.

5. Hold the audio unit in the position shown in the figure and pull it outward to disengage clips A, B, C, and D from the instrument
panel.


7. Remove the audio unit.
Installation
NOTE:
When installing the audio unit, the audio unit could interfere with the climate control unit and scratch the climate control unit.
Perform the servicing by spreading a cloth in the position indicated in the figure.
1. Connect all the connectors.

2. Temporarily position the audio unit on the ribs and align the hole positions of the instrument panel with clips.
3. Press the audio unit in the position shown in the figure and engage clips to the instrument panel.

CAUTION:
If the audio unit switch area and screen are pressed it could cause a malfunction.
4. Install the screws.
5. Install the bolt.
6. Install the Decoration panel. (See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Door Locks Systems
2. Turn the audio unit power on.
3. Select the following from the audio unit screen.
a. Setup
b. Vehicle
c. Door Locks
4. Select the following items and change the setting.
Advanced keyless entry system
Audio unit Initial Control

display setting module
Auto Re- The operation start time of the auto re-lock 60 30 seconds / 60 seconds / Start stop
lock Time function can be changed. seconds 90 seconds unit
Lock Beep Start stop

The keyless beeper volume can be adjusted. Medium Off / Low / Medium / High
Volume unit
Walk Away The out-of-area (reception area) type auto lock Start stop
OFF OFF / ON
Lock function can be set. unit
Keyless entry system
Audio unit Initial Control

display setting module

Auto Re- The operation start time of the auto re-lock 60 30 seconds / 60 seconds / Start stop
lock Time function can be changed. seconds 90 seconds unit
Audio
Control
unit Function Initial setting Setting contents
module
display
Once
2-step unlocking
Unlock Driver's, Touch Once: ALL Doors / Once Driver's, Twice: All
system can be Start stop unit
Mode Twice: All Doors
set.
Doors
Auto Lock: Rear body

Auto door lock OFF / Lock When Driving / Lock: Driving, Unlock:
Door Driving, control
function can be IGN Off / Lock When Shifting Out Of P / Lock: Shift
Lock Unlock: IGN module
changed. From P, Unlock: In P
Mode Off (RBCM)
Lighting Systems
3. Select the following from the audio unit screen.
a. Setup
b. Vehicle
c. Lighting
4. Select the following items and change the setting.
Turn light system
Audio unit Initial Setting

Function Control module
display setting contents
3-Flash Turn The turn light system can be switched between Rear body control
On On / Off
Signal operable and inoperable. module (RBCM)

Auto light system
Audio unit Initial

Function Setting contents Control module
display setting
Auto-
Auto light sensor sensitivity Light / Medium Light / Medium / Rear body control
headlight Medium
can be changed. Medium Dark / Dark module (RBCM)
On
NOTE:
If the mode is set to Light and Medium Light, the illumination level for illuminating the
TNS and headlight increases. Therefore, the TNS and headlights illuminate when the
ambient light is brighter than when the level is set to Medium. In addition, if the mode is
set to Medium Dark and Dark, the illumination level for illuminating the TNS and
headlights decreases. Therefore, the TNS and headlights illuminate when the ambient light
is lower than when the level is set to Medium.
Auto light off system
Audio
Initial
unit Function Setting contents Control module
setting
display
120 seconds. / 90 seconds. / 60 Rear body

Headlight The headlight emitted time of the 30
seconds. / 30 seconds. / 0 control module
Off Timer auto light off timer can be changed. seconds.
seconds. (RBCM)
Room light control system
Audio unit Initial

Function Setting contents Control module
display setting
Interior Light The front/rear map light illumination Rear body

30 60 minutes / 30 minutes
Timeout - Door time after any door is open can be control module
minutes / 10 minutes
Open changed. (RBCM)

Interior Light The front/rear map light illumination 60 seconds / 30 seconds Rear body
15
Timeout - Door time after any door is closed can be / 15 seconds / 7.5 control module
seconds
Closed changed. seconds (RBCM)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
The audio unit communicates with the car-navigation unit and records the presence/non-
presence of the car-navigation unit when the ignition is switched to ACC or ON (engine off
or on) after connecting the negative battery cable.
If the commander switch is installed with the negative battery cable connected when the
audio unit records that there is no car-navigation unit, the car-navigation unit does not
operate.
For the car-navigation unit installation/removal, disconnect the negative battery cable,
switch the ignition to ACC or ON (engine off or on) after the servicing is completed, and
the audio unit records the presence/non-presence of the car-navigation unit.

2. Affix protective tape to the gaps between the car-navigation and lower panel as shown in the
figure.
CAUTION:
Before inserting a flathead screwdriver into the gap between the car-navigation
and lower panel, affix protective tape to prevent damage. Otherwise, the lower
panel could be damaged by the flathead screwdriver.
3. Insert your hand from the lower side of the lower panel and press the car-navigation unit so
that there is a gap on the upper side of the car-navigation unit.

4. Insert a tape-wrapped fastener remover into the gap between the lower panel and car-
navigation unit.

5. Move the fastener remover to the position of the arrow shown in the figure and detach the
car-navigation unit clip from the lower panel.
6. Pull out the car-navigation unit and disconnect the connectors.

7. While pressing the tabs of the clip in the direction of arrows (1) shown in the figure, press the
clip in the direction of arrow (2) to detach it from the car-navigation unit.
8. Remove the clip.
9. Remove the car-navigation unit.
10. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See Installation Note.)
Installation Note
Pressing the car-navigation unit when installing it could result in a malfunction. Therefore,
press the panel area to install the car-navigation unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

a. Front scuff plate (RH) (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front side trim (RH) (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Lift up the audio amplifier in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull it in the
direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, and pull out the audio amplifier hook from the
body.


6. While pressing the clip tabs in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, press the
clip in the direction of the arrow (2) to detach the clip tabs from the audio amplifier.
7. Detach the clip.
8. Remove the audio amplifier.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Without Bose
NOTE:
If the procedure is performed while holding the front door speaker cone, it could deform the cone
causing a malfunction. Therefore, perform the procedure while holding any part other than the cone.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
a. Inner garnish (See INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
4. Remove the bolts in alphabetical order.

5. Pull the front door speaker in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching
the pins.
With Bose
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

5. Pull the front door speaker in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching
the pins.

7. Remove the front door speaker from the bracket.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

3. Disconnect the front door speaker connector. (See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
4. Verify that the resistance and continuity between the front door speaker terminals is as
If not as indicated in the table, replace the front door speaker.
Without Bose
With Bose

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Without Bose
NOTE:
If the procedure is performed while holding the front door speaker cone, it could deform the cone
causing a malfunction. Therefore, perform the procedure while holding any part other than the cone.
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
5. Pull the rear door speaker in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching
the pins.

With Bose
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)

5. Pull the rear door speaker in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching
the pins.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

3. Disconnect the rear door speaker connector. (See REAR DOOR SPEAKER
4. Verify that the resistance between the rear door speaker terminals is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the rear door speaker.
Without Bose
With Bose
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the center speaker grille. (See SPEAKER GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front center speaker.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

3. Remove the front center speaker. (See FRONT CENTER SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the resistance between the front center speaker terminals is as indicated in the
table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the front center speaker.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the side speaker grille. (See SPEAKER GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Pull out the tweeter and disconnect the connector.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

TWEETER INSPECTION
< Previous Next >
TWEETER INSPECTION

2. Remove the side speaker grille. (See SPEAKER GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the tweeter. (See TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the resistance between the tweeter terminals is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the tweeter.
Without Bose
With Bose
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

5. Remove the D-pillar speaker.
6. While pressing the tabs of the clip in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, press
it in the direction of the arrow (2) to detach the short-cord clip from the D-pillar trim.

7. Remove the short cord.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
D-pillar speaker

3. Disconnect the D-pillar speaker connector. (See D-PILLAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the resistance between the D-pillar speaker terminals is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the D-pillar speaker.
Short-cord


3. Disconnect the D-pillar speaker connector. (See D-PILLAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the continuity between the short-cord terminals is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the short-cord.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
AudioPilot2 is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation.

c. Switch panel (See SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Shift lever knob (MTX) (See MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM

l. Hood release lever (See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER

m. Driver-side lower panel (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the nut.

5. Remove the AudioPilot2 microphone.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

d. Front seat belt adjusting cover (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt (See FRONT SEAT BELT
f. B-pillar upper trim (See B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear passenger's assist handle. (See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Partially peel back the headliner.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to peel back the headliner excessively. Otherwise it could create
a fold-seam in the headliner.

6. Remove the nut.
7. While pressing the center roof antenna tabs in the direction of arrows (1) shown in the figure,
press the center roof antenna in the direction of arrow (2) to detach the center roof antenna
tabs from the body.

8. Remove the center roof antenna.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The center roof antenna is integrated with the antenna amplifier.
Antenna amplifier inspection

e. Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt (See FRONT SEAT BELT
g. Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
NOTE:
Be careful not to peel back the headliner excessively. Otherwise it could create
a fold-seam in the headliner.
5. Connect the negative battery cable. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE


9. Verify that the battery voltage is supplied to antenna amplifier terminal A.
If the battery voltage cannot be verified, inspect the audio unit and antenna
feeder.
If the battery voltage can be verified, go to the feeder line inspection.
Feeder line inspection

2. Remove the center roof antenna.
3. Verify that there is no continuity between center roof antenna sections A and B and E (with
AM/FM/SIRIUS type only)
AM/FM type

AM/FM/SIRIUS type
If there is continuity, replace the center roof antenna.
4. Install the center roof antenna.
5. Verify that the continuity between the center roof antenna terminals is as indicated in the
table.

AM/FM type
AM/FM/SIRIUS type

If the continuity is not as indicated in the table, verify the installation condition
of the center roof antenna installation nut.
AM/FM type
AM/FM/SIRIUS type
If the installation condition of the center roof antenna installation nut is normal,
replace the center roof antenna.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

4. Disconnect antenna feeder No.3 connector. (See ANTENNA FEEDER NO.3

5. Visually inspect the glass antenna for damage.
6. Verify that the continuity between the glass antenna terminals is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, repair the glass antenna. (See FILAMENT
REPAIR .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
The audio unit communicates with the SIRIUS satellite radio unit and records the
presence/non-presence of the SIRIUS satellite radio unit when the ignition is switched to
ACC or ON (engine off or on) after connecting the negative battery cable.
audio unit records that there is no SIRIUS satellite radio unit, the SIRIUS satellite radio
unit does not operate.
For the SIRIUS satellite radio unit installation/removal, disconnect the negative battery
cable, switch the ignition to ACC or ON (engine off or on) after the servicing is completed,
and the audio unit records the presence/non-presence of the SIRIUS satellite radio unit.

4. Remove the nuts.
5. Remove the SIRIUS satellite radio unit.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
b. Trunk end trim (LH) (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Rear scuff plate (LH) (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Trunk side trim (LH) (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. D-pillar trim (LH) (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the condenser.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See Condenser Installation Note.)
Condenser Installation Note
Align with the D-pillar position and install the condenser.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
With audio system
a. Side speaker grille (RH) (See SPEAKER GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Tweeter (RH) (See TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. A-pillar trim (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Passenger-side front scuff plate (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Passenger-side front side trim (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Glove compartment (See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Decoration panel (See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Dashboard under cover (See DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Passenger-side lower panel (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Audio unit (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove clips A, B, C, D, E, and G.

4. Disconnect the SIRIUS satellite radio unit connector. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
5. Remove the clip F. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
6. Remove antenna feeder No.1.
With car-navigation system
a. Center speaker grille (See SPEAKER GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front center speaker (with Bose)/front center speaker dummy (without Bose) (See FRONT CENTER SPEAKER
c. GPS antenna (See GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Side speaker grille (RH) (See SPEAKER GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

e. Tweeter (RH) (See TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. A-pillar trim (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Front scuff plate (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Front side trim (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Car-navigation unit (See CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Switch panel (See SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Decoration panel (See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
l. Shift lever knob (MTX) (See MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [C66M-R].)
m. Front console box (See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
n. Shift panel (See SHIFT PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
o. Upper panel (See UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
p. Rear console (See REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
q. Side wall (See SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
r. Front console (See FRONT CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
s. Hood release lever (See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
t. Driver-side lower panel (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
u. Glove compartment (See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
v. Dashboard under cover (See DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
w. Passenger-side lower panel (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x. Audio unit (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove clips A, B, C, D, E, F, H, I, J, K, and L.

4. Disconnect the SIRIUS satellite radio unit connector. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
5. Remove the clip G. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
With audio system
a. A-pillar trim (RH) (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Decoration panel (See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Audio unit (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect antenna feeder No.2.
4. Verify that the continuity between antenna feeder No.1 terminals is as indicated in the table.

If not as indicated in the table, replace antenna feeder No.1.
With car-navigation system
b. Decoration panel (See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Audio unit (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Center speaker grille (See SPEAKER GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Front center speaker (with Bose)/front center speaker dummy (without Bose) (See FRONT CENTER SPEAKER
f. Car-navigation unit (See CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the GPS antenna connector. (See GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)



< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Removal
a. Sunroof seaming welt (with sunroof system) (See SUNROOF UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
q. Headliner (See HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Peel off the tape shown in the figure and remove antenna feeder No.2.
Without sunroof
With sunroof

Installation
1. Affix tape shown in the figure and install antenna feeder No.2.
Without sunroof
With sunroof

a. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Assist handle (See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. B-pillar upper trim (See B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Upper anchor installation bolt on the seat belt (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Adjust anchor cover (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. B-pillar lower trim (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Rear scuff plate (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
l. Front scuff plate (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
m. Sunvisor (See SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
n. Front map light (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
o. A-pillar trim (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
p. Sunroof seaming welt (with sunroof system) (See SUNROOF UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
b. Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Trunk end trim (RH) (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Rear scuff plate (RH) (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Trunk side trim (RH) (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. B-pillar lower trim (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Front seat belt adjusting cover (See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt (See ADJUSTER ANCHOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. B-pillar upper trim (See B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Liftgate upper trim (with SIRIUS satellite radio system) (See LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
NOTE:
If the headliner is peeled back excessively, the headliner could become creased. Be careful not to peel back the
headliner excessively.

6. Remove the bolt.
7. Remove clips A and B.
8. Remove joint pipe No.1 clip.
9. Remove clips D and E.

10. Disconnect joint pipe No.2.
11. Remove clips F and G.
12. Disconnect the center roof antenna.
13. Using a screwdriver wrapped in protective tape, pull the connector in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while
pressing glass antenna terminal in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, and disengage the glass antenna terminal from
the connector. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)

14. Disconnect the connector. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
15. Remove the bolt. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
16. Remove the clip. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
liftgate grommet inner. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)

18. Using a screwdriver wrapped in protective tape, pull the liftgate grommet in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while
pressing the liftgate grommet inner tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, and disengage the liftgate from the
liftgate grommet. (with SIRIUS satellite radio system)
19. Pull the liftgate grommet in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove it.

20. Pull out the disconnected connectors of the liftgate side and vehicle interior side and antenna feeder No.3. (with SIRIUS satellite
radio system)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
e. Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt (See ADJUSTER ANCHOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Rear seat cushion (See REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Trunk side upper trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
NOTE:
If the headliner is peeled back excessively, the headliner could become creased. Be careful not to peel back the headliner
excessively.
6. Disconnect the roof antenna connector.
7. Disconnect the glass antenna.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

4. Remove the screw.
5. Remove the GPS antenna.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Handling the driver-side air bag module improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag module, which may seriously
injure you. Read the service warnings and cautions before handling the air bag module. (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS
[TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
(See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS
[STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
1. Switch the ignition OFF (LOCK).
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Remove the driver-side air bag module. (See DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT
CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
4. Remove the steering wheel. (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Affix protective tape to the gaps between the steering wheel and cover as shown in the figure.
7. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, press the cover tabs in the direction of the arrows shown in the figure to detach the cover
tabs from the steering wheel.

8. Insert the fastener remover into the clearance between the steering wheel and cover as shown in the figure.
9. Move the fastener remover in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and detach cover tab from the steering wheel.
10. Remove the cover while detaching the pins from the steering wheel.
11. While pressing the clip tabs in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, press the clip in the direction of the arrow (2) to
detach the clip tabs from the steering wheel.

12. Detach the clip.
13. While pressing the tabs of the steering switch in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, press the steering switch in the
direction of the arrow (2) to detach the tabs of the steering switch from the steering wheel.
14. Insert a fastener remover into the position shown in the figure.
15. Move the fastener remover straight in the direction shown in the figure and remove the tabs of the steering switch from the steering
wheel.
CAUTION:
When removing the pins of the steering switch, pull them out straight. If the fastener remover is moved at an angle, the
pins could be damaged.
NOTE:

Because the pins of the steering switch are installed to the hard plastic area of the steering wheel, the engagement is
strong.
16. Remove the steering switch while detaching the pin and tabs of the steering wheel.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Without Bluetooth system
WARNING:
Handling the driver-side air bag module improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag
module, which may seriously injure you. Read the service warnings and cautions before handling
the air bag module. (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL
SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
(See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR
BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE
3. Remove the driver-side air bag module. (See DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG
MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
5. Verify that the resistance and continuity between the steering switch terminals is as indicated in the
table.

If not as indicated in the table, replace the steering switch. (See STEERING SWITCH

6. Apply battery positive voltage to steering switch terminal F, and connect terminal B to ground.
If the LED does not illuminate, replace the steering switch. (See STEERING SWITCH
With Bluetooth system
WARNING:
Handling the driver-side air bag module improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag
module, which may seriously injure you. Read the service warnings and cautions before handling

the air bag module. (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL
SYSTEM] .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
(See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See AIR
BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE
3. Remove the driver-side air bag module. (See DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [TWO-STEP DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .) (See DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG
MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [STANDARD DEPLOYMENT CONTROL SYSTEM] .)
5. Verify that the resistance and continuity between the steering switch terminals is as indicated in the
table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the steering switch. (See STEERING SWITCH

6. Apply battery positive voltage to steering switch terminal F, and connect terminal B to ground.

If the LED does not illuminate, replace the steering switch. (See STEERING SWITCH
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2.0].)
3. While pressing tabs A of the voice recognition microphone in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure
using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, pull the voice recognition microphone in the direction of the arrow (2)
shown in the figure to detach tabs A of the voice recognition microphone from the front map light.
4. While pulling tab B of the voice recognition microphone in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull
the voice recognition microphone in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure to detach tab B of the voice
recognition microphone from the front map light.

5. Remove the voice recognition microphone.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
The audio unit communicates with the Bluetooth unit and records the presence/non-
presence of the Bluetooth unit when the ignition is switched to ACC or ON (engine off or
on) after connecting the negative battery cable.
audio unit records that there is no Bluetooth unit, the Bluetooth unit does not operate.
For the Bluetooth unit installation/removal, disconnect the negative battery cable, switch
the ignition to ACC or ON (engine off or on) after the servicing is completed, and the audio
unit records the presence/non-presence of the Bluetooth unit.

3. Remove the nuts.
4. While pressing the tabs of the clip in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, press
the clip in the direction of the arrow (2) to detach it from the Bluetooth unit.

5. Detach the clip.
7. Remove the Bluetooth unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the upper console. (See REAR CONSOLE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
3. While pressing the auxiliary jack/USB port. tabs in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, press the auxiliary jack/USB
port. in the direction of the arrow (2) to detach the auxiliary jack/USB port. tabs from the upper console.
4. Remove the auxiliary jack/USB port.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Auxiliary jack inspection

a. Upper console (See REAR CONSOLE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
b. Auxiliary jack/USB port (See AUXILIARY JACK/USB PORT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Connect a commercially-available plug to the external input unit.
4. Verify that the continuity between the external input unit terminals is as indicated in the
table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the external input unit.

USB port inspection

a. Upper console (See REAR CONSOLE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
b. Auxiliary jack/USB port (See AUXILIARY JACK/USB PORT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Insert the pins to positions UA', UB', UC', and UD' shown in the figure from the side of the
USB device insertion area for the external input unit, and verify the continuity at the insertion
side and terminal side of the USB device.
4. Verify that the continuity at the insertion side and terminal side of the USB device is as
NOTE:
When inspecting the USB device insertion side, touch it with a paper clip or
similar thin pin without directly inserting a tester into the terminals.

If not as indicated in the table, replace the external input unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
The audio unit communicates with the rear mount camera and records the presence/non-
presence of the rear mount camera when the ignition is switched to ACC or ON (engine off
or on) after connecting the negative battery cable.
audio unit records that there is no rear mount camera, the rear mount camera does not
operate.
For the rear mount camera installation/removal, disconnect the negative battery cable,
switch the ignition to ACC or ON (engine off or on) after the servicing is completed, and
the audio unit records the presence/non-presence of the rear mount camera.

3. Press the back monitor camera tabs in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, pull
the back monitor camera in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, and disengage
the back monitor camera tabs from the liftgate garnish.

4. Remove the rear mount camera.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

d. Liftgate garnish (See INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Rear mount camera (See REAR MOUNT CAMERA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Prepare four dry cell batteries (1.5 V)
4. Connect the four dry cell batteries in a series.
5. Connect the positive pole of the dry cell battery to rear mount camera terminal A, and the
negative pole to terminal D.

6. With the cell batteries being connected, measure the waveform between rear mount camera
terminal C and body ground.
7. Verify that the waveform is displayed as shown in the figure.
8. If the voltage is not as shown in the figure, replace the rear mount camera.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1Front wiring harness protector No.1
(See FRONT WIRING HARNESS PROTECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2Main fuse

(See MAIN FUSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3Relay and fuse block
(See RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
(See RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK MIDDLE COVER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
(See FUSE SERVICE CAUTIONS .)
4Front wiring harness protector No.2
(See FRONT WIRING HARNESS PROTECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5Push button start
(See PUSH BUTTON START REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See PUSH BUTTON START INSPECTION .)
(See FORCED IGNITION ON .)
6Front accessory socket
(See FRONT ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT ACCESSORY SOCKET INSPECTION .)
7Center accessory socket
(See CENTER ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See CENTER ACCESSORY SOCKET INSPECTION .)
8Rear accessory socket
(See REAR ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR ACCESSORY SOCKET INSPECTION .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the battery tray. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
2. Remove the air cleaner case. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. While pressing the relay and fuse block upper cover tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, lift up the relay and fuse
block upper cover in the direction of the arrow (2) to detach the relay and fuse block upper cover tab from the relay and fuse block
middle cover.
4. Remove the relay and fuse block upper cover.
5. Remove all the relays and fuses.
CAUTION:
If the relay and fuse block is removed with the relays and fuses installed, the area around the relay and fuse block may
contact the relays or fuses and damage the them. Before removing the relay and fuse block, remove all the relays and
fuses.
6. Remove the front body control module (FBCM). (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Disconnect the front body control module (FBCM) connector. (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8. While pressing the relay and fuse block hook in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure, set the emission wiring harness
away from the relay and fuse block hook.

9. Disconnect the emission wiring harness connectors.

12. While pressing the clip tab of the relay and fuse block in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure, pull the clip in the
direction of the arrow (5) to detach the clip tab from the engine mount.

14. While pressing the clip tabs of front wiring harness protector No.2 in the direction of the arrows (6) shown in the figure, pull the clip
in the direction of the arrow (7) shown in the figure to detach the clip tabs from the engine mount.
15. Remove the front wiring harness protector No.2 clip.
16. Lift up the front wiring harness protector No.2 cap in the direction of the arrow (8) shown in the figure.
17. Pull out front wiring harness protector No.2 from the stud bolt and set it aside as shown in the figure.

18. Cut the band shown in the figure.
19. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the gap between the relay and fuse block middle cover tabs and the relay and fuse block lower
cover as shown in the figure.
20. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (9) shown in the figure, pull down the relay and fuse block lower cover in
the direction of the arrow (10) shown in the figure, and detach the relay and fuse block middle cover tabs from the relay and fuse block
lower cover.

21. Detach all the relay and fuse block middle cover tabs from the relay and fuse block lower cover, and remove the relay and fuse block
lower cover from the relay and fuse block middle cover. (See Relay and Fuse Block Lower Cover Installation Note.)
22. While pressing the wiring harness clip tabs in the direction of the arrows (11) shown in the figure, push out the clip in the direction of
the arrow (12) shown in the figure to detach the clip tabs from the relay and fuse block.

24. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (13) shown in the figure, lift up the front wiring harness connectors in the
direction of the arrow (14) shown in the figure, and detach the connector tabs from the relay and fuse block middle cover.
25. Move the front wiring harness connector in the direction of the arrow (15) shown in the figure, release the hook, and pull it out from
the relay and fuse block middle cover.

26. Insert the flathead screwdriver into the gap between the relay and fuse block middle cover and the relay and fuse block shown in the
figure.
27. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (16) shown in the figure, pull up the relay and fuse block middle cover in
the direction of the arrow (17) shown in the figure, and detach the relay and fuse block tabs from the relay and fuse block middle cover.

28. Remove the bolt.
29. Remove the ground.
30. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (18) shown in the figure, pull the wiring harness in the direction of the
arrow (19) while pressing the stopper, and detach the relay or fuse terminal from the stopper.

31. Remove the relay or fuse terminal.
CAUTION:
A terminal disconnection could cause electronic components and the system to not operate normally due to poor
contact. After terminal relocation, lightly pull the wiring harnesses to verify that they cannot be pulled out.
NOTE:
For terminal relocation, line up the relays and fuse blocks of the old and news parts and always verify each of the wiring
harnesses in the wiring diagram.
33. Perform verify relay and fuse block replacement. (See Verify Relay and Fuse Block Replacement .)
Relay and Fuse Block Lower Cover Installation Note
NOTE:
When installing the relay and fuse block lower cover to the relay and fuse block middle cover, the wiring harness could get caught

between the relay and fuse block middle cover and the relay and fuse block lower cover resulting in open or short circuit in the
wiring harness. When installing the relay and fuse block lower cover, disassemble the relay and fuse block lower cover and install
one at a time.
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the gap between relay and fuse block lower covers No.1 and 2 shown in the figure.
2. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull up relay and fuse block lower cover No.1 in
the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, and detach the relay and fuse block lower cover No.1 tab from relay and fuse block
lower cover No.2.
3. Detach all the relay and fuse block lower cover No.1 tabs from relay and fuse block lower cover No.2, and remove relay and fuse block
lower cover No.1 from relay and fuse block lower cover No.2.
4. Install relay and fuse block lower covers No.1 and 2.
Verify Relay and Fuse Block Replacement
1. Temporarily connect the negative battery cable to verify that the related wiring harness is not heated.
3. Verify that the fuse is not burnt out and the related wiring harness is not heated.
4. Perform the initial settings for the following systems:
Power window system (See POWER WINDOW SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE .)
Clock and audio
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) (See TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE .)
5. Verify DTCs using the M-MDS.
If a DTC is displayed, repair the malfunctioning part according to the corresponding DTC inspection.

After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the module.
6. If there is no malfunction in Step 1, 3, and 5, start the engine and maintain the idle status.
7. Operate all the switches of the interior/exterior lights of the vehicle and verify that all the light bulbs illuminate and flash.
8. Operate the audio, climate control, wiper switch, and selector lever and verify that they operate correctly.
9. Shift the selector lever to the P position, race the engine at approx. 3,000 rpm from engine idling, and verify that there is no
malfunction.
10. Perform a road test and verify that low speed, acceleration, shift-up, and shift-down conditions are normal.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull up relay and fuse block No.1 in
the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, and detach the relay and fuse block No.2 tab from relay and fuse block
No.1.
3. Detach all the relay and fuse block No.2 tabs from relay and fuse block No.1, and remove relay and fuse block No.1
from relay and fuse block No.2.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. While pressing the relay and fuse block middle cover tab in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull out the bracket in the
direction of arrow (2) to detach the relay and fuse block middle cover tab from the bracket.

3. Detach all the relay and fuse block middle cover tabs from the bracket and remove the bracket from the relay and fuse block middle
cover.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Front Wiring Harness Protector No.1
2. Remove the air cleaner case. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. While pressing the tabs of clip A in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, pull clip A in the direction of the arrow (2)
shown in the figure to detach the tab of clip A from the radiator.
4. Detach clip A.
6. While pressing the tabs of clip B in the direction of the arrows (3) shown in the figure, pull clip B in the direction of the arrow (4)

shown in the figure to detach the tab of clip B from the radiator.
7. Detach clip B.
8. While pressing the tabs of clip C in the direction of the arrows (5) shown in the figure, pull clip C in the direction of the arrow (6)
shown in the figure to detach the tab of clip C from the front bumper.
9. Remove clip C.
10. While pressing the clip tabs in the direction of the arrows (7) shown in the figure, pull the clip in the direction of the arrow (8) to
detach the clip tabs from the radiator.

11. Detach all the clip tabs and remove the clips.
12. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the position shown in the figure.
13. While lifting up the hooks in the direction of the arrows (9) shown in the figure using a flathead screwdriver, pull the hooks in the
direction of the arrows (10) shown in the figure to detach the tabs from the hooks.

14. Detach all the tabs and hooks and remove front wiring harness protector No.1.
Front Wiring Harness Protector No.2
1. Remove the battery tray. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
2. While pressing the clip tabs in the direction of arrows (1) shown in the figure, pull the clip in the direction of arrow (2) to detach it
from the engine mount.
3. Remove the clip.
4. Remove the cap in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure.

5. Pull out front wiring harness protector No.2 from the stud bolt and set it aside as shown in the figure.
6. While pressing the clip tabs in the direction of the arrows (4) shown in the figure, push out the clip in the direction of the arrow (5)
shown in the figure to detach the clip tabs from front wiring harness protector No.2.
7. Remove the clip.
8. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the gap between front wiring harness protector No.2 and the tabs shown in the
figure.

9. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (6) shown in the figure, lift up the front wiring harness protector No.2 tab
to detach the tab from front wiring harness protector No.2.
10. Detach all the tabs and front wiring harness protector No.2 and remove front wiring harness protector No.2.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
If a fuse is burnt out, inspect the cause and repair the malfunctioning part, and always
replace a fuse with one of the specified value. If the fuse is replaced before repairing a
malfunction, it may burn out again.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull up the main fuse cover in the direction of
the arrow (2) shown in the figure, and detach the main fuse cover tab from the main fuse.
4. Remove the main fuse cover.

5. Remove the nuts.
6. Remove the main fuse.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the meter hood. (See METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. While pressing the push button start tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure,
push out the push button start in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure to detach the
push button start tab from the meter hood.
4. Remove the push button start.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the push button start. (See PUSH BUTTON START REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Verify that the continuity between the push button start terminals is as indicated in the table.
If the continuity can be verified as indicated in the table, go to the next step.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the push button start. (See PUSH
BUTTON START REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to the push button start terminals and
verify that the LED illuminates as indicated in the table.


If the LED does not illuminate as indicated in the table, replace the push button
start. (See PUSH BUTTON START REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

FORCED IGNITION ON
< Previous Next >
FORCED IGNITION ON
NOTE:
In order to perform a forced ignition ON, the M-MDS is necessary. If the servicing is being
done outside of an Authorized Mazda dealership, contact an Authorized Mazda dealership
for instructions.
The forced ignition ON procedure forces a power supply to each part when no power is
available even after the ignition switch has been operated. However, the engine cannot be
started and the steering cannot be unlocked.
When performing a forced ignition ON procedure, remove all remote transmitters from the
vehicle. If an remote transmitter is left in the vehicle, the forced ignition ON procedure
cannot be done.
1. Verify that there are no remote transmitters in the vehicle.
2. Get PCM part number from As-built site.
4. Manual vehicle identification.
Select Manual Vehicle Entry.
5. Select the All other from Vehicle list.
6. Input the PCM part number on the following screen.
M-MDS.
Select Body.
Select Special Ignition ON.
8. Perform the procedure according to the directions on the screen.

FORCED IGNITION ON
9. Delete the session, but keep the ignition ON.
10. Normal vehicle identification.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

RELAY LOCATION
< Previous Next >
RELAY LOCATION

RELAY LOCATION
1 TNS relay
3 A/C relay
4 Headlight HI relay
5 Fuel injector relay
6 Fuel pump relay
Headlight (halogen type):
Headlight LO relay
7
Headlight (discharge type):
8 IG1 relay
9 Starter relay
10
11Horn relay
12
13ACC relay
14Cooling fan relay No.1
15Electric variable valve timing relay
17Blower relay
Headlight (halogen type):
DRL relay
18
Headlight (discharge type):
19Rear window defroster relay
21Front fog light relay
22Main relay
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

RELAY LOCATION

RELAY INSPECTION
< Previous Next >
RELAY INSPECTION
Relay Type
Connector type Part name
TNS relay
A/C relay
Headlight HI relay
Headlight LO relay
Horn relay
Type A ACC relay
Cooling fan relay No.1
Cooling fan relay No.2
DRL relay
Rear window defroster relay
Front fog light relay
Type B Cooling fan relay No.3
Type C Blower relay
Fuel injector relay
Fuel pump relay
Type D IG1 relay
Electric variable valve timing relay
Main relay

RELAY INSPECTION
Type E Starter relay
Type A
1. Remove the relay. (See RELAY LOCATION.)
2. Verify the continuity between relay terminals E and A.
If it can be verified, go to the next step.
If it cannot be verified, replace the relay. (See RELAY LOCATION.)
3. Apply battery voltage to relay terminal E, and connect terminal A to ground.
4. Verify the continuity between relay terminals C and D.
Type B
2. Verify the continuity between relay terminals E and A.
3. Verify the continuity between the relay terminals B and D.

RELAY INSPECTION
4. Apply battery voltage to relay terminal E, and connect terminal A to ground.
Type C
2. Verify the continuity between the relay terminals D and B.
3. Apply battery voltage to relay terminal D, and connect terminal B to ground.
4. Verify the continuity between relay terminals C and A.
Type D
2. Verify the continuity between relay terminals A and E.
3. Apply battery voltage to relay terminal A, and connect terminal E to ground.

RELAY INSPECTION
4. Verify the continuity between relay terminals D and C.
Type E
2. Verify the continuity between relay terminals A and E.
3. Apply battery voltage to relay terminal A, and connect terminal E to ground.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the front console. (See FRONT CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the gap between the cap tab and socket.
4. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, press the front accessory socket in the direction
of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, and detach the cap tab from the socket.
5. Pull the front accessory socket in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it.

6. While pressing the cap tabs in the direction of arrows (3) shown in the figure, press the cap in the direction of arrow (4) to detach
the cap tabs from the front console.
7. Remove the cap.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the front accessory socket. (See FRONT ACCESSORY SOCKET

2. Connect the tester probe to the position shown in the figure and verify that there is
continuity.
If it cannot be verified, replace the front accessory socket. (See FRONT

ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2. Remove the upper console. (See REAR CONSOLE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
3. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the gap between the cap tab and socket.
4. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, press the center accessory socket in the direction
of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, and detach the cap tab from the socket.
5. Pull the center accessory socket in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it.

6. While pressing the clip tabs in the direction of arrows (3) shown in the figure, press the cap in the direction of arrow (4) to detach the
cap tabs from the upper console.
7. Remove the cap.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the center accessory socket. (See CENTER ACCESSORY SOCKET

continuity.
If it cannot be verified, replace the center accessory socket. (See CENTER

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
3. Move the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull out the service hole cover, and detach the
service hole cover tab and trunk side trim.

4. Pull out the service hole cover in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure and pull out the service hole cover hook from the
trunk side trim.

8. While pressing the cap tab in the direction of arrow (3) shown in the figure, push out the rear accessory socket in the direction of
arrow (4) to detach the cap tab from the socket.

9. Pull the rear accessory socket in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it.
10. While pressing the cap tab in the direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure, push out the cap in the direction of the arrow (6)
shown in the figure to detach the cap tab from the trunk side trim.

11. Remove the cap.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the rear accessory socket. (See REAR ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
continuity.
If it cannot be verified, replace the rear accessory socket. (See REAR

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Interior
1Instrument cluster
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION .)
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION) .)
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
(See INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO. PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE .)
(See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY SWITCHING PROCEDURE .)
2Clock
(See CLOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See CLOCK INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.)
3BSM OFF switch (with blind spot monitoring (BSM) system)
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) OFF SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) OFF SWITCH INSPECTION .)
4Fuel gauge sender unit
(See FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [2WD] .)
(See FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AWD].)
(See FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION [2WD] .)
(See FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION [AWD].)
Exterior

1Horn
(See HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See HORN INSPECTION .)

2Oil pressure switch
(See OIL PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION .)
3Blind spot monitoring (BSM) warning indicator light (with blind spot monitoring (BSM) system)
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) INDICATOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) INDICATOR LIGHT INSPECTION .)
4Blind spot monitoring (BSM) control module (with blind spot monitoring (BSM) system)
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION .)
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) RADAR TEST .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
If configuration is not performed when the instrument cluster is replaced with a new one, the vehicle
specification information is not stored in the instrument cluster and the system will not operate normally.
When performing configuration, it is necessary to read the vehicle specification information from the
instrument cluster before replacing it. Connect the M-MDS to the vehicle and perform vehicle identification
before removing the instrument cluster. The vehicle specification information is temporarily stored in the M-
MDS.
NOTE:
The instrument cluster prior to replacement stores the vehicle specification information.
A new instrument cluster does not store any vehicle specification information.
If the vehicle specification information from the instrument cluster prior to replacement cannot be read,
perform the configuration using As-Built data.
1. When replacing the instrument cluster, perform the configuration. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION
(USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION) .)
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
3. Remove the upper column cover. (See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the meter hood. (See METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Cover the light switch, wiper switch, and start stop unit using a rag to prevent scratches.

CAUTION:
When removing the instrument cluster, the instrument cluster may contact the light switch,
wiper switch, or the start stop unit and the instrument cluster may be scratched. When
removing the instrument cluster, cover the light switch, wiper switch, and start stop unit using a
rag.
7. Pull the instrument cluster outward to detach it from the instrument panel pins.
8. Rotate the instrument cluster in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.

10. Rotate the wiring harness clip approx. 90 degrees, pull it in the direction shown by the arrow in the figure,
and disengage the wiring harness clip tab from the instrument cluster.
11. Remove the instrument cluster by sliding it between the instrument panel and the steering.

CAUTION:
If the instrument cluster is left for a long time with its screen facing down, grease applied to the needles
may spill and the needles may not operate smoothly. When storing the instrument cluster, store it with its
screen facing upward.
NOTE:
If configuration cannot be performed by reading/writing of the vehicle specification information, perform the
configuration using As-Built information after replacing the instrument cluster. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
If the instrument cluster is hit forcefully during disassembly such as by being dropped, it could get damaged and the system
may not operate normally. When disassembling the instrument cluster, perform the procedure on a workbench on clean
clothes being careful not to drop it.
1. Move a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure, lift up the cover while pressing the
cover tab, and disengage the cover tab from the instrument cluster.
2. Disengage all the cover tabs from the instrument cluster and remove the cover.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Speedometer inspection
Using a speedometer tester
CAUTION:
When only the front or the rear wheels are driven using a speedometer tester, the DSC HU/CM may determine that the vehicle
speed signal is in error and the engine cannot be stopped by the normal operation. If the engine cannot be stopped, perform an
emergency engine stop operation. (See SERVICE CAUTIONS .)
1. Adjust the tire pressure to the specification.
2. Using a speedometer tester, verify that the tester reading is as indicated in the following table. km/h
Speedometer tester indication (km/h)Allowable range (km/h)
20 1822
40 3842
60 5862
80 7882
100 98102
120 117123
140 137143
160 157163
180 177183
200 197203
220 216224
240 236244
mph
Speedometer tester indication (mph)Allowable range (mph)
10 911
20 1921
30 2931
40 3941
50 4951

60 5961
70 6872
80 7882
90 8892
100 98102
110 108112
120 118122
130 128132
140 138142
150 148152
3. Verify that the speedometer reading is within the range indicated in the table.
If the speedometer does not operate or the indication is not within the allowable range, inspect the DTC inspection for the
following control module and the related wiring harnesses.
PCM
TCM (ATX)
DSC HU/CM
If the PCM, TCM (ATX), DSC HU/CM, and related wiring harnesses are normal, replace the instrument cluster.
Using the M-MDS
a. DataLogger
b. Modules
c. IC
3. Using SPDMTR, verify that the displayed information is as indicated in the table.
M-MDS display Instrument cluster display
60 km/h Speedometer needle moves to approx. 5862 km/h {3639 mph}.
120 km/h Speedometer needle moves to approx. 117123 km/h {72.876.4 mph}.
Off Speedometer needle moves to the bottommost position.
If the speedometer does not operate or the indication is not within the allowable range, inspect the DTC inspection for the
PCM
TCM (ATX)
DSC HU/CM
If the PCM, TCM (ATX), DSC HU/CM, and related wiring harnesses are normal, replace the instrument cluster.

Tachometer inspection
CAUTION:
If the engine speed exceeds the allowable range, the engine could be damaged. Therefore, when inspecting the tachometer, do not
allow the engine speed to exceed the allowable range indicated on the tachometer.
a. DataLogger
b. Modules
c. IC
3. Using TACHOMTR, verify that the displayed information is as indicated in the table.
M-MDS display Instrument cluster display
3000 RPM Tachometer needle moves to approx. 3,050 rpm.
6000 RPM Tachometer needle moves to approx. 6,100 rpm.
Off Tachometer needle moves to bottommost position.
If the tachometer does not operate or the indication is not within the allowable range, inspect the DTC inspection for the
PCM
If the PCM and related wiring harnesses are normal, replace the instrument cluster.
Fuel Gauge/LCD Inspection
a. DataLogger
b. Modules
c. IC
3. Using LCD_SEG, verify that the LCD is illuminated.
If there are any non-illuminated area, replace the instrument cluster.

Warning/Indicator Light Illumination Inspection
a. DataLogger
b. Modules
c. IC
3. Using WL+IL, verify that the warning/indicator lights in the following table are illuminated.
If any of the warning/indicator lights are not displayed, replace the instrument cluster.

Warning/indicator
No. Name Comment
lights
1 TCS/DSC indicator light
2 Engine oil pressure warning light
3 KEY warning light (red)/indicator light (green)
4 Turn signal/hazard warning indicator lights
5 Check engine light
6 Automatic transaxle warning light ATX
With cruise control

7 Cruise main indicator light (amber)/cruise set indicato rlight (green)
system
8 Lights-on indicator light
9 AFS OFF indicator light With AFS
10 Door-ajar warning light
High engine coolant temperature warning light (red)/low engine coolant temperature
11
indicator light (blue)
12 Low fuel warning light
13 Check fuel cap warning light
14 ABS warning light
15 Low washer fluid level warning light
16 Charging system warning light
17 Brake system warning light
18 Headlight high-beam indicator light
19 Seat belt warning light
20 BSM OFF indicator light With BSM system
21 Security indicator light
22 Tire pressure monitoring system warning light
23 AWD warning light AWD
24 Master warning light

25 Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light
26 Power steering malfunction indicator light
27 TCS OFF indicator light
Alarm Inspection
a. DataLogger
b. Modules
c. IC
3. Using ALARM, verify that the buzzer sounds.
If the buzzer does not sound, replace the instrument cluster.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:

from the instrument cluster before replacing it. Connect the M-MDS to the vehicle and
perform vehicle identification before removing the instrument cluster. The vehicle
specification information is temporarily stored in the M-MDS.
Module programming
Programmable Module Installation
IC
4. Perform the configuration following the instructions on the screen.
CAUTION:
When the configuration is performed, CAN communication between the instrument cluster
and control module connected to the CAN line is cut temporarily, and communication error
completed normally.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
Module programming
As-Built
IC
4. Perform As-Built following the instructions on the screen.
CAUTION:
When the configuration is performed, CAN communication between the instrument cluster
and control module connected to the CAN line is cut temporarily, and communication error
completed normally.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Operational Record
Meter Warning System
4. Display the instrument cluster operation history according to the screen instructions.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Module programming
b. Programmable Parameters
3. Select menu in the IC.
4. Select an item name, and than select option.
Instrument cluster
Mazda Modular Diagnostic Initial Control

System (M-MDS) display setting unit
The volume for the lights-on reminder Not Adopted. / Instrument

Lights-on Reminder Volume. High
warning alarm can be changed. OFF / Low / High cluster
The volume of the turn and hazard Not Adopted. / Instrument

Turn Signal Volume. High
indicator alarm can be changed. Low / High cluster
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) system
Mazda Modular Diagnostic Initial Control

System (M-MDS) display setting unit
The volume of the Blind Spot Monitoring Not Adopted. / Instrument

BSM Volume. High
(BSM) warning alarm can be changed. OFF / Low / High cluster
< Previous Next >

Back to Top


< Previous Next >
NOTE:
When the ambient temperature display is switched, the set A/C cabin temperature display is also changed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel when servicing the fuel system. Fuel can be
easily ignited which could cause serious injury or death, and damage to equipment.
Fuel line spills and leakage from the pressurized fuel system are dangerous. Fuel can ignite
and cause serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To
prevent this, always complete the Fuel Line Safety Procedure, while referring to the
BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION.
A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or explosion, resulting in death
or serious injury. Before draining fuel, make sure to discharge static electricity by touching
a vehicle.
CAUTION:
If the fuel gauge level indicates 3/4 or more, the fuel surface is higher than the fuel pump
unit and fuel gauge sender unit installation surface. If servicing is performed under this
condition, fuel leakage could result. Always drain the fuel before performing the operation
and keep the fuel in the fuel tank at less than half.
NOTE:
For the fuel gauge sender unit removal/installation, refer to the fuel pump
removal/installation because the fuel gauge sender unit is integrated with the fuel pump.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
WARNING:
Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel when servicing the fuel system. Fuel can be
easily ignited which could cause serious injury or death, and damage to equipment.
Fuel line spills and leakage from the pressurized fuel system are dangerous. Fuel can ignite
and cause serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To
prevent this, always complete the Fuel Line Safety Procedure, while referring to the
BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION.
A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or explosion, resulting in death
or serious injury. Before draining fuel, make sure to discharge static electricity by touching
a vehicle.
CAUTION:
If the fuel gauge level indicates 3/4 or more, the fuel surface is higher than the fuel pump
unit and fuel gauge sender unit installation surface. If servicing is performed under this
condition, fuel leakage could result. Always drain the fuel before performing the operation
and keep the fuel in the fuel tank at less than half.
Fuel Gauge Sender Unit (main)
NOTE:
For the fuel gauge sender unit removal/installation, refer to the fuel pump
removal/installation because the fuel gauge sender unit is integrated with the fuel pump.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
Fuel Gauge Sender Unit (sub)
1. Perform the "Fuel Line Safety Procedure" referring to the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE". (See
BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
2. If the fuel gauge level indicates 3/4 or more, refer to the "FUEL DRAINING PROCEDURE" and
drain the fuel. (See FUEL DRAINING PROCEDURE [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
a. Rear seat cushion (6:4 split type) (See REAR SEAT CUSHION
b. Rear seat under installation bolt (4:2:4 split type) (See REAR SEAT
http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/html/id0922000120b4.html[1/8/13 6:48:48 AM]

4. Partially peel back the floor covering.

9. Remove the fuel gauge sender unit (sub).

11. Perform the fuel leakage inspection referring to [AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION]. (See AFTER
SERVICE PRECAUTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
For the fuel gauge sender unit removal/installation, refer to the fuel pump removal/installation because the fuel gauge
sender unit is integrated with the fuel pump. (See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
1. Verify that the resistance at fuel gauge sender unit terminals D and C is as indicated in the table according to the height of
the float.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the fuel gauge sender unit.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Fuel gauge sender unit (main)
NOTE:
For the fuel gauge sender unit removal/installation, refer to the fuel pump removal/installation because the fuel gauge
sender unit is integrated with the fuel pump. (See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
1. Verify that the resistance at fuel gauge sender unit (main) terminals D and C is as indicated in the table according to the
height of the float.

If not as indicated in the table, replace the fuel gauge sender unit (main).
Fuel gauge sender unit (sub)
1. Remove the fuel gauge sender unit (sub). (See FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AWD].)
2. Verify that the resistance at fuel gauge sender unit (sub) terminals B and A is as indicated in the table according to the
height of the float.

If not as indicated in the table, replace the fuel gauge sender unit (sub).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
For the oil pressure switch removal/installation, refer to the engine oil solenoid valve
removal installation because the oil pressure switch is installed to the engine oil solenoid
valve. (See ENGINE OIL SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Switch the ignition ON (engine off) and verify that the oil pressure warning light is
illuminated.
2. Start the engine and verify that the oil pressure warning light turns off.
If the oil pressure warning light is not illuminated or remains illuminated,

inspect the wiring harness between the oil pressure switch and the PCM and
CAN line between the PCM and the instrument cluster.
If the related wiring harnesses are not malfunctioning, inspect

the oil pressure.
(See OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
If the oil pressure is normal, replace the oil

pressure switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

4. Remove the bolt.
5. Remove the horn.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

HORN INSPECTION
< Previous Next >
HORN INSPECTION

3. Remove the horn. (See HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Apply battery positive voltage to horn terminal A, and connect the horn retaining bolt to
ground as shown in the figure, and then verify that the horn sounds.
If the horn does not sound, replace the horn.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the rear combination light. (See REAR COMBINATION LIGHT

3. Remove the rear bumper. (See REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the nuts.
6. Remove the BSM control module.
8. Perform the BSM radar test. (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) RADAR TEST .)

CAUTION:
If the BSM control module is replaced, not performing the BSM radar test will
cause a deviation in the radar emission angle which could result in the system
not detecting a vehicle approaching from the rear correctly. If the BSM control
module is replaced, perform the BSM radar test.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the rear combination light. (See REAR COMBINATION LIGHT

3. Remove the rear bumper. (See REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

(reference).

inspect the parts under Inspection item(s).
If the system does not operate normally even though the

inspection items are normal, replace the BSM control module
(RH) or BSM control module (LH).
BSM control module (RH)
Connected Voltage
Terminal Signal name Measurement conditions Inspection item(s)
to (V)

Related
Body 1.0 or
A Ground Under any condition wiring
ground less
harness
Ignition switched ON (Engine off or on) B+ C/U IG1

fuse
Power IG relay
B IG relay
position (IG1) 1.0 or
Ignition switched off (LOCK) or ACC Related
less
wiring
harness
Turn off BSM indicator light using BSM 1.0 or BSM

system simulation WRN_IND_R less indicator
BSM indicator BSM light
D light (RH) indicator (RH)
signal light (RH) Turn on BSM indicator light using rear
vehicle monitoring system simulation B+ Related
WRN_IND_R wiring
harness
Related Because this terminal is for communication, determination using

G MS-CAN_L
module terminal voltage inspection is not possible.

H MS-CAN_H

Connected Voltage
Terminal Signal name Measurement conditions Inspection item(s)
to (V)
Related
Body 1.0 or
A Ground Under any condition wiring
ground less
harness
Ignition switched ON (engine off or on) B+ C/U IG1

fuse
Power
IG relay
B position IG relay
(1G1) 1.0 or
Ignition switched off (LOCK) or ACC Related
less
wiring
harness
Turn off BSM indicator light using BSM 1.0 or BSM

system simulation WRN_IND_L less indicator
BSM indicator BSM light
D light (LH) indicator (LH)
signal light (LH) Turn on BSM indicator light using rear
vehicle monitoring system simulation B+ Related
WRN_IND_L wiring
harness
Related
Body 1.0 or
E Ground Under any condition wiring
ground less
harness

G MS-CAN_L


H MS-CAN_H
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
a. Rear combination lights (See REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Rear bumper (See REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. BSM control module (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the nuts.
4. While pressing the clip tabs in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in the figure, press the clip in the direction of the
arrow (2) to detach the clip tabs from the bracket.

5. Detach the clip.
6. Remove the BSM bracket.
8. Perform the BSM radar test. (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) RADAR TEST .)
CAUTION:
If the BSM bracket is replaced, not performing the BSM radar test will cause a deviation in the radar
emission angle which could result in the system not detecting a vehicle approaching from the rear correctly.
If the BSM bracket is replaced, perform the BSM radar test.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The BSM radar test stores the radar angles in the BSM control module based on the forced emission of radar at a SST (reflector) and
performing aiming based on the induced tolerance with the radar as it is currently installed and reflected from the SST (reflector).
Perform the BSM radar test when replacing the BSM control module, BSM bracket, or the rear bumper.
As there are two BSM control modules, one each on the left and right, radar aiming is performed for each side.
The BSM radar test cannot be performed correctly if obstructions which interfere with radar emission are stuck on the BSM control
modules or the rear bumper. Perform the following procedure before performing the radar test.
Verify that there is no water, mud, soiling, sticker adhesion, or repairs done using putty application on the surface
of the rear bumper, and that there is no mud, soiling or scratches on the BSM control modules.
Radar test procedure
1. Empty the vehicle by having all occupants leave the vehicle and remove all the cargo except for the spare tire, jack and tools equipped
on the vehicle.
CAUTION:
If the setting surface height and angle between the vehicle and the SST (reflector) differs, a correct radar test cannot be
done. Perform the radar test with the vehicle and SST (reflector) set on level ground.
4. Verify that there are no obstructions which interfere with radar emissions such as metal objects in the radar emission area shown in
the figure.
CAUTION:
If the radar test is performed in the shaded area shown in the figure with obstructions such as covered drain gutters in
the floor or other metal reflective objects, it could result in the radar test not being performed correctly. Move all
obstructions out of the area, and when performing the radar test, do not have personnel standing in the area.

5. Using the M-MDS, perform a DTC inspection of the BSM control modules and verify that no DTCs are displayed. (See DTC INSPECTION
NOTE:
If any DTCs are displayed, perform malfunction repair referring to the applicable DTC troubleshooting. (See DTC TABLE
6. Adjust the SST (plum-bob) so that it is aligned with the center of the brand emblem, determine the center position at the front of the
vehicle, and mark the center position (point A) on the floor surface.
NOTE:
The center of the brand emblem indicates the center position of the vehicle.
7. Adjust the SST (plum-bob) so that it is aligned with the center of the brand emblem, determine the center position at the rear of the

vehicle, and mark the center position (point B) on the floor surface.
NOTE:
The center of the brand emblem indicates the center position of the vehicle.
8. Secure the end of the leveling line over point A.
NOTE:
Use a commercially-available leveling line.
9. Pull the unsecured end of the leveling line over the vehicle and to the rear and adjust it so that passes over point B.
10. Mark the line (position C) within the range of 156.7158.3 cm {61.7062.32 in} from point B and in the direction rearward of the
vehicle.
11. Mark the points (points D and E) (SST (reflector) installation reference points) 171.2172.8 cm {67.4168.03 in} from point C

on the line which runs perpendicular to the vehicle center line (SST (reflector) installation reference point).
12. Pull the connected points D, C and E lines (SST (reflector) installation line).
13. Install the SST (reflector and plum bob) to the SST (tripod).
14. Adjust so that the height of the SST (reflector) from the floor surface is 75.276.8 cm {29.730.2 in}.
15. Level the SST (reflector) by adjusting the leveling bubble on the SST (tripod) so that it is centered on the bubble reference line.
16. Align point D or point E with the end of the SST (plum bomb).

17. Adjust the reflecting surface of the SST (reflector) so that it faces the radar emission surface (near a rear bumper corner) of BSM
control module.
18. Perform the radar test using the M-MDS.
20. After vehicle identification, the following can be selected from the M-MDS initialization screen.
"Electrical"
"BSM Radar Test"
21. Select either the left or right rear BSM control module and perform the radar test according to the instructions on the M-MDS screen.
22. Verify the M-MDS display.
If "TEST PASSED" is displayed
Radar test is completed
If "TEST FAILED" is displayed
Perform an inspection according to the following table.
1 VERIFY REFLECTOR POSITION Yes Go to the next step.
Verify if the reflector installation position is correct.

No Set the reflector in the correct position and
Is the reflector set in the correct position? perform the BSM radar test.
INSPECT REAR BUMPER

2 Yes Replace the rear bumper and perform the
Remove the rear bumper. BSM radar test.
(See REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See REAR BUMPER

Perform the BSM radar test.
Is "Procedure completed correctly." displayed? No Go to the next step.
VERIFY IF BSM CONTROL MODULE OR BSM BRACKET IS MIS-INSTALLED AND IF THERE

3 Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part

IS DISTORTION TO VEHICLE INSTALLATION SURFACE

and perform the BSM radar test.
Verify whether a BSM control module or BSM bracket has been mis-installed,
and if there is distortion to the vehicle installation surface.
Is there poor installation or distortion?
RE-PERFORM THE BSM RADAR TEST

4 Yes BSM radar test is completed.
Perform the BSM radar test.
Repeat the M-MDS operation for the BSM radar test 2 or 3 times (Steps 21 to No Replace the BSM control module.
22).
Is "Procedure completed correctly." displayed?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The BSM OFF switch is integrated with the cluster switch.
For the cluster switch removal/installation, refer to the switch panel removal/installation
because the cluster switch is installed to the switch panel. (See SWITCH PANEL
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

2. Remove the BSM OFF switch. (See BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) OFF SWITCH
3. Verify that the resistance between BSM OFF switches B and C is as indicated in the table.
If the resistance cannot be verified as indicated in the table, replace the cluster
switch.
4. Apply battery positive voltage to BSM OFF switch terminal J, and connect terminal I to
ground.

If there is any malfunction, replace the cluster switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The BSM indicator lights are integrated into the outer mirror glass.
For the BSM indicator light removal/installation, refer to the outer mirror glass
removal/installation. (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL .) (See OUTER MIRROR GLASS
INSTALLATION .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The BSM indicator lights are integrated into the outer mirror glass.
For the BSM indicator light inspection, refer to the outer mirror glass inspection. (See
OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSPECTION .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
[SKYACTIV-G 2.0].)
a. Shift lever knob (MTX) (See MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM

b. Front console box (See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Rear console (See REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Side wall (See SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Glove compartment (See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Climate control unit (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
3. Push out the clock in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while pressing clip A in the
direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, and detach clip A and the climate control unit.

4. Push out the clock in the direction of the arrow (4) shown in the figure while pressing the clock tab
in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure and remove the clock tab and climate control unit.

5. Push out the clock in the direction of the arrow (6) shown in the figure while pressing clip B in the
direction of the arrow (5) shown in the figure, detach the clock tab and climate control unit, and
remove the clock from the climate control unit.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top

CLOCK INSPECTION
< Previous Next >
CLOCK INSPECTION

a. Shift lever knob (MTX) (See MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM

b. Front console box (See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Rear console (See REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Side wall (See SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Glove compartment (See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Climate control unit (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)

(reference).

inspect the parts under Inspection item(s).
If the system does not operate normally even though the

inspection items are normal, replace the clock.

CLOCK INSPECTION
Signal Voltage
Terminal Connected to Measurement conditions Inspection item(s)
name (V)
Ignition switch ON (engine off or METER1

B+
on) 10 A
fuse
Power
A position IG relay IG relay
(1G1) 1.0 or
Ignition switch OFF (LOCK) or ACC Related
less
wiring
harness
ROOM
15 A
Power fuse
B ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition B+
supply
Related
wiring
harness
Ignition switch ACC B+ ACC

relay
AUDIO2
Power
7.5 A
C supply ACC relay
Ignition switch OFF (LOCK) or ON 1.0 or fuse
(ACC)
(engine off or on) less
Related
wiring
harness
Seat
Because this terminal is for communication, Related
warmer Seat warmer
D good/no good judgment by terminal voltage wiring
switch unit
is not possible. harness
signal
CAN
E MS-CAN_H communication

CLOCK INSPECTION
related module
Related
1.0 or
F Ground Body ground Under any condition wiring
less
harness
CAN
G MS-CAN_L communication
related module
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >

Inspection
NOTE:
The clock input/output check mode is displayed in the following order and returning to the previous screen is
impossible.
If you want to check All LCD illuminated or Check code 1 or 2 after Check code 6 is displayed, activate the
input/output check mode again.
Item Check content
All LCD illuminatedLCD indication
Check code 1 MS-CAN BUS OFF occurrence
Check code 2 Communication between instrument cluster
Check code 6 Ignition switch ON/OFF signal
All LCD illuminated
Activate the clock input/output Yes LCD display

check mode. is normal.
Are all segments and dots on the

LCD illuminated? No Replace the
clock.
(See CLOCK
INSPECTION .)
Check code 1
Inspection procedure Display Action
Press the H button to display There is no MS-CAN BUS OFF error (normal)
check code 1.
Verify the screen display.

There is an MS-CAN BUS OFF error (malfunction)
Perform the malfunction diagnosis for the MS-CAN referring to

the following:
(See FOREWORD.)

Check code 2
Press the H button to display There is no communication error between the instrument
check code 2. cluster.

There is a communication error between the instrument
cluster.
Perform the malfunction diagnosis for the MS-CAN referring to

the following:
(See FOREWORD.)
Check code 6
Step Press the H button to display Go to the next step.

1 check code 6.

off or on). Refer to the clock inspection and verify the terminal voltage
at clock terminal A.
Replace the clock if the voltage is B+.
Inspect the following parts if the voltage is

1.0 V or less.
METER1 10 A fuse
IG relay
Related wiring harness
Step Switch the ignition off (LOCK). Ignition switch ON/OFF signal is normal.
2
Refer to the clock inspection and verify the terminal voltage

at clock terminal A.
Replace the clock if the voltage is 1.0 V or

more.
Inspect the following parts if the voltage is

B+.
METER1 10 A fuse

IG relay
Related wiring harness
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1Front body control module (FBCM)
(See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) INSPECTION .)
(See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION) .)
(See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
2Rear body control module (RBCM)
(See REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) INSPECTION .)
(See REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION) .)
(See REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
(See CONTROL SYSTEM PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
If configuration is not performed when the front body control module (FBCM) is replaced
with a new one, the vehicle specification information is not stored in the front body control
module (FBCM) and the system will not operate normally.

from the front body control module (FBCM) before replacing it. Connect the M-MDS to the
vehicle and perform vehicle identification before removing the front body control module
(FBCM). The vehicle specification information is temporarily stored in the M-MDS.
NOTE:
The front body control module (FBCM) prior to replacement stores the vehicle specification
information.
A new front body control module (FBCM) does not store any vehicle specification
information.
If the vehicle specification information from the front body control module (FBCM) prior to
replacement cannot be read, perform the configuration using As-Built data.
1. When replacing the front body control module (FBCM), perform the configuration. (See FRONT
BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION) .)

3. Remove the fuse box cover. (See RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

5. Move the screwdriver in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure and lift the front body
control module (FBCM) in the direction of arrow (2) to detach its tab from the fuse box.

7. Move the screwdriver in the direction of arrow (3) shown in the figure and lift the front body
control module (FBCM) in the direction of arrow (4) to detach its tab from the fuse box.
8. Pull the front body control module (FBCM) in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure to
remove it from the fuse box.

NOTE:
If configuration cannot be performed by reading/writing of the vehicle

specification information, perform the configuration using As-Built information
after replacing the front body control module (FBCM). (See FRONT BODY
CONTROL MODULE (FBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
If configuration is not performed when the rear body control module (RBCM) is replaced
with a new one, the vehicle specification information is not stored in the rear body control
module (RBCM) and the system will not operate normally.

from the rear body control module (RBCM) before replacing it. Connect the M-MDS to the
vehicle and perform vehicle identification before removing the rear body control module
(RBCM). The vehicle specification information is temporarily stored in the M-MDS.
NOTE:
The rear body control module (RBCM) prior to replacement stores the vehicle specification
information.
A new rear body control module (RBCM) does not store any vehicle specification
information.
If the vehicle specification information from the rear body control module (RBCM) prior to
replacement cannot be read, perform the configuration using As-Built data.
1. When replacing the rear body control module (RBCM), perform the configuration. (See REAR
BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING READ/WRITE FUNCTION) .)

Trunk board (See TRUNK BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Rear scuff plate (LH) (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Trunk side trim (LH) (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

5. While pressing the rear body control module (RBCM) tab in the direction of arrow (1) shown
in the figure, pull it in the direction of arrow (2) to detach the tab from the body.
6. Pull the rear body control module (RBCM) up in the direction of the arrow to detach the hook
from the body.

7. Remove the rear body control module (RBCM).
9. Move the screwdriver in the direction of arrow (3) shown in the figure and pull the connector
in the direction of arrow (4) to detach its tab from the rear body control module (RBCM).
10. Pull the connector in the direction of arrow (4) shown in the figure and remove it.
NOTE:
If configuration cannot be performed by reading/writing of the vehicle

specification information, perform the configuration using As-Built information

after replacing the rear body control module (RBCM). (See REAR BODY CONTROL
MODULE (RBCM) CONFIGURATION (USING AS-BUILT DATA) .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
1. Remove the fuse box cover. (See RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the front body control module (FBCM) from the fuse box. (See FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE
3. Verify that the voltages of each of the terminals are as indicated in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference).
If the voltage is not as indicated in the table, inspect the parts under Inspection item(s).
If the system does not launch normally even though inspection items are
normal, specify the location of the malfunction based on the instructions from
the on-board diagnostic system and the symptom troubleshooting, and
perform repairs.
Voltage
Terminal Signal Connected to Measurement conditions Inspection item(s)
(V)

HAZARD 25
A fuse
1A Power supply HAZARD 25 A fuse Under any condition B+
Related
wiring
harness
HAZARD 25
A fuse
1B Power supply HAZARD 25 A fuse Under any condition B+
Related
wiring
harness
Ignition switched ON (engine Climate

B+
off) control unit
Climate
control unit A/C relay
Ignition power A/C relay Seat

1C
supply warmer
Seat 1.0 or control unit
warmer less
control unit Related
wiring
harness
Related
1.0 or
1D Signal ground Body ground Under any condition wiring
less
harness
Turn switch at 1.0 or

right turn light less Rear turn
position B+ light (RH)
Ignition
Rear turn light
1E Rear turn light (RH) switched ON Related
(RH) control
(engine off) Turn switch is in wiring
1.0 or
position other harness
less
than above

right turn light less Side turn
Ignition position B+ light (RH)
Side turn light
1F Side turn light (RH) switched ON Related
(RH) control
1.0 or
less
than above

right turn light less Front turn
Ignition position B+ light (RH)
Front turn light
1G Front turn light (RH) switched ON Related
(RH) control
1.0 or
less
than above
1H
Light switch at TNS position B+ TNS relay

License light
1I TNS relay Related
control 1.0 or wiring
Light switch at OFF position
less harness
Light switch at TNS position B+ Parking

light (RH,
Parking light LH)
1J Parking light (RH, LH)
control 1.0 or
Light switch at OFF position Related
less wiring
harness
1K
Horn switch not pressed B+ Horn relay

Horn relay
1L Horn relay Related
control 1.0 or
Horn switch pressed wiring
less harness
1.0 or Headlight
Light switch at HEAD position
less relay (LO)
Headlight relay
1M Headlight relay (LO)
(LO) control Related
Light switch is in position other wiring
B+
than above harness
1N
Connect the M-MDS and turn on

the "BG_HORN_RLY" using the 1.0 or Rear body
rear body control module less control
(RBCM) simulation function. module
Theft-
1O*1 deterrent horn
(RBCM)
input signal Connect the M-MDS and turn off Related
the "BG_HORN_RLY" using the wiring
B+
rear body control module harness
(RBCM) simulation function.
Rear window Rear

defroster switch B+ window
Rear window Ignition OFF defroster
1P defroster relay Rear window defroster relay switched ON relay
control (engine off) Rear window
1.0 or Related
defroster switch wiring
less
ON harness
1Q
R.WIPER 15
Theft- A fuse
1R*1 deterrent horn R.WIPER 15 A fuse Under any condition B+
Related
power supply
wiring
harness
1S

M-MDS is connected and theft-

Theft-
deterrent is sounded using data B+ deterrent
Theft- monitor function horn
1T *1 deterrent horn Theft-deterrent horn
output signal M-MDS is connected and theft- Related
1.0 or wiring
deterrent is not sounded using
less harness
data monitor function
ROOM 15 A
fuse
Interior light
2A ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition B+
power supply Related
wiring
harness

left turn light less Front turn
position B+ light (LH)
Ignition
Front turn light
2B Front turn light (LH) switched ON Related
(LH) control
1.0 or
less
than above
Ignition Daytime running

B+ DRL relay
Daytime switched ON light illuminates
2C*2 running light DRL relay (engine off) Related
control and light Daytime running 1.0 or wiring
switch OFF light turns off less harness

left turn light less Rear turn
position B+ light (LH)
Ignition
Rear turn light
2D Rear turn light (LH) switched ON Related
(LH) control
1.0 or
less
than above
2E

left turn light less Side turn
Ignition position B+ light (LH)
Side turn light
2F Side turn light (LH) switched ON Related
(LH) control
1.0 or
less
than above
LIN Rain sensor/auto-light Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on
2G*3
communication sensor terminal voltage is not possible.
2H
Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on

2I CAN_L CAN system related module
terminal voltage is not possible.
LIN Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on

2J Climate control unit

communication terminal voltage is not possible.

2K CAN_H CAN system related module

2L CAN_L AFS control module
Ignition switched ON (engine C/U IG1 15

B+
off) A fuse
Ignition power
2M C/U IG1 15 A fuse
supply Related
1.0 or wiring
less harness

2N CAN_L CAN system related module
2O

2P CAN_H CAN system related module
Brake fluid level

is less than MIN 1.0 or
(brake fluid level less
Brake fluid
sensor ON)
Brake fluid Ignition level sensor
2Q level switch Brake fluid level sensor switched ON
Wave Related
signal (engine off) Brake fluid level
pattern wiring
is MIN or more harness
(See
(brake fluid level
Pattern
sensor OFF)
1 .)

2R CAN_H CAN system related module
Washer level is
less than MIN 1.0 or
(washer fluid- less Washer
level sensor ON) fluid-level
Ignition sensor
Washer level
2S Washer fluid-level sensor switched ON
switch signal Wave Related
(engine off) Washer level is
pattern wiring
MIN or more
(See harness
(washer fluid-
Pattern
level sensor OFF)
1 .)
2T
Ignition switched ON (engine Start stop

B+
off) unit
Ignition power
2U Start stop unit Related
supply
1.0 or wiring
less harness

1.0 or Headlight
Headlight relay less relay (LO)
(LO) control
2V Headlight relay (LO)
(discharge Related
type) Light switch is in position other wiring
B+
than above harness
1.0 or Start stop

less unit
Headlight (LO)
2W Start stop unit
switch signal Related
Light switch at OFF position B+ wiring
harness
Headlight at HEAD position and

B+ Headlight
dimmer switch at LO position
relay (HI)
Headlight relay
2X Headlight relay (HI)
(HI) control Headlight at HEAD position and Related
1.0 or wiring
dimmer switch at HIGH or
less harness
passing position
Windshield wiper switch at ON 1.0 or Start stop

Windshield position less unit
2Y wiper (LO) Start stop unit
Related
switch signal Windshield wiper switch at OFF
B+ wiring
position harness
Operate blower
1.0 or
motor using fan
less Blower
switch
Ignition relay
Blower motor
2Z Blower relay switched ON Related
relay control Press climate
(engine off) wiring
control unit OFF
B+ harness
button to stop
blower motor
Turn windshield
Windshield
wiper switch ON
B+ wiper
Ignition and wiper is
Autostop motor
2AA Windshield wiper motor switched ON operated
switch signal
(engine off) Related
wiring
Windshield wiper 1.0 or
switch OFF less harness
Front fog light Front fog

B+
switch OFF light relay
Front fog light Light switch at
2AB *4 Front fog light relay
Related
relay control HEAD position
Front fog light 1.0 or wiring
switch ON less harness
WIPER 20 A
fuse
Wiper power
3A WIPER 20 A fuse Under any condition B+
supply Related
wiring
harness

WIPER 20 A
fuse
Wiper power
3B WIPER 20 A fuse Under any condition B+
supply Related
wiring
harness
Windshield wiper
Windshield
switch at HI B+
wiper
Windshield Ignition position
motor
3C wiper motor Windshield wiper motor switched ON
(HI) control (engine off) Windshield wiper Related
1.0 or wiring
switch at OFF
less harness
position
Related
1.0 or
3D Power ground Body ground Under any condition wiring
less
harness
Windshield wiper
Windshield
switch at HI B+
wiper
motor
3E wiper motor Windshield wiper motor switched ON
(HI) control (engine off) Windshield wiper Related
1.0 or wiring
switch at OFF
less harness
position
Windshield
washer switch B+ Washer
Windshield Ignition ON motor
3F washer motor Washer motor switched ON Related
control (engine off) Windshield wiring
1.0 or
washer switch harness
less
OFF
Windshield wiper
Windshield
switch at LOW B+
wiper
motor
3G wiper motor Windshield wiper motor switched ON
(LOW) control (engine off) Windshield wiper Related
1.0 or wiring
switch at OFF
less harness
position
Rear window
Washer
washer switch B+
Rear window Ignition motor
ON
3H washer motor Washer motor switched ON
Related
control (engine off)
Rear washer 1.0 or wiring
harness
switch OFF less
Windshield wiper
Windshield
switch at LOW B+
wiper
motor
3I wiper motor Windshield wiper motor switched ON
(LOW) control (engine off) Windshield wiper Related
1.0 or wiring
switch at OFF
less harness
position

Light switch at TNS position B+ Selector

Selector illumination
illumination
Climate
Climate control unit
control unit (vehicles
(vehicles with
Interior with manual air
3J illumination manual air conditioner)
power supply conditioner Light switch at OFF position *5 Audio unit
system)
Clock
Audio unit spring
Clock Related
spring wiring
harness
HAZARD 25
A fuse
3K Power supply HAZARD 25 A fuse Under any condition B+
Related
wiring
harness
HAZARD 25
A fuse
3L Power supply HAZARD 25 A fuse Under any condition B+
Related
wiring
harness
*1
Vehicles with theft-deterrent system
*2
Vehicles with DRL system
*3
Vehicles with auto wiper system
*4
Vehicles with front fog light system
*5
The measured voltage changes according to the tester specification, therefore determination based on
Pattern 1

Terminal:
Brake fluid level signal: 2Q (+) ground (-)
Washer level signal: 2S (+) ground (-)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
2.0].)
c. Rear scuff plate (LH) (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Trunk side trim (LH) (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear body control module (RBCM) from the body with the connector connected. (See REAR BODY
CONTROL MODULE (RBCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Connect the negative battery cable. (See NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION/CONNECTION [SKYACTIV-G
2.0].)
5. Verify that the voltages of each of the terminals are as indicated in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference).
If the voltage is not as indicated in the table, inspect the parts under Inspection item(s).
If the system does not launch normally even though inspection items are normal,
specify the location of the malfunction based on the instructions from the on-board
diagnostic system and the symptom troubleshooting, and perform repairs.

Voltage
Terminal Signal Connected to Measurement conditions Inspection item(s)
(V)
1A
Map light
Map light
Vanity mirror
Interior light Vanity 1.0 or illumination
1B Under any condition
ground mirror less
Related
illumination
wiring
harness
1C
1D
Map light
Interior light 1.0 or Related
1E Map light Under any condition
control less wiring
harness
1F
1G

Map light
Interior light
1H Map light Under any condition B+ Related
power supply
wiring
harness
2A
D.LOCK 25 A
fuse
2B Power supply D.LOCK 25 A fuse Under any condition B+
Related
wiring
harness
1.0 or
less
Lock driver-side door lock switch from Door lock
B+
unlock actuator
Door lock 1.0 or
2C Door lock actuator less
control Related
wiring
Unlock driver-side door lock switch 1.0 or harness
from lock less
2D
1.0 or
less
Unock driver-side door lock switch Door lock
B+
from lock actuator
Door unlock 1.0 or
2E Door lock actuator less
control Related
wiring
Lock driver-side door lock switch from 1.0 or harness
unlock less
Connected to M-MDS and using data Front body

1.0 or
monitor function, theft-deterrent control
less
Theft-deterrent sound activates module
2F*1 horn relay
(FBCM)
control Connected to M-MDS and using data Related
monitor function, theft-deterrent B+ wiring
sound does not activate harness
Press transmitter unlock button two B+

Door lock
times (2-stage unlock system 1.0 or
actuator
2-stage unlock operation condition) less
2G*2 Door lock actuator
Related
system control
wiring
1.0 or
Except above harness
less
2H
Ignition switched ON (engine off) B+ METER1 10 A

fuse
Ignition power
2I METER1 10 A fuse
supply Related
1.0 or
Ignition switched OFF (LOCK) wiring
less
harness

2J
2K
2L
R.WIPER 15
A fuse
2M Power supply R.WIPER 15 A fuse Under any condition B+ Related
wiring
harness
2N
2O
ROOM 15 A
fuse
2P Power supply ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition B+
Related
wiring
harness
3A
Serial Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal

3B Start stop unit
communication voltage is not possible.
Fuel gauge
sender unit
Fuel sensor 1.0 or
3C Fuel gauge sender unit Under any condition
ground less Related
wiring
harness
Serial Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal

3D Power window main switch
communication voltage is not possible.
3E
1.0 or
Door lock switch unlocked Door lock
less
switch
Door lock
3F Door lock switch
switch signal Other 4.5 Related
wiring
harness
Door lock switch locked 2.2
3G
Door key cylinder is turned to unlock 1.0 or

side less Door key
Driver-side cylinder
door key switch
3H Door key cylinder switch Other 4.5
cylinder switch
Related
signal
wiring
Door key cylinder is turned to lock harness
2.2
side

Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit and related wiring harnesses because the
terminal voltage at this terminal cannot be examined.
Fuel sensor
3I Fuel gauge sender unit
signal (See FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION [2WD] .)
Lock input The passenger-side and rear doors Door lock-

4.6
(lock-link are all locked link switch
switch
3J Door lock-link switch
Related
(passenger's
side, rear Among the passenger-side and rear 1.0 or wiring
door)) doors, at least one door is unlocked less harness
Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit and related wiring harnesses because the
Fuel sensor Fuel gauge sender unit terminal voltage at this terminal cannot be examined.
3K*3
signal (sub) (sub)
Hood open
4.6 Hood latch
(bonnet latch switch OFF) switch
Bonnet latch
3L Hood latch switch Related
switch signal
Hood is closed 1.0 or wiring
less harness
(bonnet latch switch ON)
Driver's door locked 4.6 Door lock-

link switch
Unlock input (driver's
(front door Door lock-link switch door)
3M
lock-link switch (driver's door) 1.0 or
(driver's door)) Driver's door unlocked Related
less
wiring
harness
3N
1.0 or Door lock-

Driver's door locked
less link switch
Lock input (driver's
(front door Door lock-link switch door)
3O
lock-link switch (driver's door)
(driver's door)) Driver's door unlocked 4.6 Related
wiring
harness
3P
1.0 or Rear door

Rear door (RH) open
Rear door less switch (RH)
3Q switch (RH) Rear door switch (RH)
Related
signal
wiring
Rear door (RH) closed B+
harness
3R
1.0 or Rear door

Rear door (LH) open
Rear door less switch (LH)
3S switch (LH) Rear door switch (LH)
Related
signal
wiring
Rear door (LH) closed B+
harness

3T
1.0 or Front door

Front door (passenger's door) open
less switch
Front door (passenger's
switch Front door switch door)
3U
(passenger's (passenger's door)
door) signal Front door (passenger's door) closed B+ Related
wiring
harness
3V
1.0 or Front door

Front door (driver's door) open
less switch
Front door (driver's
Front door switch (driver's door)
3W switch (driver's
door)
door) signal
Front door (driver's door) closed B+ Related
wiring
harness
3X
Ignition switched ON (engine off) B+ Rear wiper

Rear window motor
4A wiper motor Rear wiper motor
1.0 or Related
power supply Ignition switched OFF (LOCK)
less wiring
harness
Related
1.0 or
4B Power ground Body ground Under any condition wiring
less
harness
B+
Liftgate lock
Press liftgate opener switch 1.0 or
Liftgate lock actuator
less
4C actuator Liftgate lock actuator
Related
control
1.0 or wiring
Except above harness
less
Brake pedal depressed B+ Brake light

Brake light
High-mount
Brake light High- brake light
4D
control mount 1.0 or
Brake pedal not depressed Related
brake light less
wiring
harness
4E
Cargo
Cargo compartment
compartment light
4F Cargo compartment light Under any condition B+
light power
Related
supply
wiring
harness

Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal

4G CAN_H CAN system related module
voltage is not possible.
4H

4I CAN_H CAN system related module

4J CAN_L CAN system related module
1.0 or Cargo
Liftgate open
less compartment
Liftgate latch Cargo compartment light light switch
4K
switch signal switch
Related
Liftgate closed B+ wiring
harness

4L CAN_L CAN system related module
1.0 or Liftgate
Liftgate opener switch pressed
less opener
Liftgate opener switch
4M Liftgate opener switch
switch signal
Related
Liftgate opener switch not pressed 4.5 wiring
harness
4N
4O
1.0 or Cargo
Liftgate open
Cargo less compartment
Cargo light
compartment
4P compartment Cargo compartment light
light
light control Related
switched ON Liftgate closed B+ wiring
harness
4Q
Related
1.0 or
4R Signal ground Body ground Under any condition wiring
less
harness
Selector
lever at
R
position
Back-up light
(AT
Back-up (LH, RH)
vehicle)
light (LH, B+ Auto
RH) Ignition Shift
Back-up light dimming
4S switched ON lever at
control Auto mirror
(engine off) R
dimming position Related
mirror (MT wiring
vehicle) harness

1.0 or
Other
less
1.0 or Rear wiper

Rear wiper switch at ON
Rear wiper less motor
4T motor control Rear wiper motor Related
(LO) wiring
Rear wiper switch at OFF B+
harness
*1
Vehicles with theft-deterrent system
*2
Vehicles with 2-stage unlock system
*3
AWD vehicles
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:

from the front body control module (FBCM) before replacing it. Connect the M-MDS to the
vehicle and perform vehicle identification before removing the front body control module
(FBCM). The vehicle specification information is temporarily stored in the M-MDS.
M-MDS.
Select F_BCM.
CAUTION:
When the configuration is performed, CAN communication between the front body control
module (FBCM) and control module connected to the CAN line is cut temporarily, and
communication error DTCs may be detected. After performing the configuration, verify the
DTCs for the control module connected to the CAN line and clear it if any DTC is detected.
completed normally.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
M-MDS.
Select As-Built.
Select F_BCM.
CAUTION:
When the configuration is performed, CAN communication between the front body control
module (FBCM) and control module connected to the CAN line is cut temporarily, and
completed normally.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:

from the rear body control module (RBCM) before replacing it. Connect the M-MDS to the
vehicle and perform vehicle identification before removing the rear body control module
(RBCM). The vehicle specification information is temporarily stored in the M-MDS.
M-MDS.
Select R_BCM.
CAUTION:
When the configuration is performed, CAN communication between the rear body control
module (RBCM) and control module connected to the CAN line is cut temporarily, and
completed normally.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
NOTE:
M-MDS.
Select As-Built.
Select R_BCM.
CAUTION:
When the configuration is performed, CAN communication between the rear body control
module (RBCM) and control module connected to the CAN line is cut temporarily, and
completed normally.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Select the Module Programming.
Select Programmable Parameters.
Select menu in the R_BCM.
Security And Locks
M-MDS Initial
Function Setting contents Control unit
display setting
Auto Lock: Rear body

Auto door lock Not Adopted./OFF/Lock When Driving./Lock: Driving,
Door Driving, control
function can be Unlock: IGN Off./Lock When Shifting Out Of P./Lock:
Lock Unlock: IGN module
changed. Shift From P, Unlock: In P.
Mode. Off. (RBCM)
Lighting Systems
Turn light system
M-MDS Initial
display setting
3-Flash Turn The turn light system can be switched between Not Rear body control
OFF
Signal. operable and inoperable. Adopted./OFF/ON module (RBCM)

Auto light system
M-MDS Initial
display setting
Auto-
Auto light sensor sensitivity Not Adopted./Dark/Medium Rear body control
headlight Medium
can be changed. Dark/Medium/Medium Light/Light module (RBCM)
On.
Auto light-off system
M-MDS Initial
display setting
Headlight The headlight emitted time of the Not Adopted./0 seconds./30 Rear body
30
Off auto light off timer can be seconds./60 seconds./90 control module
seconds.
Timer. changed. seconds./120 seconds. (RBCM)
Room Light Control System
Initial
M-MDS display Function Setting contents Control unit
setting
Interior Light The front/rear map light illumination Not Adopted./30 Rear body
30
Timeout-Door time after any door is open can be minutes./60 minutes./10 control module
minutes.
Open. changed. minutes. (RBCM)
Interior Light The front/rear map light illumination Not Adopted./15 Rear body
15
Timeout-Door time after any door is open can be seconds./7.5 seconds./30 control module
seconds.
Closed. changed. seconds./60 seconds. (RBCM)
Wiper/washer System

Auto wiper system
M-MDS
Function Initial setting Setting contents Control unit
display
Rain Not Adopted./Off

Auto wiper system can be set Lock: Driving, Rear body control
Sensing (Intermittent)/On (Rein
to operable or inoperable. Unlock: IGN Off. module (RBCM)
Wipers. Sensing)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous Next >
Item Spec (W) quantity
Headlight LO bulb 55 2
Halogen type
Headlight HI bulb 60 2
Headlight HI/LO bulb 35 2

Discharge type
DRL bulb 13 2
Parking/Front turn light bulb 27 / 8 2
Front fog light bulb 55 2
Side turn light (LED) 0.6

Exterior
Rear turn light bulb 21 2
Brake/taillight bulb 21 / 5 2
Rear side marker light bulb 52
Back-up light bulb 16 2
Taillight bulb (Liftgate light) 52
High-mount brake light (LED) 2.5
License plate light bulb 52
Front map light bulb 82
Rear map light bulb 82

Interior

Cargo compartment light bulb 51
Vanity mirror illumination bulb 22
< Previous Next >

Back to Top

< Previous
49 L067 001 49 L067 002 49 L067 003
Reflector Tripod Plum-bob
49 L067 006
Plum-bob

< Previous
Back to Top

CX-5 - Body and Accessories

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CX-5 - Body and Accessories

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CX-5 - 2013

Workshop Manual - Body and Accessories

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [START STOP UNIT]

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

DTC C0053:14 [START STOP UNIT]

FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

DTC B10A4:86 [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]

FOREWORD [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

DTC U3000:41 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

DTC B1D06:13 [FRONT BODY CONTROL MODULE (FBCM)]

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [REAR BODY CONTROL MODULE (RBCM)]

POWER WINDOW SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]

FOREWORD [SECURITY AND LOCKS]

FOREWORD [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]

FOREWORD [ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS)]

FOREWORD [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]

FOREWORD [CD PLAYER]

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

NO RADIO RECEPTION (SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO) [RADIO]

FOREWORD [CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM]

FOREWORD [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM)]

FOREWORD [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

FOREWORD [BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM)]

BODY PANELS LOCATION INDEX

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

Doors And Liftgate

DOOR AND LIFTGATE LOCATION INDEX

GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS LOCATION INDEX

SEATS LOCATION INDEX

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

FRONT SEAT ADJUSTER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Security And Locks

SECURITY AND LOCKS LOCATION INDEX

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

KEYLESS ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

SUNROOF LOCATION INDEX

EXTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX

INTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

LIGHTING SYSTEMS LOCATION INDEX

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

ENTERTAINMENT LOCATION INDEX

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

GLASS ANTENNA INSPECTION

POWER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO. LOCATION INDEX

http://am.mazdaserviceinfo.com/emazda/dealersystem/service/esi/en_us/SM/2013/CX5/mv/books/mvw09/mvw09.html[1/7/13 2:49:43 PM]

CLOCK INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE

CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

BODY AND ACCESSORIES TECHNICAL DATA